Catalogo Construccion Casa de Madera-2008

WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS
C-2008
(800) 999-5099 www.strongtie.com
The path to building safer structures.
Our customers play an important role in designing and building structures that are stronger and safer. Now, more than ever, better able to resist high winds, hurricanes, earthquakes and other natural disasters. Using Simpson products in a continuous load path system better equips structures to withstand the forces of Mother Nature. As weve seen, this path can make the difference in whether a home or building is still intact after a major storm or seismic event. Simpson Strong-Tie is proud to manufacture products that proud to support our customers whose primary job is to make sure those structures are still standing after a natural disaster. We salute the work you do each day and pledge to continue providing the products and services youve come to expect. Together, were creating the path to building safer structures.
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
contribute to the strength and safety of structures, and equally
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
www.strongtie.com
technical support
availability
eld support
testing
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE PLATE LINE PLATE LINE
theres a great need to create homes and buildings that are
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
training
Wood Construction Connectors
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A Angle ...................................................... 163 A34/A35 Anchor ........................................ 162 AB/ABA/ABE/ABU Post Base ..................... 47 ABS Anchor Bolt Stabilizer ......................... 28 AC/ACE Post Cap ......................................... 53 AM AnchorMate Bolt Holder .................... 28 APG Architectural Products Group ............................ 175-179 ACRYLIC-TIE Adhesive ....................... 32-35 ATS Anchor Tiedown System ................... 57 B Hanger ... 69, 72-73, 92, 97, 100-105, 180, 184 BA Hanger .................... 69, 71-72, 92, 96-101 BC Cap/Base ................................................ 52 BCS Cap/Base ............................................. 52 BP Bearing Plate .................................. 30, 175 BT Brick Tie ................................................ 174 CB Column Base .................................. 51, 177 CBQ Column Base ....................................... 50 CBSQ Column Base ..................................... 50 CC Column Cap ................................... 55, 177 CCC Column Cap ......................................... 56 CCCQ Column Cap ...................................... 56 CCO Column Cap ......................................... 55 CCOB Column Cap ...................................... 55 CCQ/CCOQ Column Cap .............................. 54 CCT Column Cap ......................................... 56 CCTQ Column Cap ....................................... 56 CF-R Form Angle/Shelf Bracket ................ 171 CJT Concealed Tie ..................................... 178 CMST Coiled Strap .................................... 151 CMSTC Coiled Strap .................................. 151 CNW Coupler Nut ........................................ 29 Continuous Load Path ............................ 193 Corrosion Information ......................... 10-11 CPS Composite Standoff .......................... 179 CS Coiled Strap ......................................... 151 CSC Clip ..................................................... 81 DBTZ Deck Tie ........................................... 168 Deck Spacers ........................................... 168 DJTZ Deck Tie ............................................ 168 DPTZ Deck Tie ............................................ 168 DS Drywall Stop ........................................ 174 DSC Drag Strut Connector ....................... 128 DSP Double Stud Plate ............................. 161 DTC Roof Truss Clip ................................. 136 ECC, ECCU Column Cap ............................. 55 ECCL Column Cap ...................................... 56 ECCLQ Column Cap ................................... 56 ECCO Column Cap ...................................... 55 ECCQ/ECCOQ Column Cap ......................... 54 EG Hanger ................................... 114, 180-181 EGQ Hanger ................................................ 94 EPB Post Base ........................................... 48 EPB44PHDG Post Base ............................. 48 EPB44T Post Base ..................................... 48 EPC Post Cap ............................................. 53 ET Epoxy ............................................... 32, 34 E-Z Base (FPBB44) ................................ 167 E-Z Mender (FPBM44) ........................... 167 E-Z Spike (FPBS44) ............................... 167 F Hanger ..................................................... 79 FAP Foundation Plate ................................ 21 FB Fence Bracket ...................................... 169 FBR Fence Bracket .................................... 169 FC Framing Clip ........................................ 171 FGTR Girder Tiedown ............................... 147 FJA Anchor ................................................. 21 FPBB44 (E-Z Base ) ................................. 167 FPBM44 (E-Z Mender ) ........................... 167 FPBS44 (E-Z Spike ) ................................ 167 FSA Anchor ................................................. 21 FSC Strap .................................................. 152 FSS Strap .................................................... 81 FTA Floor Tie Anchor ............................... 153 FWAZ Foundation Wall Angle ................... 24 FWH Rigid Tie .......................................... 170 GA Angle ................................................... 164 GB Hanger .......................... 113, 115, 180, 184 GBC Gable Bracing .................................... 138 GH Hanger .................................... 30, 180, 186 GLB Beam Seat ........................................... 31 GLBT Beam Seat ........................................ 31 GLS Hanger .......................... 114-115, 180-181 GLT Hanger ........ 70, 72-73, 114-115, 180-181 GLTV Hanger .. 94, 99-101, 103-105, 127, 180-181 H Hurricane Ties ....................... 145, 155-158 Hanger Options ................................. 180-186 HB Hanger ...................... 92, 99-105, 180-181 HCA Hinge Connector ............................... 116 HCP Hip Corner Plate .......................... 75, 107 HCSTR Strap ............................................ 154 HD/HDA Holdown .................................. 40-41 HDC Concentric Holdown .......................... 38 HDQ Holdown ............................................. 37 HDU Holdown ............................................. 36 HETA Truss Anchor ............................ 143-144 HETAL Truss Anchor ........................... 143-144 HFN Hanger ................................................ 79 HGA Gusset Angle .................................... 158 HGAM Gusset Angle ................................ 145 HGB Hanger ......................... 113, 115, 180-181 HGLB Beam Seat ........................................ 31 HGLS Hanger ....................... 114-115, 180-181 HGLT Hanger ....... 70, 72-73, 114-115, 180-181 HGLTV Hanger ... 94, 99-101, 103-105, 180-181 HGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 146, 160 HGU Girder Hanger .............. 89, 112, 180-181 HGUM Girder Hanger ................................ 141 HGUQ Girder Truss Hanger ....................... 121 HGUS Hanger ................................. 62-63, 83, ..................... 87-88, 111, 118-119, 180-181 HH Hanger ................................................ 159 HHB Hanger ....... 69, 72-73, 113, 115, 180-181 HHDQ Holdown ........................................... 38 HHETA Truss Anchor .......................... 143-144 HHGU Girder Hanger ..................... 89, 112, 180 HHUS Hanger ................................... 62-65, 83 ........................... 87-88, 118-119, 180-181 HIT Hanger ................. 90-91, 97-98, 101-102 HL Strap Tie ........................................ 153, 177 HL Heavy Angle .................................. 164, 179 HM Hurricane Tie ....................................... 145 HPA Purlin Anchor ...................................... 46 HPAHD Holdown ................................... 44-45 HRC Connector .................................... 76, 108 HRS Strap ........................................... 148-149 HS Hurricane Tie ........................................ 158 HSA Strap .................................................. 150 HSCNW Coupler Nut ................................... 29 HSS Stud Shoe .......................................... 166 HST Strap .................................. 148, 150, 177 HSUR/L Hanger ..... 78, 108-109, 140, 180-181 HT Strap Tie ............................... 153, 176-177 HTC Heavy Truss Clip ............................... 136 HTS Twist Strap ........................................ 159 HTSM Twist Strap ..................................... 146 HTT Tension Tie .......................................... 39 HTU Hanger ......................... 120-121, 180-181 HU Hanger ..................................... 60, 62-67, ............................ 83-88, 111, 140, 180-181 HUC Hanger ............ 60, 83, 111, 140, 180-181 HUCQ Hanger ..................... 60, 83, 87-88, 111 HUS Hanger .... 61-67, 83, 87-88, 118-119, 180 HUSC Concealed Hanger .. 61, 67, 73, 83,118-119 HUSTF Hanger .......................... 69, 71-73, 180 HUTF Hanger .................... 69, 71-73, 180-181 HW Hanger .. 70, 72-73, 93, 96, 113, 115, 180-181 HWI Hanger ................................. 98-102, 105 HWU Hanger ....... 70, 93, 99-105, 113, 180-181 ICFVL Ledger System ............................... 165 ITS Hanger ................................ 90-91, 96-98 ITT Hanger ............................... 90-91, 96-101 ITTM Hanger .............................. 100-101, 142 IUS Hanger ....................................... 82, 84-86 IUT Hanger ....................................... 82, 84-86 J/JP Jack Pier ............................................ 173 JB Hanger .............................................. 69, 71 L Angle ...................................................... 164
VALUE ENGINEERED
4
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
L Strap Tie ......................................... 153, 176 LB Hanger ....................................... 69-71 LBP Bearing Plate ...................................... 30 LBV Hangers ................... 92, 96-103, 180-181 LCB Column Base ........................................ 51 LCC Lally Column Cap ................................ 52 LCE Post Cap ............................................... 53 LEG Hanger ......................... 114, 177, 180-181 LFTA Floor Tie Anchor .............................. 153 LGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 147, 160 LGU Girder Hanger .............. 89, 112, 180-181 LGUM Girder Hanger ................................ 141 LMA Z Mudsill Anchor ................................. 23 LPCZ Post Cap ........................................... 53 LS Angle ................................................... 164 LSSU Hanger .......................... 16, 74, 106, 180 LSSUI Hanger ............................................ 106 LSTA Strap Tie ................................. 148-149 LSTHD Holdown .................................... 42-43 LSTI Strap Tie .................................. 148-149 LSU Hanger ............................ 16, 74, 106, 180 LTA Truss Anchor ...................................... 145 LTB Bridging ............................................. 172 LTHJ Hanger ...................................... 125, 180 LTHJA Hanger .......................................... 126 LTHMA Hanger ......................................... 124 LTP Framing Anchor ................................ 162 LTS Twist Strap ........................................ 159 LTT/LTTI Tension Tie ................................. 39 LU Hanger ...................... 60, 62-63, 65-66, 68 LUCZ Hanger ............................. 60, 62-63, 65 LUS Hanger ............................. 61-67, 118-119 MA Mudsill Anchor .................................... 23 MAB Mudsill Anchor .................................. 23 MAS Mudsill Anchor ............................ 22, 24 MASB Mudsill Anchor ........................... 22, 24 MASP Mudsill Anchor ........................... 22, 24 MBHA Masonry Hanger ................... 142, 180 MEG Hanger ...................... 114, 177, 180, 186 META Truss Anchor .......................... 143-144 Metric Conversion .................................... 16 MGT Girder Tiedown ......................... 146, 160 MGU Girder Hanger ............. 89, 112, 180-181 MIT Hanger .............................. 90-91, 96-103 MIU Hanger ..................................... 82, 84-86 MP Mending Plate .................................... 174 MPAI Purlin Anchor .................................. 110 MSC Hanger ................................ 95, 180-181 MSCPT Hanger .......................................... 128 MST Strap Tie ................................... 148, 150 MSTA Strap Tie ................................. 148-150 MSTAM Strap Tie ...................................... 144 MSTC Strap Tie ..........................,...... 148-150 MSTCB Strap Tie ...................................... 152 MSTCM Strap Tie ...................................... 144 MSTI Strap Tie ................................... 148-149 MTHM/MTHM-2 Hanger ........................... 127 MTS Twist Strap ........................................ 159 MTSM Twist Strap .................................... 146 MTT Tension Tie ......................................... 39 Multi-Ply Screws ....................... 81, 131-132 MUS Hanger ....................................... 118-119 Nails ....................................................... 16-17 Nail Conversion ........................................ 16 NCA Nailless Bridging ............................... 172 NS, NSP Nail Stopper ............................... 167 O Strap Ties/Angles ................................. 176 OCB, OCC Caps/Bases ............................. 176 OHU Hangers ............................................ 178 OU Hangers ............................................... 176 PA Holdown/ Purlin Anchor .................. 45-46 PAHD Holdown ..................................... 44-45 PAI Purlin Anchor ...................................... 110 PAT Powder Actuated Tool .......................... 34 PB, PBS Post Base ...................................... 49 PBV Post Base .......................................... 179 PC Post Cap ............................................... 53 PCT Purlin Cross Tie ................................ 154 PF Hanger .................................................. 76 PGT Pipe Grip Tie ..................................... 169 PGTIC Pipe Grip Tie ................................. 169 PHD Holdown .............................................. 37 PS Strap ..................................... 148-149, 177 PSPNZ Protective Plate ........................... 167 PSCL Sheathing Clip ................................. 171 Publications & Software ....................... 194 Quik Drive .............................................. 18-19 RBC Roof Boundary Clip ......................... 163 RC Ripper Clip ........................................... 110 RCWB Wall Bracing .................................. 173 RFB Retrofit Bolt .................................. 29, 34 RP Retro Plate ............................................ 36 RPS Strap Tie ............................................ 166 RR Connector ............................................ 171 RSP Stud Plate Tie ..................................... 161 RTA/RTB/RTC/RTF/RTR/RTT/RTU Rigid Tie .............................................. 170 SA Strap .................................................... 150 SB Anchor Bolts ......................................... 25 SBV Shelf Bracket .................................... 171 SD Screw ............................................. 20, 170 SDS Screw ...................... 20, 81, 131-132, 178 SET Epoxy ............................................. 32-35 SM1 Strap Holder ....................................... 28 SP, SPH Stud Plate Tie ............................. 161 Special Order Plates .............................. 175 SS Stud Shoe ........................................... 166 SSP Single Stud Plate .............................. 161 SSTB Anchor Bolt ................................ 26-27 SSW Steel Strong-Wall ............................. 58 ST Strap Tie ....................................... 148-149 STC Roof Truss Clip ................................. 136 STCT Roof Truss Clip ............................... 136 STHD Holdown ..................................... 42-43 StrapMate Strap Holder ......................... 28 Strong-Bolt Wedge Anchor ..................... 32 SUR/SUL Hanger .......... 78, 108-109, 180-181 SW Wood Strong-Wall ............................. 59 T Strap Tie ................................ 153, 176-177 TA Staircase Angle ................................... 169 TB Tension Bridging ................................. 172 TB Screw ..................................................... 19 TBD Truss Bracer ..................................... 133 TBE Truss Enhancer .......................... 134-135 TC Truss Connector ................................. 135 THA Hanger ....................................... 77, 117 THAC Hanger ..................................... 77, 117 THAI Hanger .............................................. 89 THAR/L Truss Hanger ......................... 77, 123 THASR/L Truss Hanger ............. 123, 180-181 THGB, THGBH Hanger ............... 130, 180-181 THGQ, THGQH Hanger ............... 129, 180-181 THGW Hanger ........................................... 130 THJA Hanger ............................................. 126 THJU Hanger ............................ 125, 180, 182 TJC37 Truss Connector ............................ 124 TITEN Screw ...................................... 20, 139 THD Titen HD Anchor .......................... 32-35 TP/TPA Tie Plate ...................................... 174 TS Twist Strap ......................................... 151 TSB Truss Spacer .................................... 132 TSF Truss Spacer .................................... 133 TSP Stud Plate Tie ................................... 161 TSS Truss Seat ......................................... 143 TWB Wall Bracing .................................... 173 U Hanger .............. 60, 62-68, 83-87, 180-181 UFP Foundation Anchor ............................. 21 VB Knee Brace .......................................... 157 VGT Variable Girder Tiedown ......... 147, 160 VPA Connector ................................... 75, 107 VTC Valley Truss Clip ................................ 137 W Hanger ............. 70-72, 93, 97, 122, 180-181 WB/WBC Wall Bracing ............................. 173 WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchor ..................... 32 WI Hanger ............................................. 97-98 WM Hanger .................................. 70-73, 93, ................. 96-104, 113, 122, 139, 180, 186 WMI Hanger ................................. 98-105, 139 WMU Hanger ...... 70, 93, 96, 113, 139, 180-181 WNP Hanger ................... 70-73, 113, 180-181 WNPU Hanger ..................................... 70, 180 WP Hanger ....... 93, 96-104, 113, 122, 180-181 WPI Hanger ........................................ 98-105 WPU Hanger ... 70, 93, 96,99-103, 113, 180-181 WSNTL Screw .............................................. 19 WT Wedge Form Tie .................................. 27 www.strongtie.com ................................ 195 Z Clip .................................................. 163-164
5
SUBJECT INDEX
FASTENERS Nails ..................................................... 16-17 Nailing Identification ................................. 17 Screws ....................................... 20, 131-132 Quik Drive ...........................................18-19 Concrete/CMU ................ 20, 29, 32-35, 139 CONCRETE CONNECTORS Anchor Adhesives ................................ 32-35 Anchor Bolts ....................................... 25-27 Anchor Bolt Holders.................................. 28 Beam Seats ............................................... 31 Bearing Plates ................................... 30, 175 Coupler Nuts ............................................. 29 Foundation Anchors .................................. 21 Hangers ..................................... 30, 140-142 Holdowns ............................................. 36-45 Hurricane Ties ................................. 143-147 ICF ......................................................... 165 Ledger .............................................. 35, 165 Mudsill Anchors ................................... 22-24 Purlin Anchors .......................................... 46 Strap Anchors ...................................... 42-45 Tension Ties .............................................. 39 Truss Anchors .................................. 143-144 Truss Seats ...................................... 143-144 Wedge Form Ties ...................................... 27 HOLDOWNS & TENSION TIES Floor Tie Anchors.................................... 153 Holdowns ............................................. 36-45 CAPS & BASES Post/Column Caps and Bases .............. 47-56 ATS & STRONG-WALL Anchor Tiedown System .......................... 57 Steel Strong-Wall .................................... 58 Wood Strong-Wall................................... 59 SOLID SAWN LUMBER CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers ........................ 74-75, 77 Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 178 Face Mount Hangers ..... 60-68, 101, 176-178 Rough Lumber Face Mount Hangers ........ 68 Sloped/Skewed Connectors ........... 74, 77-78 Top Flange Hangers ............................. 69-73 ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers .................... 89, 106-107 Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 178 Face Mount Hangers ............................ 82-89 General Installation Info ......................... 80 Purlin Anchors ........................................ 110 SDS/Multi-Ply Members .......................... 81 Sloped/Skewed Connectors ............. 108-109 Top Flange Hangers ........................... 90-105 GLULAM BEAM CONNECTORS Concealed Joist Tie ................................. 178 Cross Tie Connectors ............................ 154 Face Mount Hangers ........................ 111-112 Hinge Connectors ................................... 116 Top Flange Hangers ......................... 113-115 PLATED TRUSS/TRUSS CONNECTORS Adjustable Hangers ......................... 117, 123 Bridging/Spacers/Braces ................. 132-133 Special Order Plates .............................. 175 Face Mount Hangers ........................ 118-121 Gable End .............................................. 138 Girder Hangers..................................129-130 Girder Tiedowns .................................... 150 Multi-Member Hangers .................... 124-128 Multi-Ply Wood Trusses ................... 131-132 Top Flange Hangers ................................ 122 Truss Bearing Enhancers ................. 134-135 Truss Clips ....................................... 135-137 MASONRY CONNECTORS Brick Ties ................................................ 174 Hurricane Connectors ...................... 143-147 Straps ..............................................144, 146 Hangers ........................................... 139-142 Truss Anchors .................................. 143-144 STRAPS & TIES Angles & Clips ................................. 162-164 Hinge Connector Straps .......................... 154 Hurricane Ties .................................. 155-159 Strap Ties................. 148-151, 155-161, 166 MISCELLANEOUS Brick Ties .............................................. 174 Bridging .................................................. 172 Custom Steel Plates ................................ 175 Deck Products ........................................ 168 Drywall Stops ......................................... 174 Fence Products ............................... 167, 169 Framing Clips ........................................ 171 Floor Beam Leveler ................................. 173 Hip Connectors .................................... 75-76 ICFVL ..................................................... 165 Knee Brace ............................................ 157 Mending Plates ....................................... 174 Nail Stoppers .......................................... 167 Panel Sheathing Clips ............................. 171 Retro Plate ................................................ 36 Ridge Rafter Connector ........................ 171 Rigid Ties ................................................ 170 Shelf Brackets ......................................... 171 Staircase Angles ..................................... 169 Stud Shoes ............................................. 166 T & L Strap Ties ....................... 153, 176-177 Tie Plates ................................................ 174 Variable Pitch Connectors ..................75, 107 Wall Bracing............................................ 173 ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCT GROUP (ORNAMENTAL) .................. 175-179 HANGER OPTIONS........................... 180-186
BETTER BUILDING THROUGH EDUCATION

Simpson Strong-Tie is committed to training customers on the proper specification, installation and inspection of structural system solutions.
As part of this commitment our regional training centers offer a selection of seminars for engineers, architects, dealers, contractors and inspectors. These dedicated training facilities offer opportunities for classroom instruction as well as chances for hands-on installation of Simpson Strong-Tie products. Participants can earn professional development hours (PDH) through Simpsons registration with CSI, SEA, ICC, BIA, AIBO, ACIA and AIBD. Simpson Strong-Tie is now a provider of IACET CEUs. We offer continuing education units to workshop participants that meet requirements.
To locate the Simpson training center nearest you and to obtain a schedule of seminars call (800) 999-5099 or visit www.strongtie.com.
6
INTRODUCTION
The Simpson Strong-Tie Company was founded in Oakland, California and has been manufacturing wood-to-wood and wood-to-concrete connectors since 1956. Since then, Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. has grown to be the worlds largest manufacturer of construction connectors. In recent years the companys growth has included expanding its product offering to include pre-manufactured shearwalls, anchor systems for concrete and masonry and collated fastening systems. The Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. NO EQUAL program includes:
Quality products value-engineered for the lowest installed cost at the highest rated performance levels. Most thoroughly tested and evaluated products in the industry. Strategically-located manufacturing and warehouse facilities. National Code Agency listings. Largest number of patented connectors in the industry. European locations with an international sales team. In-house R&D, and tool and die professionals. In-house product testing and quality control engineers. Member of AITC, ASTM, ASCE, AWPA, ACI, AISC, CSI, ICFA, NBMDA, NLBMDA, SETMA, STAFDA, SREA, NFBA, WTCA and local engineering groups.
CONNECTOR SELECTION KEY

Products are divided into fourteen general categories, identified by tabs along the pages outer edge.
Fasteners & Quik Drive Systems Concrete Connectors & Anchors Holdowns & Tension Ties
16-20
21-35
36-46
Caps & Bases
47-56
ATS & Strong-Wall Shearwalls Solid Sawn Lumber Connectors Engineered Wood & Structural Composite Lumber Connectors Glulam Beam Connectors Plated Truss Connectors
57-59
60-79
80-110
SIMPSONS QUALITY POLICY

We help people build safer structures economically. We do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing No Equal structural connectors and other related products that meet or exceed our customers needs and expectations. Everyone is responsible for product quality and is committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality Management System.
111-116
117-138
Tom Fitzmyers
Chief Executive Officer
Terry Kingsfather
President
Masonry Connectors
139-147
GETTING FAST TECHNICAL SUPPORT

When you call for engineering technical support, we can help you quickly if you have the following information at hand. This will help us to serve you promptly and efficiently. Which Simpson catalog are you using? (See the front cover for the catalog number) Which Simpson product are you using? What is your load requirement? What is the carried members width and height? What is the supporting members width and height? What is the carried and supporting members material and application?
Straps & Ties
148-164
Miscellaneous
165-174
Architectural Products Group
175-179
800-999-5099 | www.strongtie.com
Hanger Options
180-186
All Rights Reserved. This catalog may not be reproduced in whole or in part without the prior written approval of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2008

FWAZ
Foundation Wall Angle
Designed at the request of engineers and builders, the FWAZ connects the foundation walls to the floor system to resist lateral loads due to soil pressure. This connection is called out in both the International Building Code (IBC) Section 1610.1 and International Residential Code Section R404. The unique design allows greater spacing between connections and installs quickly with Simpsons heavy duty screw anchor the Titen HD (included). See page 24 for details
SB
Anchor Bolts
The geometry of the SB anchor bolt is the latest development in high capacity anchors. The smooth transition angle of the bolt positions the head of the anchor in an optimum position in the concrete stem wall without creating excessive horizontal forces. This optimizes the performance of both the anchor and the footing, reducing the need for larger footings. The SBx24 is designed to maximize performance with minimum embedment. The SB1x30 provides a pre-engineered solution for some of Simpsons larger holdowns which exceed the capacity of SSTB anchor bolts. See page 25 for details
HDU14
Holdown This new addition to the HDU series of holdowns is our highest capacity HDU holdown yet with over 14,000 lbs. of allowable load. Like the rest of the HDU line, the pre-deflected geometry virtually eliminates deflection due to material stretch. Installation using SDS screws which install easily and reduce fastener slip. The HDU14 can be installed flush with the sill plate or raised off of the plate. See page 36 for details
Multiple Member Column Caps Now Install with SDS Screws

Now there are more column caps available that install with SDS screws instead of thru bolts. SDS screws allow faster installation than thru bolts because they eliminate the need for predrilling. Because the fastener drills its own hole, issues with overdrilling holes and fastener slip are eliminated. They also provide a lower profile than bolts for finished applications. Models that now feature the Q options are ECCLQL/R, CCCQ and CCTQ. See page 56 for details
NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2008

THJU
Hip/Jack Hanger
The THJU hip/jack hanger offers flexibility and ease of installation, without sacrificing performance. The unique configuration of the hanger allows it to handle both right and left hand hips. It can be ordered to fit a range of hip skews up to 65 degrees as well as various single and 2-ply hip/jack combinations. The THJU can be installed either before or after the hip and jack are in place. See page 125 for details
DSC2
Drag Strut Connector
The new DSC2 is a medium-duty drag strut connector designed for easy installation and versatility. It requires fewer fasteners than the DSC4, for quicker installation using SDS screws and is shorter to fit more framing configurations. See page 128 for details
H2A & H10A
Two New and Improved Hurricane Ties for Uplift Conditions
The new H2A is an improved version of the H2 hurricane tie with up to 575 lbs. of uplift capacity more than 200 lbs. additional uplift than the H2. It attaches to the stud, providing a continuous load path from the rafter/truss to the stud. Minimal nailing into the top plates eases installation while contributing to the uplift capacity. The H10A attaches to double top plates and provides up to 1340 lbs. of uplift capacity when attached to a SP truss. Nearly as much uplift capacity as the H14, yet lower cost and easier to install. See pages 156 and 157 for details
LGT4
Girder Tiedown
The LGT4 completes the popular line of easy-to-install LGT girder tiedowns. Designed for 4-ply girders, it utilizes the same design as the LGT3, including SDS screws for attachment to the truss. It is suitable for attachment to either the inside or outside of walls and can be installed after the roof is sheathed. It provides high uplift capacity and bearing enhancement. See page 160 for details
New Products for Decks and Fences

Deck Spacers are small plastic spacers that easily clip onto deck joists during installation to ensure evenly spaced deck boards, enabling quicker installation and reducing labor costs. They are ideal for composite decking and help meet manufacturer warranty requirements. E-Z Fence Post products are designed to help make repairing and replacing fence posts easy and economical. The E-Z Base, E-Z Mender and E-Z Spike offer simple solutions for all types of fence post projects. See pages 167 and 168 for details 9
HOW TO USE THIS CATALOG

NEW PRODUCTS
New products are shown with the symbol. There are also many new sizes within existing model series.
VALUE ENGINEERED
This icon indicates a product that is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
EXTRA CORROSION PROTECTION

This icon identifies products that are available with additional corrosion protection (ZMAX, Hot-Dip Galvanized Stainless Steel or the SDS double-barrier coating). Other products may also be available with additional protection, contact Simpson Strong-Tie for options. The end of the product name will indicate what type of extra corrosion protection is provided (Z = ZMAX, HDG = Hot-Dip Galvanized or SS = Stainless Steel). See page 10-11 for information on corrosion, and visit our website www.strongtie.com/info for more technical information on this topic. CATALOG DEFINITION:
Deflection: The distance a point moves when a load is applied. Allowable Design Loads: The maximum load that a connection is designed to provide. There may be multiple design loads acting in different directions (up, down, lateral, perpendicular, etc.) imposed on a connection. Uplift Lateral Down Code Ref: See page 12 for the Code Reference Key Chart, to determine which code reports include this product. Load Duration: Assumed duration factor used to determine the allowable load. Note: often multiple load durations are shown in the same column (i.e. 133/160) which means the tests limited the design and the loads are applicable for durations listed.
CHANGES IN RED
Significant changes from last years catalog are indicated in red.
HOW WE DETERMINE ALLOWABLE LOADS

Allowable loads in this catalog are determined using calculations and/or one or more of the following methods: a minimum of 3 static load tests in wood assemblies; a minimum of 3 static load tests in steel jigs; a minimum of 3 static load tests of products embedded in concrete or masonry. Where available, testing is performed to test criteria established by industry (ASTM or ICC-ES Acceptance Criteria) or if unavailable testing is per sound engineering principles. Some tests include only portions of a product such as purlin anchor testsonly the embedded hook is tested, not the nailed or bolted section of the strap, which is calculated. Testing to determine allowable loads in this catalog is not done on connection systems in buildings. Testing is conducted under the supervision of an independent laboratory. Typically the allowable load is limited to the lowest of " deflection, test ultimate/3 or calculation value. For detailed information regarding how Simpson tests specific products, contact Simpson.
Model No.: This is the Simpson product name.
Nails: This shows the fastener quantity and type required to achieve the table loads.
Model No. EPB44A EPB44 EPB46 EPB66
W 3 3 5 5
L 3 3 3 5
H 2 2 3 3
Nails 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d Uplift 1100 800 800 1500
Allowable Loads 133/160 F1 F2 815 935 985 1135 985 1135 985 1135
Down (100) 2670 3465 3465 3465
Code Ref. 2, 40, 121 2, 40 82, 121
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. Throughout this catalog a footnote will typically be provided indicating the required nail diameter and length. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable load values set forth in this catalog.
6" ent m Embed
Dimensions W, L, H: This shows the product dimensions (width, length and height in this case) referenced in the product drawing.
Product Drawing: Provides a graphic presentation of the product with dimensional information (often cross referenced to the table).
CORROSION INFORMATION
Understanding the Issues
Metal connectors, anchors, and fasteners will corrode and may lose loadcarrying capacity when installed in corrosive environments or exposed to corrosive materials. There are many environments and materials which may cause corrosion including ocean salt air, fire-retardants, fumes, fertilizers, preservative-treated wood, dissimilar metals, and other corrosive elements. The many variables present in a single building environment make it impossible to accurately predict if, or when, significant corrosion will begin or reach a critical level. This relative uncertainty makes it crucial that specifiers and users be knowledgeable of the potential risks and select a product coating or metal suitable for the intended use. It is also important that regular maintenance and periodic inspections are performed, especially for outdoor applications. It is common to see some corrosion on connectors especially in outdoor applications. Even Stainless Steel can corrode. The presence of some corrosion does not mean that load capacity has necessarily been affected or that a failure will occur. If significant corrosion is apparent or suspected, then the wood, fasteners and connectors should be inspected by a professional engineer or general contractor and may need to be replaced. In the last several years, pressure treated wood formulations have changed significantly. Many of the new formulations are more corrosive to steel connectors and fasteners than the traditionally used formulation of CCA-C. Simpson testing has shown that ACQ-C, ACQ-D (Carbonate), CBA-A and CA-B treated woods are approximately 2 times more corrosive than CCA-C, 10 while SBX-DOT (Sodium Borate) treated woods were shown to be less corrosive than CCA-C. Refer to technical bulletin T-PTWOOD for more information (see page 187 for details). Due to the many different pressure treatment formulations, fluctuating retention levels, moisture content, and because the formulations may vary regionally, or change without warning, understanding which connectors and fasteners to use with these materials has become a complex task. We have attempted to provide basic knowledge on the subject here, but it is important to fully educate yourself by reviewing our technical bulletins on the topic, and also by viewing information and literature provided by others. Additionally, because the issue is evolving, it is important to get the very latest connector information on the topic by visiting our website at www.strongtie.com/info. Stainless Steel is always the most effective solution to corrosion risk. However, it is also more expensive and sometimes more difficult to obtain. To best serve our customers, Simpson is evaluating the options to identify the safest and most cost-effective solutions. Based on our testing and experience there are some specific applications that are appropriate for ZMAX/HDG or G90 connectors (see chart on page 11.) Because increased corrosion from some newer pressure-treated wood is a new issue with little historical data, we have to base our recommendations on the testing and experience we have to date. It is possible that as we learn more, our recommendations may change, but these recommendations are based on the best information we have at this time.
See www.strongtie.com/info for additional critical information.
CORROSION INFORMATION
General Simpson Recommendations
Outdoor environments are generally more corrosive to steel. If you choose to use ZMAX or HDG finish on an outdoor project (i.e. deck, patio cover), you should periodically inspect your connectors and fasteners or have a professional inspection performed. Regular maintenance including waterproofing of the wood used in your outdoor project is also a good practice. For wood with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ and MCQ, 0.41 pcf for CBA-A, or 0.21 pcf for CA-B (Ground Contact), Stainless Steel connectors and fasteners are recommended. Verify actual retention level with the wood treater. When using Stainless Steel connectors, use Stainless Steel fasteners. When using ZMAX/HDG galvanized connectors, use fasteners that meet the specifications of ASTM A153. Testing indicates wood installed dry reduces potential corrosion. If dry wood is used, see our website for additional information. Using a barrier membrane can provide additional corrosion protection, see Technical Bulletin T-PTBARRIER (see page 187 for details). Due to the many variables involved, Simpson cannot provide estimates on service life of connectors, anchors or fasteners. We suggest that all users and specifiers also obtain recommendations for HDG, ZMAX (G185), mechanically galvanized, or other coatings from the treated wood supplier for the type of wood used. However, as long as Simpsons recommendations are followed, Simpson stands behind its product performance and our standard warranty (page 15) applies.
Guidelines for Selecting the Proper Connector

1 Evaluate the Application.
Consider the type of structure and how it will be used. These recommendations may not apply to non-structural applications such as fences.
5 with the Simpson recommendation.
Compare the treated wood suppliers recommendation
2 Evaluate the Environment.

Testing and experience indicate that indoor dry environments are less corrosive than outdoor environments. Determining the type of environment where a connector or fastener will be used is an important factor in selecting the most appropriate material and finish for use on the connectors and fasteners. To help in your decision making, consider the following general exposure information: Interior Dry Use: Includes wall and ceiling cavities, and raised floor applications of enclosed buildings that have been designed to ensure that condensation and other sources of moisture do not develop. Exterior Dry: Includes outdoor installations in low rainfall environments and no regular exposure to moisture. Exterior Wet: Includes outdoor installations in higher moisture and rainfall environments. Higher Exposure Use: Includes exposure to ocean salt air, fire retardants, large bodies of water, fumes, fertilizers, soil, some preservative treated woods, industrial zones, acid rain, and other corrosive elements.
If these recommendations are different, Simpson recommends that the most conservative recommendation be followed.
Low = Use Simpson standard painted and G90 galvanized connectors as a minimum. Med = Use ZMAX/HDG galvanized connectors as a minimum. Use fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153 or SDS screws with double-barrier coating. High = Use Type 303, 304, 305 or 316 Stainless Steel connectors and fasteners. CONNECTOR COATING RECOMMENDATION STRUCTURAL APPLICATIONS
SBX/ Untreated DOT MCQ Wood & Zinc Borate ACQ-C, ACQ-D (Carbonate), CA-B & CBA-A Higher No With Chemical Ammonia Ammonia Content1 Med5 Med Med
3,4
Environment
ACZA
Other or Uncertain
Interior Dry Exterior Dry Exterior Wet Higher Exposure Uncertain
Low Low Med High High
Low N/A 2 N/A

2
Low Med Med

3,4
Med High High High High
High High High High High
3 intended application and environment.
Evaluate and select a suitable pressure-treated wood for the
N/A 2 N/A 2
High High
High High
The treated wood supplier should provide all the information needed regarding the wood being used. This information should include: the specific type of wood treatment used, if ammonia was used in the treatment, and the chemical retention level. If the needed information is not provided then Simpson would recommend the use of Stainless Steel connectors and fasteners. You should also ask the treated wood supplier for a connector coating or material recommendation.
chart on the right, which was created Simpsons 4 Use theand experience to select the connectorbased on material. testing finish or
If a pressure treated wood product is not identified on the chart, Simpson has not evaluated test results regarding such product and therefore cannot make any recommendation other than the use of Stainless Steel with that product. Manufacturers may independently provide test results or other product use information; Simpson expresses no opinion regarding any such information.
1. Woods with actual retention levels greater than 0.40 pcf for ACQ and MCQ, 0.41 pcf for CBA-A, or 0.21 pcf for CA-B (Ground Contact level). 2. Borate treated woods are not appropriate for outdoor use. 3. Test results indicate that ZMAX /HDG and the SDS double-barrier coating will perform adequately, subject to regular maintenance and periodic inspection. However, the nationally-approved test method used, AWPA E12-94, is an accelerated test, so data over an extended period of time is not available. If uncertain, use Stainless Steel. 4. Some treated wood may have excess surface chemicals making it potentially more corrosive. If you suspect this or are uncertain, use Stainless Steel. 5. Where noted in the table, applications where the wood is dry (moisture content less than 19%) when installed and will remain dry in-service may use a minimum coating recommendation of Low.
COATINGS AVAILABLE
Finish Gray Paint Powder Coating Standard G90 Zinc Coating
Not all products are available in all finishes. Contact Simpson for product availability, ordering information and lead times.
Description Level of Corrosion Resistance Low Low Low Medium
Water-based paint intended to protect the product while it is warehoused and in transit to the jobsite. Baked on paint finish that is more durable than our standard paint and produces a better looking finished product. Zinc galvanized finish containing 0.90 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (total both sides). Galvanized (G185) 1.85 oz. of zinc per square foot of surface area (hot-dip galvanized per ASTM A653 total both sides). These products require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153). Products are hot-dip galvanized after fabrication (14 ga. and thicker). The coating weight increases with material thickness. The minimum specified coating weight is 2.0 oz./ft 2 (per ASTM A123 total both sides). These products require hot-dip galvanized fasteners (fasteners which meet the specifications of ASTM A153).
Medium
Double-Barrier Coating (SDS Screws)
SDS screws that are manufactured with two different finishes that provide a level of corrosion protection that exceeds that provided by the previous HDG finish. Products manufactured from Type 316L stainless steel, and provide greater durability against corrosion. Stainless steel nails are required with stainless steel products, and are available from Simpson.
Medium High
See Corrosion Information for more specific performance and application information on these finishes.
11
IMPORTANT INFORMATION & GENERAL NOTES

CODES
Code Reference Column in Load Tables
The Code Reference column that appears in load tables throughout this catalog is intended to identify products listed in evaluation agency reports, typically called code reports, and the specific reports that cover them. The Code reference column, used in conjunction with the chart at right, indicates which code listing applies to a product. The reference numbers also clearly identify: Products submitted for evaluation report listing (160) Products with no evaluation report listing (170) Products not submitted because they have no load rating and an evaluation report listing is not necessary (180) Products that meet prescriptive or conventional construction code requirements (190) Where a model has been submitted for listing (160) or does not have an evaluation report listing (170), Simpson can supply complete test data to support our published loads. Please contact us for a copy of our product test documentation at (800) 925-5099. Product acceptance may be obtained through the Alternate Methods and Materials section of the applicable building code. Some loads and applications may not be covered in the code report and specific reductions and restrictions may be required by other product evaluation agencies. Visit www.strongtie.com or visit the product evaluation agencies web sites for the current evaluation reports. Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are recognized by most product evaluation agencies. Agencies that recognize some or all of our products include ICC-ES (formerly ICBO, BOCA, SBCCI); the City of Los Angeles, California; and State of Florida. Multiple types of ICC-ES evaluation reports are shown in the Code Reference Key Chart. ICC NER, ICC ER, and ICC ES reports are referred to as Legacy Reports and have been obtained over the years to verify that Simpson products are in compliance with the code. These Legacy reports were evaluated under the 1997 UBC and/or the 2000 IBC codes. In order to obtain evaluation for the 2003 or 2006 I-codes, manufacturers must submit for ICC ESR reports. Simpson has many ESR reports, but currently not all products have been evaluated per the latest codes. This does not mean that the information in those reports is inaccurate. Indeed, the new building code is typically less conservative for most connector products than the current codes. Simpson has re-submitted our Legacy Reports to ICC-ES to obtain product evaluation service reports (ESRs) evaluated using the 2006 IBC/IRC, but due to the large number of reports to evaluate, ICC-ES has not been able to process the reports in time for this catalog. It is anticipated that during the first and second quarter of 2008, most reports will be converted. To help understand which of our stamped and welded connector products are listed in an ESR report, we have obtained an ICC-ES index evaluation services report, ICC ESR-2523, for these products. This report is a reference document to other ESR reports held by Simpson and will be updated frequently by ICC-ES as new stamped and welded connector evaluation services reports are issued or converted. Please visit www.strongtie.com for the latest information or contact ICC Evaluation Services at www.icc-es.org. In August 2004 the Department of State Architecture, California, issued a revised IR 23-1. The Revised Interpretation of Regulation addresses and clarifies issues relating to Pre-fabricated Wood Construction Connectors. IR 23-1 defines the Purpose and Scope and clarifies Listing Requirements, Acceptable Load Capacities, Design Requirements, Installation Requirements and Connector Fabrication which addresses corrosionresistant material and/or coatings. Please contact the DSA at www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov/ Publications/default.htm for more information. On October 1, 2003, the State of Floridas Statewide Product Approval System became effective. The purpose of this system is to provide a single product evaluation and approval system that applies statewide to operate in coordination with the Florida Building Code. This Florida product evaluation and approval system is governed by Florida Statutes, Chapter 553, Section 553.842. Since this law specifies that the product approval system is to apply statewide, Notice of Acceptance are no longer necessary where a product has a statewide approval that is applicable in the High Velocity Hurricane Zone (HVHZ) and is installed in accordance with its conditions of use.
CODE REFERENCE KEY CHART

AGENCY CODE LISTING 209 393 413 421 422 432 443 469 499 694 1211 3631 4546 4935 4945 5090 5117 5268 5275 5313 5328 5349 5357 5485 5537 5655 5656 5672 5708 5709 5791 5824 5938 5952 6119 5053 1056 2138 1772 1679 2329 2236 2106 2320 2105 2330 2207 9603C Call us for Status and Test Data Call us for Test Data CODE REF. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 39 40 41 42 44 45 46 47 49 19 22 48 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 60 62 160* AGENCY CODE LISTING RR 22086 RR 24682 RR 24818 RR 24947 RR 24949 RR 25064 RR 25074 RR 25076 RR 25119 RR 25120 RR 25149 RR 25158 RR 25185 RR 25236 RR 25248 RR 25279 RR 25281 RR 25293 RR 25300 RR 25318 RR 25427 RR 25459 RR 25469 RR 25489 RR 25528 RR 25540 RR 25552 RR 25568 RR 25560 RR 25625 RR25667 FL474 FL503 FL538 FL1423 FL1463 FL1725 FL1901 FL2304 FL2355 FL3750 FL3751 FL4432 FL5113 FL5415 FL5805 FL5806 FL5808 FL6477 FL6482 FL7089 FL5550 FL8239 PA-110 CODE REF. 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 121 122 123 125 126 127 128 130 131 133 134 137 139 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
ICC-NER (OLD NES)
City of Los Angeles, California
ICC-ER (OLD ICBO)
ICC-ESR
State of Florida
ICC-ES (OLD SBCCI) Submitted for Listing No Code Listing No Load Rating Prescriptive Code
170 180 190 CA DSA
WE ARE ISO 9001-2000 REGISTERED

Simpson Strong-Tie is an ISO 9001-2000 registered company. ISO 9001-2000 is an internationally-recognized quality assurance system which lets our domestic and international customers know that they can count on the consistent quality of Simpson Strong-Ties products and services. 12
* As of the printing of this catalog, products coded 160 either have

been submitted and are awaiting issuance from the respective product evaluation agency or are to be submitted. Because code reports can be issued throughout the year, we encourage the user to visit www.strongtie.com, www.icc-es.org, www.ladbs.org, www.dsa.dgs.ca.gov, and www.floridabuilding.org for the most current information, call Simpson at 800-999-5099, or contact the code agency directly.

WARNING
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. structural connectors, anchors, and other products are designed and tested to provide specified design loads. To obtain optimal performance from Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and achieve maximum allowable design load, the products must be properly installed and used in accordance with the installation instructions and design limits provided by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. To ensure proper installation and use, designers and installers must carefully read the following General Notes, General Instructions For The Installer and General Instructions For The Designer, as well as consult the applicable catalog pages for specific product installation instructions and notes. Proper product installation requires careful attention to all notes and instructions, including these basic rules: 1. Be familiar with the application and correct use of the connector. 2. Follow all installation instructions provided in the applicable catalog, website, Installers Pocket Guide or any other Simpson publications. 3. Install all required fasteners per installation instructions provided by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.: a) use proper fastener type; b) use proper fastener quantity; c) fill all fastener holes; d) do not overdrive or underdrive nails, including when using gun nailers; and e) ensure screws are completely driven. 4. Only bend products that are specifically designed to be bent. For those products that required bending, do not bend more than once. 5. Cut joists to the correct length, do not short-cut. The gap between the end of the joist and the header material should be no greater than " unless otherwise noted. In addition to following the basic rules provided above as well as all notes, warnings and instructions provided in the catalog, installers, designers, engineers and consumers should consult the Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. website at www.strongtie.com to obtain additional design and installation information, including: Instructional builder/contractor training kits containing an instructional video, an instructor guide and a student guide in both English and Spanish; Installers Pocket Guide (form S-INSTALL, see page 187 for details) which is designed specifically for installers and uses detailed graphics and minimal text in both English and Spanish to explain visually how to install many key products; Information on workshops Simpson conducts at various training centers throughout the country; Product specific installation videos; Specialty catalogs; Code reports; Technical fliers and bulletins; Master format specifications; Material safety data sheets; Corrosion information; Connector selection guides for engineered wood products (by manufacturer); Simpson connector selector software; Simpson Autocad menu; Simpson Strong-Wall Selector software; Simpson Anchor Tiedown System Selector and anchor related software; and Answers to frequently asked questions and technical topics. Failure to follow fully all of the notes and instructions provided by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. may result in improper installation of products. Improperly installed products may not perform to the specifications set forth in this catalog and may reduce a structures ability to resist the movement, stress, and loading that occurs from gravity loads as well as impact events such as earthquakes and high velocity winds. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. does not guarantee the performance or safety of products that are modified, improperly installed or not used in accordance with the design and load limits set forth in this catalog.
GENERAL NOTES
These general notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed fully. to determine if the connection will perform as required. Dry wood may a. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. reserves the right to change specifications, designs, and models without notice or liability for such changes. split more easily and should be evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider pre-boring holes with diameters not exceeding .75 of the b. Steel used for each Simpson product is individually selected based on the nail diameter (2005 NDS 11.1.5.3). products steel specifications, including strength, thickness, formability, finish, and weldability. Contact Simpson for steel information on specific products. k. Wood shrinks and expands as it loses and gains moisture, particularly perpendicular to its grain. Take wood shrinkage into account when c. Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in inches, loads are in pounds. designing and installing connections. Simpson manufactures products d. Unless otherwise noted, welds, screws, bolts and nails may not be combined to achieve highest load value. 8d (0.131"x2"), 10d (0.148"x3"), and 16d to fit common dry lumber dimensions. If you need a connector with (0.162"x3") specify common nails that meet the requirements of ASTM dimensions other than those listed in this catalog, Simpson may be able F1667. When a shorter nail is specified, it will be noted (for example 8dx1). to vary connector dimensions; contact Simpson. The effects of wood Refer to Simpsons Nailing Guide, NDS (National Design Specification) and shrinkage are increased in multiple lumber connections, such as floor-toASTM F1667 (American Society of Testing and Materials) for more nail info. floor installations. This may result in the vertical rod nuts becoming loose, e. Do Not Overload. Do not exceed catalog allowable loads, which would requiring post-installation tightening. (Contact Simpson for information jeopardize the connection. on the Simpson Strong-Tie Takeup Device) f. Unless otherwise noted, allowable loads are for Douglas Fir-Larch under l. Top flange hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies should continuously dry conditions. Allowable loads for other species or conditions be evaluated by a professional and include using a face mount hanger, must be adjusted according to the code. In many cases, Simpson code and routering the beam or cutting the subfloor to accommodate the top reports will indicate loads derived from Doug Fir header material only. flange thickness. However under ICC-ES AC13, loads for Douglas Fir are the same as LVL, m. Built-up lumber (multiple members) must be fastened together to act as LSL, PSL, Glulams and Southern Pine, since the specific gravity of these one unit to resist the applied load (excluding the connector fasteners). wood species fall within the specific gravity range of the AC13 criteria. This must be determined by the Designer/Engineer of Record. The section from the AC13 criteria indicating the range of specific n. Some model configurations may differ from those shown in this catalog. gravity reads as follows: 3.2.3 The species of lumber used shall have a Contact Simpson for details. specific gravity of 0.49 or greater, such as Douglas Fir, but not greater than o. Hanger Options (Simpsons Hanger Options Matrix and Hanger Option 0.55 as determined in accordance with the NDS. This chart shows specific General Notes page 180-181) some combinations of hanger options are gravity for the different wood species as listed by NDS. not available. In some cases, combinations of these options may not be Species Fc Specific Gravity installable. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by Douglas Fir-Larch (DF) 625 psi 0.50 other members in the structural system. A qualified Designer must always Southern Pine (SP) 565 psi 0.55 evaluate each connection, including carried and carrying member Spruce-Pine-Fir (SPF) 425 psi 0.42 limitations, before specifying the product. Fill all fastener holes with Hem Fir (HF) 405 psi 0.43 fastener types specified in the tables, unless otherwise noted. Hanger Glulam 560 psi 0.50 configurations, height, and fastener schedules may vary from the tables LVL (DF/SP) 750 psi 0.50 depending on joist size, skew and slope. See the allowable table load for the TimberStrand LSL (E=1.3x106) 680 psi 0.50 non-modified hanger, and adjust as indicated. Gauge may vary from that 880 psi 0.50 TimberStrand LSL (E>1.5x106) specified depending on the manufacturing process used. U and W hangers normally have single stirrups; occasionally, the seat may be welded. B, GLT, Parallam PSL 750 psi 0.50 HGLT, HW, LBV, W and WNP hangers for sloped seat installations are g. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. will manufacture non-catalog products assumed backed. To order a custom non-backed hanger, contact Simpson. provided prior approval is obtained and an engineering drawing is included with the order. Steel specified on the drawings as ", ", and " will be p. Simpson will calculate the net height for a sloped seat. The customer 11 gauge (0.120"), 7 ga (0.179"), and 3 gauge (0.239"), respectively. The must provide the H1 joist height before slope. minimum yield and tensile strengths are 33 ksi and 52 ksi, respectively. q. Truss plates shown are not manufactured by Simpson. h. All references to bolts or machine bolts (MBs) are for structural quality r. Do not weld products listed in this catalog unless this publication specifically through bolts (not lag screws or carriage bolts) equal to or better than identifies a product as acceptable for welding, or unless specific approval ASTM Standard A307, Grade A. RFB is A307, Grade C; SSTB is ASTM A36. for welding is provided in writing by Simpson. Some steels have poor i. Unless otherwise noted, bending steel in the field may cause fractures at weldability and a tendency to crack when welded. Cracked steel will not the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry load and must be replaced. carry load and must be replaced. See Simpsons Hanger Options Matrix and j. A fastener that splits the wood will not take the design load. Evaluate splits Hanger Option General Notes page 180-181 for hangers that may be welded.
13

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE INSTALLER
These general instructions for the installer are provided to ensure proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed carefully. These general instructions are in addition to the specific installation instructions and notes provided for each particular product, all of which should be consulted prior to and during installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. a. All specified fasteners must be installed according to the instructions in this catalog. Incorrect fastener quantity, size, placement, type, material, or finish may cause the connection to fail. Prior to using a particular fastener, please consult the Fastener Guide in this catalog. 16d fasteners are common nails (0.162" dia. x 3" long) and cannot be replaced with 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) for full load value unless otherwise specified. Screws may not be used to replace nails in connectors unless approved and recommended by the Designer/Engineer of Record. Unless stated otherwise, Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of connectors with screws replacing nails. When using stainless steel connectors, use stainless steel fasteners. When using ZMAX/HDG galvanized connectors, use fasteners that meet the zinc coating specifications of ASTM A153. b. Fill all fastener holes as specified in the installation instructions for that product. Refer to Simpsons Fastener Guide for the requirements of the various shaped fastener holes. c. Do not overdrive nails. Overdriven nails reduce shear capacity. d. Use the materials specified in the installation instructions. Substitution of or failure to use specified materials may cause the connection to fail. e. Do not add fastener holes or otherwise modify Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. The performance of modified products may be substantially weakened. Simpson will not warrant or guarantee the performance of such modified products. f. Install products in the position specified in the catalog. g. Do not alter installation procedures from those set forth in this catalog. h. The proper use of certain products requires that the product be bent. For those products, installers must not bend the product more than one time (one full cycle). i. Bolt holes shall be at least a minimum of " and no more than a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (per the 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2. and AISI NASPEC, section E3a if applicable). j. Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection. k. Some hardened fasteners may have premature failure if exposed to moisture. These fasteners are recommended to be used in dry interior applications. l. Use proper safety equipment. m. Welding galvanized steel may produce harmful fumes; follow proper welding procedures and safety precautions. Welding should be in accordance with A.W.S. (American Welding Society) standards. Unless otherwise noted Simpson connectors cannot be welded. n. Pneumatic or powder-actuated fasteners may deflect and injure the operator or others. Pneumatic nail tools may be used to install connectors, provided the correct quantity and type of nails (length and diameter) are properly installed in the nail holes. Tools with nail hole-locating mechanisms should be used. Follow the manufacturers instructions and use the appropriate safety equipment. Overdriving nails may reduce allowable loads. Contact Simpson. Powder-actuated fasteners should not be used to install connectors. o. Joist shall bear completely on the connector seat, and the gap between the joist end and the header shall not exceed " per ICC-ES AC261 and ASTM D1761 test standards. p. For holdowns, anchor bolt nuts should be finger-tight plus to turn with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used as they may preload the holdown. q. Holdowns and Tension Ties (except MTT and LTT) may be raised off the sill as dictated by field conditions to accommodate an anchor mislocated no more than 1". The holdown shall be raised off the sill at least 3" for every " that the anchor is offset from the models centerline (as defined on pages 36 to 41 to maximum of 18"). Anchor bolt slope shall be no greater than 1:12 (or 5 degrees). Contact the Designer if the holdown anchor is offset more then 1". Raised holdown height is measured from the top of concrete to the top of the holdown bearing plate. r. Strong-Drive Screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of a " bit). s. For cold-formed steel applications, all screws shall be installed in accordance with the screw manufacturers recommendations. All screws shall penetrate and protrude through the joined materials a minimum of 3 full exposed threads per AISI Standard for Cold Formed Steel Framing General Provisions, section D1.3, if applicable. t. Nuts shall be installed such that the end of the threaded rod or bolt is at least flush with the top of the nut. u. When installing hurricane ties on the inside of the wall special considerations must be taken to prevent condensation on the inside of the completed structure in cold climates.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE DESIGNER

These general instructions for the Designer are provided to ensure proper selection and installation of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products and must be followed carefully. These general instructions are in addition to the specific design and installation instructions and notes provided for each particular product, all of which should be consulted prior to and during the design process. a. The term Designer used throughout this catalog is intended to mean a licensed/certified building design professional, a licensed professional engineer, or a licensed architect. b. All connected members and related elements shall be designed by the Designer. c. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable load values set forth in this catalog. d. Unless otherwise noted, the allowable loads published in this catalog are limited to the lowest of: average recorded test load at " deflection, lowest ultimate recorded test load of 3 tests specimens divided by 3 (or the average of 6 specimens divided by 3), or the calculated value based on steel, wood bearing, and/or fastener capacity. e. Allowable simultaneous loads in more than one direction on a single connector must be evaluated as follows: Design Uplift/Allowable Uplift + Design Lateral Parallel to Plate/Allowable Lateral Parallel to Plate + Design Lateral Perpendicular to Plate/Allowable Lateral Perpendicular to Plate < 1.0. The three terms in the unity equation are due to the three possible directions that exist to generate force on a hurricane tie. The number of terms that must be considered for simultaneous loading is at the sole discretion of the Designer and is dependant on their method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the connector within the structural system. f. Loads are based on the 2005 National Design Specifications (NDS) and the 2001 AISI Standard - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) if applicable, unless otherwise specified. Other code agencies may use different allowable loads. g. Duration of load adjustments as specified by the code are as follows: FLOOR and DOWN (100) no increase for duration of load. SNOW (115) 115% of design load for 2 month duration of load. ROOF LOAD (125) 125% of design load for 7 day duration of load. EARTHQUAKE/WIND (133 and 160) 133% and 160% of design load for earthquake/wind loading. h. Unless otherwise noted, wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce allowable loads when wood shear is limiting. i. Simpson strongly recommends the following addition to construction drawings and specifications: Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are specifically required to meet the structural calculations of plan. Before substituting another brand, confirm load capacity based on reliable published testing data or calculations. The Engineer/Designer of Record should evaluate and give written approval for substitution prior to installation. j. Verify that the dimensions of the supporting member are sufficient to receive the specified fasteners, and develop the top flange bearing length. k. Some catalog illustrations show connections that could cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not sufficiently reinforced. In this case, mechanical reinforcement should be considered. l. For holdowns, anchor bolt nuts should be finger-tight plus to turn with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used as they may preload the holdown. m. Simpson will provide upon request code testing data on all products that have been code tested. n. The allowable loads published in this catalog are for use when utilizing the traditional Allowable Stress Design methodology. A method for using Load and Resistance Factor Design (LRFD) for wood has been published in AF&PA/ASCE 16. A method for using LRFD for cold-formed steel has also been published in the 2001 AISI NASPEC. When designing with LRFD, reference lateral resistances must be used. Contact Simpson for reference lateral resistances of products listed in this catalog. For more information, refer to the American Forest and Paper Association Guideline to Pre-engineered Metal Connectors and ASCE 16. The Guideline contains a soft-conversion procedure that can be used to derive reference lateral resistances. o. For joist hangers Simpson recommends the hanger height shall be at least 60% of joist height for stability. p. For cold-formed steel applications, as a minimum all screws must comply with Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) Standard J78,
14

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE DESIGNER (cont.)
Steel Self Drilling Tapping Screws, and must have a Type II coating in accordance with ASTM B 633, Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel. Screw strength shall be calculated in accordance with 2001 AISI NASPEC Section E4, if applicable, or shall be based on the manufacturers design capacity determined from testing. q. Local and/or regional building codes may require meeting special conditions. Building codes often require special inspection of anchors installed in concrete and masonry. For compliance with these requirements, it is necessary to contact the local and/or regional building authority. Except where mandated by code, Simpsons products do not require special inspection. r. Holdowns and Tension Ties (except MTT and LTT) may be installed raised above the sill at any height with the approval of the Designer. Increased deflection and/or load reductions when installed raised above the sill shall be considered (see product load tables and footnotes on pages 36 thru 41 for applicability). s. Throughout the catalog there are installation drawings showing the load transfer from one element in the structure to another. Additional connections may be required to safely transfer the loads through the structure. It is the Designers responsibility to specify and detail all necessary connections to ensure that a continuous load path is provided as required by the building code.
LIMITED WARRANTY
Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. warrants catalog products to be free from defects in material or manufacturing. Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products are further warranted for adequacy of design when used in accordance with design limits in this catalog and when properly specified, installed, and maintained. This warranty does not apply to uses not in compliance with specific applications and installations set forth in this catalog, or to non-catalog or modified products, or to deterioration due to environmental conditions. Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are designed to enable structures to resist the movement, stress, and loading that results from impact events such as earthquakes and high velocity winds. Other Simpson Strong-Tie products are designed to the load capacities and uses listed in this catalog. Properly-installed Simpson Strong-Tie products will perform in accordance with the specifications set forth in the applicable Simpson catalog. Additional performance limitations for specific products may be listed on the applicable catalog pages. Due to the particular characteristics of potential impact events, the specific design and location of the structure, the building materials used, the quality of construction, and the condition of the soils involved, damage may nonetheless result to a structure and its contents even if the loads resulting from the impact event do not exceed Simpson catalog specifications and Simpson Strong-Tie connectors are properly installed in accordance with applicable building codes. All warranty obligations of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall be limited, at the discretion of Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc., to repair or replacement of the defective part. These remedies shall constitute Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.s sole obligation and sole remedy of purchaser under this warranty. In no event will Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. be responsible for incidental, consequential, or special loss or damage, however caused. This warranty is expressly in lieu of all other warranties, expressed or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose, all such other warranties being hereby expressly excluded. This warranty may change periodically consult our website www.strongtie.com for current information.
TERMS & CONDITIONS OF SALE

PRODUCT USE Products in this catalog are designed and manufactured for the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other connectors not approved by a qualified Designer. Modifications to products or changes in installations should only be made by a qualified Designer. The performance of such modified products or altered installations is the sole responsibility of the Designer. INDEMNITY Customers or Designers modifying products or installations, or designing non-catalog products for fabrication by Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. shall, regardless of specific instructions to the user, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for any and all claimed loss or damage occasioned in whole or in part by non-catalog or modified products. NON-CATALOG AND MODIFIED PRODUCTS Consult Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. for applications for which there is no catalog product, or for connectors for use in hostile environments, with excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection requirements. Non-catalog products must be designed by the customer and will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or load-carrying capacities of non-catalog products. Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied, on non-catalog products. F.O.B. Shipping Point unless otherwise specified.
CONVERSION CHARTS
Metric Conversion
Imperial 1 in 1 ft 1 lb 1 Kip 1 psi Metric 25.40 mm 0.3048 m 4.448N 4.448 kN 6895 Pa
Bolt Diameter
in 1 mm 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 22.2 25.4
If Common Rafter Roof Pitch is...

Rise/Run 1/12 2/12 3/12 4/12 5/12 6/12 7/12 8/12 9/12 10/12 11/12 12/12 Slope 5 10 14 18 23 27 30 34 37 40 42 45
Then Hip/Valley Rafter Roof Pitch becomes...

Rise/Run 1/17 2/17 3/17 4/17 5/17 6/17 7/17 8/17 9/17 10/17 11/17 12/17 Slope 3 7 10 13 16 19 22 25 28 30 33 35
US Standard Steel Gauge Equivalents in Nominal Dimensions

Approximate Decimals (in) Min. Dimensions Ga Thick. Uncoated Galvanized (mils) in mm Steel Steel (G90) 3 229 6.0 0.239 7 171 4.5 0.179 0.186 10 118 3.5 0.134 0.138 11 111 3.1 0.120 0.123 12 97 2.7 0.105 0.108 14 68 2.0 0.075 0.078 16 54 1.6 0.060 0.063 18 43 1.3 0.048 0.052 20 33 1.0 0.036 0.040 22 27 1.0 0.030 0.033
Steel thickness varies according to mill standards.
Use these Roof Pitch to Hip/Valley Rafter Roof Pitch conversion tables only for hip/valley rafters that are skewed 45 right or left. All other skews will cause the slope to change from that listed.
ZMAX (G185) 0.140 0.125 0.110 0.080 0.065 0.054 0.042 0.035
15
Fasteners & Quik Drive Systems
NAIL TYPES
Nail Types and Sizes Specified for Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors
Many Simpson Strong-Tie connectors have been designed and tested for use with specific types and sizes of nails. The specified quantity, type and size of nail must be installed in the correct holes on the connector to achieve published loads. Other factors such as nail material and finish are also important. Incorrect fastener selection or installation can compromise connector performance and could lead to failure.
16d Common
16d Sinker
10d Common 16dx2"
8d Common
N54A
10dx1"
8dx1"
1 0.148" 0.131"
2 0.162" 3 3 3 0.162" 0.148" 0.148"

Nails are drawn to scale Nail diameter assumes no coating. See T-NAILGUIDE for more information. (See page 187)
0.131"
0.25"
NAIL DESIGN INFORMATION

In some cases it is desirable to install Simpson Strong-Tie face mount joist hangers and straight straps with nails that are a different type or size than what is called out in the load table. In these cases these reduction factors must be applied to the allowable loads listed for the connector.
Allowable Load Adjustment Factor Catalog Nail 16d common (0.162x3") 16d common (0.162x3") 16d common (0.162x3") 16d common (0.162x3") 10d common (0.148x3") 12d common (0.148x3") 16d sinker (0.148x3") 10d common (0.148x3") 16d sinker (0.148x3") 10d common (0.148x3") 12d common (0.148x3") 8d common (0.131x2") 10d common (0.148x3") Replacement Face Mount Hangers 10dx1 (0.148x1") 10d common (0.148x3") 12d common (0.148x3") 16d sinker (0.148x3") 16dx2 (N16) (0.162x2") 10dx1 (0.148x1") 10dx1 (0.148x1") 16d sinker (0.148x3") 8dx1 (0.131x1") 8d common (0.131x2") 0.64 0.84 0.84 1.00 0.77 0.64 1.00 0.85 0.83 Straight Straps 0.845 0.84 0.84 1.00 1.006 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.83
Double shear nailing should use full length common nails
1. 10dx1" or 16dx2" nails may not be substituted for joist nails in double shear hangers (i.e. LUS, MUS, HUS, HHUS, HGUS). For applications involving pneumatic nails, refer to specific tool manufacturer tech bulletins (see page 187 for details). 2. Do not substitute 10dx1" nails for face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU. 3. For straps installed over sheathing 1" nails should not be used. 4. This table does not apply to specials (see Hanger Options), or steel thicker than 10 gauge. Face mount hangers, joist and face nails (except as noted) and straight straps may be installed with alternate nails. Use this table to determine the load adjustment factor. 5. Where noted, use 0.80 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when using SPF lumber. 6. Where noted, use 0.92 for 10 ga, 11 ga, and 12 ga products when using SPF lumber.
Shorter nails may not be used as double shear nails
16
Load Adjustment Factors for Optional Nails Used with Face Mount Hangers and Straight Straps
FASTENING IDENTIFICATION
Round Holes
Purpose: to fasten a connector to wood. Fill Requirements: always fill, unless noted otherwise.
Obround Holes
Purpose: to make fastening a connector in a tight location easier. Fill Requirements: always fill.
Hexagonal Holes
Purpose: to fasten a connector to concrete or masonry. Fill Requirements: always fill when fastening a connector to concrete or masonry.
Triangular Holes
Purpose: to increase a connectors strength or to achieve MAX strength. Fill Requirements: when the Designer specifies max nailing.
Diamond Holes
Purpose: to temporarily fasten a connector to make installing it easier. Fill Requirements: none.
Pilot Holes
Tooling holes for manufacturing purposes. No fasteners required.
Speed Prongs
Used to temporarily position and secure the connector for easier and faster installation.
Positive Angle Nailing (PAN)

Provided when wood splitting may occur, and to speed installation.
Dome Nailing
This feature guides the nail into the joist and header at a 45 angle. U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Double Shear Nailing

The nail is installed into the joist and header, distributing the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength.
ITS Strong-Grip (IUS Similar)

The Strong-Grip seat allows the I-joist to snap in securely without the need for joist nails.
ITT Tab Nailing

The nail is hammered in at an angle of approximately 45 to prevent the wood from splitting.
NAIL ORDERING INFORMATION

Simpson Strong-Tie nails and structural fasteners have been developed as the optimum fasteners for connector products. Special lengths afford economy of purchase and installation, and depth compatibility with framing members. For pneumatic nail use, see Instructions to the Installer, page 14 and visit www.strongtie.com for technical bulletins.
Nail 8dx1" 8d Common
Dimensions 0.131" x 1" (3.3mm x 38.1mm) 0.131" x 2" (3.3mm x 63.5mm) 0.148" x 1" (3.8mm x 38.1mm) 0.148" x 3" (3.8mm x 76.2mm) 0.162" x 2" (4.1mm x 63.5mm) 0.162" x 3" (4.1mm x 88.9mm) 0.250" x 2" (6.4mm x 63.5mm)
Wire Finish Gauge 10 10 9 9 8 8 3 HDG SS SS HDG SS SS HDG HDG SS Bright HDG
Simpson Model No. N8 SSN8 SS8D N10 SSN10 SS10D N16 16dHDG SS16D N54A N54AHDG
Fasteners per CWT 15200 15200 9400 11900 12200 6700 6300 4400 4400 2700 2700
10dx1" 10d Common 16dx1"
1 lb. Retail Tub
5 lb. Retail Bucket

16d Common N54A
Simpson Strong-Tie hot-dip galvanized nails are packed in 1 lb. and 5 lb. plastic retail containers for easy handling.
Display Packages
Display Package N8DHDG MSTR CTN N8D5HDG MSTR CTN N10DHDG MSTR CTN N10D5HDG MSTR CTN 10DHDG MSTR CTN 10D5HDG MSTR CTN 16DHDG MSTR CTN 16D5HDG MSTR CTN 50 lb. Bulk Boxes Description 24 display packs of 150 N8 nails 6 display packs of 750 N8 nails 24 display packs of 120 N10 nails 6 display packs of 600 N10 nails 24 display packs of 50 10d nails 6 display packs of 250 10d nails 24 display packs of 40 16d nails 6 display packs of 200 16d nails Available for N8HDG and N10HDG Model no. N8, N10
1. N16 fasteners may be ordered electro-galvanized; specify EG; for example N16EG. This finish is not acceptable for ZMAX or HDG applications. 2. HDG = hot-dip galvanized; SS = stainless steel; Bright = no finish; GV = green vinyl. 3. Metric equivalents are listed (Diameter x Length). 4. The 8d common, 10d common, 12d common, 16d common, and 16d sinker nails are for reference only. Simpson does not sell these nails. All other nails are available through Simpson. 5. For pneumatic fastener info, request additional technical information. 6. Recommended minimum end distance to prevent splitting with a steel side member is 10 x the nail diameter per 2005 NDS Commentary Table 11.1.5.6. 7. Use HDG nails with ZMAX and HDG products. 8. 16d sinker with GV finish is not acceptable for ZMAX or HDG applications. 9. HDG nails sold by Simpson meet the specifications of ASTM A153. Stainless steel nails are type 316 stainless.
17
Auto-Feed Screw Driving Systems
QUIK DRIVE FASTENERS AND ATTACHMENTS
Quik Drive offers labor saving auto-feed systems and specialty fasteners engineered for a wide range of commercial and residential construction applications.
Drywall Exterior Gypsum Sheathing Panels Fiber Cement Backerboard & Composite Underlayment Deck and Dock Subfloor, Sheathing, Wall Plates and Stair Treads Composite Deck
See the Quik Drive catalog (form C-QD) for more information.
(See page 187 for details)
Concrete and Ceramic Tile Roofing Steel

AUTO-FEED SCREW DRIVING SYSTEMS

The systems offer several easy-to-use attachments bringing speed and reliability to applications that require the fastening power of screws. Our Pro series attachments provide tough, reliable performance in specific fastening applications.
QUIK DRIVE FASTENERS

Featuring patented collation technology, Quik Drive fasteners are designed to meet or exceed industry standards for strength and longevity while offering easy-to-load, tangle-free strips for efficient performance in auto-feed systems.
For more information visit www.strongtie.com

18
Auto-Feed Screw Driving Systems
QUIK DRIVE FASTENERS AND ATTACHMENTS
WSNTL COLLATED SCREW SYSTEM

Quik Drive auto-feed screw driving systems offer superior performance and reduced installation time in subfloor applications. The holding power of screws reduces the gaps that cause floor squeaks and the 20" tool extension enables stand-up-and-drive installation.
2" or 2"
1" (WSNTL2LS) 2" (WSNTL212S)
Allowable Shear in Pounds per Foot for Horizontal Plywood Diaphragms with WSNTL2LS or WSNTL212S Screws and Douglas Fir-Larch or Southern Pine1,6 Framing
BLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS2 Screw spacing at diaphragm boundaries (all cases), at continuous panel edges parallel to load (Cases 3 and 4), and at all panel edges (Cases 5 and 6) 6 6 320 360 290 325 320 360 320 360 4 2 3
2
CODE LISTED: ICC-ER 5053

UNBLOCKED DIAPHRAGMS Screws spaced 6 inches, maximum, at supported edges2 Case 1 (No unblocked edges or continuous joints parallel to load) 285 320 255 290 285 320 285 320 All other configurations (Cases 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6) 215 240 190 215 215 240 215 240 Code Ref.
Panel Grade
Panel Thickness
Minimum Nominal Width of Framing Member
23 3 730 820 655 735 730 820 730 820
Structural I
14,5
Sheathing, single floor and other grades covered in DOC PS1 and PS27
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3
Screw Spacing at Other Panel Edges 6 4 425 640 480 720 385 575 430 650 425 640 480 720 425 640 480 720
49
1. For IBC wind design, shear capacities may be increased 40% per IBC 2306.3.1. For normal loading, shear capacities shall be reduced 25%. These two adjustments are not included in the Code Report. 2. Space screws at 12" on center along intermediate framing members or as required by design to resist wind suction forces on roofs where applicable. 3. Framing at adjoining panel edges must be 3 inches nominal or wider, and screws must be staggered where screws are spaced 2" or 2" on center. 4. When noted in the table, WSNTL212S screws required.
5. The values for this application are not included in the Code Report. 6. See 2003 IBC chapter 23 and 1997 UBC chapter 23 for additional requirements and information. 7. See 1997 UBC Table 23-II-H for Panel Grades. 8. Allowable withdrawal loads, based on thread penetration into the main member, are 141 lb/in for SP, 117 lb/in for DF, and 82 lb/in for SPF. Values may be increased as permitted by the applicable building code.
TB COLLATED SCREW SYSTEM

Quik Drive auto-feed systems with TB screws with TB series collated screw strips are a fast and reliable way to fasten wood to steel members. They are self-drilling so no predrilling is required.
" "
ift Upl
1" Min.
F1
F2
1" Min.
in. 4" M
L
in. 3" M
x. Ma "
F1
Allowable Loads for Wood Attachment to Steel with Quik Drive TB Screws
DF/SP Allowable Load Model No. L Wood Size 100 TB1460S TB1475S 2" 3" 2x 250 Uplift 133 335 160 400 100 225 F1/ F2 133 300 160 360 170 Code Ref.
F2
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
n. Mi 4"
1. For use with structural steel members up to " thick or cold-formed steel members 16 gauge (54 mil) or thicker. 2. Standard product available in a yellow zinc dichromate finish or N2000 finish for additional corrosion protection (TBG1460S or TBG1475S). 3. For use with 2x (1") DF/SP only. 4. For use with QD HSD60 or HSD75 Tool.
n. Mi " 1
Designing with Steel?

If you are designing a structure using Cold-Formed Steel, comprehensive design information on using connectors, Anchor System products and Quik Drive screws in your project can be found in the latest issue of the Simpson Strong-Tie Cold-Formed Steel Connectors catalog (form C-CFS, see page 187 for details). You can access this information via the web at www.strongtie.com.
For more information visit www.strongtie.com

19
SDS & SD
Wood Screws
The Simpson Strong-Drive screw (SDS) is a " diameter structural wood screw ideal for various connector installations as well as wood-to-wood applications. It installs with no predrilling and has been extensively tested in various applications. The new SDS is improved with a patented new easy driving 4CUT tip and a corrosion resistant double-barrier coating. The SD8 #8x1" wafer head screw is ideal for miscellaneous fastening applications. The needle point ensures fast starts and deep #2 Phillips drive reduces cam-out and stripping. SDS FEATURES: The patented 4CUT tip has a square core and serrated threads to reduce installation torque and make driving easier with no predrilling and minimal wood splitting. A new double-barrier coating finish provides corrosion resistance superior to hot-dip galvanization. Now one screw can handle interior, exterior and certain pressure-treated wood applications (see Corrosion Information on page 10-11 for more information). " hex washer head is stamped with the No-Equal sign and fastener length for easy identification after installation. MATERIAL: Heat-treated carbon steel FINISH: SDSNew double-barrier coating, yellow zinc dichromate, and HDG (Not all sizes are available in all finishes Contact Simpson for product availability and ordering information); SD8Electro Galvanized CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the SD8 should be used in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
Identification on all SDS screw heads

(SDS "x3" shown)
SDS "x3"
U.S. Patent 6,109,850 5,897,280 5,044,853
SD8x1.25
The 4CUT tip reduces installation torque and makes driving easier.
SDS and SD Wood Screws

DF/SP Allowable Loads4
1
These products feature additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson for details.
SPF Allowable Loads4
Size (in.)
Model No.
Shear (100) Shear (100) Withdrawal 5 Withdrawal 5 Thread Fasteners Code (100) (100) Length per Wood Side Plate3 Steel Side Plate Wood Side Plate3 Steel Side Plate Ref. Carton (in.) 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 1" 14 ga & 10 ga or Wood or Steel 1" 16 ga 1" 16 ga 1" 12 ga Greater Side Plate SPF LVL 12 ga Greater Side Plate SCL 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 1500 1400 1300 1100 950 900 800 600 190 280 340 350 350 340 340 340 50 250 250 50 250 250 290 390 420 420 420 420 50 250 250 290 420 420 420 420 420 170 215 215 255 345 385 475 560 135 200 245 250 250 245 245 245 45 180 180 45 180 180 210 280 300 300 300 300 45 180 180 210 300 300 300 300 300 120 150 150 180 240 270 330 350 170
1. Allowable loads for SDS screws are based on ICC-ES Code Report ESR-2236. Screws may be provided with the 4CUT or Type 17 tip. 2. SDS screws install best with a low speed " drill with a " hex head driver. 3. Wood to wood applications are based on a wood thickness of 1" side member. All applications are based on full penetration into the main member. Contact Simpson for allowable loads for other side member thicknesses. 4. Allowable loads are shown at the wood load duration factor of CD =1.00. Loads may be increased for load duration by the building code up to a CD =1.60.
5. Withdrawal loads shown are in pounds (lbs.) and are based on the entire threaded section installed into the main member. If thread penetration into the main member is less than the Thread Length as shown in the table, reduce allowable load by 172 lbs. x inches of thread not in main member. Use 121 lbs./inch for SPF. 6. DO NOT USE SD8x1.25 wood screws with structural connectors unless specifically stated in this catalog. 7. SD8 requires " minimum penetration.
TITEN
Concrete and Masonry Screws
Titen Screws are " and " diameter masonry screws for attaching all types of components to concrete and masonry. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior, and noncorrosive environments only.
Titen Hex Head
Titen Screw Anchors

Critical Drill Embed. Critical Titen Edge Bit Depth Spacing Dia. Dist. Dia. (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 1 1 1 1 Tension Load1 f'c 2000 psi Concrete or f'c 4000 psi f'm 1500 psi for Masonry Concrete Allowable Allowable lbs. lbs. 125 160 305 460 145 180 365 500 Shear Load1 f'c 2000 psi Concrete or f'm 1500 psi for Masonry Allowable lbs. 255 415 225 400 Code Ref.
131
20
1. The Designer shall verify allowable load of the attached member or element as it may govern the allowable load. 2. Screws should be installed with the drill in rotation only mode.
x 1 x 1 x 1 x 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 4 x 6
SD8x1.256,7 SDS25112 SDS25134 SDS25200 SDS25212 SDS25300 SDS25312 SDS25412 SDS25600
53
Concrete Connectors & Anchors
UFP Universal Foundation Plate

The UFP provides a retrofit method to anchor the mudsill to the side of the foundation in applications where minimum vertical clearance exists. The UFP is also designed to perform when the mudsill is offset from the foundation up to 2" or extended beyond the foundation up to ". The UFP may be used in place of the FA, HFA and FAP connectors. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Loads are based on test results using Simpsons SDS "x3" screws, which are supplied with the UFP10. Alternate lag screws will not achieve published loads. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for post-installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Max Spacing to replace Anchor Bolt " or " dia. 6' Fasteners Anchor Bolt Qty. 2 Dia. Plate 5-SDS "x3"
10"
ax. 2" M
6"
" Max.
UFP10 installed on a Straight Foundation UFP10 installed on a Straight Foundation with " Offset Mudsill
ax. 2" M
Model No. UFP10-SDS3
Allowable Load Parallel to Plate (133) 1340
Code Ref. 30, 96
U.S. Patent 5,732,519
20 Max.
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% for earthquake or wind loading, with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other load durations apply. 2. Each anchor bolt requires a standard cut washer.
UFP10 installed on a Trapezoid Foundation
FAP/FJA/FSA Foundation Anchors

The FAP Plate connects the mudsill to the foundation, and is designed to provide lateral load resistance. The FJA Foundation Joist Anchor nails or bolts directly into floor joists, providing a direct connection between the foundation and joist to resist uplift and lateral forces. FSA Foundation Stud Anchor nails or bolts to floor joists, or nails to the stud. Plywood sheathing may require notching with stud-to-foundation installation. MATERIAL: FAP7 gauge; all others12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for postinstalled anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Typical FAP Installation Foundation to Mudsill
FJA/FSA
FAP
(screws not included)
Add a shim between plate and sill when space is between " and 1". When space exceeds 1" use the UFP. The shim must be fastened to the mudsill by means other than the FAP SDS wood screw.
These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson for details.
Fasteners Allowable Loads DF/SP Max Spacing Model to Replace Anchor (133) (160) Stud/Joist/ Bolt No. Anchor Bolts Plate Uplift F1 F2 Uplift F1 " " Qty. Dia. 3-SDS "x 2" 950 365 950 FAP 4' 2 5' + shim thickness FA6 FA8 Deleted see UFP. HFA6 1000 185 60 1205 185 8-10dx1 FJA 2 575 185 60 690 185 2-MB FSA 2 8-10dx1 2-MB 1000 575 1205 690
Code Ref. F2 365 97
2" Min im to Boum Centelt r
Typical FSA Installation Foundation to Joist

60 60 8, 36, 91, 121
A23 Optional
Typical FSA Installation Foundation to Stud
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. For redwood mudsills, reduce F1 on FAP to 840 lbs. 3. Spacing to be specified by the Designer. 4. FAP shall use a minimum SDS wood screw length of 2" plus the shim thickness. 5. The shim must be fastened to the mudsill by means other than the FAP SDS wood screw. 6. FAP may be installed with " HDG lag bolts. Follow code requirements for predrilling. 7. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical FJA Installation Foundation to Joist
21
MAS/MASB/MASP Mudsill Anchors

This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features.
Mudsill anchor provide an alternative to anchor bolts. They easily mount on forms and make finishing easier. The unique design provides installation flexibility, eliminating problems with misplaced anchor bolts. Suitable for stem wall or slab foundations, they also eliminate the need for plate drilling. Mudsill anchors are one piece, so there are no more nuts and washers to lose. The different models of mudsill anchors are designed for specific applications: MASinstalled at the top of the form MASPfor panelized forms MASBused in concrete masonry units. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized, all available in ZMAX finish. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. MAS/MASPTesting shows that these mudsill anchors can be used in lieu of code required anchor bolts in high seismic zones. (Refer to technical bulletin T-MASSW for additional information, see page 187 for details.) - Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2500 psi. - SpallingFull published capacity is achieved so long as a maximum height of 1" and a maximum depth of " is not exceeded. Any exposed portion of the mudsill anchor must be protected against possible corrosion. MASBFill CMU cell with concrete grout first, then place MASB into the grouted cell and adjust into position. Attach mudsill to anchor only after the concrete grout cures. - CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi. - The MASB Mudsill Anchors were tested in standard 8" CMU. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
MAS
MASP
Typical MAS Installation in Concrete
Typical MASP Installation in Concrete
Typical MAS/MASP Installation on Sill Plate
Model No. MAS or MASP MASB
Sill Size 2x4,6 3x4,6 2x4,6,8
Sides 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1
Top 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1
Uplift2 1005 955 130
Parallel to Perp. to Plate (F1) Plate (F2) 720 720 930 480 465 410
Uplift2 1005 955 130
Parallel to Perp. to Plate (F1) Plate (F2) 815 835 930 575 465 410
Code Ref. 1, 28, 121 170 33, 62, 122
1. Loads have been increased for short-term loading. 2. For uplift loads, provide attachment from mudsill to buildings structural components to prevent cross-grain bending. 3. MAS installed with 1 leg attached to stud has loads of 435 lbs. (uplift), 700 lbs. (parallel to plate) and 240 lbs. (perpendicular to plate). 4. MASB installed with 1 leg attached to stud has load of 960 lbs. (parallel to plate) and 360 lbs. (perpendicular to plate). 5. For stemwall applications, allowable loads are based on a minimum stemwall width of 6". 6. For MAS/MASP attached to a HF sill plate, allowable loads shall be Uplift = 680 lbs., F1 = 835 lbs., F2 = 255 lbs. 7. For simultaneous loads in more then one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e, page 14 under Instructions to the Designer. 8. Stud to plate connectors must be installed on the same side of the plate as the MAS or MASB straps to complete the continuous load path. 9. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
MASB
Prescriptive Anchor Spacing

Model No. MAS, MASP MASB O.C. Spacing O.C. Spacing to replace " to replace " Anchor Bolt 6' O.C. Anchor Bolt 6' O.C. (133) 5'-4" 6'-0" (160) 4'-5" 5'-1" (133) 3'-9" 4'-3" (160) 3'-1" 3'-7" Min. Min. CC End Distance Spacing 4" 3" 8" 7"
22
1. Place anchors not more than 1' from the end of each sill per code. 2. Spacing is based on parallel to plate load direction only. 3. CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. 4. Spacing applies to DF, SP, and HF 2x sill plates. 5. For installations to rim joist or blocking, MASB spacing is 1'-10" for replacing " bolts and 1'-6" for " bolts. MAS and MASP remain the same as the table.
Typical MASB Installation
Fasteners
Allowable Loads1,7 (133)
Allowable Loads1,7 (160)
LMAZ/MA/MAB Mudsill Anchors

Mudsill anchor provide an alternative to anchor bolts. They easily mount on forms and make finishing easier. The unique design provides installation flexibility, eliminating problems with misplaced anchor bolts. Suitable for stem wall or slab foundations, mudsill anchors are one piece so there are no more nuts and washers to lose. LMAZan economical replacement for " sill plate anchor bolts MAfor slab or stem wall construction MABanchors mudsill to concrete block, poured walls or slab foundations MATERIAL: LMAZ, MAB18 gauge; MA16 gauge FINISH: MA, MABGalvanized (some available in ZMAX finish); LMAZZMAX only. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. Not for use where a horizontal cold joint exists between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load. Not for use in slabs poured over foundation walls formed of concrete block. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
3" ") 6Z - 5 (LMA
4 (LM" A6 4")Z -
MAB
LMA4Z
(LMA6Z similar)
MA4 and MA6
Typical LMA/MA Installation (in concrete with framing)
Model No. LMA4Z LMA6Z MA4 MA6 MAB15 MAB23
Sill Size 2x4 3x4 2x6 3x6 2x4 3x4 2x6 3x6 2x4,6 2x4,6
Fasteners Sides 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Top 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1
Allowable Loads1 (133) Uplift2 905 905 905 1110 830 915 915 915 565 565 Parallel to Perp. to Plate (F1) Plate (F2) 675 675 730 825 480 680 680 680 500 500 520 520 650 650 430 430 430 430 500 500
Allowable Loads1 (160) Uplift2 905 905 905 1110 830 915 915 915 565 565 Parallel to Perp. to Plate (F1) Plate (F2) 675 675 825 825 575 680 680 680 500 500 520 520 650 650 430 430 430 430 500 500
Code Ref.
MAB Misinstallation (MAB straps must be separated before the concrete is poured)
170
7, 90, 121
2, 40, 121
1. Loads have been increased for short-term loading. 2. For uplift loads, provide attachment from mudsill to buildings structural components to prevent cross-grain bending. 3. MA installed attached to the stud has a perpendicular load of 670 lbs. Parallel loads as listed. For reduced uplift loads, contact Simpson. 4. LMAZ installed attached to the stud has no load reduction for parallel and perpendicular loads. For reduceduplift contact Simpson. 5. For stemwall applications, allowable loads are based on a minimum stemwall width of 6". 6. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Prescriptive Anchor Spacing

O.C. Spacing O.C. Spacing Min. Min. to replace " to replace " Concrete Model CC End No. Anchor Bolt 6' O.C. Anchor Bolt 6' O.C. Spacing (133) (160) (133) (160) Distance LMA4Z LMA6Z MA4 MA6 MAB15 MAB23 4'-5" 5'-5" 3'-9" 4'-6" 3'-3" 3'-3" 3'-8" 4'-6" 3'-2" 3'-9" 2'-9" 2'-9" 3'-1" 3'-10" 2'-8" 3'-1" 2'-3" 2'-3" 2'-7" 3'-2" 2'-2" 2'-7" 1'-11" 1'-11" 4" 4" 6" 12" 9" 9" 13" 24"
M 7" Eminimu bed m me nt
Typical MAB23 Installation in Concrete Block (MAB15 similar) MAB23 provides a two block embedment, if required by the local code jurisdiction
1. Place anchors not more than 1' from the end of each sill per code. 2. Spacing is based on parallel to plate load direction only. 3. CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi and concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. 4. Spacing applies to DF, SP, and HF 2x sill plates.
Typical MAB15 Installation in Concrete (MAB23 similar, with 15" minimum embedment) Not applicable for concrete block installation
23
ALTERNATIVE MUDSILL ANCHOR INSTALLATIONS

The information below is provided to address specialized applications of various mudsill anchors. This data is supplemental to that provided on the preceding mudsill anchor pages.
MAS/MASP/MASB Installed To Rim Board or Blocking Over Max. " Plywood or OSB
Model No. MAS/MASP MASB Sill Size 2x4,6 2x4,6,8 Fasteners Sides Total 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 Allowable Loads (133) Uplift 755 45 F1 720 295 F2 260 25 Allowable Loads (160) Uplift 755 45 F1 785 295 F2 260 25 Code Ref. 170
1. Rim board or blocking shall be a minimum of 1" thick.
MAS/MASP Rim Joist or Blocking Installation in Concrete over Max. " Sheathing
ALTERNATE INSTALLATION FOR INSIDE OF WALL CONTINUITY

Nail Duplex Nails into Top of Form Board
ALTERNATE INSTALLATION FOR BRICK LEDGES

2x4 Plate
3"
3"
Alignment mark assures proper anchor locating
STEP 1: Attach MAS 3" from inside of form. After concrete cures, remove nails and bend straps up 90
STEP 2: Place mudsill on concrete and nail MAS over mudsill
Alternate MAS Installation for Brick Ledges
FWAZ
Foundation Wall Angle

3"
FWAZ
Rimboard
F2
Typical FWAZ Installation
Model No.
Fasteners Rim
Foundation Wall Concrete Thickness
6" 1-"x6" FWAZ 5-10dx1 Titen HD (Included) 8"
24
Allowable Lateral F2 Loads Code Concrete Concrete Concrete CMU Ref. f'c=2500 psi f'c=3000 psi f'c=4000 psi f'm=1500 psi 1" OSB Rim 705 705 705 1" I-joist Rim 880 880 880 1" OSB Rim 880 880 880 2x Rim 880 880 880 1" LSL Rim 880 880 880 1" LVL Rim 880 880 880 170 1" OSB Rim 705 705 705 1" I-joist Rim 880 1000 1000 1" OSB Rim 880 1050 1050 615 2x Rim 880 1055 1170 1" LSL Rim 880 1055 1280 1" LVL Rim 880 1055 1280 Rim Board Material
1. Lateral (F2) loads are based on CD = 0.9 with no further increase allowed. 2. FWAZ spacing shall be per Designer. Refer to F-FWAZ (see page 187 for details) for prescriptive spacing options and additional information. 3. Table loads are based on the FWAZ located a maximum of 8" from the nearest adjacent joist. 4. Maximum sill plate thickness shall be 1". 5. Use a minimum 2x4 sill plate for F2 loading only or use a minimum 2x6 sill plate for combination (F1 and F2) loading. Designer needs to verify combination loading. 6. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
The NEW FWAZ is designed to connect the foundation or basement wall to the floor system to resist out-of-plane forces imposed by soil pressure. The spacing of the FWAZ is independent of the joist spacing allowing for a multitude of options based on the soil pressures. The FWAZ installs quickly with Simpsons heavy duty screw anchor, the Titen HD . FWAZ Special Features: Compatible with solid sawn joists, I-joists and floor trusses. Testing performed on most common rim materials and types. Addresses design needs set forth in Section 1610.1 in the IBC and Section R404 in the IRC. Eliminates the need of costly cantilevered foundation designs. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: ZMAX Galvanized (G185). See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The maximum sill plate thickness to be used with the FWAZ shall be 1". FWAZ must be anchored to the foundation wall with "x6" mechanically galvanized Titen HD (included). Cast-in-place anchor bolts may not be used as a substitute. FWAZ must be fastened directly to the outside face of the rim board with 5-10dx1 (0.148" dia. x 1") long nails. FWAZ must be located within 8", measured center-to-center, of floor joist or full depth blocking. When floor joists are parallel to the rim board, full depth blocking shall be used in the first two bays of the floor per 2006 IRC Section R404.1. Splice joint not permitted on rim board in same bay as FWAZ unless blocking is placed on both sides of the splice joint CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Refer to IBC 1610.1 and IRC R404 for code requirements.
4"
2 "
" 4
SB
Anchor Bolt
The geometry of the SB bolt is the latest development in high capacity anchors. The smooth transition angle of the bolt positions the head of the anchor into an optimum position in the concrete stem wall without creating excessive horizontal forces. The SBx24 is designed to maximize performance with minimum embedment while the SB1x30 is intended to cover holdown devices that exceed the capacity of SSTB anchors. Special Features: Identification on the bolt head showing embedment angle and model Stamped embedment line Rolled thread for higher tensile capacity Tested in different compressive strength concretes for versatility in specification MATERIAL: ASTM A36 FINISH: None. May be ordered HDG. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: SB is only for concrete applications poured monolithically. Install 1- #4 rebar in the area 3" to 5" (may be foundation rebar not post-tension cable) from the top of the foundation. Top nuts and washers for holdown attachment are not supplied with the SB; install standard nuts, couplers and/or washers as required. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
5" 1"
30
Embedment Line (Top of Concrete) 5" 1" Embedment Line (Top of Concrete) le
24
Length
le 15"
Length
12"
4"
3"
SB1x30
SBx24
SELECTION GUIDE
Anchor Diameter 2x, 3x, 2-2x Sill Plates Holdown Model No. PHD6 HD6A HD8A HDU8 HDQ8 HDC10/22 HDC10/4 HD10A HDU11 HDU144 HHDQ11 HHDQ144 HD14A Anchor Model No. 1" Min. Edge Distance Embedment Line (Top of concrete)
W W
3 x le + 24" Min. Rebar Length
3" to 5" SBx24 #4 rebar (may be foundation rebar) Footing W
#4 Rebar 1" Min. Locate approx. 45 from wall
See SSTB (Page 26)
4" Min. (SB) 5" Min. (SB1) 1" Min.
1
SB1x30
Typical SB Installation
Continuous Stemwall
End Wall
1. Selections assume installations into a continuous stem wall or in a corner. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. 2. No cold joint within the embedment depth. 3. The Design Engineer may specify an alternate anchorage system provided the diameter is the same. 4. Where noted, the allowable load for this application is 13675 lbs which is less than the published loads for these holdowns. For concrete strengths 3000 psi or greater, the maximum allowable load for the holdown can be achieved.
Dimensions (in.) Model No.
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) Code Ref.
f'c = 2500 psi
f'c = f'c = 3000 4000 psi psi 7150 8795
SBx24 SB1x30
8 10
7/8 1
24 30
18 24
8330
8930 10130 8330
8930 10130 6325
48" Min. Rebar Length
Continuous Stemwall Corner Installation Stemwall Min. Width Dia. Length Embed. f'c = f'c = f'c = f'c = f'c = f'c = 2500 3000 4000 2500 3000 4000 (le) (W) psi psi psi psi psi psi
End Wall
Place SB arrow diagonal in corner application
13675 15560 15560 13675 15560 15560 8605 11475 11475
170
24
Outer Edge of Concrete (Typ.)
Plan View of SB Placement in Concrete
24
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. Loads apply to earthquake and wind loading. 2. Minimum anchor center-to-center spacing is 2 le for anchors acting in tension at the same time for full load. 3. Allowable loads are based on ultimate test load divided by a factor of 3.0. Contact Simpson for testing and design information.
27" Min. return for SB 36" Min. return for SB1
Corner Installation
(Install with arrow on top of the bolt oriented as shown)
Non-Corner Installation
(Bolt may be installed @ 45 to 135 as shown)
Corner Installation
4" Min. (SB) 5" Min. (SB1) 1" Min.

Corner Installation
Anchor Bolt (Typ.)
24
25
SSTB Anchor Bolts

The SSTB is designed for maximum performance as an anchor bolt for holdowns and Strong-Wall shearwalls. Extensive SSTB testing has been done to determine the design load capacity at a common application, the garage stem wall. Design loads are based on a series of five tests, with a three-times reduction factor. SSTB14 is a " diameter anchor bolt designed and tested specifically for shallow foundation installations. SPECIAL FEATURES: Rolled threads for higher tensile capacity. Offset angle reduces side-bursting, provides more concrete cover. Stamped embedment line aids installation. Configuration results in minimum rebar interference. MATERIAL: ASTM A36 FINISH: None. May be ordered HDG; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: SSTB is used for monolithic and two-pour installations. Nuts and washers are not supplied with the SSTB; install standard nuts, couplers and/or washers as required. On HDG SSTB anchors, chase the threads to use standard nuts or couplers or use overtapped products in accordance with ASTM A563 (Simpson NUT -OST, NUT -OST, CNW - OST, CNW - OST). REINFORCED CONCRETE FOUNDATION Install SSTB before the concrete pour using AnchorMates (see page 28). Install the SSTB per plan view detail shown on page 27. Install one #4 rebar 3" to 5" (may be foundation rebar not post-tension cable) from the top of the foundation. The SSTB does not need to be tied to the rebar. Minimum concrete compression strength is 2500 psi. Unless noted otherwise, no special inspection is required for foundation concrete when the structural design is based on concrete no greater than 2500 psi (UBC Section 1701.5.1 and IBC Section 1704.4). Unless otherwise noted, do NOT install where: (a) a horizontal cold joint exists within the embedment depth between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load, or the slab is designed to resist the load imposed by the anchor; or (b) slabs are poured over concrete block foundation walls. REINFORCED CONCRETE BLOCK Before concrete pour, install diagonally at approx. 45 in the cell per plan view detail shown on page 27. Horizontal #4 rebar (minimum 56" long centered about the anchor bolt)approximately one rebar 12" from the top and two rebars approximately 28" from the top. Vertical #4 rebar (minimum 24" long) install with maximum 24" o.c. spacing. Grout all cells with minimum 2000 psi concrete. Vibrate the grout per the 1997 Uniform Building Code, Section 2104.6.2, International Building Code, Section 2104.1. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Identification on the bolt head showing embedment angle and model.

Length Length
W
Embedment Line (Top of Concrete)
U.S. Patent 5,317,850
SSTB16L
(others similar)
SSTB16
(others similar see footnote #8 below)
See page 27 for additional installation details.

W
12" Min. for " dia. SSTB for full table load W
Locate approx. 45 from wall
5" Min. 4" Min. SSTB14 1" Min.
5" Min. 1" Min.
Corner Installation
Continuous Stemwall
End Wall (Note 4)
TYPICAL PLAN VIEWS OF REBAR INSTALLATION

SELECTION GUIDE (Per Anchor Bolt Diameter)

Model No. HDU2, PHD2, HD2A, LTT19, LTT20B, LTTI31 HTT16, HD5A MTT28B, HDU4, PHD5 HTT226, HDC5/22, HDC5/4, HDU56 HDU8, PHD6, HD6A, HD8A, HD10A, HDQ8, HDC10/224, HDC10/44 2x, 3x1, 2-2x1 Sill Plates Mono Pour Two Pour SSTB167 SSTB16 SSTB20 SSTB24 SSTB20 SSTB20 SSTB24 SSTB245
Model No.
Stemwall Dia. Width (W) 9 6 6 6 8 8 8
Length
Allowable Tension Load1,2 Min. 4 12 Concrete Embed. Concrete Concrete 8" CMU f'c = 8" CMU (le) Block End 2500 psi Block 11 12 16 20 24 28 28 38359 4420 4600 5175 10100 10100 10100 4780 4780 4780 6385 6385 6385 1850 1850 1850 4815 4815 4815
Code Ref. 146
SSTB14 SSTB16 SSTB20 SSTB24 SSTB28 SSTB34 SSTB36

1. 2. 3. 4.
16 17 (SSTB16L = 19) 21 (SSTB20L = 24) 25 (SSTB24L = 28) 29 (SSTB28L = 32) 34 36
23, 94
SSTB28
SSTB34
23, 94
1. SSTBL models are recommended for PHD, HDU and HDQ8 holdowns on 2-2x and 3x sill plates. Where SSTB14s are specified for these products, use SSTB16L. 2. No cold joint within embedment depth unless provisions are made to transfer the load. 3. The design engineer may specify an alternate anchorage system, provided the anchor diameter is the same. 4. Increase the embedment depth 2" to accommodate the HDC standoff block. 5. Where noted the allowable load for this application is limited to 4600 lbs. which is less than the published loads for these holdowns. 6. Where noted the allowable load for single pour is limited to 5175 lbs. which is less than the published loads for these holdowns. 7. SSTB14 can be used for this application with a 9" stemwall width.
Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. Loads apply to earthquake and wind loading. Minimum anchor center-to-center spacing is 2le for anchors acting in tension at the same time for full load. The SSTB was tested in a stem wall with a minimum amount of concrete cover. Use full table load when installed 24" from the end or installed in a corner condition (see illustrations). When used 5" from the end of a concrete foundation (see end wall graphic above), the maximum allowable load is 9045 lbs. for SSTB28, 9585 lbs. for SSTB34 and 36 bolts, and table loads for all other models (these loads are not Code listed contact Simpson for test data). 5. PHD and HTT minimum end distance is 4". 6. Order the SSTBL models (ex. SSTB24L) for longer thread length (16L = 5", 20L = 6", 24L = 6", 28L = 6"). SSTBL and SSTB loads are the same. Not available on SSTB14. 7. SSTB34 has 4" of thread and SSTB36 has 6". These two models are not available in SSTBL versions. 8. Use 90% of the table load for 2000 psi concrete. 9. Allowable load for SSTB14 is 5020 lbs. when f'c = 3000 psi. 10. Minimum end distance required to achieve table loads is le.
26
Place SSTB arrow diagonal in corner application
1" Min.
SSTB
1" Min. Edge Distance
Anchor Bolts
Horizontal projection of SSTB bolt
Pressure-treated barrier may be required.
Embedment Line (Top of concrete) 4" Slab #4 Rebar
#4 Rebar
6" Min. 8" for " dia. SSTB
Foo d ting by esign oth ers
Typical SSTB Installation in Concrete Foundation Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements
Effective Embedment
Cold Joint
Two Pour Installation (SSTB20, 24 and 34)
Typical SSTB Installation with Mudsill and Holdown
Footing
Corner Installation
Non-Corner Installation
(Bolt may be installed @ 45 to 135 as shown)
Corner Installation
Anchor Bolt (Typ.)
Plan View of SSTB Placement in Concrete
Typical SSTB Installation in Grouted Concrete Block
Outer Edge of Concrete (Typ.)
ADDITIONAL ANCHOR DESIGNS

In addition to anchorage solutions provided by the SB and SSTB anchor bolts, the following table provides design options obtained through calculations from either the 1997 UBC Section 1923.2 or the 2006 IBC per ACI 318-05 App. D. These solutions may be used with Simpson Strong-Tie holdowns.
Code Diameter (in.) 1 1 1 1 Load type Wind Seismic Wind Seismic Wind or Seismic Wind or Seismic 2500 psi Concrete de (in.) 8 9 10 10 14 9 10 11 F (in.) 12 13 15 15 21 9 10 11 Allow. 13580 16200 14120 18970 22580 11810 14590 17650 7 8 10 9 13 9 10 10 3000 psi Concrete de (in.) F (in.) 10 12 15 13 19 9 10 10 Allow. 12170 14870 14120 17750 22580 12940 15980 15980
2006 IBC, ACI 318-05 Appendix D
de
1997 UBC
1. Anchor embedment length is based on a single pour concrete foundation within the footing dimensions de and F. Double pour foundation systems, masonry walls and masonry footings must be evaluated by the Designer. 2. Anchor bolt must be ASTM A307 or A36 steel. 3. Anchor head requires two hex nuts with a 2"x2"x " plate. Use of a Simpson Strong-Tie Bearing Plate BP1 (see catalog page 30) may be used as a substitute for 1" diameter bolts. 4. Published loads are for use with Allowable Stress Design. IBC Seismic values denote SDC C through F. IBC Wind values include SDC A and B. 5. UBC values assume no special inspection and no supplemental reinforcement. For ACI 318-05, cracked concrete is assumed and for high seismic areas ductility requirements per D.3.3.4 are considered.
2F Min.
Anchor with Nut/Washer/Nut (shown) or Hex-Head Bolt Design loads are calculated using a full shear cone. Coverage on each side of the bolt shall be a minimum of F or reductions must be taken.
WT Wedge Form Ties

Designed for low foundation wall applications. " wide formed V design for rigidity allows accurate form spacing and support. Sizes now available for composite form board. MATERIAL: Wedges14 gauge, WT18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use two 3" long wedges for each tie. Not recommended for wall pours greater than 4' high. Wall thickness from 6" to 12". Refer to technical bulletin T-WT for recommended spacing (see page 187 for details).
Model No. WT6 WT8 WT10 WT12 WT6/125 WT8/125 WT10/125 WT12/125 Form Board 2x Solid Sawn Wall Thickness 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12
WT6
Order wedges separately. Specify W1.
WT6/125
1" Composite
Typical WT Installation with 2x Nominal Form Lumber
Typical WT Installation with 1" Composite Form Board 27
ANCHORMATE Anchor Bolt Holders

Designed to hold the anchor in place before the concrete pour, as required in some jurisdictions. Built-in 2x4 and 2x6 stops eliminate measuring. Elevated bolt grippers allow easy trowel finishing. Color-coded for easy size identification. Lightweight, durable and easy to use. Reusable yet cost-efficient for single application. Threaded grippers hold each bolt in the exact same location and height. They secure the bolt in place without a nut for quicker set-up and tear-down, and protect threads from splashing concrete. Use the " and " AnchorMate to secure the SSTB to the formboard before the concrete pour. Alignment arrows (left or right) match the SSTB bolt head arrow. Available in cartons of 100 parts or bags of 10 parts (except AM1 which are only available in cartons of 100 parts). MATERIAL: Nylon CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
AnchorMate
Anchor Bolt Holder
U.S. Patent 6,065,730
Model No. AM AM AM AM AM1
Dia. 1
Color Yellow Blue Red Green Black
Code Ref.
180
Typical AnchorMate Installation for a 2x6 Mudsill
Typical AnchorMate Installation for a 2x4 Mudsill
ABS Anchor Bolt Stabilizer

The ABS stabilizes the anchor bolt to prevent it from being pushed against the form during the concrete pour. FEATURES: Supports the bolt approx. 8" below the top of the concrete. Model ABS is for the " SSTB and ABS is for the " SSTB. Thin section limits the effect of a cold joint. Sized for 2x4 and 2x6 mudsills. MATERIAL: Engineered Composite Plastic. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Cut for 2x4 Framing
2x6 Framing
ABS Anchor Bolt Stabilizer

Model No. ABS ABS Diameter Color Blue Green Code Ref. 180
STRAPMATE Strap Holder

The StrapMate is designed to keep the STHD, LSTHD, HPAHD and PAHD straps vertically aligned during the concrete pour to minimize possibility of spalling. The friction fit allows for quick and easy installation. The StrapMate is reusable. Works with STHD, LSTHD, HPAHD, PAHD. MATERIAL: Engineered Composite Plastic. Designed to fit " plywood forms up to 1" LVL forms and larger. The strap is positioned off the front edge of the form board. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Typical StrapMate Strap Holder Installation
Model No. SM1
Nails 2-8d Duplex
Code Ref. 180
StrapMate Strap Holder

U.S. Patent 6,796,099
28
Typical ABS Installation
RFB Retrot Bolts

RFBs are clean, oil free, pre-cut threaded rod, supplied with nut and washer. Offers a complete engineered anchoring system when used with Simpson adhesive. Inspection is easy; the head is stamped with rod length and No Equal symbol for identification after installation. MATERIAL: A307 Grade C FINISH: Zinc Plated (unless otherwise noted), available in HDG (per ASTM A153); Stainless Steel (RFB#5x8SS only). See page 32-35 for application information and request technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for additional product use information (see page 187 for details).
These products feature additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson for details.
Model No. RFB#4X4 RFB#4X5 RFB#4X6 RFB#4X7 RFB#4X10 RFB#4x8HDG-R RFB#5X5 RFB#5X8 RFB#5X10 RFB#5X12HDG-R RFB#5X16 RFB#6X10.5
Length L (in) 4 5 6 7 10 8 5 8 10 12 16 10
Bolt Diameter
RFB
1. RFB#4X8HDG-R and RFB#5X12HDG-R are only available with a hot dip galvanized finish. They are retail packaged and are sold 10 per carton. 2. Washer provided on all RFB (except RFB#5x8SS).
CNW/HSCNW Coupler Nuts

Simpson coupler nuts are a tested and load rated method to join threaded rod and anchor bolts. Witness holes in the nut provide a means to verify when rods are properly installed. The positive stop feature helps ensure even threading into each end of the nut. CNWs meet and exceed the capacity of corresponding ASTM A36 bolts and threaded rod. HSCNWs meet and exceed the capacity of corresponding ASTM A449 bolts and threaded rod. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for other coupler nut sizes. FINISH: Zinc Plated INSTALLATION: Tighten the two rods until each all-thread rod is visible in the witness hole. For non-hot dipped galvanized all-thread rod only. " and " diameter couplers available with oversized threads for installation to hot-dip galvanized bolts (order CNW - OST and CNW - OST). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
CNW
Allows fast visual check for correct all thread rod installation
HSCNW High Strength Coupler Nut
Model No. CNW CNW CNW CNW CNW1 CNW1 HSCNW HSCNW1 CNW- CNW- CNW- CNW1-
Rod Diameter 0.500 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.250 0.750 1.000 0.625 to 0.500 0.750 to 0.625 0.875 to 0.625 1.000 to 0.875
H Min 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2
Allowable Tension Capacity (lbs.) (100) 3750 5875 8460 11500 15035 23490 17495 31100 3750 5875 5875 11500
Code Ref.
Blocking not shown for clarity
145
Transition Couplers 1 1 2 2
145
CNW Transition Coupler Nut Typical CNW Rim Joist Installation 29
1. Allowable loads may be increased as permitted by the applicable building code. 2. Allowable loads shown are based on threaded rod allowable load.
BP/LBP Bearing Plates

Bearing Plates give greater bearing surface than standard cut washers, and help distribute the load at these critical connections. The BP-3 and BP-3 are 3"x3" bearing plates that meet the latest requirements of the IRC and IBC. These plate washers are available uncoated or with a hot dip galvanized (HDG) finish. The BPS and LBPS are 3"x3" bearing plates that offer increased flexibility while meeting the latest requirements of the code. The slotted hole allows for adjustability to account for bolts that are not in the middle of the sill plate. The BPSKT uses SDS "x1" screws to provide lateral resistance when " diameter sill holes are overdrilled (screws are provided). The shear capacity of the connection and the sill/anchor bolt shall be determined by the Designer for each installation. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: LBP, LBPS & BPSGalvanized; BP-2Zinc Plated; BPS, BPNone. BPs may be ordered HDG; LBP and LBPS products may be ordered ZMAX; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. Refer to page 10-11 for Corrosion Information. INSTALLATION: See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. 2006 IRC R602.11.1, 2006 IBC 2305.3.11 (see footnote 2 below)
BPS
(LBPS similar)
Typical BPS Installation
Bolt Diameter + "
BP
(LBP similar) The BPSKT is used when " diameter sill bolt holes are overdrilled
BP
Model No. LBP LBP LBPS LBPS BPS-3 BPS-3 BP BP-3 BP-2 BPSKT BP BP-3 BP BP-2 BP BP1
Thickness 3 ga
Dimensions W 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 4 2 3 2 1 3 3 L 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3
Bolt Dia. 1
Code Ref. 180 190 180 97, 190 190 97 190 97 180 97
BP
7" Minimum Embedment
Typical BPs Installed with a Holdown Typical BP Installed with a Mudsill Anchor Bolt
1. BPSKT sold as a kit.
2. Standard cut washer required with BPS-3 and BPS-3 (not provided) per the 2006 IRC and IBC.
A girder-to-foundation wall connection. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Painted. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Insert four 16d commons into girder. H = girder height mudsill thickness. 1" clearance hole accommodates rebar or anchor. This is not required. OPTIONS: For skewed and saddle hangers, see Hanger Options on pages 180-181. Contact Simpson for other sizes available. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions Girder 4x6 4x6 4x8 4x8 6x6 6x6 6x8 6x8 W 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 L 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 H 2x Plate 4 4 6 6 4 4 6 6 H 3x Plate 3 3 5 5 3 3 5 5 S 6 8 6 8 6 8 6 8 Allowable Loads Floor (100) 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000 Roof (125) 2000 2000 2000 2000 4000 4000 4000 4000
GH
Code Ref.
Model No. GH46-6 GH46-8 GH48-6 GH48-8 GH66-6 GH66-8 GH68-6 GH68-8
7, 90, 121
170
30
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. A mudsill on top of the GH is required to achieve the table loads. 3. Models listed are for a 2x plate, specify H dimension when ordering for use with a 3x plate. 4. Uplift loads do not apply for this hanger. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical GH Installation
GH Girder Hangers
GLB/HGLB/GLBT Beam Seats

The GLB Series provides a connection between beam and concrete or CMU pilaster. FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " to a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (per the 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2.). Check the rebar spacing requirements on all installations. OPTIONS: Sawn timber and other sizes may be ordered by specifying special dimensions; use the letter designations shown on the illustrations. Specify if two-bolt GLB model is desired; see illustration. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Same as HGLB Side Plates
#6 Rebar (Typ.)
Dimensions Model No. W PD PW PT 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 Bolts
Allowable Bearing Loads (lbs)1,2 Masonry Masonry @ 195 psi @ 375 psi 6825 8190 9555 10920 8775 10530 12285 14040 13125 15750 18375 21000 16875 20250 23625 27000 Wood f'c -perp 14350 17220 20090 22960 14350 17220 20090 22960 20, 80, 142 Code Ref.
HGLB
GLBT
GLB5A 5 GLB5B 5 GLB5C 5 GLB5D 5 GLB7A 6 GLB7B 6 GLB7C 6 GLB7D 6
3 ga 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 -
Glulam
3 ga 1 -
Concrete Pilaster
1. Allowable masonry bearing loads based on f'm of 1,500 psi. Wood bearing based on 560 psi. 2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the wood allowable load values. When installed on concrete, a minimum f'c = 2000 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting allowable bearing load values.
Typical GLB Installation
GLB
Dimensions Model No.

Allowable Bearing Loads (lbs)1,2 PT Bolts Masonry Masonry @ 195 psi @ 375 psi 9750 11700 13650 15600 12285 15210 16380 20280 20475 25350 18750 22500 26250 30000 23625 29250 31500 39000 39375 48750 Wood f'c -perp on Glulam Width
W6 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 9 3 to 11 3 to 11 3 to 15 3 to 15 3 to 19 3 to 19
PD 5 6 7 8 5 6 5 6 5 6
PW 10 10 10 10 12 12 16 16 20 20
3
8750 10500 12250 14000 9190 11375 9190 11375 9190 11375
5
14350 17220 20090 22960 15070 18655 15070 18655 15070 18655
6
18900 22680 26460 30240 19845 24570 19845 24570 19845 24570
8
24500 29400 34300 39200 25725 31850 25725 31850 25725 31850
10
31605 39130 31605 39130 31605 39130
Allowable Horizontal Bolt Loads3,4 (lbs.) 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260 8260
Code Ref.
HGLBA HGLBB HGLBC HGLBD GLBT512 GLBT612 GLBT516 GLBT616 GLBT520 GLBT620
2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 - 2 -
20, 80, 142
1. 195 psi and 375 psi values are the allowable bearing stresses for masonry with an f'm of 1500 psi using the UBC (no inspection) and IBC (ACI 530 2.1.9.3) Allowable Stress Design, respectively. Wood bearing based on f'c-perp of 560 psi. 2. When installed on masonry, use the lesser of the masonry or the wood allowable load values. When installed on concrete, a minimum f'c = 2000 psi shall be used and use the wood values as the limiting allowable bearing load values. 3. Allowable horizontal loads are bolt values and include a 33% increase for earthquake or wind loading. Loads must be reduced if stresses in masonry or concrete are limiting. 4. Beams must fully bear on base plate. 5. The GLBT5 has a WT4x9 structural tee; the GLBT6 has a WT4x12 structural tee. 6. Specify W dimension when ordering. 7. For designs under 2003 and 2006 IBC, Masonry @ 195 psi values are not applicable. 8. For UBC, masonry @ 375 psi can be multiplied by 1.04. 9. Uplift loads do not apply for this connector.
31
ANCHOR SYSTEMS GENERAL INFORMATION

Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems manufactures a full line of anchoring and fastening products for concrete and masonry. The product line includes adhesives for anchoring and crack injection, mechanical anchors, powder actuated fasteners and drill bits. Anchor Systems products offer unique solutions to applications in the light framed construction market when used with, and without, Simpson connectors. For complete information on product performance, installation requirements and appropriate code listings for Anchor Systems products please refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS, see page 187 for details) or visit www.simpsonanchors.com.
Anchor
Adhesive
P.A.T.
IN THE SPECS ON THE JOB AT YOUR SERVICE
ADHESIVE ANCHOR SOLUTIONS ACRYLIC-TIE

HIGH STRENGTH, ALL TEMPERATURE ADHESIVE Acrylic-Tie is a two-component, 10:1 ratio acrylic based adhesive for use as a high strength, anchor grouting material. Formulated for use in all types of weather, AT is designed to dispense easily and cure at temperatures down to 0F. Resin and initiator are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. CODES: ICC-ER 5791; City of L.A. RR 25459; FL 2304.1
SET
HIGH STRENGTH EPOXY Epoxy-Tie SET epoxy is a two-component, low odor, 1:1 ratio, 100% solids epoxy-based adhesive for use as a high strength, non-shrink anchor grouting material. SET is ideal for high load applications where strength is the main concern. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. CODES: ICC ESR-1772; City of L.A. RR 25279; FL 5550.3
ET
EPOXY-TIE ADHESIVE Epoxy-Tie ET is a twocomponent, low odor, 1:1 ratio, 100% solids epoxybased system for use as a high strength, non-shrink anchor grouting material. ET offers an economical solution for general anchoring applications. Resin and hardener are dispensed and mixed simultaneously through the mixing nozzle. CODES: ICC ER-4945; City of L.A. RR 25185 & RR 25120; FL 5550.1
AT13
SET22
ET22
0F
Base Material Temp AT SET ET 24 hrs
25F
8 hrs
40F 60F 80F 100F

4 hrs 72 hrs 72 hrs
1 hr 24 hrs 24 hrs
25 min 20 min 20 hrs 24 hrs 16 hrs 12 hrs
Refer to the Anchors and Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry catalog for other Adhesive Solutions
MECHANICAL ANCHOR SOLUTIONS

TITEN HD Heavy-Duty Screw Anchor The Titen HD is a patented, high-strength screw anchor for concrete and masonry. The self-undercutting, non-expansion characteristics of the Titen HD makes it the ideal anchor for structural applications, even at minimum edge distances and under reduced spacing conditions. WARNING: Recommended for permanent dry, interior, non-corrosive environments or temporary outdoor applications. Contact Simpson for more information. CODES: ICC ESR-1056; City of L.A. RR 25560; FL 2304.2 STRONG-BOLT Wedge Anchor The Strong-Bolt is a wedge anchor specifically designed for optimum performance in both cracked and uncracked concrete; a requirement that the 2003 and 2006 IBC place on post-installed anchors. Rigorously tested according to the newest industry-wide criteria, the Strong-Bolt anchor is proven to offer increased reliability in adverse conditions, including proper functioning in cracked concrete under static and seismic loading. CODES: ICC-ES ESR-1771; Florida FL 8668.1 WEDGE-ALL Wedge Anchor The Wedge-All is a non-bottom bearing, wedge style expansion anchor for use in solid concrete or grout filled masonry. A one-piece clip ensures uniform holding capacity that increases as tension is applied. CODES: ICC ER-3631; City of L.A. RR 24682; FL 5415.3 32
Titen HD
U.S. Patent 5,674,035 & 6,623,228
Strong-Bolt
Wedge-All
Refer to the Anchors and Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry catalog for other Mechanical Anchor Solutions
ANCHOR SYSTEMS Holdown and Post Base Anchor Solutions

Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems products offer several post-installed anchorage solutions for holdowns and bases. Often times these products are used when cast-in-place anchors are omitted or mislocated, or in retrofit applications. The following design values provide solutions to common applications encountered in the light frame construction market. For a more complete solution guide refer to the Anchor Systems Specifications for Connectors technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC. For complete information on product performance, installation requirements and appropriate code listings for Anchor Systems products please refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS) or visit www.simpsonanchors.com. Also refer to pages 14-15 for Important Instructions to Designer. For Corrosion Information, see pages 10-11.
ADHESIVE SOLUTIONS
Tension Loads for Threaded Rod in Concrete Slab
Drill Bit Embed. Anchor Diameter (in) Depth Dia. E AT SET 2 4 6 2 5 9 3 6 11 3 1 1 7 13 4 1 9 1 1 15 5 1 1 1 11 18 Tension Load Based on Bond Strength No Edge AT 1315 4165 4795 2125 6505 7920 3250 9405 10595 3550 10710 13785 5200 15125 20630 8090 18090 3162 Near Edge Corner AT 660 1605 2400 1065 2340 3335 1430 3035 3740 1390 3255 4205 1600 3725 3750 2320 4505 6325 SET 1175 2415 2000 815 2245 3820 1615 3235 4345 1835 3600 5085 1785 4250 5190 3590 7010 8365 SET AT SET 1805 660 1175 4425 2085 2875 4640 3115 2740 1695 1065 815 6680 3255 3205 8350 4830 5345 3865 1625 1855 10525 4705 5050 11910 5935 6790 4780 1740 2295 12290 5250 5900 16670 7170 8670 5020 2290 2410 15015 6655 7205 20600 8045 9680 8965 3800 5200 19260 8500 11170 30670 13600 15640 Tension Load Based on Steel Strength 3750
Near Edge No Edges Slab
Corner
5875
4 1 Mi .5E Min " . n.
1" Min. (2" for 1")
8460
Tension Loads for Threaded Rod in Concrete Stemwall

11500 Anchor Dia. Drill Bit Dia. (in) AT SET 1 1
1" Min.
Embed. Depth, E 10 15
6" or 8" Min.
15025
Allowable Tension Load AT SET 3230 3410 5460 5665
23490
1. Allowable bond strength loads are based on a reduction factor of 4.0. 2. Allowable bond strength loads may be increased 33% for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code. 3. The allowable tension load is the lesser of the allowable load based on bond strength and the allowable load based on steel strength (A36 rod shown). 4. Minimum f'c = 2000 psi. 5. Anchors are not permitted for use in conjunction with fire-resistive construction. Exceptions are: (1) Anchors designed to resist wind or seismic loading only, (2) For other than wind or seismic loading, special consideration is given to fire exposure conditions. 6. Anchors are not permitted to resist tension forces in overhead or wall installations unless proper consideration is given to fire-exposure and elevated temperature conditions. 7. Some jurisdictions may require special inspection to achieve these allowable loads.
n. Mi 5"
Stemwall
TITEN HD ANCHOR SOLUTIONS

NEW longer " diameter Titen HD anchors achieve sufficient embedment depth to yield tension loads equal to certain Simpson holdowns. Now instead of using cast-in-place bolts or adhesive anchors, the Titen HD can be used as a time saving alternative. Reference flier F-SAS-THD4HD for more information (see page 187 for details).
Tension Loads in Normal Weight Concrete Stemwall

Drill Bit Dia. (in) Min. Embed. Depth (in) Min. Stemwall Width (in) Min. Edge Distance (in) Min. End Distance (in) 4 10 6 1 8 3855 5075
6. Titen HD available in 12", 13", 14" and 15" lengths for this application. 7. Suitable for use with any Simpson Strong-Tie holdown that requires a " anchor and allowable loads equal to or less than those shown in the table. 8. Some jurisdictions may require special inspection to achieve these allowable loads.
Size (in)
Tension Load f'c 2500 psi f'c 4500 psi Concrete Concrete Allow. (lbs.) 3570 Allow. (lbs.) 4760
Min. Edge 1 "
1. The allowable loads are based on a reduction factor of 4.0. 2. Allowable loads may be increased 33% for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces where permitted by code. 3. The minumum anchor spacing is 15 inches. 4. The minimum concrete thickness is 12 inches. 5. Allowable loads may be interpolated for compressive strengths between 2,500 and 4,500 psi.
. ist d De) En bl in. Ta M ee (S
6" M in.
10" Embe d.
33
1.5 Mi E n.
ANCHOR SYSTEMS Sill Plate Anchor Solutions

Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems offers several post-installed solutions for sill plate anchorage to concrete or concrete block foundations. Often times these products are used in retrofit applications or when castin-place anchors are omitted or mislocated. Some products are available in galvanized and stainless steel versions to address most pressure-treated wood applications. The following information provides some guidance when substituting Anchor Systems products for cast-in-place sill bolts. For complete information on product performance, installation requirements and appropriate code listings for Anchor Systems products please refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS) or visit www.simpsonanchors.com. For Corrosion Information, see pages 10-11.
EXTERIOR/INTERIOR SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE SOLUTIONS

Titen HD Anchor: As a Direct 1 to 1 Replacement for Equivalent Diameter Sill Bolts

Titen HD Size (in.) x 6 x 8 x 6 x 6 x 8 Titen HD Model No. THD50600H2 THD50800H2 THD62600H2 THD62612H2 THD62800H2 Sill Plate Size (in.) 2x or 3x Double 2x 2x 3x Double 2x Minimum Edge Distance 1 1 1 1 1 Minimum End Distance 8 8 10 10 10
1. Minimum concrete strength 2500 psi. 2. For ACQ or CA pressure-treated wood order products Mechanically Galvanized (MG). For additional information, visit www.strongtie.com/info. 3. Designs based on a minimum embedment of 3" for " Titen HDs and 3" for " Titen HDs. 4. For additional information, refer to the latest Simpson Anchor and Fastening Systems for Concrete & Masonry catalog. 5. Direct 1 to 1 replacement is based on parallel-toplate, perpendicular-to-plate, and tension
comparisons to a cast-in-place anchor bolt of equivalent diameter. 6. For concrete foundation only, 6" minimum stemwall width. 7. Minimum edge and end distances are based on distance from edge of concrete to center of bolt. 8. Use bearing plate as required by code (see page 30). 9. Other Titen HD sizes available. 10. Some jurisdictions may require special inspection.
Titen HD
RFB and SET/AT/ET: As a Direct 1 to 1 Replacement for Equivalent Diameter Sill Bolts
RFB Size RFB #4x7 RFB #4x10 RFB #5x8 RFB #5x10 Minimum Embed. 4 5 Sill Plate Size (in.) 2x Double 2x or 3x 2x Double 2x or 3x Minimum Edge Distance 1 1 Minimum End Distance 8 10
RFB
INTERIOR (ONLY) SILL PLATE ANCHORAGE SOLUTIONS

Simpson Anchor Systems offers a full line of powder actuated tools, fasteners and powder loads for fastening to concrete and steel. Powder actuated pins are often used to fasten the sill plate to concrete slabs. For complete information on product performance, installation requirements and appropriate code listings for Anchor Systems products please refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS) or visit www.simpsonanchors.com.
Overall Head Shank Length Diameter Diameter (in.) (in.) (in.) 3 3 2 2 0.145 0.145 0.145 0.145 Maximum Spacing (in.) Interior Braced Walls3 12 12 18 18 Interior Walls2 24 24 36 36 22
Catalog Number PDPW-300 PDPWL-300 PHN-72 PHNW-72
Code Ref.
PHN
PDPW
PHNW
PDPWL
(PDPWL Available in galvanized finish for pressure-treated wood applications)
34
1. Spacings are based upon the attachment of 2-inch (nominal thickness) wood sill plates, with specific gravity of 0.50 or greater, to concrete floor slabs or footings. For species of wood with specific gravity of 0.42 to 0.49, multiply required spacing of fasteners for shear walls by 0.81. For species of wood with specific gravity of 0.31 to 0.41, multiply the required spacing of fasteners for shear walls by 0.65. 2. All walls shall have fasteners placed at 6 inches from ends of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table. 3. Fasteners indicated shall have two pins placed 6 inches and 10 inches, respectively, from each end of sill plates, with maximum spacing as shown in the table. 4. All fasteners must be installed with a minimum 3/4-inch-diameter, No. 16 gauge (0.0598 inch) steel washer. 5. Fasteners shall not be driven until the concrete has reached a compressive strength of 2,000 psi. Minimum edge distance is 1 inches. 6. The fasteners shall not be used for the attachment of shear walls having a unit shear in excess of 100 pounds per foot. Spacings shown are independent of the number of building stories.
1. Minimum concrete strength 2500 psi. 2. For ACQ or CA pressure-treated wood, order products HDG. For additional information, visit www.strongtie.com/info. 3. Direct 1 to 1 replacement is based on parallel-to-plate, perpendicular-to-plate, and
tension comparisons to a cast-in-place anchor bolt of equivalent diameter. 4. For concrete foundations only. 5. Minimum edge and end distances are based on distance from edge of concrete to center of bolt. 6. Use bearing plate as required by code (see page 30).
ANCHOR SYSTEMS Ledger and Purlin Anchorage Solutions

Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems offers adhesive and mechanical anchor solutions to anchor ledgers to concrete and concrete block (both grouted and hollow). These products are also used to anchor roof connections in new and retrofit construction. For complete information on product performance, installation requirements and appropriate code listings for Anchor Systems products please refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS) or visit www.simpsonanchors.com. For Corrosion Information, see pages 10-11.
Purlin Anchor Attachment with Adhesive
Purlin Anchorage Adhesive Tension Allowable Loads

Rod Dia. (in.) Embed. Depth (in.) Critical End/Edge Distance (in.) SET Spacing (in.) AT Spacing (in.) Allowable Tension Loads (133) SET AT 5465 5875 4730 7505
NORMAL-WEIGHT CONCRETE (7'' MIN. WALL THICKNESS) 5 5 5875 15 16 5875 5 7 5 5 6020 16 24 9555 GROUT FILLED CMU (8'' NOMINAL WALL THICKNESS) 8 17754 5 20 20 21954
Ledger Shear Bolt Attachment With Titen HD
1. The allowable loads for the adhesives (only) have been increased 33 percent for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 3000 psi and CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi at 28 days. Refer to C-SAS for additional block, mortar and grout specifications. 3. Threaded rods must comply with ASTM A307 minimum. 4. Allowable loads may be increased to 2225 lbs. for 8" spacing and 2745 lbs. for 20" spacing for designs using the UBC.
Titen HD as a Replacement for a Ledger Shear Bolt

Concrete Titen HD Diameter (in.)
Grout Filled CMU Minimum Spacing (in.) 2 2 3 Minimum Embedment Depth (in.) 3 4 5 12 Minimum Edge/End Distance (in.) Minimum Spacing (in.) 4 5 6
Minimum Embedment Depth (in.)
Minimum Edge/End Distance (in.) 6
Anchor Placement
Edge Distance (Concrete & CMU)
7 9
1. Titen HD anchors installed with the dimensional limitations described shall achieve equivalent NDS wood calculated capacity as the same diameter anchor bolt for DF, SP, SPF and HF lumber up to 4x ledgers. NDS values may include a maximum 133% duration increase. 2. For combined gravity and lateral loads Designers shall consider the unity equation. 3. Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 3000 psi and CMU shall have a minimum f'm = 1500 psi at 28 days. Refer to C-SAS-2007 for additional block, mortar and grout specifications. 4. For CMU applications install a minimum of 1" from vertical head and T-Joints. 5. Titen HD fasteners are recommended for permanent dry environments only.
Shaded Area = Allowable Anchor Placement
End Distance
(Concrete & CMU)
CMU Vertical Head & T-Joist (Typ.)
Get the rest of the information on Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems

The information in this catalog is an introduction to Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete & Masonry catalog. You can get the rest of the technical information three ways: Call Simpson Strong-Tie at (800) 999-5099 and request the current Anchors and Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry catalog. For a full Simpson Anchor Systems Technical Manual/Binder, call Simpson and ask to speak with your local Technical Sales Representative or Field Engineer. This binder features the C-SAS catalog in easy-to-use tabular format, as well as code reports, MSDS sheets and more! Visit Simpson Anchor Systems at www.simpsonanchors.com. You can access technical and product application information, code reports, new product information and much more. E-mail Ask Simpson at www.simpsonanchors.com/ask for answers to your questions or check our Frequently Asked Questions section for the information you are looking for. Call Simpson and request an Anchor Systems CD-ROM which contains all of the information you need for your anchoring and fastening needs. In addition to complete product information and the Anchor Designer, Drill Bit Selector and Adhesive Estimator programs, the CD also contains product code reports, MSDS sheets and product fliers.
35
Holdowns & Tension Ties
HDU Holdown
The HDU series of holdowns combine the advantages of low deflection and high capacity from the pre-deflected geometry with the ease of installation of Simpsons patented SDS screws. HDU SPECIAL FEATURES: Pre-deflected body virtually eliminates deflection due to material stretch. Uses SDS screws which install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provide a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. SDS "x2" screws are supplied with the holdowns. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) This ensures the proper fasteners are used and is convenient for the installer. No stud bolts to countersink at openings. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Place the HDU over the anchor bolt. No additional washer required. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join the members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. See page 20 for SDS values. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts on pages 25-27 for anchorage options. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a " hex head driver. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for post-installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
for Pilot Holes ng ri Manufactu s Purpose (Fastener ) not required
SO
HDU
Vertical HDU Installation
For holdowns, per ASTM test standards, anchor bolt nut should be finger-tight plus to turn with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used.
Model No. HDU2-SDS2.5 HDU4-SDS2.5 HDU5-SDS2.5 HDU8-SDS2.5 HDU11-SDS2.5 HDU14-SDS2.5
Dimensions (in.) Ga W 14 14 14 10 10 7 3 3 3 3 3 3 H 8 10 13 16 22 25 B 3 3 3 3 3 3 C L 1 1 1 1 1 1 SO 1 1 1 1 1 1 Anchor Bolt Dia. (in.) 1 1
Fasteners SDS Screws 6-SDS "x2" 10-SDS "x2" 14-SDS "x2" 20-SDS "x2" 30-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2"
Minimum Wood Member Thickness4 (in.) 3 3 3 3 4 5 7 7 58
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (133/160)1 DF/SP 3075 4565 5645 5980 7870 9535 11175 143909 149258,9 SPF/HF 2215 3285 4065 4305 5665 6865 8045 10360 10745 Deflection at Allowable Load5,6 (in.) 0.088 0.114 0.115 0.084 0.113 0.137 0.137 0.177 0.177
Code Ref.
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (page 25-27). 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 4. Post design by Specifier. Allowable load values are based on a minimum wood member thickness in the direction of the fastener penetration. Posts may consist of multiple 2x members provided they are designed to act as one unit independently of the holdown fasteners. Holdowns shall be installed centered along the width of the attached post. 5. Tension values are valid for holdowns flush and raised off of sill plate. 6. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). Additional elongation of anchor bolts
longer than 5" shall be added to holdown deflection. 7. Tabulated loads may be doubled when the HDU is installed on opposite sides of the wood member provided either the post is large enough to prevent opposing holdown screw interference or the holdowns are offset to eliminate screw interferences. 8. Noted HDU14 allowable loads are based on a 5" wide post (6x6 min.). All other loads are based on 3" wide post minimum. 9. Requires heavy hex anchor nut to achieve tabulated loads. 10. Allowable loads are based on criteria in ICC-ES AC155. Therefore, they are the lower of the strength determined from the test value on a wood jig divided by 3.0, the load at the AC155 deflection limit, and the fastener calculation based on the 2005 NDS.
RP6 Retro Plate

The RP6 retrofit plate fits on the outside of masonry buildings, and helps tie the walls to the roof or floor structure with a " diameter rod. FINISH: Simpson gray paint. Optional hot-dip galvanized finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11, and specify HDG. MATERIAL: " Steel Available with additional corrosion protection. Check with Simpson. INSTALLATION: Use a " diameter rod. 36
Typical RP6 Installation
RP6
57, 111, 146
PHD
Predeected Holdown
/ HDQ8
Holdown
PHD holdowns are predeflected during the manufacturing process, virtually eliminating deflection under load due to material stretch. The unique seat design of the HDQ8 greatly minimizes deflection under load. Each holdown uses SDS screws, which install easily, reduce fastener slip, and provides a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. SPECIAL FEATURES: Wood screws reduce slip due to overdrilled bolt holes. Smaller centerline reduces eccentricity in the stud. No stud bolts to countersink. Fits easily in a 2x4 stud wall. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. PHD2 and PHD5 available in hot-dip galvanized (HDG SDS screws included) INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Place the PHD or HDQ8 over the anchor bolt. HDQ8: " of adjustability perpendicular to the wall. HDQ8: Use in vertical and horizontal applications. Install Simpsons SDS "x3" wood screws, which are provided with the holdown. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) For an improved connection, use a steel nylon locking nut or a thread adhesive on the anchor bolt. (No washer required.) See SSTB Anchor Bolts, page 26-27, for anchorage options. The Designer may specify any alternate anchorage calculated to resist the tension load for a specific job. Anchorage length should take the bearing plate/washer height into account, to ensure adequate length of threads to engage the nut. For 2-2x and 3x sill plates use SSTBL models. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. See page 20 for SDS values. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a " hex head driver. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for post-installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Hanger not shown for clarity
PHD5
(others similar)
US Patent 5,979,130
SO
Vertical PHD Installation (shown flush, touching sill plate)
SO
HDQ8 Vertical Installation
Horizontal HDQ8 Installation
HDQ8
U.S. Patents 6,006,487 and 6,327,831
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (133/160)1 DF/SP 3080 4545 5210 SPF/HF 2220 3270 3750 Deflection at Allowable Load5,6 (in.) 0.075 0.090 0.094
Model No.
Dimensions (in.) Ga W 14 14 12 H B 2 2 2 C L 1 1 1 SO 1 1 1
Fasteners Anchor Bolt Dia. (in.) SDS Screws 10-SDS "x3" 14-SDS "x3" 18-SDS "x3"
Minimum Wood Member Thickness 4,10 (in.) 3 3 3 Minimum Wood Member Thickness 4 (in.) 3 4
Code Ref.
PHD2-SDS3 PHD5-SDS3 PHD6-SDS3
2 9 2 11 2 13
57, 98, 122
Model No.
Dimensions (in.) Ga W 7 2 H 14 B 2 C L 1 SO 2
Fasteners Anchor Bolt Dia. (in.) SDS Screws 20-SDS "x3" 20-SDS "x3"
Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (133/160)1 DF/SP 5715 9230 SPF/HF 4115 6645 Deflection at Allowable Load5,6 (in.) 0.064 0.095
Code Ref.
HDQ8-SDS3
57, 111, 126
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (page 25-27). 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 4. Post design by Specifier. Allowable load values are based on a minimum wood member thickness in the direction of the fastener penetration. Posts may consist of multiple 2x members provided they are designed to act as one unit independently of the holdown fasteners. Holdowns shall be installed centered along the width of the attached post. 5. Tension values are valid for holdowns flush and raised off of sill plate.
6. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). Additional elongation of anchor bolts longer than 5" shall be added to holdown deflection. 7. Tabulated loads may be doubled when the PHD or HDQ8 is installed on opposite sides of the wood member provided either the post is large enough to prevent opposing holdown screw interference or the holdowns are offset to eliminate screw interferences. 8. HDQ8 holdowns installed horizontally can achieve compression loads with the addition of a standard nut and square washer (BP-2) below the holdown. Refer to ESR 2330 for design values. Design of anchorage rods for the compression force shall be per the Designer. 9. Allowable loads are based on criteria in ICC-ES AC155. Therefore, they are the lower of the strength determined from the test value on a wood jig divided by 3.0, the load at the AC155 deflection limit, and the fastener calculation based on the 2005 NDS. 10. Allowable loads are based on 3" wide post minimum.
37
HHDQ
Heavy Duty Holdowns

The HHDQ series of holdowns combine low deflection and high loads with ease of installation by using Simpsons patented SDS screws. They may be installed either flush or raised off the mudsill without a reduction in load value. FINISH: Gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. 1" centerline dimension for reduced eccentricity. Use in vertical or horizontal applications. Install Simpson SDS "x2" wood screws, which are supplied. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) The load transfer plate is an integral part of the HHDQ; no additional washer is required. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a " hex head driver. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for postinstalled anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. See page 20 for SDS values. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. HHDQ11-SDS2.5 HHDQ14-SDS2.5 Dimensions (in.) Ga W 7 7 3 3 H 15 18 B 3 3 C L 1 1 SO Anchor Bolt Dia. (in.) 1 1 Fasteners
SO
HHDQ11
Minimum Wood Member Thickness4 (in.) 5 7 5 8
Vertical HHDQ11 Installation

Allowable Tension Loads (lbs.) (133/160)1 Deflection at DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Load5,6 (in.) 11810 8505 0.131 130159 9370 0.107 137108,9 10745 0.107 Code Ref.
SDS Screws 24-SDS "x2" 30-SDS "x2"
57, 111, 146
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB Anchor Bolt (page 25). 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 4. Post design by Specifier. Allowable load values are based on a minimum wood member thickness in the direction of the fastener penetration. Posts may consist of multiple 2x members provided they are designed to act as one unit independently of the holdown fasteners. Holdowns shall be installed centered along the width of the attached post. 5. Tension values are valid for holdowns flush with and raised above the sill.
6. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). 7. Tabulated loads may be doubled when the HHDQ is installed on opposite sides of the wood member provided either the post is large enough to prevent opposing holdown screw interference or the holdowns are offset to eliminate screw interferences. 8. Noted HHDQ14 allowable loads are based on a 5" wide post (6x6 min.). All other loads are based on 3" wide post minimum. 9. Requires heavy hex anchor nut to achieve tabulated loads. 10. HHDQ holdowns installed horizontally can achieve compression loads with the addition of a standard nut on the underside of the load transfer plate. Refer to ESR 2330 for design values. Design of anchorage rods for the compression force shall be per the Designer. 11. Allowable loads are based on criteria in ICC-ES AC155. Therefore, they are the lower of the strength determined from the test value on a wood jig divided by 3.0, the load at the AC155 deflection limit, and the fastener calculation based on the 2005 NDS.
HDC Concentric Holdown

HDC10
U.S. Patent 6,513,290
Typical HDC Installation with 2-2x4 studs (Similar with 2-2x6 studs)
Allowable Tension Loads SPF/HF (133) 4215 4215 8425 8425 Concrete Bearing 4,5 @ 2500 psi 7460 9060 7460 9060 Holdown Deflection at Highest Allowable Design Load 0.032 0.046 0.050 0.058 Code Ref. 45, 106, 126
Model No. HDC5/22-SDS2.5 HDC5/4-SDS2.5 HDC10/22-SDS2.5 HDC10/4-SDS2.5
Post Size 2-2x4 4x4 2-2x4 4x4
B 3 3 3 3
C L 1 1 1 1
Anchor Bolt
3 9 3 9 3 14 3 14
Number of SDS "x2" 12 12 24 24
Allowable Tension Loads DF/SP (133) 4870 4870 9665 9665
38
1. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (page 25-27). 2. Loads are based on static tests on wood studs, limited by the lowest of 0.125" deflection, tested lowest ultimate divided by 3, or the wood screw value. 3. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). 4. The HDCs will be limited by wood compression capacity if installed on a sill plate. HDC5/22 and HDC10/22 will achieve an allowable load of 4005 lbs. on a DFL plate.
HDC5/4 and HDC10/4 will achieve an allowable load of 4940 lbs. on a DFL plate, which does not take deflection into account. Full tension values apply when installed on a sill, deflections may be higher. 5. Higher values may be obtained when HDC is not placed at an edge or with f'c concrete strength > 2500 psi. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 7. Post design shall be by Designer.
The unique design of the HDC holdowns eliminate eccentricity. They install with SDS screws (included) to reduce slip and provide a greater net section area of the post compared to bolts. MATERIAL: 10 gauge strap FINISH: Galvanized strap, aluminum base INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install on concrete. Sized for 2-2x, and 4x. Center 2-2x posts on holdown. Install Simpsons SDS "x2" wood screws, which are provided with the holdown. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) Slot in the seat allows for " of adjustment perpendicular to plate. (Standard N series cut washer required, 1" diameter - 0.134" thick.) Witness slot in the base to inspect the nut . Maximum anchor bolt height above concrete is 2". To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. See page 20 for SDS values. Aluminum standoff cannot be in contact with pressure-treated wood. SDS screws install best with a low speed high torque drill with a " hex head driver. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for post-installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LTT/MTT/HTT Tension Ties

Tension ties offer a solution for resisting tension loads that can be nailed to the stud. The HTT22 is a single-piece formed tension tieno rivets, and a 4-ply formed seat which wont unfold during loading. No washers required. The LTT19 Light Tension Tie is designed for 2x joists or purlins and the LTT20B is for nail- or bolt-on applications. The 3" nail spacing makes the LTT20B suitable for wood I-joists if 10dx1" nails are substituted for the specified 16ds with a reduced load. The LTTI31 is designed for wood chord open web truss attachments to concrete or masonry walls and may also be installed vertically on a minimum 2x6 stud. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. May be ordered HDG; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Use the specified number and type of nails to attach the strap portion to the top or side of purlin or beam with the exception of LTT19, a minimum 4x width is required for attachment. Minimum 2x width required for LTT19. Do not install LTT and MTT tension ties raised. The HTT22 can be substituted for the MTT28B. See adhesive solutions on page 33 for tested, load-rated adhesive anchors for anchor bolt options. To tie multiple 2x members together, the designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for post-installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Load transfer plate washer not required
Washer not required
Load transfer plate washer not reqd
LTTI31
LTT20B
(LTT19 similar)
MTT28B
HTT22
(HTT16 similar)
U.S. Patent 5,467,570
Model No. LTT19 LTT20B6 LTTI31 HTT16 HTT22 MTT28B
Material (Ga) Strap Plate 16 12 18 11 11 12 3 3 3 7
Dimensions W L C L
Seat Thickness
Fasteners Anchor Bolts Nails Bolts Qty 2 4 Dia
Allowable Tension Loads DF/SP (133) (160) Nails 1205 1750 2185 3480 5250 4455 Bolts 1220 2150 Nails 1350 1750 2310 4175 5260 4455
1 19 1 2 19 1 3 31 1 2 16 1 2 22 1 2 27 1
, or 8-16d Sinkers 10-16d , or 18-10dx1 18-16d 32-16d Sinkers 24-16d or
Allowable Tension Deflection Loads SPF/HF at Highest (133) (160) Allowable Design Bolts Nails Nails Load 1085 1305 0.107 1460 1675 1750 0.164 1985 2310 0.125 3080 3695 0.037 4670 5250 0.087 2725 4140 4455 0.125
Code Ref.
2, 40, 82, 121 6, 40, 82, 121 30, 99, 122 40, 97, 99, 122 40, 122
1. Allowable loads for HTT are based on the lower of the NDS fastener values or the ultimate load on a steel test jig divided by 2.5. 2. Alternate fasteners may be installed provided the appropriate reductions from page 16 are applied (use face mount hanger reduction). 3. The Designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment (see T-ANCHORSPEC). 4. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 5. Bolt values are based on a minimum lumber thickness of 1". 6. If a " or " anchor bolt is used for the LTT19 or LTT20B, add a standard cut washer to the seat. No additional washer is required for a " anchor bolt. See table for appropriate anchor bolt sizes.
7. HTTs may be raised off sill plate. Refer to note q Instructions for Installers, page 14 for installation instructions. 8. Post design shall be by Designer. 9. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes fastener slip, holdown elongation, and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). 10. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 11. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
For tension ties, per ASTM test standards, anchor bolt nut should be finger-tight plus to turn with a hand wrench, with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used.
2"
Horizontal LTTI31 Installation
Horizontal LTT19 Installation (LTT20B similar)
DO NOT MODIFY THE MTT28B. Do not rotate the MTT28Bs strap around the rivet. The strap must be in line vertically with the body of the holdown to achieve table loads.
Vertical HTT22 Installation
39
HDA/HD Holdowns
All HDAs and the HD15 are self-jigging, ensuring code-required minimum 7 bolt diameter spacing from the end of the wood member to the center of the first bolt hole per NDS-2005 Section 11.5.1. HD6A, HD8A, HD10A and HD14As seat design allows greater installation adjustability. An overall width of 3" for the HD6A, HD8A and HD10A, and 3" for the HD14A provides an easy fit in a standard 2x4 stud wall. MATERIAL: See table on opposite page LOADS: See table on opposite page FINISH: HD14A and HD15Simpson gray paint Other HDAsgalvanized. May be ordered HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Contact engineered wood manufacturers for connections that are not through the wide face. For an improved connection, use a steel nylon locking nut or a thread adhesive on the anchor bolt. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " to a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (per NDS, section 11.1.2). With the exception of the HD15, a washer is not required between the base plate of the holdown and the anchor nut. Use a standard washer on the HD15 anchor. See SSTB Anchor Bolts, Simpsons Anchoring Systems and Additional Anchorage Designs for anchorage options. The HD10A Designer may specify any alternate anchorage calculated to (HD6A, HD8A resist the tension load for a specific job. and HD14A similar) Locate on wood member to maintain a minimum distance of seven bolt diameters, distance is automatically maintained when end of wood member is flush with the bottom of the holdown. Stud bolts should be snugly tightened. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood (see page 20 for SDS values). For holdowns, per ASTM test standards, Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for postanchor bolt nut should be finger-tight installed anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). plus to turn with a hand wrench, CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. with consideration given to possible future wood shrinkage. Care should be taken to not over-torque the nut. Impact wrenches should not be used.
Vertical Wood Member Thickness
HD5A
(HD2A similar)
Studs/Post BP
HD2AHDG Decking (typ.)
4x4 post min. (typ.)

Threaded Rod Floor Joist 2 - 2x Blocking
*
5/8" diameter galvanized machine bolts or all-thread rods with nuts and washers (Simpson RFB#5x8HDG)
2"
Washers must be installed between bolt nuts and wood
Washer required under anchor bolt nut
BP BPs are required by

the City of Los Angeles. Check with your local building code on usage. (2005 NDS Section 11.1.2.3 requires a metal plate, metal strap, or minimum of a standard cut washer.)
Typical HD5A Tie Between Floors loads, the minimum * To achieve tableseven bolt diameters. bolt end distance is This distance is designed into holdowns. 40
HD2A installed as a lateral anchor for a deck guardrail post. Refer to technical bulletin T-HD2AGRDRL for more information. (See page 187 for details)
Stand off provides minimum end distance to end of post from post bolt
Vertical HD15 Installation
Vertical HD5A Installation with SSTB anchor bolt. Washers are not required at the base.
HDA/HD Holdowns
Material Model No. HD2A HD5A HD6A HD8A HD10A HD14A HD15
See notes below.
Dimensions HB4 4 5 6 6 6 7 7 SB 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 W 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 H 8 9 11 14 18 20 24 B 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 SO 3 C L 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Anchor Dia.5 1 1
Fasteners Stud Machine Bolts Qty. 2 2 2 3 4 4 5 Dia. 1 1
Base Ga 7 3
Body Ga 12 10 7 7 7 3 3
Model No. 1 HD2A HD5A HD6A HD8A HD10A HD14A HD15 1555 1870 2275 3220 3945 2 2055 2485 2980 4350 5540
Allowable Tension Loads DF/SP (133/160) Wood Member Thickness 2 2565 3095 3685 5415 6935 3 2775 3705 4405 6465 8310 3 4 5 1 1320 1585 1870 2710 3275 2 1740 2110 2470 3655 4600 2775 2775 2760 4010 4010 3980 5105 5460 5510 7460 8065 7910 9540 9900 9900 11080 13380 13380 15305
Allowable Tension Loads SPF/HF (133/160) Wood Member Thickness 2 2165 2625 3065 4530 5745 3 2570 3130 3680 5480 7045 3 2565 3645 4280 6350 8160 9495 4 5 2565 2550 3700 3680 5055 5020 7470 7330 9500 9195 11950 12485 13810
Holdown9,14 Holdown9 Deflection Deflection at Highest at Highest Allowable Allowable Design Load Design Load Flush Raised 0.058 0.067 0.041 0.111 0.269 0.215 0.082 0.077 0.117 0.125 0.121 0.269 0.282 0.082
Code Ref.
40, 105, 122
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. HD15 requires a minimum 4x8 (in a 3" wide shearwall) or a 6x6 nominal post to ensure the tension load carrying capacity of the critical net section meets the holdown capacity. 3. Use a minimum 4x6 nominal post for the HD14A. Minimum post size is required to ensure the tension load carrying capacity of the critical net section meets the holdown capacity. 4. HB is the required minimum distance from the end of the stud to the center of the first stud bolt hole. End distance may be increased as necessary for installation. 5. The designer must specify anchor bolt type, length and embedment. See SB and SSTB Anchor Bolts (page 25-27). 6. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for retrofit anchor solutions (see page 187 for details). 7. Lag bolts will not develop the listed loads. 8. See page 13-15 for testing and other important information.
9. Deflection at Highest Allowable Tension Load includes holdown elongation and anchor bolt elongation (L = 5"). Additional elongation of anchor bolts longer than 5" shall be added to holdown deflection. 10. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 11. To achieve published loads, machine bolts shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the holdown (see picture below). If reversed, the Designer shall reduce the allowable loads shown per NDS requirements when bolt threads are in the shear plane. 12. HDA and HD allowable loads are based on the lower of the 2005 NDS fastener values or the ultimate load on a steel test jig divided by 2.5. 13. Post design shall be by Designer. 14. Holdowns may be raised off sill plate. Refer to table for increased deflection values (if applicable). Refer to note q, page 14 for installation instructions of raised holdowns.
SOURCES OF DEFLECTION AT SHEARWALL HOLDOWN CONNECTIONS

1. Bolt slip can occur at holdown stud bolts. 2. Increased bolt slip can occur if oversized holes are drilled through the stud for holdown stud bolts (oversized holes are when the hole diameter is greater than the bolt diameter plus " per 2005 NDS 11.1.2). 3. When a holdown is installed on only one side of the stud, an eccentricity exists during loading which can cause more movement in the shearwall system. 4. Unrestrained anchor bolt nuts can spin loose during cyclic loading; using steel nylon locking nuts or thread adhesive may prevent nut spin. 5. Movement can occur when nuts are not tightened enough. Retightening bolts before covering wall may prevent this. 6. Deflection can occur in the holdown under load caused by stresses due to earthquake or high wind. 7. Lateral displacement at the top of the wall rotates the stud around its base causing the holdown base plate to displace vertically. 8. Wood shrinkage can occur due to drying of the sill plate, rim joist, and/or top plate; nuts may require retightening. 9. Uplift forces on the bolts can cause localized wood crushing at bolt bearing locations. Using larger bearing plates may prevent this. 10. Wood at the end of the studs (sill plates, rim joists, etc.) may crush under normal dead and live loading; additional compressive forces due to overturning during earthquake and high wind loads add to the deflection. 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BPs are required by the City of Los Angeles. Check with your local building code on usage.
(NDS Section 11.1.2.3 requires a metal plate, metal strap, or minimum of a standard cut washer.)
Bearing Plates Stud

10
Sill Plate
Foundation Holdown Anchor

1 2 and 6 do not apply to the PHD and HDQ.
41
LSTHD/STHD Strap Tie Holdown

The STHD is an embedded strap tie holdown with high load capacity and a staggered nail pattern to help minimize splitting. The latest version of the STHD strap tie holdown incorporates many new features that improve installation and function. When used in conjunction with the StrapMate you have a system that helps prevent both parallel and perpendicular movement during installation relative to the form. Allows for accurate location of the STHDs and reduces the possibility of spalling. FEATURES The strap nailing pattern allows for nailing to the edges of double 2xs. A slot below the embedment line allows for increased front to back concrete bond and reduced spalling. Strap nail slots are countersunk to provide a lower nail head profile. Rim joist models accommodate up to a 17" clear span without any loss of strap nailing. MATERIAL: LSTHD8, LSTHD8RJ14 gauge, all others12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. See Post Tension information on page 43. Install before concrete pour with a StrapMate, or other holding device. Nail strap from the bottom up. Strap may be bent one full cycle (bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical) to aid wall placement. But may cause spalling behind the strap. If the spall is 1" or less, measured from the embedment line to the bottom of the spall, full loads apply. For larger spalls see table footnotes for load reduction. Any portion of the strap left exposed should be protected against corrosion. For two pour installations spalling is measured from the first pour. Unless otherwise noted, do NOT install where: (a) a horizontal cold joint exists within the embedment depth between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load, or the slab is designed to resist the load imposed by the anchor; or (b) slabs are poured over concrete block foundation walls. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. Additional studs attached to the shearwall studs or post may be required by the Designer for wall sheathing nailing. Wood shrinkage after strap installation across horizontal members may cause strap to buckle outward. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Nails are countersunk for a low profile strap surface.
STHD
U.S. Patent 5,813,182
Nailed Portion Nails Min. 1" End Dist.
an Clear Sp . 17" Max
One #4 Rebar in Shear Cone " Min. 12" Min. Rebar from Length Corner
Typical STHD14RJ Rim Joist Application
STHDs require a minimum of 1" end distance when multiple 2x members are used as shown
One #4 Rebar in Shear Cone 12" Min. Rebar Length
SIM ie Strong-T PSON
Stemwall
End Distance (" min. from corner)
See 4 note 1
Tension Loads for STHD Installations

Min. Stem Wall 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 Strap Length (L) Std. Model 21 21 23 31 21 21 23 31 Rim Joist Model 35 35 36 39 35 35 36 39 le Nails "
5
Typical STHD Applications (for two pour, see footnote 5.)

Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP/HF/SPF) (133/160) End Distance 1" le 1695 2345 3295 4805 1695 3195 3725 5785 " 1825 1950 3730 5025 1825 2370 3730 5025 1" le 1825 2385 3730 5025 2335 3195 3730 5785 " 1950 2135 3730 5025 1950 2370 3730 5025 1" le 1950 2425 3730 5025 2975 3195 3730 5785 Code Ref.
Model No. Standard / Rim Joist
2000 psi Concrete 8 8 10 14 8 8 10 14 24-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 28-16d Sinkers 38-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 28-16d Sinkers 38-16d Sinkers 1695 1760 2035 3235 1695 2370 2745 3885 1695 2050 2575 4220 1695 2370 2745 4430
2500 psi Concrete 1825 2210 3730 5025 1825 2370 3730 5025
3000 psi Concrete 1950 2370 3730 5025 1950 2370 3730 5025 32, 122 28, 32, 122 28, 32, 122 32, 122 28, 32, 122
LSTHD8 / LSTHD8RJ STHD8 / STHD8RJ STHD10 / STHD10RJ STHD14 / STHD14RJ LSTHD8 / LSTHD8RJ STHD8 / STHD8RJ STHD10 / STHD10RJ STHD14 / STHD14RJ 2
42
1. RJ after the model indicates STHDs for rim joist applications, e.g. STHD8RJ. 2. STHD14RJ on 8" stemwall requires 30-16d sinkers, with the (le) load at 133% of 4960 lbs. 3. 10d commons nails may be used with no load reduction. 4. Minimum nail end distance to prevent splitting is 10 x diameter, 1" for 16d sinkers and 10d common. 5. For two pour with 4" slab or less. The STHD14 load at " end distance 2000 psi is 3235 lbs. and 4220 lbs. at 14" end distance. The STHD10 at the same condition is 2035 lbs. for " end distance, and 2750 lbs. at 10" end distance. 6. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 7. Where fewer fasteners are used in the structural wood member, reduce loads according to the code. 8. To get the full table load, the minimum center-to-center spacing is twice the embedment depth when resisting tension loads at the same time.
9. There is an increase in the amount of deflection if the strap is installed on the outside of the shear panel instead of directly to the framing. Refer to technical bulletin T-PLYWOOD (see page 187 for details). 10. Calculate loads using straight line interpolation for corner distances between " and le. 11. STHD14 and STHD14RJ installed on HF/SPF in an 8" stemwall: the le load is 5280 lbs. 12. Post design shall be by Designer. 13. Loads shown apply to post tension slabs when one #4 rebar (minimum) is installed (per single pour rebar installation on page 43). 14. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 15. For concrete spalls between 1" and 4" the allowable loads is 0.90 of the table loads. 16. Table loads apply to stemwall applications provided there is a minimum end distance of le. See table on page 43 for loads when installed less than le. 17. NAILS: 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
LSTHD/STHD Strap Tie Holdown

Strap style holdown Horizontal projection of embedded portion of strap holdown Strap style holdown
Horizontal projection of embedded portion of strap holdown 4" Slab max.
le
SO Strong-T N ie SIMP
le Locate one #4 rebar within hatched area (may be foundation rebar) Locate one #4 rebar within hatched area (may be foundation rebar) does not need to be tied to rebar
Concrete foundation by others
Single Pour Rebar Installation *Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements.
" Min. from end of concrete
Two Pour Rebar Installation *Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements.
Typical STHD14 End Installation (No corner return)

End Installation Allowable Tension Loads at " End Distance (DF/SP/SPF/HF) Stemwall Width 6" STHD10 STHD14 2095 3105 8" 3645 10" 4500
SPALL REDUCTION SYSTEM FOR STHD STRAP TIE HOLDOWN

FEATURES
Built-in tab. StrapMate locator line. Additional diamond hole in RJ versions.
Model No.
SM1
U.S. Patent 6,796,099
BENEFITS
Built-in Tab: Reduces spalling and costly retrofits. No additional labor to install. Holds STHD away from form board. StrapMate Locator Line: Easy inspection to ensure proper location. Allows adjustment without removing STHD. Additional Diamond Hole: One more fastener to help prevent the STHD RJ models from bowing out at the rim joist section.
1. Loads based on 2500 psi minimum concrete strength. 2. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 3. For dimensional information and required fasteners, refer to to table on page 42. 4. For STHD14 1" End Distance in 8" stemwalls, loads can be increased to 4200 lbs. 5. Allowable loads also apply to rim joist models.
POST-TENSION INFORMATION
Post Tension Cable Placement in a Garage Footing
Model No. HPAHD22 LSTHD8/ LSTHD8RJ STHD8/ STHD8RJ Distance from Corner " Min 8" Min " Min 8" Min " Min 8" Min " Min 10" Min Fasteners 13-16d 23-16d 24-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 24-16d Sinkers 28-16d Sinkers 28-16d Sinkers Allowable Uplift Loads (133/160) 2705 4570 1695 1695 2055 2345 2055 3185 Code Ref. 20, 142 32, 122 32, 122
Top View of Post Tension Cable Placement

Hairpin Typ.
STHD10/ STHD10RJ
11" 6"
DETAIL 1 When installed on a raised curb, use 6" Stemwall installation and loads (rebar required see above)
Post Tension Tendon, Typ. Optional Cold Joint Post Tension Anchor, Typ.
DETAIL 2 Post Tension Cable Placement Corner Installation (no rebar required)
9"
1. Minimum concrete strength is 2500 psi. 2. Post-tension steel is minimum " diameter, 7-wire, low-relaxation strand in accordance with ASTM A416, Grade 270 ksi, with a guaranteed ultimate strength of 41.3 k. 3. Anchorage is monostrand-type anchor system with current ICC approval using a ductile iron casting of at least 2.25" x4.5" of bearing and reusable pocket formers on all stressing ends. 4. It is the Designers responsibility to provide reinforcement to tie cold-joints and to resist bending stresses in the foundation due to anchor uplift. 5. Post design shall be by Designer. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16d sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
43
PAHD/HPAHD Strap Tie Holdowns

Wood-to-concrete connectors that satisfy engineering and code requirements. MATERIAL: HPA10 gauge; all others12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install before concrete pour with a StrapMate, or other holding device. Strap may be bent one full cycle. Bending the strap 90 to aid wall placement may cause spalling behind the strap. If the spall is 1" or less, measured from the embedment line to the bottom of the spall, full loads apply. For spalls between 1" and 4" (see illustration on page 45), the allowable load is 0.90 of the table loads. For two pour installations spalling is measured from the first pour. Nail strap from bottom up. Where fewer fasteners are used in the structural wood member, reduce loads according to the code. A wood splitting problem may occur when holdowns are nailed to lumber less than 3" wide. To lessen splitting of 3xs or double 2xs, either fill every nail hole with 10dx1" nails or fill every other nail hole with 16d commons. Reduce the allowable load based on the size and quantity of fasteners used. Unless otherwise noted, do NOT install where: (a) a horizontal cold joint exists within the embedment depth between the slab and foundation wall or footing beneath, unless provisions are made to transfer the load, or the slab is designed to resist the load imposed by the anchor; or (b) slabs are poured over concrete block foundation walls. To get the full table load, the minimum center-to-center spacing is twice the embedment depth when resisting tension loads at the same time. To tie multiple 2x members together, the Designer must determine the fasteners required to join members to act as one unit without splitting the wood. Additional studs attached to the shearwall studs or post may be required by the Designer for wall sheathing nailing. FOUNDATION CORNERS: Nail and bolt quantities have been reduced when the load is limited by tested concrete pullout strength (fill holes from bottom up); additional nail holes need not be filled. Nail and bolt quantities may be reduced further for less than 8" corner distance design loadsuse code allowable loads for fasteners used in shear. TWO-POUR SYSTEMS: When a cold joint exists between slab and foundation, the holdown will be lower on the stud wall since the embedded portion of the holdown must be in the foundation (see table footnote 1 for exception). Fewer fasteners are used, reducing allowable loads. Loads are calculated using a 4" slab over 6" and 8" foundation walls. PAHD42, HPAHD22, HPAHD22-2P HOLDOWNS: Designed to be installed at the edge of concrete. Tests determined the pullout strength with one horizontal #4 rebar in the shear cone. Rebar should be a minimum length of 2x embedment depth + 12" (except corner installations, page 45). Install before pouring concrete by nailing to form. Installation holes allow nailing to the form, resulting in 1" deeper embedment; see illustration. OPTIONS: See also STHD Holdowns, LTT, MTT, HTT Tension Ties. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Allowable Tension Loads (133 & 160) DF/SP 2000 psi Concrete 2500 psi Concrete Code End Distance Ref. 8" 8" " " 133 160 133 160 133 160 133 160 SINGLE POUR 920 920 2030 2030 1225 1225 2205 2205 1050 1050 2715 2715 1400 1400 2945 2945 20, 142 1315 1315 3335 3335 1750 1750 3335 3335 2030 2030 4745 4745 2210 2210 4875 5160 TWO POUR 920 920 2030 2030 1225 1225 2205 2205 1050 1050 2305 2715 1400 1400 2305 2765 20, 142 1315 1315 3335 3335 1750 1750 3335 3335 2030 2030 4030 4745 2210 2210 4030 4835 2455 2455 3335 3335 2455 2455 3335 3335 8, 20, 2455 2455 4745 4745 2455 2455 4875 5160 28, 142
Typ.
Typ.
HPAHD22
HPAHD22-2P
Model No.
Min. Embed. Stem Depth Nails Ie Wall
HPAHD22
10"
PAHD42 HPAHD22 HPAHD22-2P
6 8 6 8 6 8
12-16d 12-16d 16-16d 10" 19-16d 16-16d 14" 23-16d 6"
SINGLE POUR INSTALLATIONS
Strap style holdown
Nailed Portion
One #4 Rebar in Shear Cone 12" Min. Length
Horizontal projection of embedded portion of strap holdown
2 x Embedment Depth + 12" Min. Rebar Length
See 13" te Footno e 45 ag No. 4, p
le Locate one #4 rebar within hatched area (may be foundation rebar)
Corner Distance from Edge of Strap to Corner
in. " M fromer rn co
4 One # in Rebar Cone hear S
44
INSTALLATION 1 Typical HPAHD Single Pour Edge Installation
INSTALLATION 2 Typical HPAHD Single Pour Corner and Endwall Installation
INSTALLATION 3 Typical HPAHD Single Pour Rim Joist Installation (Reduce allowable load based on quantity of effective nails used.)
Single Pour Rebar Installation *Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements.
PAHD42
6 8 6 8
6"
12-16d 16-16d 16-16d 23-16d
1. HPAHD22 may be embedded 4" into the slab and 6" into the 8" stemwall beneath for a maximum load of 2810 lbs. at 8" minimum from the closest corner, and 1200 lbs. at " from the closest corner (like installation 4). 2. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) or 10d commons may be substituted for specified 16d commons at 0.85 of table loads. 4. Minimum nail end distance to prevent splitting is 10x the nail diameter, or 1" for 16d nails. 5. Calculate loads using straight line interpolation for corner distances between " and 8". 6. Optional fastener holes are provided on selected products. Because the product is limited by the concrete foundation, you may not need to install optional fasteners. 7. Strap may be bent one full cycle. (Bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical.) 8. Rim Joist application: see Installation 3 for corner condition. 9. Loads shown apply to post-tension slabs when one #4 rebar (minimum) is installed as shown on page 45. 10. Post design shall be by Designer. 11. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 12. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
PAHD/HPAHD Strap Tie Holdowns

TWO POUR INSTALLATIONS
Spalling may occur if the anchor is bent horizontally 90 before installation, and then bent up vertically to attach to the stud. Load reduction may apply.
b 4" Sla
b 4" Sla
Strap style holdown
Horizontal projection of embedded portion of strap holdown 4" Slab max.
le
all mw Ste idth W
Corne rD Fro istance Strapm Edge o to Co f rner
Locate one #4 rebar within hatched area (may be foundation rebar) does not need to be tied to rebar
INSTALLATION 4 Typical HPAHD22-2P Two Pour Edge Installation. Unless noted, install other models with bend embedment line at cold joint between slab and foundation.
INSTALLATION 5 Typical HPAHD Two Pour Corner Installation
Two Pour Rebar Installation *Maintain minimum rebar cover, per ACI-318 concrete code requirements.
SPALL REDUCTION SYSTEM FOR PAHD AND HPAHD

FEATURES
Secures holdown to wood form-board. Allows for proper side-cover. Keeps strap vertical. Prevents tilting or twisting of strap during the concrete pour. Uses one 16d duplex nail.
SM1
U.S. Patent 6,796,099
BENEFITS
Nail to form board
Greatly reduces spalling and costly retrofits. Helps prevent strap movement parallel and perpendicular to plate. Decreases possibility of misinstallation of strap to wood member. Simple to use: Common jobsite nail. No additional expense.
Keyhole Feature
U.S. Patent 6,658,806
Typical PAHD42 before the Concrete Pour

When using keyhole feature, care should be taken when removing form boards. If concrete is not set, the duplex nail will move the strap placement.
SPALLING Spalling may occur if the anchor is bent horizontally 90 before installation, and then bent up vertically to attach to the stud. Load reduction may apply.
2"
PA Strap Tie Holdowns

Wood-to-concrete connectors that satisfy engineering and code requirements. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized or ZMAX finish INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Refer to technical bulletin T-PAUPLIFT (see page 187 for details) for additional information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Bend additional strap over top or cut off Double 2x10 Rim Joist
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes and should not be used to attach to framing members unless approved by the Engineer of Record
Length
1" Typ.
Model No. PA51 PA68
Min. Allowable Uplift Loads Code L Embed. Nails Ref. (133) (160) Depth 51 4 9-16d 1690 2030 8, 36, 121 70 4 9-16d 1690 2030
Minimum Side Cover
Typical PA connecting Stud to Foundation (use PAHD42 or HPAHD22 for edge applications) Typical PA51 Installation (PA68 similar)
1. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 3") or 10d commons may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.84 of the table loads. 3. Optional fastener holes provided. Calculate loads according to the code to a maximum of 3685 lbs. Minimum embedment is 4"; 5" to the nearest edge.
PA51
(PA68 similar) 45
PA/HPA Purlin Anchors

PA/HPA purlin anchors offer solutions for wood to concrete and concrete block connections which satisfy code requirements. The PAs dual embedment line allows installation in concrete or concrete block. MATERIAL: PA12 gauge; HPA10 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. PAs available HDG or ZMAX finish. INSTALLATION: Minimum concrete strength is 2000 psi. Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes. See General Notes. Purlin Anchor must hook around rebar. Wood splitting may occur when anchor is nailed to wood less than 3" wide. For widths less than 3", see PAHD Holdowns for alternate nailing configurations, or PAI. EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5". Minimum concrete block left-to-right edge distance is 20". CONCRETE BLOCK WALLThe masonry embedment line on the PA allows for 4" of grout embedment in a standard 8" concrete masonry unit. The minimum wall specifications are: A One #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, 16" each side of anchor; B Two courses of grout filled block above and below the anchor (no cold joints allowed); C A horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long, a maximum of two courses above or below the anchor. All cells grouted with 2000 psi " aggregate grout. Grout shall be vibrated per the Code. Rebar quantities, sizes and lengths are minimum requirements and may be increased per any additional wall design requirements. OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties for alternate retrofit solutions. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
The UBC Section 1633.2.8 and IBC 1620.2.1 state: ... Diaphragm to wall anchorage using embedded straps shall have the straps attached to or hooked around the reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
2" Len gth
6" H 8" PA2 HPA 8 E 35 E mb edm mbed ent men HPA35 t
1 "
2 "
2"
4" C 6" Ma onc son rete ry E Em mbe bed d me ment PA nt

1 " 2 "
Fasteners Model No. L Masonry Concrete
Allowable Tension Loads Masonry (133) 2450

2815 2815 2815
Concrete (133) 2450 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2450 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2245 3470 3685 3685 4845 5420 (160) 2845 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2845 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420 2605 3685 3685 3685 4845 5420
Code Ref.
(160) 2815
2815 2815 2815
Maximum Capacity PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 PA18 PA23 PA28 PA35 HPA28 HPA35 18 23 29 35 32 38 18 23 29 35 32 38 18 23 29 35 32 38 12-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 10-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d
12-16d 18-16d
18-16d 18-16d 24-16d 27-16d 12-16d 18-16d 18-16d 18-16d 24-16d 27-16d 11-16d 17-16d 18-16d 18-16d 27-16d 27-16d
2, 40, 121
#4 Rebar Min.
2040 2815 2815 2815 1630 2815 2815 2815
2370 2815 2815 2815 1895 2815 2815 2815
1 LVL and 3x Ledger
2, 40, 121
4x Ledger
PA/HPA Purlin to Concrete Block Wall
2, 40, 121
Pressure-treated barrier may be required
#4 Rebar min.
1. Allowable loads are for a horizontal installation into the side of a concrete or masonry wall. 2. Minimum penetration for 16d commons is 1". 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) or 10d commons may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.85 of the table loads. 4. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 5. Strap may be bent one full cycle. (Bent horizontal 90 then bent vertical.) 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
4" for PA 6" for HPA28 8" for HPA35
PA/HPA Purlin to Concrete Wall For I-Joist applications see page 110.
3" min.
46
Caps & Bases
AB/ABA/ABE/ABU
Adjustable and Standoff Post Bases
Additional standoff bases are on page 179.

The AB is an adjustable post base which offers moisture protection and finished hardware appearance. These post bases feature 1" standoff height above concrete floors, code-required when supporting permanent structures that are exposed to the weather or water splash, or in basements. They reduce the potential for decay at post and column ends. MATERIAL: AB12 gauge plates; 16 gauge base cover; all otherssee table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). AB supplied as shown; position the post, secure the easyaccess nut over the supplied washer, place the standoff base, then bend up the fourth side and nail all sides. AB, ABA, ABE and ABUfor pre-pour installed anchors. For epoxy or wedge anchors, select and install according to anchor manufacturers recommendations; anchor diameter shown in table. Install required washer, which is not included for ABAs. Refer to technical bulletin T-ANCHORSPEC for postinstalled anchorage solutions (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Washer Supplied Washer Supplied
ABU44
(other sizes similar)
ABE44
ABE46,46R,66 and 66R supplied with washer.
Washer Required Not Supplied
Caps & Bases
AB
ABA44
U.S. Patent 5,333,435
ABU88
Model No.
Dimensions W L H
AB44 3 3 2 AB44R 4 4 2 AB46 3 5 3 AB46R 4 6 2 AB66 5 5 3 AB66R 6 6 2

Allowable Anchor Code Fasteners Download Dia. Ref. (100) 8-10d 4065 8-10d 4065 8-10d 4165 2, 40, 82, 121 8-10d 4165 8-10d 5335 8-10d 5335
Anchor Bolt per Designer, or consult T-ANCHORSPEC catalog
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading.
Typical AB Installation
Fasteners Post Machine Bolts Nails Qty. Dia. 6-10d 6-10d 12-16d 2 6-10d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 2 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 2 8-16d 8-16d 18-16d 18-16d
Typical ABE46R Installation for Rough Lumber (ABE similar)

Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift (133) Uplift (160)
Material Model No. ABA44 ABE44 ABU44 ABA44R ABE44R ABE46 ABA46 ABU46 ABE46R ABA46R ABA66 ABE66 ABU66 ABA66R ABE66R ABU884 ABU88R4 Nominal Post Size 4x4 4x4 4x4 RGH 4x4 RGH 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x6 RGH 4x6 RGH 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x6 RGH 6x6 RGH 6x6 8x8 RGH 8x8 Base Strap (Ga) (Ga) 16 16 16 16 16 12 14 12 12 14 14 12 12 14 12 14 14 16 16 12 16 16 16 14 12 16 14 14 14 10 14 14 12 12 W 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 6 7 8
Dimensions L 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 H 3 2 5 2 2 4 3 7 3 2 3 3 6 2 2 7 7 HB6 1 2 1 Anch. Dia. 2 - 2 -
Nails 555 520 2200 555 400 810 700 2255 810 700 720 900 2300 720 900 2320 2320
Bolts 1800 2300 2300
Nails 555 520 2200 555 400 810 700 2300 810 700 720 900 2300 720 900 2320 2320
Bolts 2160 2300 2300
Down (100) 6000 6665 6665 8000 6665 7335 9435 10335 7335 12000 10665 12000 12000 12665 12000 24335 24335
Code Ref. 5, 41, 121 6, 86, 121 8, 36, 91, 121 5, 41, 121 6, 86 9, 121 5, 41, 121 8, 36, 91, 121 9 5, 41, 121 9, 121 8, 36, 91, 127 5, 41, 121 9 8, 36, 127 8, 36
1. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. Downloads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. ABU88 and ABU88R may be installed with 8-SDS "x3" wood screws for the same table load. 5. For AB bases, higher download can be achieved by solidly packing
grout under 1" standoff plate before installation. Base download on column, grout, or concrete according to the code. 6. HB dimension is the distance from the bottom of the post up to the first bolt hole. 7. ABU products may be installed with either bolts OR nails (not both) to achieve table loads. 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
47
Caps & Bases
EPB44T/EPB44PHDG Elevated Post Bases

EPB44PHDG (Elevated Post Base Hot-Dip Galvanized) can be used both for pier block and cast-in-place installation for 4x4 posts. MATERIAL: 12 gauge base. EPB44TThreaded rod support "x5" (shipped assembled). EPB44PHDGThreaded rod support "x6", nut and washer are shipped assembled FINISH: EPB44T: BaseGalvanized, Threaded RodZinc Plate EPB44PHDG: Hot-Dip Galvanized; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Secured with Epoxy: EPB44TDrill a " hole 3" deep minimum into the concrete. Clean the hole and fill half full with epoxy (per installation instructions). Insert the EPB44T and adjust to the desired height. The threaded rod shall be embedded a minimum of 2". To adjust after the epoxy cures, drill a hole in the center of the post and rotate the post base up or down to the desired height. EPB44PHDGDrill a " diameter hole 4" deep minimum and fill the hole halfway with SET epoxy or drill a " diameter hole 4" deep minimum and fill the hole halfway with AT adhesive. Insert the EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height. The threaded rod shall be embedded a minimum of 3". Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the threaded rod for both products. Supported by a Nut: EPB44TDrill a " hole 2" deep minimum into concrete. Install a -11 NC nut and cut washer on the threaded rod. (Nut and washer not supplied). Insert EPB44T into the hole and adjust to the desired height. EPB44PHDGDrill a 1" diameter hole 3" deep minimum. Insert the EPB44PHDG and adjust to the desired height. Embedded in Wet Concrete: Embed " rod minimum 4" embedment. Minimum sidecover is 3" from the center of the threaded rod. Fully engage at least three threads in the base. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Nut and washer for adjustability no uplift Washer shall directly bear on concrete
Hole drilled into post for adjustability 3" Min. (Typ.) Pilot Hole (Typ.)
2" Max.
Pilot Hole (Typ.)
Caps & Bases
For uplift loads epoxy or cast-inplace is required
Typical EPB44T Installed with SET Epoxy or AT Adhesive
U.S. Patent 5,666,774
Typical EPB44T installed with nut and washer (not supplied)
Pilot Hole (Typ.) Washer shall directly bear on concrete For uplift loads, SET/AT or cast-in-place is required
Washer shall directly bear on concrete
Pilot Hole (Typ.)
Model No. EPB44T EPB44PHDG
Nails 6-16d 8-16d
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Anchor Uplift (133/160) Download Bolt (100) SET AT 3275 3670 1130 1265 1140 985
2" Max.
Code Ref. 6, 121 170
3" Min. (Typ.)
2" Max.
Center
EPB Elevated Post Bases

MATERIAL: EPB44A14 gauge; others12 gauge base plate, 1" OD x 8" pipe FINISH: EPB44AGalvanized; all othersSimpson gray paint (may be ordered HDG); see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Allows 1" to 2" clearance above concrete, 2" for EPB44A. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). OPTIONS: 12" pipe available for EPB44, 46, 66; specify -12 after model number. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Pilot Hole (Typ.)
2
All EPBs 4" Min.

6 nt dme Embe "
EPB66
(EPB44 and EPB46 similar)
EPB44A
U.S. Patent 4,995,206
Typical EPB44A Installation
Model No. EPB44A EPB44 EPB46 EPB66
W 3 3 5 5
L 3 3 3 5
H 2 2 3 3
Nails 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 12-16d
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) (133/160) Down (100) Uplift F1 F2 1100 800 800 1500 815 985 985 985 935 1135 1135 1135 2670 3465 3465 3465
Code Ref. 2, 40, 121 2, 40, 82, 121
48
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. EPB44 and EPB46 have extra nail holes; only eight must be filled to achieve table loads. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by buckling capacity of the post. 5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
1. Loads may not be increased for short term loading. 2. Uplift loads require the threaded rod to be set in wet concrete or attached to cured concrete with SET epoxy or AT adhesive. Uplift loads do not apply when installed to a pier block. 3. Specifier to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by buckling capacity of the post. 5. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical EPB44PHDG Installed with SET Epoxy or AT Adhesive
Typical EPB44PHDG Pier Block Installation (Supported by a nut)
Caps & Bases
PB/PBS Regular and Standoff Post Bases

The PBS features a 1" standoff height. It reduces the potential for decay at post and column ends. MATERIAL: PB12 gauge; PBSsee table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX or HDG finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install either nails or bolts (see page 13, note d). Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). PB: Holes are provided for installation with either 16d commons or " bolts for PB66 and PB66R; all other models use 16d commons only. A 2" minimum sidecover is required to obtain the full load. PBS: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 1" standoff base plate. A 2" minimum side cover is required to obtain the full load. Holes in the bottom of the straps allow for free concrete flow. OPTIONS: PBS available in rough sizes, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Caps & Bases
Stress relief holes resist tearing Embossed for greater strength
2" Minimum Sidecover
PB
Typical PB Installation
Dimensions Model No. PB44 PB44R PB46 PB66 PB66R W 3 4 5 5 6 L 3 3 3 5 5
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) 12-16d Nails 2-MB (133 & 160) Uplift Uplift F1 F2 (133 & 160) 1365 1365 1365 1640 1640 765 765 765 765 765 1325 1325 1325 1325 1325 1640 1640
Code Ref.
1" Sta satisf ndoff ie requir s code emen ts

in. 2" Mover dec Si
. bed Em 6) " 44A, 4 3 S d. (PB Embe ) 5" BS46 (P
7, 90, 121
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Download capacity is based on either the post design or concrete design calculated per code. 3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical PBS44A Installation
Material Model No. Nominal Post Base Strap Size (Ga) (Ga) 4x4 4x6 6x6 12 12 12 14 14 12
Dimensions
Fasteners Post Uplift (133) Anch. Dia. Nails 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift (160) F1 (133&160) F2 (133&160) Code Ref.
HB
Down Machine Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts (100) Qty. Dia. 2 2 2 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2400 2630 3560 1165 1165 230 360 570 885 885 1700 885 885 6665 9335
PBS44A PBS46 PBS66
3 3 5
3 5 5
6 6 6
3 3 3
5, 41, 85, 121
3160 4000 1865
1700 9335
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. PBSDownloads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. PBSDesigner to design concrete for shear capacity. 4. PBSFor higher downloads, solidly pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according to the code. 5. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by buckling capacity of the post. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
49
Caps & Bases
CBSQ Column Bases

W1
Caps & Bases
The CBSQ uses Simpsons SDS screws, which allow for fast installation, reduced reveal and high capacity, provides a greater net section area of the column compared to bolts. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, available in HDG with HDG screws INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install Simpsons SDS "x2" wood screws, which are provided with the column base. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) For full loads, a minimum of 3" side cover shall be provided. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
W2
3" min. side cover
CBSQ-SDS2
U.S. Patent 4,924,648
Typical CBSQ-SDS2 Installation
Model No. CBSQ44-SDS2 CBSQ46-SDS2 CBSQ66-SDS2
Nominal Column Size 4x4 4x6 6x6
Material Base (Ga) 12 12 12 Strap (Ga x Width) 10 ga x 2 10 ga x 3 10 ga x 3 W1 3 3 5
Dimensions W2 3 5 5 D 7 7 6 H 8 8 8
Number of Simpson SDS "x 2 " Screws 14 14 14
Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 5335 5335 5710 Uplift (160) 5335 5335 6855 Down (100) 10975 14420 14420
Code Ref.
46, 107, 143
1. For higher downloads, solidly pack grout under 1" standoff plate before installing CBSQ into concrete. Base download on column or concrete, according to the code. 2. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 3. Downloads shall be reduced where limited by buckling capacity of the column. 4. Designer is responsible for concrete design.
CBQ and CBSQ To order with screws, specify CBQ-SDS2 or CBSQ-SDS2. To order without screws, specify CBQ or CBSQ.
CBQ Column Bases

W1
The CBQ uses Simpsons SDS screws, which allows for fast installation, reduced reveal and high capacity, provides a greater net section area of the column compared to bolts. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, available in HDG with HDG screws INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install Simpsons SDS "x2" wood screws, which are provided with the column base. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) For full loads, a minimum of 3" side cover shall be provided. Install bottom of base plate flush with concrete surface. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
W2
3" min. side cover
CBQ-SDS2
Typical CBQ-SDS2 Installation
Model No. CBQ44-SDS2 CBQ46-SDS2 CBQ66-SDS2
Nominal Column Size 4x4 4x6 6x6
Material Base (Ga) 7 7 7 Strap (Ga x Width) 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 3 W1 3 3 5
Dimensions W2 3 5 5 D 8 8 8 H 8 8 8
Number of Simpson SDS "x 2 " Screws 12 12 12
Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 4200 4200 4200 Uplift (160) 4200 4200 4200
Code Ref.
46, 107, 143
50
1. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face.
2. Download capacity is based on either the post design or concrete design calculated per code. 3. Designer is responsible for concrete design.
Caps & Bases
LCB/CB Column Bases

MATERIAL: See table FINISH: LCB, CB44, CB46, CB66galvanized; all other CBSimpson gray paint or HDG INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. For full loads, minimum side cover required is 3" for CB, 2" for LCB. Install either nails or bolts (see page 13, note d). Install all models with bottom of base plate flush with concrete. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). Contact engineered wood manufacturers for connections that are not through the wide face. OPTIONS: The LCB may be shipped unassembled; specify Disassembled. LCB and CB are available in rough size. Other sizes available for CB specify W1 and W2 dimensions. Consult Simpson for bolt sizes and allowable loads. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1" for " Bolts 1" for " Bolts
For " Bo For lts " Bo lts
Caps & Bases
CB44 (CB46, CB66, CB88 similar)
Configuration of all other CB sizes
Model No. LCB44 CB44 LCB46 CB46 CB48 CB5-4.5 CB5-6 LCB66 CB64 CB66
Material Dimensions Nominal Column Strap Base D Size (Ga x Width) (Ga) W1 W2 4x4 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x8 GLULAM GLULAM 6x6 6x4 6x6 6x PSL PSL PSL 6x8 GLULAM GLULAM GLULAM 8x6 8x8 GLULAM GLULAM GLULAM 10x10 10x12 12x12 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 2 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 12 ga x 2 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 7 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 16 7 16 7 7 7 7 16 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 3 5 3 7 4 6 5 5 5 7 7 7 5 6 7 5 5 5 5 7 3 5 7 7 6 6
Column Fasteners Nails Machine Bolts 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Allowable Uplift Loads Nails Bolts Code Ref. 2, 40, 121 2, 40, 121 2, 40, 82, 121 2, 82 2, 40, 121 2, 40, 82 2, 40, 82
Qty. Dia. (133) (160) (133) (160) 2255 2705 3545 4250 2255 2705 3530 4240 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 4200 4200 2, 40, 82, 121 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 6650 2, 40, 82, 121 6650 6650 2, 82 2, 40, 82 6650 6650 2, 40, 82, 121 2, 82
3" Min. Side Cover
For " B o For lts " B olts
6 12-16d 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 6 12-16d
4200 4200 2, 40, 82, 121
5 12-16d
2255 2705 3525 4230
5 3
4200 4200 2, 40, 82, 121
CB6-7 CB7-4 CB7-6 CB7-7 CB68 CB7-6 CB7-7.5 CB7-9 CB86 CB88 CB9-6 CB9-7.5 CB9-9 CB1010 CB1012 CB1212
LCB
2, 82
9 6 10 6 7 7 6 7 9 9 5 7 8 8 8 9
CB7-10.5 GLULAM
CB9-10.5 GLULAM
10 8 9 11 11 11
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading, with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. PSL is parallel strand lumber. 3. LCB products may be installed with either bolts OR nails (not both) to achieve table loads. 4. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 5. Designer is responsible for concrete design. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
CB9
(CB5, CB7 similar) for Glulam Column
51
Caps & Bases
BC/BCS Post Caps

The BCS allows for the connection of 2-2xs to a 4x post or 3-2xs to a 6x post. Double shear nailing between beam and post gives added strength! The BC series offers dual purpose post cap/base for light cap or base connections. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Do not install bolts into pilot holes. BCS: install dome nails on beam; drive nails at an angle through the beam into the post below to achieve the table loads BC: install with 16d commons or 16dx2" joist hanger nails. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Lateral
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes (Do not install bolts) (Typ.)
BCS2-2/4
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Base Bottom Post Flanges
Caps & Bases
Typical BCS Installation
BC60 Half Base

(other similar)
Allowable Loads (133 & 160)1 Uplift 980 980 980 1050 1050 1800 780 800 510 510 450 450 450 450 450 Lateral 1000 1000 1000 2000 2000 2000 1025 1495 735 735 735 735 735 735 735
Pilot holes for manufacturing purposes (Do not install bolts) (Typ.) Beam Flanges
Model No.
Dimensions W1 W2 L1 2 4 4 4 6 7 2 4 3 4 3 5 6 7 8 L2 H1 H2
Fasteners (Each Side) Beam Flange CAPS 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d BASES Post Flange 3-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-10d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d Base Bottom 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
Code Ref.
BC4 3 3 BC46 3 5 BC4R 4 4 BC6 5 5 BC6R 6 6 BC8 7 7 BCS2-2/4 3 3 BCS2-3/6 4 5 BC40 BC40R BC460 BC60 BC60R BC80 BC80R 3 4 5 5 6 7 8
3 2 3 2 3 2 4 3 3 4 3 3 6 3 3 4 4 7 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4
4, 37, 87, 121

Post Flanges
BC4 Cap/ Base
33, 122
170
BC8 Cap/ Base
LCC Lally Column Caps

Lally column caps provide adequate bearing length for larger girder reactions. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Fit the lally column cap over the lally column and attach to the girder. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. LCC4.5-3.5 LCC4.5-4 LCC6-3.5 LCC6-4 LCC3.5-3.5 LCC3.5-4 LCC5.25-3.5 LCC5.25-4 LCC7-3.5 LCC7-4 Lally Column Outside Dia. 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4 Allowable Loads Download F1 DF/SP/SPF LVL/PSL (133) (160) 15820 1345 1615 20670 1345 1615 15820 1345 1615 20670 1345 1615 15820 1345 1615 20670 1345 1615 15820 1345 1615 20670 1345 1615 15820 1345 1615 20670 1345 1615 Code Ref.
W 4 4 6 6 3 3 5 5 7 7
Girder Triple 2x10/12 Triple 2x10/12 Quad 2x10/12 Quad 2x10/12 3.5 LVL/PSL 3.5 LVL/PSL 5.25 LVL/PSL 5.25 LVL/PSL 7 LVL/PSL 7 LVL/PSL
Nails 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d 8-16d
LCC5.25-3.5
170
52
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Allowable loads are determined using the lowest of the bearing loads using Fc equal to 425 psi for SPF, 625 psi for DF and 700 for LVL/PSL, or the 8 lally column capacity. 3. Loads are for a continuous beam. 4. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by
means other than the lally column. The splice condition load is 6750 lbs per beam side and the lally cap must be evenly loaded. 5. To achieve lateral loads, LCC pipe must be welded to the column with an " fillet weld around the entire pipe. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical LCC5.25-3.5 Installation connecting a 3 ply LVL and a 3" diameter steel column
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face.
3. Base allowable loads assumes nails have full penetration into supporting member. Loads do not apply to end grain post installations. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Caps & Bases
AC/ACE/LPCZ/LCE Post Caps

The LCE4s universal design provides high capacity while eliminating the need for rights and lefts. For use with 4x or 6x lumber. LPCZAdjustable design allows greater connection versatility. MATERIAL: LCE420 gauge; AC, ACE, LPC4Z18 gauge; LPC6Z16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish and stainless steel; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install all models in pairs. LPCZ2" beams may be used if 10dx1" nails are substituted for 10d commons. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LPCZ
Model No. AC4 (Min) AC4 (Max) AC4R (Min) AC4R (Max) ACE4 (Min) ACE4 (Max) LCE4 AC6 (Min) AC6 (Max) AC6R (Min) AC6R (Max) ACE6 (Min) ACE6 (Max) LPC4Z LPC6Z
Dimensions W 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 3 5 L 6 6 7 7 4 4 5 8 8 9 9 6 6 3 5
Total No. Fasteners Beam 12-16d 14-16d 12-16d 14-16d 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 12-16d 14-16d 12-16d 14-16d 8-16d 10-16d 8-10d 8-10d Post 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 10-16d 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-16d 10-16d 8-10d 8-10d
Allowable Loads (133 & 160)1 Uplift 1430 2500 1430 2500 1070 1785 1880 7 1430 2500 1430 2500 1070 1785 760 915 Lateral 715 1070 715 1070 715 1070 1425 715 1070 715 1070 715 1070 325 490
Code Ref. 4, 37, 87, 121 37 4, 37, 87, 121 160 4, 37, 87, 121 37 4, 37, 87, 121 7, 121 8, 36
t Righ Left ral Late
Typical LCE4 Installation (For 4x or 6x lumber)
Caps & Bases
AC
Typical ACE Installation
Typical LCE4 Corner Installation (See note 7)
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. Loads apply only when used in pairs. 3. LPCZ lateral load is in the direction parallel to the beam.
4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantities and load valuesfill round and triangle holes. 5. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 6. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the post cap.
7. LCE4 uplift load for mitered corner conditions is 985 lbs. (DF/SP) or 845 lbs. (SPF). 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
PC/EPC Post Caps

PC and EPC caps provide a custom connection for post-beam combinations at medium design loads. MATERIAL: PC12 gauge; PC-1616 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Do not install bolts into pilot holes. OPTIONS: For end conditions, specify EPC post caps, providing dimensions are in accordance with table; see illustration. Some PC and EPC models are available in rough sizes. For heavy duty applications, see CC and CCQ series. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
ral Late
Typical PC Post Cap Installation
PC
Typical EPC End Post Cap Installation
Dimensions Model No. PC44-16 PC44 PC46-16 PC46 PC48-16 PC48 PC64-16 PC64 PC66-16 PC66 PC68 PC84 PC86 PC88 Min. Post Size W1 4x4 4x4 4x6 4x6 4x8 4x8 4x6 4x6 6x6 6x6 6x8 4x8 6x8 8x8 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 W2 3 3 5 5 7 7 3 3 5 5 7 3 5 7 L1 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 L2 11 11 13 13 15 15 11 11 13 13 15 11 13 15 L3 7 7 9 9 11 11 7 7 9 9 11 7 9 11
Fasteners Each Side Surfaces Beam Beam Post Flange Flange Flange EPC PC 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d
Allowable Loads Uplift PC/EPC Lateral 2
Code Ref. PC EPC (133) (160) (133/160) (133/160) 1000 1470 1000 1470 1000 1470 1000 1470 1000 1470 1470 1470 1470 1470 1000 1700 1000 1700 1000 1700 1000 1700 1000 1700 1700 1700 1700 1700 925 925 925 925 1475 2075 925 925 925 925 2075 925 925 2075 1000 1070 1000 1070 1285 1610 1000 1070 1285 1610 1610 1610 1610 1610
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 2. Lateral loads are in the direction parallel to the beam. 3. Allowable loads are for nails only. 4. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 5. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the post cap. 6. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
7, 90, 121
53
Caps & Bases
CCQ/ECCQ Column Caps

Column caps provide a high capacity connection for column-beam combinations. This design uses SDS screws to provide faster installation and provides a greater net section area of the column compared to bolts. The SDS screws provide for a lower profile compared to standard through bolts. MATERIAL: CCQ3, ECCQ3, CCQ4, ECCQ4, CCQ6, ECCQ67 gauge; all others3 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint, available in HDG; CCOQ and ECCOQno finish INSTALLATION: Install Simpsons SDS "x2" wood screws, which are provided with the column cap. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) CCOQ and ECCOQ column cap only (no straps) may be ordered for field-welding to pipe or other columns. Dimensions are same as CCQ and ECCQ. Load values do not apply. OPTIONS: For end conditions, specify ECCQ. Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Caps & Bases
ECCQ46SDS2.5
CCQ46SDS2.5
Model No. CCQ3-4SDS2.5 CCQ3-6SDS2.5 CCQ44SDS2.5 CCQ46SDS2.5 CCQ48SDS2.5 CCQ5-4SDS2.5 CCQ5-6SDS2.5 CCQ5-8SDS2.5 CCQ64SDS2.5 CCQ66SDS2.5 CCQ68SDS2.5 CCQ6-7.13SDS2.5 CCQ74SDS2.5 CCQ76SDS2.5 CCQ77SDS2.5 CCQ78SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-4SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-6SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-7.1SDS2.5 CCQ7.1-8SDS2.5 CCQ86SDS2.5 CCQ88SDS2.5 CCQ96SDS2.5 CCQ98SDS2.5 CCQ106SDS2.5
Beam Width W1 3 3 4x 4x 4x 5 5 5 6x 6x 6x 6x 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8x 8x 8 8 10x
Allowable Loads No. of 9 SDS "x2" CCQ ECCQ L Screws H Uplift Down Uplift Down W2 CCQ ECCQ Beam Post (133) (160) (100) (133/160) (100) 14 5680 5680 16980 3695 6125 3 3 11 8 7 16 3 5 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 5680 5680 19250 5680 5680 19020 5955 7145 24065 5955 7145 24065 5680 5680 26635 6270 7245 28190 6270 7245 31570 5680 5680 28585 5955 7145 30250 5955 7145 37815 5955 7145 37815 5680 5680 33490 6270 7245 37125 6270 7245 41580 6270 7245 41580 5680 5680 34730 6270 7245 38500 6270 7245 57750 6270 7245 52500 6270 7245 41250 6270 7245 51565 6270 7245 48125 6270 7245 53900 6270 7245 52250 3695 4040 4040 4040 4040 5535 5535 4040 4040 4040 4040 4040 5535 5535 5535 4040 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 9625 7655 12030 16405 10045 15785 21525
Dimensions
Code Ref.
CCOQ Model No. (No Legs) Loads Do Not Apply CCOQ3-SDS2.5
3 3 3 5 3 7 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 8 8 9 3 5 7 5 7 7 5 6 7 5 7 5 7 5 7 5
46, 107, 143
CCOQ4-SDS2.5
CCOQ4-SDS2.5
CCOQ5-SDS2.5
5 3
12030 46, 107 25780 13230 20790 25515 28350 18375 28875 36750 39375 25780 35155 26950 36750 32655 46 CCOQ8-SDS2.5 CCOQ9-SDS2.5 CCOQ10-SDS2.5 160 CCOQ7.1-SDS2.5 46, 107, 143 CCOQ7-SDS2.5
7" Min .
18905 46, 107, 143 160
CCOQ6-SDS2.5
24490
6 3
7 3 7 7
Typical CCQ46SDS2.5 Installation
54
1. Downloads are determined using Fc equal to: 560 psi for glulam sizes and 625 psi for all others; reduce where end grain bearing or buckling capacity of the column, or other criteria are limiting. 2. Spliced conditions must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap. 3. Uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 4. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 5. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 6. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. 7. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 9. ECCQ uses 14-SDS screws into the beam and 14-SDS screws into the post. 10. Beam depth must be greater than 7". 11. For 5" engineered lumber, use CCQ 6X or ECCQ 6X models.
Caps & Bases
CC/ECC/ECCU Column Caps

Column caps provide a high capacity connection for column-beam combinations. MATERIAL: CC3, CC44, CC46, CC48, CC64, CC66, CC68, CC6-7, ECC3, ECC44, ECC46, ECC48, ECC64, ECC66, ECC68, ECC6-77 gauge; all others3 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint; may be ordered HDG; CCO, ECCOno finish INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " to a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (per 2005 NDS, section 11.1.2). Contact engineered wood manufacturers for connections that are not through the wide face. OPTIONS: Straps may be rotated 90 where W1 W2 (see illustration). For special, custom, or rough cut lumber sizes, provide dimensions. An optional W2 dimension may be specified with any column size given (note that the W2 dimension on straps rotated 90 is limited by the W1 dimension). CCO/ECCOColumn cap only (no straps) may be ordered for field-welding to pipe or other columns. No loads apply. CCO/ECCO dimensions are the same as CC/ECC. CCOBAny two CCOs may be specified for back-to-back welding to create a cross beam connector. Use the table loads; the load is no greater than the lesser element employed. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Hole Cen s t Betwered Stra een ps
CC
ECCU
(ECCU44 has only 2 bolts to beam)
Caps & Bases
L
1"
H1
E = 1"
Unless otherwise specified
2"
W2
CCO
ECCO
CCOB
ECC44
Optional ECC with straps rotated 90
Optional CC with straps rotated 90
Dimensions Model No. L (CC shown Beam ECC/ECCU Width W1 W2 H1 CC ECC ECCU similar) CC3-4 CC3-6 CC44 CC46 CC48 CC5-4 CC5-6 CC5-8 CC64 CC66 CC68 CC6-7 CC7-4 CC7-6 CC7-7 CC7-8 CC74 CC76 CC77 CC78 CC86 CC88 CC96 CC98 CC106 3 3 4x 4x 4x 5 5 5 6x 6x 6x 6x 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 8x 8x 8 8 10x 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 3 5 3 5 7 3 5 7 3 5 7 7 3 5 7 7 3 5 6 7 5 7 5 7 5 11 11 7 11 11 13 13 13 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 7 7 5 8 8 9 9 9 7 7 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9 6 9 9 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 6 6 4 6 6 8 8 8 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Fasteners Beam Size CC ECC ECCU 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Post 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Allowable Loads Down Uplift Code CC ECCU Ref. ECC/ CC ECCU 133 160 133/160 16980 6125 3035 3640 1010 19250 9625 3035 3640 1010 20, 142 15310 7655 1220 1465 205 24060 12030 2330 2800 740 24060 16405 2330 2800 740 170 26635 10045 6305 7530 2735 28190 15785 6275 7530 2735 20, 37310 21525 6275 7530 2735 80, 28586 12030 3365 4040 1165 142 30250 18905 3365 4040 1165 37810 25780 3365 4040 1165 37810 24060 3365 4040 1165 34736 18375 6260 7510 4855 58500 28875 6320 7585 4855 170 57750 36750 6320 7585 4855 52500 36750 6320 7585 4855 33490 13230 6270 7525 3605 37125 20790 6270 7525 3605 49140 25515 6270 7525 3605 49140 28350 6270 7525 3605 20, 41250 23100 6200 7440 2625 80, 54600 31500 6200 7440 2625 142 48125 26950 6260 7515 4670 63700 36750 6260 7515 4670 52250 29260 6260 7515 3325
ECCO CCO Model No. Model No. (No Legs) (No Legs) CCO3 CCO4 CCO4/6 CCO5 ECCO3 ECCO4 ECCO4/6 ECCO5 ECCO6 CCO6 ECC068
CCO7
ECCO7
CCO7
ECCO7
CCO8 CCO9 CCO10
ECCO8 ECCO9 ECCO10
1. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. Downloads are determined using Fc equal to: 560 psi for glulam sizes and CC86, CC88 and CC106; 750 psi for 7" size; 625 psi for all others; reduce where end grain bearing or buckling capacity of the column, or other criteria are limiting. 4. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake or wind load durations with no further increase allowed; reduce where other load durations govern. Uplift loads are limited by the beam shear capacity per 2005 NDS except CC76, CC78, and CC96 through CC106.
5. Beam splices with CCs must be detailed by the Designer to transfer tension loads between spliced members by means other than the column cap. 6. CC uplift loads do not apply to splice conditions. 7. Beam depth must be greater than H1. 8. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face. 9. For 5" engineered lumber, use CC 6X or ECC 6X models.
55
Caps & Bases
ECCLQ/CCCQ/CCTQ Column Caps

The ECCLQ, CCCQ and CCTQ column caps provide high capacity, multiple beam to column connector options. The design uses SDS screws to provide faster installation and a lower profile compared to standard through bolts. Screws are configured to provide high uplift design values. MATERIAL: 7 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint, also available in HDG INSTALLATION: Install Simpsons SDS "x2" wood screws, which are provided, in all round holes. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) No additional welding is allowed. OPTIONS: Many combinations of beam and post sizes can be manufactured (refer to worksheet T-CCQLTC-WS). Available in widths up to 8" wide. ECCLQ is available in left or right side beam orientations. Specify ECCLLQ or ECCLRQ. ORDERING: The L dimension varies depending on the width of the side stirrup (W3 or W4). Contact Simpson for exact dimensions. Main beam stirrup height (H1) is 7". Side beam stirrups (H2 or H3) can vary in height with the minimum height of 7". Specify the side stirrup height from the top of the cap. Example Order: End condition with a 4x main beam, 4x side beam and 4x post oriented to the left is an ECCLLQ44. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
W1
4"
4"
H1 = 7"
4"
H1 = 7"
H1 = 7"
Caps & Bases
ECCLQ
(Left direction shown)
CCCQ
CCTQ
Allowable Loads Model No. Main Beam ECCLQ CCCQ CCTQ 2835 4780 4910 Uplift (133/160) Side Beam 28353 23901 2350 Total
2
Download (100/115/125) Refer to note #4
Code Ref.
3795 4780 5315 170
1. Allowable load is per seat. Side beams must be loaded symmetrically for the CCCQ. 2. The combined uplift loads applied to all beams in the connector must not exceed the total allowable uplift load listed in the table. 3. Where noted, the ECCLQ side beam may deflect an additional " beyond the standard " limit at the maximum uplift. 4. The combined download for all of the carried beams shall not exceed the allowable download for the unmodified product on page 54 (CCQ load for CCCQ and CCTQ, or ECCQ load for ECCLQ). The download for each side beam shall not exceed 35% of the allowable download for the unmodified product. 5. Column width in the direction of the beam width must be the same as the main beam width (W1).
ECCL/CCC/CCT Column Caps

Column to beam connections often have multiple beams framing on top of a column. L, T, and Cross column caps provide design solutions for this application. Many combinations of beam and post sizes can be manufactured (refer to worksheet T-CCLTC-WS for details) with the following criteria applied: The download capacity shall be determined from the capacity for the unmodied product W1 (see page 55). The side beam can take a maximum of 40% of the download and shall not exceed 10,665 lbs. The sum of the loads for the side beam(s) and main beam can not exceed the table load. Uplift loads do not apply for ECCL caps. For CCC and CCT, uplift loads from table 7 Gauge apply for main beam only. Stirrup 6" Min. H2 6" Min. H2 7 Gauge (3" for CCT44) The column width in the direction of the (3" for ECCL44) 6" Min. H2 and H3 Stirrup (3" for CCC44) main beam width must be the same as the main beam width (W1). 7 Gauge ECCL 7 Gauge Stirrup Stirrup CCC CCT Specify the stirrup height from the top of (Left direction the cap. The minimum side stirrup heights shown) (H2 or H3) is 6" (3" for 44s). The L dimension may vary depending on There are cost-effective alternatives for replacing column caps by using a combination of the width of the side stirrup (W3 or W4). connectors. Here is an example. Designer must specify the options required. Column caps may be ordered without the column straps for eld welding to a column. No loads apply. Specify CCOC/CCOT/ECCOL. Ordering Examples: A CCC66 with W3 = 5", H2 and H3 = 6" is a CC66 column cap with 5" beams on each side with all beam seats ush. An ECCL66 with W3 = 3", H2 = 7" is an ECC66 end column cap with a 4x beam on the right side (specify direction left (which is shown) or right for stirrup) and stirrup seat 1" below the cap seat. 56 ECC and HW (Top Flange Offset Right)
CC and HWD
CC and GLT
ATS & Strong-Wall Shearwalls
ATS The Next Generation Anchor Tiedown System
The New ATS Catalog

The new Anchor Tiedown System for Multi-Story Overturning Restraint catalog (C-ATS07) puts all the product and design information right at your ngertips, including technical information, multi-story rod system design concepts and schematics for runs up to ve stories.
Visit www.strongtie.com to download the ATS Catalog or call 800-999-5099 to request copies.
The NEW ATS reduces installation time without sacricing performance:

Higher load capacities address more applications. The NEW patent-pending Coupling Take-Up Device (CTUD) streamlines installation, eliminating up to 6070% of labor costs when compared to other systems. Color-coded and stamped parts make it easy to match system components.
THE ATS SOLUTION

The Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Tie-down System (ATS) is designed to anchor stacked shearwalls in multi-story wood frame buildings while compensating for construction shrinkage and settling within the structure. The system resists overturning forces through bearing plates and Simpson Strong-Rod connecting rods specically designed for the ATS system. It is a high capacity restraint (50,000 lbs. plus) which exceeds bolted connections. The Strong-Rods within the system are joined together by the new Coupling Take-Up Device (CTUD). The CTUD is a spring driven rod coupling device which contracts to compensate for rod movement caused by construction shrinkage and settling of the structure. This helps ensure that no gaps develop in the system that could compromise performance. The simplicity of the CTUD also greatly simplies installation, reducing labor costs over alternative systems.
The new Coupling Take-Up Device utilizes fewer parts, thereby streamlining installation and reducing labor costs
ATS Selector Software Design Made Easier

The new ATS Selector software has been created with enhanced design versatility. The program allows engineers and architects to easily create a standard system design or customize the system to meet the specic needs of a project.
Easy to Use
The easy-to-use input screens make it simple to enter all the pertinent job details such as the project name and address as well as requirements such as number of stories (up to 6), applicable building code, and demand loads.
Customizable Solutions That Save Time

Based upon user inputs, the software recommends an ATS run to meet the requirements of your project. You can generate and save multiple runs and the program compiles a complete ATS materials list as well as a compression member lumber list.
Output the Way You Like It

Once results are saved, they can be sent electronically, exported into AutoCAD to generate drawings, and used to create a job summary which includes run congurations, calculations and an ATS material and lumber list. Visit www.strongtie.com to download a free copy of the software or call 800-999-5099 to request a CD-ROM.
57
STRONG-WALL SHEARWALLS
The New Strong-Wall Catalog

The new Simpson Strong-Tie Strong-Wall Shearwalls catalog (C-SW) is the tool you need when specifying, installing or inspecting prefabricated shearwalls. This 108-page guide contains complete technical and installation information for Simpsons extensive line of steel and wood walls as well prescriptive wall bracing requirements. Twenty pages of installation details are also included to aid in correct specication and installation. Call 800-999-5099 or visit www.strongtie.com to request your copy.
STEEL STRONG-WALL
The shearwall that combines superior performance with the easiest and fastest installation now offers new applications with simpler and better solutions for maximum design exibility.
1st story Wood Floor Application
Balloon Framing Applications up to 20'
58
Two Story Stacked-Wall Applications
Cold-Formed Steel Applications
Complete Anchorage Solutions
Standard and Garage Applications on Concrete Foundations
STRONG-WALL SHEARWALLS
WOOD STRONG-WALL
Ideal for applications around window and door openings, garage wing walls, interior walls or any other locations where additional lateral resistance is required.
SW16 & SW22 GARAGE PORTAL

ALLOWABLE HOLE LOCATIONS
Al
e Exte ri or Appli ca a tiv ti rn te
on
Only 1 (1") hole per post!
3"
3"
Face Strong-Wall sheathing towards garage interior for easy electrical installation.
Only 1 (7/8") hole through sheathing!

7
12"
1"
7
/8"
1"
14"
/8"
14"
CL CL
CL= Center Line
CL CL
SW-GPHOLOC
Standard Wood Strong-Wall
Garage Portal Systems
Raised Floor Walls for 1st and 2nd Story Applications
PRESCRIPTIVE WALL BRACING REQUIREMENTS

Strong-Wall shearwalls are an alternative to wider braced walls required by the UBC, IRC and IBC model building codes. Utilized as an alternative method to meet the intent of the code, these narrower code-listed walls help designers avoid the need for wider site-built and/or engineered solutions.
STRONG-WALL SELECTOR SOFTWARE
Now Simpson Strong-Tie has a tool that helps design professionals select an appropriate Wood or Steel Strong-Wall shearwall system!
Optimized Solution
Provides the most cost effective Strong-Wall solution based on the input shear load.
Manual Solution
Allows designers to choose which type and number of walls meet their requirements. Easy to use software free of charge! Finds lowest cost solution. Provides actual drift and uplift values. Provides solutions for different model Codes. Saves, exports, and prints solutions. Software updates automatically.
59
CD Includes: Code Reports, Structural Details and Strong-Wall Catalog
You can download the Strong-Wall Selector Software at www.strongtie.com.
Solid Sawn Lumber Connectors
FACE MOUNT HANGERS LUC/LU/U/HU Standard Joist Hangers

LUCZ concealed flange hanger available for 2x6, 2x8, 2x10 and 2x12 lumber. Ideal for end of ledger/ header or post conditions, the LUCZ also provides cleaner lines for exposed conditions such as overhead decks. See Hanger tables on pages 62 to 68. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. LUValue engineered for strength and economy. Precision-formedengineered for installation ease and design value. UThe standard U hanger provides flexibility of joist to header installation. Versatile fastener selection with tested allowable loads. HUMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. These heavy-duty connectors are designed for schools and other structures requiring additional strength, longevity and safety factors. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 62 to 68. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HUcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. Joists sloped up to :12 achieve table loads. For installations to masonry or concrete see page 140. HU hangers can be welded to a steel member refer to technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W (see page 187 for details). OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2" width and larger, with no load reductionorder HUC hanger. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for sloped and/or skewed U/HU models, and HUC (concealed flange) models. HU onlyrough beam sizes available by special order. See page 68 for stocked U hanger rough sizes tables. Also see LUS and HUS series.
Max .
"
(" for
U24 )
LUC210Z
(LUC26Z Similar)
2 "r LU fo "
U210
HUC412
Concealed Flanges
LU28
(except LU Roughs)
HU214
Projection seat on most models for maximum bearing and section economy.
Model configurations may differ from those shown. Some HU models do not have triangle holes. Contact Simpson. Typical LUCZ Installation
HU Min. Nailing Fill round holes HU Max. Nailing Fill round and triangle holes
HU68
Typical HU Installation
Typical LU28 Installation
HUCQ Heavy Duty Joist Hangers

The HUCQ series are heavy duty joist hangers that incorporate Simpsons SDS wood screws. Designed and tested for installation at the end of a beam or on a post, they provide a strong connection with fewer fasteners than nailed hangers. See page 83 for structural composite lumber hangers. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. SDS screws supplied. For use on solid sawn wood members. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions Model No. W 2 3 3 3 4 5 5 H 9 9 9 11 9 9 11 B 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Face 8-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 14-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 14-SDS "x2" Fasteners
HUCQ410
Typical HUCQ Installation on a Post

Allowable Loads DF/SP
Typical HUCQ Installation on a Beam
SPF/HF Roof (125) 3195 4955 4955 5560 4955 4955 5560 Uplift (133/160) 1805 1805 2180 2180 2180 2180 2180 Floor (100) 2300 3570 3570 4005 3570 3570 4005 Snow (115) 2300 3570 3570 4005 3570 3570 4005 Roof (125) 2300 3570 3570 4005 3570 3570 4005
Joist 4-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2"
Uplift (133/160) 2505 2505 3025 3025 3025 3025 3025
Floor (100) 3195 4955 4955 5560 4955 4955 5560
Snow (115) 3195 4955 4955 5560 4955 4955 5560
Code Ref.
HUCQ310-SDS HUCQ210-2-SDS HUCQ410-SDS HUCQ412-SDS HUCQ210-3-SDS HUCQ610-SDS HUCQ612-SDS
146
60
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% for earthquake or wind loading, with no further increase allowed. 2 See page 83 for additional engineered wood products sizes.
3. Structural composite lumber columns have sides that show either the wide face or the edges of the lumber strands/veneers. Values in the tables reflect installation into the wide face.
LUS/HUS Double Shear Joist Hangers

This product is preferable to similar connectors because of a) easier installation, b) higher loads, c) lower installed cost, or a combination of these features. 1" for 2xs 1" for 3xs and 4x s
See Hanger tables on pages 62 to 68. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of standard nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs.) MATERIAL: See tables, pages 62 to 68. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used where 10d commons are specified with no reduction in load. Where 16d commons are specified, 10d commons or 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used at 0.85 of the table load. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. Use stainless steel (SS) nails with SS hangers. OPTIONS: LUS hangers cannot be modified. HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2-2x (3") and 4x only, with no load reduction. See the HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. Double Shear Nailing Top View Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab
HUS210
(HUS26, HUS28, and HHUS similar)
LUS28
HUS412
Typical LUS28 Installation use .148x3" (10d common) or .148x3" (16d sinker) nail
HUSC
Dome Double Shear Nailing Side View (available on some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Concealed Flanges (not available for HHUS, HGUS and HUS2x)
LOAD TABLE EXPLANATION

Load Duration: Assumed duration factor used to determine the allowable load. Note: often multiple load durations are shown in the same column (i.e. 133/160) which means the tests limited the design and the loads are applicable for durations listed. Gauge: Product material Model No.: This is the Simpson product name.
Nails: This shows the fastener quantity and type required to achieve the table loads.
Allowable Design Loads: The maximum load that a connection is designed to provide. There may be multiple design loads acting in different directions (up, down, lateral, perpendicular, etc.) imposed on a connection. Uplift Floor, Snow, Roof
Code Ref.: See page 12 for the Code Reference Key Chart, to determine which code reports include this product.
Dimensions Joist Size Model No. Ga W H B
Fasteners Header 10d 16d 4-16d 6-16d
Joist
Uplift (133) (160) 245 240 490 480 265 265 565 575
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 445 890 16d 530 530 800 10d 510 16d 610 610 920
Roof (125) 10d 555 1110 16d 665 665 1000 1330
Code Ref.
Joist Size: This shows the size of joist member.
ROUGH LUMBER SIZES 2x4(R) 2x6(R) LU24R-18 U24R LU26R-18 U26R 18 16 18 16 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 5 2 2 4 1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 170 26, 121 170 26, 121 4-10d 4-16d 8-10d 8-16d
1065 1020 1225
Product Drawing: Provides a graphic presentation H of the product with dimensional information (often cross referenced to the table).
B
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. Dimensions W, H, B: This shows the product dimensions (width, height and base in this case.) referenced in the product drawing. Throughout this catalog a footnote will typically be provided indicating the required nail diameter and length. All installations should be designed only in accordance with the allowable load values set forth in this catalog. CATALOG DEFINITION: Deflection: The distance a point moves when a load is applied. 61
FACE MOUNT HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (DF & SP)

These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson for details. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Joist Size
Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 8-10d 8-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-10d 8-10d 6-10d 6-10d 8-10d 8-10d 6-10d 8-10d 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 10-10d 14-10d 14-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 14-16d 4-16d 8-16d 4-16d 8-16d 12-16d 4-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 14-16d 22-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 10-16d 14-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 8-16d 10-16d 10-16d 10-16d 8-16d 30-16d 6-16d 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 6-16d 8-16d 14-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 46-16d
2x4
DBL 2x4
2x6
DBL 2x6
TPL 2x6
2x8
DBL 2x8
TPL 2x8
2x10
DBL 2x10
TPL 2x10
LU24 LUS24 U24 HU26 LUS24-2 U24-2 HU24-2 LUS26 LU26 U26 LUC26Z HU26 HUS26 LUS26-2 U26-2 HUS26-2 HU26-2 (Min) HU26-2 (Max) LUS26-3 U26-3 HU26-3 (Min) HU26-3 (Max) LUS26 LU26 LUS28 LU28 U26 LUC26Z HU28 HUS26 HUS28 LUS26-2 LUS28-2 U26-2 HUS28-2 HU28-2 (Min) HU28-2 (Max) LUS28-3 U26-3 HU26-3 (Min) HU26-3 (Max) LUS28 LU28 LUS210 LU210 U210 LUC210Z HU210 HUS210 LUS28-2 LUS210-2 U210-2 HUS210-2 HU210-2 (Min) HU210-2 (Max) HHUS210-2 LUS28-3 LUS210-3 U210-3 HU210-3 (Min) HU210-3 (Max) HHUS210-3 HGUS210-3
20 18 16 14 18 16 14 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 12
1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 5 4 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 4 4 6 6 4 4 5 5 7 4 7 5 7 7 7 6 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 8 9 8 8 8 6 8 7 8 8 9 9
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 4
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift Floor (100) Snow (115) (133) (160) 10d 16d 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 2-10dx1 245 265 445 530 510 610 2-10d 465 490 640 735 2-10dx1 240 290 445 530 510 610 535 615 2-10dx1 240 290 2-16d 440 440 765 880 2-10d 295 355 445 530 510 610 2-10d 300 360 535 615 4-10d 930 1115 830 955 4-10dx1 490 565 665 800 765 920 4-10dx1 480 575 665 800 765 920 4-10dx1 615 730 710 845 810 965 535 615 2-10dx1 240 290 6-16d 1550 1550 2565 2950 4-16d 1140 1165 1000 1150 4-10d 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 4-16d 1080 1235 1005 1155 4-10d 605 725 1070 1235 6-10d 905 1085 1610 1850 4-16d 1140 1165 1000 1150 4-10d 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 4-10d 605 725 1070 1235 6-10d 905 1085 1610 1850 4-10d 930 1115 830 955 4-10dx1 490 565 665 800 765 920 4-10d 930 1115 1055 1210 6-10dx1 735 850 890 1065 1020 1225 4-10dx1 480 575 665 800 765 920 4-10dx1 615 730 710 845 810 965 805 925 4-10dx1 480 575 6-16d 1550 1550 2565 2950 8-16d 2000 2000 3585 3700 4-16d 1140 1165 1000 1150 4-16d 1140 1165 1265 1455 4-10d 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 6-16d 1550 1550 1505 1730 4-10d 605 725 1340 1540 6-10d 905 1085 1875 2155 4-16d 1140 1165 1265 1455 4-10d 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 4-10d 605 725 1070 1235 6-10d 905 1085 1610 1850 4-10d 930 1115 1055 1210 6-10dx1 735 850 890 1065 1020 1225 4-10d 930 1115 1275 1470 6-10dx1 735 850 1110 1330 1275 1530 6-10dx1 720 865 1110 1330 1275 1530 6-10dx1 925 1100 1185 1410 1345 1605 1070 1235 4-10dx1 480 575 10-16d 2845 3000 3775 3920 4-16d 1140 1165 1265 1455 6-16d 1710 1745 1765 2030 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 8-16d 2160 2590 2010 2310 6-10d 905 1085 1875 2155 10-10d 1505 1810 2410 2775 10-16d 2855 3430 5190 5900 4-16d 1140 1165 1265 1455 6-16d 1710 1745 1765 2030 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 6-10d 905 1085 1875 2155 10-10d 1505 1810 2410 2775 10-16d 2855 3430 5190 5900 16-16d 3630 3630 8780 8940
Roof (125) 10d 16d 555 800 555 555 1040 830 830 875 1110 1110 1040 830 1320 1110 830 875 1110 1110 1320 1110 1595 1390 1390 1455 1940 1940 665 665 670 960 665 670 1000 1000 1040 670 3205 1250 1330 1255 1340 2010 1250 1330 1340 2010 1000 1300 1000 1040 1005 3205 3775 1250 1585 1330 1885 1675 2345 1585 1330 1340 2010 1300 1660 1660 1735 1340 4020 1585 2210 2330 2510 2345 3015 5900 1585 2210 2330 2345 3015 5900 8940
Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest +3% +67% +295% Lowest +33% +240% Lowest +6% +43% +160% +179% +276% Lowest +65% +172% +233% +254% * * * * Lowest +6% +23% +39% +43% +160% +251% +276% +409% Lowest +8% +65% +188% +397% +418% * * * * Lowest +13% +15% +28% +76% +180% +225% +450% Lowest +34% +88% +217% +441% +467% * * * * * * * *
Code Ref.
2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 9, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 144 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 133
26, 83, 144 9, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 144 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133, 140 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 9, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 133, 140 133
See footnotes on page 64.
62

Joist Size
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 10-10d 14-10d 14-10d 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10d 12-10d 4-10d 8-10d 8-10d 14-10d 14-10d 16-10d 16-10d 4-10d 30-16d 46-16d 10-16d 10-16d 10-16d 10-16d 30-16d 8-16d 14-16d 10-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 22-16d 8-16d 16-16d 22-16d 14-16d 10-16d 10-16d 12-16d 12-16d 14-16d 10-16d 10-16d 16-16d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d 14-16d 18-16d 24-16d 12-16d 12-16d 18-16d 10-16d 20-16d 26-16d 20-16d 26-16d 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 4-16d 8-16d 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 6-16d 14-16d 14-16d 16-16d 16-16d 18-16d 16-16d 20-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
QUAD HHUS210-4 2x10 HGUS210-4 LUS210 LU210 U210 2x12 LUC210Z HU212 HUS210 LUS210-2 U210-2 LUS214-2 DBL HUS210-2 2x12 HUS212-2 HU212-2 (Min) HU212-2 (Max) LUS210-3 TPL HU212-3 (Min) 2x12 HU212-3 (Max) U210-3 LUS210 LU210 2x14 U210 HU214 U214 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS212-2 DBL HU212-2 (Min) 2x14 HU212-2 (Max) HU214-2 (Min) HU214-2 (Max) U210-3 TPL HU214-3 (Min) 2x14 HU214-3 (Max) U214 2x16 HU214 HU216 HUS212-2 DBL HU216-2 (Min) 2x16 HU216-2 (Max) TPL HU216-3 (Min) 2x16 HU216-3 (Max) U34 3x4 HU34 U36 3x6 LUS36 HU36 U36 3x8 HU38 U310 3x10 LUS310 HU310 U310 3x12 HU312 U314 3x14 HU314 U314 3x16 HU316 LUS44 4x4 U44 HU44
14 12 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 18 14 14 14 14 18 14 14 16 18 20 16 14 16 16 18 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 18 16 14
6 6 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3
8 9 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 8 10 9 10 10 10 8 10 10 7 7 7 7 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 7 12 12 10 10 12 10 13 13 13 13 3 3 5 5 5 5 7 8 7 8 8 10 10 12 10 14 3 2 2
3 4 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift Floor (100) Snow (115) (133) (160) 10d 16d 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 10-16d 2855 3430 5190 5900 16-16d 3630 3630 8780 8940 4-10d 930 1115 1275 1470 6-10dx1 735 850 1110 1330 1275 1530 6-10dx1 720 865 1110 1330 1275 1530 6-10dx1 925 1100 1185 1410 1345 1605 1340 1540 6-10dx1 720 865 10-16d 2845 3000 3775 3920 6-16d 1550 1550 1765 2030 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 6-16d 1550 1550 2030 2335 8-16d 2050 2590 2010 2310 10-16d 2560 3240 2510 2885 6-10d 905 1085 2145 2465 10-10d 1505 1810 2950 3390 6-16d 1550 1550 1765 2030 6-10d 905 1085 2145 2465 10-10d 1505 1810 2950 3390 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 4-10d 930 1115 1275 1470 6-10dx1 735 850 1110 1330 1275 1530 6-10dx1 720 865 1110 1330 1275 1530 1610 1850 6-10dx1 720 865 8-10dx1 960 1150 1330 1595 1530 1835 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 6-16d 1710 1745 2030 2335 10-16d 2700 3240 2510 2885 6-10d 905 1085 2145 2465 10-10d 1505 1810 2950 3390 8-10d 1205 1505 2410 2775 12-10d 1810 2170 3215 3700 6-10d 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 8-10d 1205 1445 2410 2775 12-10d 1810 2170 3215 3700 8-10dx1 960 1150 1330 1595 1530 1835 1610 1850 6-10dx1 720 865 8-10dx1 960 1155 2410 2775 10-16d 2700 3240 2510 2885 8-10d 1205 1445 2680 3080 12-10d 1810 2015 3485 4005 8-10d 1205 1445 2680 3080 12-10d 1810 2015 3485 4005 2-10dx1 240 265 445 530 510 610 535 615 2-10dx1 240 290 4-10dx1 480 575 890 1065 1020 1225 4-16d 1140 1160 1000 1150 1070 1235 4-10dx1 480 575 4-10dx1 480 575 890 1065 1020 1225 1340 1540 4-10dx1 480 575 6-10dx1 720 865 1555 1860 1785 2140 4-16d 1140 1160 1265 1455 1875 2155 6-10dx1 720 865 6-10dx1 720 865 1555 1860 1785 2140 2145 2465 6-10dx1 720 865 6-10dx1 720 865 1775 2130 2040 2445 8-10dx1 960 1150 2410 2775 6-10dx1 720 865 1775 2130 2040 2445 8-10dx1 960 1150 2680 3080 2-16d 440 440 765 880 2-10d 295 355 445 530 510 610 2-10d 300 360 535 615
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1595 1390 1390 1455 1940 1940 1595 1390 1390 1665 1940 1940 1665 555 1110 1110 1940 1940 2220 2220 555 5900 8940 1660 1660 1735 1675 4020 2210 2330 2540 2510 3140 2680 3685 2210 2680 3685 2330 1660 1660 2010 1995 2330 2540 3140 2680 3685 3015 4020 2330 3015 4020 1995 2010 3015 3140 3350 4355 3350 4355 665 670 1330 1250 1340 1330 1675 2330 1585 2345 2330 2680 2660 3015 2660 3350 960 665 670
Installed Cost Index (ICI) * * Lowest +11% +53% +180% +347% +378% Lowest +40% +56% +136% +156% +387% +411% * * * * Lowest +11% +53% +88% +147% Lowest +12% +83% +248% +265% +259% +276% * * * Lowest +130% +130% Lowest +111% +120% * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Lowest +20% +161%
Code Ref.
133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 121, 133 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 1, 84, 121, 133, 140 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 9, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 133
26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144
63

Joist Size
Fasteners Header Joist 10d 16d 8-10d 8-10d 14-10d 14-10d 16-10d 16-10d 8-10d 8-10d 14-10d 4-16d 8-16d 4-16d 8-16d 12-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 14-16d 6-16d 8-16d 14-16d 8-16d 14-16d 18-16d 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 22-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 10-16d 18-16d 24-16d 16-16d 10-16d 20-16d 26-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 14-16d 14-16d 18-16d 16-16d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d 20-16d 26-16d 10-16d 14-16d 14-16d 18-16d 16-16d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d 20-16d 26-16d 4-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-10d 6-10d 4-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 6-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-10d 8-16d 6-10d 10-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-10d 8-16d 10-16d 6-10d 10-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-10d 10-16d 8-10d 12-10d 6-10d 10-16d 8-10d 12-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-10d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 8-16d 12-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 12-16d 8-16d 12-16d
4x6
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10 6x12 6x14 6x16 8x8 8x10 8x12 8x14 8x16
LUS46 U46 HUS46 HU46 (Min) HU46 (Max) LUS46 U46 LUS48 HUS48 HU48 (Min) HU48 (Max) LUS48 LUS410 U410 HUS410 HU410 (Min) HU410 (Max) LUS410 LUS414 U410 HUS410 HUS412 HU412 (Min) HU412 (Max) LUS410 LUS414 U414 HUS412 HU414 (Min) HU414 (Max) U414 HUS412 HU416 (Min) HU416 (Max) U66 HU66 (Min) HU66 (Max) U66 HU68 (Min) HU68 (Max) U610 HU610 (Min) HU610 (Max) HU612 (Min) HU612 (Max) HU614 (Min) HU614 (Max) HU616 (Min) HU616 (Max) HU88 (Min) HU88 (Max) HU810 (Min) HU810 (Max) HU812 (Min) HU812 (Max) HU814 (Min) HU814 (Max) HU816 (Min) HU816 (Max)
18 16 14 14 14 18 16 18 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
4 4 5 5 5 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 8 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 12 12 10 10 13 13 5 4 4 5 5 5 8 7 7 9 9 11 11 12 12 6 6 8 8 10 10 11 11 13 13
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift Floor (100) Snow (115) (133) (160) 10d 16d 10d 16d SAWN LUMBER SIZES 1140 1160 1000 1150 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 1080 1235 1005 1155 605 725 1070 1235 905 1085 1610 1850 1140 1165 1000 1150 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 1140 1165 1265 1455 1550 1550 1505 1730 605 725 1340 1540 905 1085 1875 2155 1140 1165 1265 1455 1710 1745 1765 2030 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 2160 2590 2010 2310 905 1085 1875 2155 1505 1810 2410 2775 1710 1745 1765 2030 1710 1745 2030 2335 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 2160 2590 2010 2310 2700 3240 2510 2885 905 1085 2145 2465 1505 1810 2950 3390 1710 1745 1765 2030 1710 1745 2030 2335 890 1065 1775 2130 2040 2445 2700 3240 2510 2885 1205 1445 2410 2775 1810 2170 3215 3700 890 1065 1775 2130 2040 2445 2700 3240 2510 2885 1205 1445 2680 3080 1810 2170 3485 4005 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 715 860 1070 1235 1070 1285 1610 1850 590 710 890 1065 1020 1225 715 860 1340 1540 1070 1285 1875 2155 890 1065 1555 1860 1785 2140 1070 1285 1875 2155 1430 1715 2410 2775 1070 1285 2145 2465 1430 1715 2950 3390 1430 1715 2410 2775 2145 2575 3215 3700 1430 1715 2680 3080 2145 2575 3485 4005 715 860 1340 1540 1070 1285 1875 2155 1070 1285 1875 2155 1430 1715 2410 2775 1070 1285 2145 2465 1430 1715 2950 3390 1430 1715 2410 2775 2145 2575 3215 3700 1430 1715 2680 3080 2145 2575 3485 4005
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1110 1110 1940 1940 2220 2220 1110 1110 1940 1250 1330 1255 1340 2010 1250 1330 1585 1885 1675 2345 1585 2210 2330 2510 2345 3015 2210 2540 2330 2510 3140 2680 3685 2210 2540 2660 3140 3015 4020 2660 3140 3350 4355 1330 1340 2010 1330 1675 2345 2330 2345 3015 2680 3685 3015 4020 3350 4355 1675 2345 2345 3015 2680 3685 3015 4020 3350 4355
Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest +37% +152% +163% +185% Lowest +37% +40% +203% +213% +235% Lowest +19% +74% +154% +232% +253% Lowest +33% +46% +114% +129% +268% +290% Lowest +33% +93% +129% +333% +355% Lowest +19% +167% +178% * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
Code Ref.
1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144
26, 83, 144
26, 144
64
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. (16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.) 3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes.
5. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. *Hangers do not have an Installed Cost Index.
W
FACE MOUNT HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (SPF)

Joist Size
2x4
DBL 2x4
2x6
DBL 2x6
TPL 2x6
2x8
DBL 2x8
TPL 2x8
2x10
DBL 2x10
TPL 2x10
LU24 LUS24 U24 HU26 LUS24-2 U24-2 HU24-2 LUS26 LU26 U26 LUC26Z HU26 HUS26 LUS26-2 U26-2 HUS26-2 HU26-2 (Min) HU26-2 (Max) LUS26-3 U26-3 HU26-3 (Min) HU26-3 (Max) LUS26 LU26 LUS28 LU28 U26 LUC26Z HU28 HUS26 HUS28 LUS26-2 LUS28-2 U26-2 HUS28-2 HU28-2 (Min) HU28-2 (Max) LUS28-3 U26-3 HU26-3 (Min) HU26-3 (Max) LUS28 LU28 LUS210 LU210 U210 LUC210Z HU210 HUS210 LUS28-2 LUS210-2 U210-2 HUS210-2 HU210-2 (Min) HU210-2 (Max) HHUS210-2 LUS28-3 LUS210-3 U210-3 HU210-3 (Min) HU210-3 (Max) HHUS210-3
20 18 16 14 18 16 14 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 16 14 14 18 20 18 20 16 18 14 16 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 20 16 18 14 16
1 1 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 5 4 5 5 5 5 4 4 5 5 4 4 6 6 4 4 5 5 7 4 7 5 7 7 7 6 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 9 7 9 8 9 8 8 8 6 8 7 8 8 9 8 7 7 7 7 9 9
1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (133) (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 255 4-10d 2-10d 390 465 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 4-16d 2-16d 440 440 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 255 305 4-16d 2-10d 260 315 4-10d 4-10d 780 935 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 420 505 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 530 630 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 14-16d 6-16d 1390 1550 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 4-16d 4-16d 875 1055 8-16d 4-10d 525 625 12-16d 6-10d 785 940 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 8-16d 4-10d 525 625 12-16d 6-10d 785 940 4-10d 4-10d 780 935 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 420 505 6-10d 4-10d 780 935 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 6-10d 6-16d 4-10dx1 530 630 6-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 14-16d 6-16d 1390 1550 22-16d 8-16d 1855 2000 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 6-16d 6-16d 1315 1550 10-16d 4-10d 525 625 14-16d 6-10d 785 940 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 8-16d 4-10d 525 625 12-16d 6-10d 785 940 6-10d 4-10d 780 935 8-10d 8-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 8-10d 4-10d 780 935 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx1 795 945 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 30-16d 10-16d 2310 2780 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 8-16d 8-16d 1755 2105 14-16d 6-10d 785 940 18-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 30-16d 10-16d 2450 2940 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 14-16d 6-10d 785 940 18-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 30-16d 10-16d 2450 2940 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 10-10d 30-16d 10-16d 10-16d 10-16d 10-16d 30-16d 10-16d 4-10d 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 10-16d 2330 2795
SPF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d
Roof (125) 10d 16d
Code Ref.
385 460 440 530 480 575 540 625 675 385 460 440 530 480 575 465 535 580 640 735 800 385 460 440 530 480 575 465 535 580 700 805 875 575 690 660 795 720 860 575 690 660 795 720 860 610 725 695 825 750 895 465 535 580 2155 2475 2540 820 945 1025 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 825 950 1030 930 1065 1160 1390 1600 1740 820 945 1025 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 930 1065 1160 1390 1600 1740 700 805 875 575 690 660 795 720 860 890 1025 1115 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 575 690 660 795 720 860 610 725 695 825 750 895 695 800 870 2155 2475 2540 2580 2680 2745 820 945 1025 1050 1210 1315 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 1240 1425 1550 1160 1335 1450 1625 1870 2030 1050 1210 1315 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 930 1065 1160 1390 1600 1740 890 1025 1115 770 920 885 1060 960 1150 1085 1245 1355 960 1150 1105 1320 1200 1440 960 1150 1105 1320 1200 1440 1020 1210 1160 1380 1250 1490 930 1065 1160 2745 2870 2955 1050 1210 1315 1465 1680 1830 1345 1610 1545 1850 1680 2010 1650 1900 2065 1625 1870 2030 2090 2400 2610 4475 5145 5145 1050 1210 1315 1465 1680 1830 1345 1610 1545 1850 1680 2010 1625 1870 2030 2090 2400 2610 4475 5145 5145 4385 1150 1150 1210 1160 2745 1245 1105 1105 1160 5040 1320 1320 1380 1335 2870 1355 1200 1200 1250 5480 1440 1440 1490 1440 2955
2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 9, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 9, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 121, 133 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133, 140 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 133, 140 9, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 133, 140 133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 149 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 87, 133
QUAD HHUS210-4 2x10 LUS210 LU210 U210 2x12 LUC210Z HU212 HUS210
780 935 1085 630 760 960 625 750 960 795 945 1020 625 750 2320 2780
65

Joist Size
DBL 2x12
TPL 2x12
2x14
DBL 2x14
TPL 2x14
2x16
DBL 2x16 TPL 2x16 3x4
3x6
3x8
3x10
3x12 3x14 3x16
4x4
4x6
LUS210-2 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS210-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2 (Min) HU212-2 (Max) LUS210-3 HU212-3 (Min) HU212-3 (Max) U210-3 LUS210 LU210 U210 HU214 U214 U210-2 LUS214-2 HUS212-2 HU212-2 (Min) HU212-2 (Max) HU214-2 (Min) HU214-2 (Max) U210-3 HU214-3 (Min) HU214-3 (Max) U214 HU214 HU216 HUS212-2 HU216-2 (Min) HU216-2 (Max) HU216-3 (Min) HU216-3 (Max) U34 HU34 U36 LUS36 HU36 U36 HU38 U310 LUS310 HU310 U310 HU312 U314 HU314 U314 HU316 LUS44 U44 HU44 LUS46 U46 HUS46 HU46 (Min) HU46 (Max)
18 16 18 14 14 14 14 18 14 14 16 18 20 16 14 16 16 18 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 18 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 18 16 14 18 16 14 14 14
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 1 3 3 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9 8 10 9 10 10 10 8 10 10 7 7 7 7 10 10 8 10 10 10 10 12 12 7 12 12 10 10 12 10 13 13 13 13 3 3 5 5 5 5 7 8 7 8 8 10 10 12 10 14 3 2 2 4 4 5 5 5
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (133) (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 10-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 8-16d 8-16d 1755 2105 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 16-16d 6-10d 785 940 22-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 16-16d 6-10d 785 940 22-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 8-10d 4-10d 780 935 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 10-10d 10-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 12-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx1 830 1000 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 10-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 16-16d 6-10d 785 940 22-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 18-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 24-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 18-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 24-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 12-10d 12-16d 8-10dx1 830 1000 12-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 18-16d 8-10dx1 830 1000 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 20-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 26-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 20-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 26-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 10-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 16-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 18-16d 8-10dx1 830 1000 16-10d 16-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 20-16d 8-10dx1 830 1000 4-16d 2-16d 440 440 4-10d 4-16d 2-10d 255 305 4-16d 2-10d 260 315 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 4-16d 4-16d 875 1055 8-16d 4-10d 525 625 12-16d 6-10d 785 940
SPF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 1345 1345 1085 960 960 1150 1345 1345 1150 385 770 770 1345 1345 1535 1535 385 770 1465 1610 1695 1650 2065 1855 2550 1465 1855 2550 1610 1150 1150 1390 1380 1610 1695 2065 1855 2550 2090 2785 1610 2090 2785 1380 1390 2090 2065 2320 3015 2320 3015 460 465 920 820 930 920 1160 1610 1050 1625 1610 1855 1840 2090 1840 2320 640 460 465 820 920 825 930 1390 1545 1545 1245 1105 1105 1325 1545 1545 1325 440 885 885 1545 1545 1765 1765 440 885 1680 1850 1945 1900 2375 2135 2935 1680 2135 2935 1850 1320 1320 1600 1585 1850 1945 2375 2135 2935 2400 3200 1850 2400 3200 1585 1600 2400 2375 2670 3470 2670 3470 530 535 1060 945 1065 1060 1335 1850 1210 1870 1850 2135 2115 2400 2115 2670 735 530 535 945 1060 950 1065 1600
Roof (125) 10d 16d 1680 1680 1355 1200 1200 1440 1680 1680 1440 480 960 960 1680 1680 1920 1920 480 960 1830 2010 2115 2065 2580 2320 3190 1830 2320 3190 2010 1440 1440 1740 1725 2010 2115 2580 2320 3190 2610 3480 2010 2610 3480 1725 1740 2610 2580 2900 3770 2900 3770 575 580 1150 1025 1160 1150 1450 2010 1315 2030 2010 2320 2300 2610 2300 2900 800 575 580 1025 1150 1030 1160 1740
Code Ref.
1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 1, 84, 133, 140 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 9, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 4, 37, 87, 133, 140 2, 40, 121 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133
26, 83, 144
26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 133
26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144
66
26, 83, 144

Joist Size
4x8
4x10
4x12
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10 6x12 6x14 6x16 8x8 8x10 8x12 8x14 8x16
LUS46 U46 LUS48 HUS48 HU48 (Min) HU48 (Max) LUS48 LUS410 U410 HUS410 HU410 (Min) HU410 (Max) LUS410 LUS414 U410 HUS410 HUS412 HU412 (Min) HU412 (Max) LUS410 LUS414 U414 HUS412 HU414 (Min) HU414 (Max) U414 HUS412 HU416 (Min) HU416 (Max) U66 HU66 (Min) HU66 (Max) U66 HU68 (Min) HU68 (Max) U610 HU610 (Min) HU610 (Max) HU612 (Min) HU612 (Max) HU614 (Min) HU614 (Max) HU616 (Min) HU616 (Max) HU88 (Min) HU88 (Max) HU810 (Min) HU810 (Max) HU812 (Min) HU812 (Max) HU814 (Min) HU814 (Max) HU816 (Min) HU816 (Max)
18 16 18 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 14 18 18 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
4 4 6 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 10 8 8 10 10 10 8 10 10 10 12 12 10 10 13 13 5 4 4 5 5 5 8 7 7 9 9 11 11 12 12 6 6 8 8 10 10 11 11 13 13
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (133) (160) SAWN LUMBER SIZES 4-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 510 615 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 6-16d 6-16d 1315 1550 10-16d 4-10d 525 625 14-16d 6-10d 785 940 6-16d 4-16d 925 1115 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 8-16d 8-16d 1755 2105 14-16d 6-10d 785 940 18-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 10-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 770 920 8-16d 8-16d 1755 2105 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 16-16d 6-10d 785 940 22-16d 10-10d 1305 1570 8-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 10-16d 6-16d 1390 1670 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 770 920 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 18-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 24-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 16-10d 16-16d 6-10d 770 920 10-16d 10-16d 2195 2630 20-16d 8-10d 1045 1255 26-16d 12-10d 1570 1880 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 590 710 8-16d 4-16d 715 860 12-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 8-10d 8-16d 4-10d 590 710 10-16d 4-16d 715 860 14-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 14-10d 14-16d 6-10d 890 1065 14-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 18-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 16-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 22-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 18-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 24-16d 12-16d 2145 2575 20-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 26-16d 12-16d 2145 2575 10-16d 4-16d 715 860 14-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 14-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 18-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 16-16d 6-16d 1070 1285 22-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 18-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 24-16d 12-16d 2145 2575 20-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 26-16d 12-16d 2145 2575
SPF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 770 1345 1345 1535 1535 770 770 1345 820 920 1050 1240 1160 1625 1050 1465 1610 1650 1625 2090 1465 1695 1610 1650 2065 1855 2550 1465 1695 1840 2065 2090 2785 1840 2065 2320 3015 920 930 1390 920 1160 1625 1610 1625 2090 1855 2550 2090 2785 2320 3015 1160 1625 1625 2090 1855 2550 2090 2785 2320 3015 885 1545 1545 1765 1765 885 885 1545 945 1060 1210 1425 1335 1870 1210 1680 1850 1900 1870 2400 1680 1945 1850 1900 2375 2135 2935 1680 1945 2115 2375 2400 3200 2115 2375 2670 3470 1060 1065 1600 1060 1335 1870 1850 1870 2400 2135 2935 2400 3200 2670 3470 1335 1870 1870 2400 2135 2935 2400 3200 2670 3470
Roof (125) 10d 16d 960 1680 1680 1920 1920 960 960 1680 1025 1150 1315 1550 1450 2030 1315 1830 2010 2065 2030 2610 1830 2115 2010 2065 2580 2320 3190 1830 2115 2300 2580 2610 3480 2300 2580 2900 3770 1150 1160 1740 1150 1450 2030 2010 2030 2610 2320 3190 2610 3480 2900 3770 1450 2030 2030 2610 2320 3190 2610 3480 2900 3770
Code Ref.
1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133
26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 133 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 121, 140, 144
26, 83, 144
26, 144
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. (16d sinkers are not acceptable for HDG applications.) 3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
67
FACE MOUNT HANGERS ROUGH LUMBER (DF & SP)

Joist Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (133) (160) ROUGH LUMBER SIZES 4-16d 2-10dx1 245 265 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 240 265 6-16d 4-10dx1 490 565 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 480 575 8-16d 6-10dx1 735 865 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 480 575 10-16d 6-10dx1 735 850 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 720 865 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 720 865 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 720 865 4-10d 4-16d 2-16d 355 425 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 710 850 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 710 850 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 710 850 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 710 850 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 1065 1115 DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 445 890 890 1555 1555 1555 445 890 890 1555 1555 1555 890 890 1555 1555 1555 530 530 800 1065 1065 1065 1330 1860 1860 1860 530 1065 1065 1860 1860 1860 1065 1065 1860 1860 1860 510 1020 1020 1785 1785 1785 510 1020 1020 1785 1785 1785 1020 1020 1785 1785 1785 610 610 920 1225 1225 1225 1530 2140 2140 2140 610 1225 1225 2140 2140 2140 1225 1225 2140 2140 2140 Roof (125) 10d 16d 555 1110 1110 1940 1940 1940 555 1110 1110 1940 1940 1940 1110 1110 1940 1940 1940 665 665 1000 1330 1330 1330 1660 2330 2330 2330 665 1330 1330 2330 2330 2330 1330 1330 2330 2330 2330 Code Ref.
2x4(R) 2x6(R) 2x8(R) 2x10(R) 2x12(R) 2x14(R) 4x4(R) 4x6(R) 4x8(R) 4x10(R) 4x12(R) 4x14(R) 6x6(R) 6x8(R) 6x10(R) 6x12(R) 6x14(R)
LU24R-18 U24R LU26R-18 U26R LU28R-18 U26R LU210R-18 U210R U210R U210R U44R U46R U46R U410R U410R U410R U66R U66R U610R U610R U610R
18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
3 3 4 5 6 5 7 9 9 9 2 4 4 8 8 8 5 5 8 8 8
1 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40
26, 140, 144
FACE MOUNT HANGERS ROUGH LUMBER (SPF)

Joist Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B Fasteners Header Uplift Joist 10d 16d (133) (160) ROUGH LUMBER SIZES 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 255 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 210 250 6-16d 4-10dx1 420 505 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 8-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 8-10d 8-16d 4-10dx1 415 500 10-16d 6-10dx1 630 760 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 14-10d 14-16d 6-10dx1 625 750 4-10d 4-16d 2-16d 255 305 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 510 615 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 510 615 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 770 920 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 770 920 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 770 920 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 590 710 8-10d 8-16d 4-16d 590 710 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 890 1065 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 890 1065 14-10d 14-16d 6-16d 890 1065 SPF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 10d 16d 10d 16d 385 575 575 960 960 960 385 770 770 1345 1345 1345 770 770 1345 1345 1345 460 460 690 690 920 690 1150 1150 1150 1150 460 920 920 1610 1610 1610 920 920 1610 1610 1610 440 660 660 1105 1105 1105 440 885 885 1545 1545 1545 885 885 1545 1545 1545 530 530 795 795 1060 795 1320 1320 1320 1320 530 1060 1060 1850 1850 1850 1060 1060 1850 1850 1850 Roof (125) 10d 16d 480 720 720 1200 1200 1200 480 960 960 1680 1680 1680 960 960 1680 1680 1680 575 575 860 860 1150 860 1440 1440 1440 1440 575 1150 1150 2010 2010 2010 1150 1150 2010 2010 2010 Code Ref.
2x4(R) 2x6(R) 2x8(R) 2x10(R) 2x12(R) 2x14(R) 4x4(R) 4x6(R) 4x8(R) 4x10(R) 4x12(R) 4x14(R) 6x6(R) 6x8(R) 6x10(R) 6x12(R) 6x14(R)
LU24R-18 U24R LU26R-18 U26R LU28R-18 U26R LU210R-18 U210R U210R U210R U44R U46R U46R U410R U410R U410R U66R U66R U610R U610R U610R
18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6
8 8 8
1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
26, 140, 144
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction.
4. DF/SP loads can be used for SCL that has fastener holding capacity of Doug Fir. 5. HUs can be ordered in rough sizes at full table loads. Add X to the model designation ex: HU28X and specify rough width or height. Maximum width 8". 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
68
3 3 4 5 6 5 7 9 9 9 2 4 4 8 8 8 5 5
1 2 1 2
2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40 26, 140, 144 2, 40
TOP FLANGE HANGERS JB/LB/BA/B/HHB Joist, Beam and Purlin Hangers

The BA hanger is a cost effective hanger featuring min/max joist nailing option. Min Nailing featuring Positive Angle Nailing targets moderate load conditions whereas the Max Nailing generates capacities for higher loads. The unique two level embossment provides added stiffness to the top flange. The newly improved B hanger offers wide versatility with enhanced load capacities. See tables on pages 71 to 73. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. MATERIAL: See tables, pages 71 to 73. FINISH: BA, JB, LB and BGalvanized; HHBall saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangersSimpson gray paint. INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer table. LB, BA, B and HHB may be welded to steel headers with weld size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown). The minimum required weld to the top flanges is " x 2" (" x 1" for LB) fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and 12 gauge and " x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 7 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated (see page 14 for welding information). Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable down load listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT. Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger. Refer to T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( :12). OPTIONS: B and HHB Other widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 1" for B and 3" for HHB). B dimensions may be increased on some models. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. BA, JB and LB hangers cannot be modified. Use LBV as an alternative for the JB/LB. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. NAILER TABLE This table also applies to sloped-seat hangers.
Model Nailer No. LB26 LB28 LB210 LB212 LB214 LB216 BA 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x Top Flange Nailing 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 10-10dx1 14-10d 14-16dx2 14-16d 14-10d 14-16dx2 14-16d Allowable Loads Uplift2 DF/SP (133/160) 850 915 915 915 915 1150 2654 2220 2654 2695 2654 3230 2654 33001 7105 3615 3725 8305 8305 3800 SPF 1755 2235 2770
1. Based on an additional " beyond the normal " deflection limit. 2. Uplift values are for DF/SP members only. Refer to technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for SPF values (see page 187 for details). 3. Refer to page 80 for proper nailer installation. 4.Refer to technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for higher uplift value options (see page 187 for details). 5.B hangers require 6-10dx1 joist nails to achieve published loads. For joist members 2" or wider, 16dx2" joist nails should be installed for additional uplift loads on the 3x and 4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and 1010 lbs. respectively. 6.Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer.
B
(HHB Similar)
BA
Patent Pending
LB JB
LB, BA, B and HHB are acceptable for weld-on applications. See Installation Information.
Factory Weld
Nailer attachment per Designer
Typical BA Installation on Wood Nailer
Typical BD Saddle Installation
B SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Model Series BA Min. Fasteners Top Face Joist Allowable Loads Header Type Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) PSL DF/SP SPF 3080 3435 3625 3800 3625 3800 Code Ref.
6-10dx1 4-10dx1 6-10d 10-10d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 10-10d BA Max. 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 8-10d B 6-16d 8-16d
2-10dx1 2-10dx1 265 315 3230 3630 2-10dx1 265 315 4015 3705 8-10dx1 1055 1170 3555 3630 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 6-10dx1 825 990 3575 3195 6-16dx1 1010 1010 4135 3355
2425 2665 160 2465 2665 2190 26, 83, 2650 144
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. Code values are based on DF/SP header species. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
HUTF/HUSTF Heavy Duty and Double Shear Joist Hangers

See dimensions, material, loads on table pages. HUSTF has the double shear nailing advantage distributing the joist load through two points on each nail for greater strength. FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Not acceptable for nailer or welded applications; see W and B hangers. HUTFThe minimum header or ledger size that can be used with this hanger is 3". HUSTFWith 3x carrying members, use 16dx2" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist. OPTIONS: HUTF Rough beam sizes are available by special order. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for skewed hangers. Available with flanges turned in (2-2x and 4x only for HUSCTF. 2" or greater for HUCTF).
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Production models have projected seats. Square cut seats may be ordered. Contact Simpson for details.
HU410TF
HUSTF
Typical HUTF Installation
HUCTF
Double Shear Nailing Top View
Nailer application is NOT acceptable. Fasteners cannot be installed
69
TOP FLANGE HANGERS W/WPU/WNP/WM/WMU/HW/HWU/GLT/HGLT

The W, WPU, HWU and HW series purlin hangers offer the greatest design flexibility and versatility. WMs are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 71 to 73. FINISH: Simpson gray paint; hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. ALLOWABLE LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and embedded into the grouted wall. Verify that the grouted wall can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Hangers may be welded to steel headers with weld size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown) " for W, " for WNP/WPU and " for HW/HWU, by 1" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange (see page 14 for welding information). Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable load listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT (HWU and WPU hangers only). Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger. H dimensions are sized to account for normal joist shrinkage. W dimensions are for dressed timber widths. Embed WM into block with a minimum of one course above and one course below the top flange with one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each cell. Minimum grout strength is 2000 psi. Refer to T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( :12). See Hanger Options, page 180 for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model Nailer 2x 2-2x W 3x 4x 2x WP 2-2x and 3x WNP 4x 2-2x WPU 3x 4x 2-2x HW 3x 4x 2-2x HWU 3x 4x Uplift1 Allowable Down Loads Top Flange (133/ DF/SP SPF LSL Nailing 160) 1600 1600 2-10dx1 2-10d 1665 1665 1765 2-16dx2 2-10d 2200 2525 2500 3375 2-10dx1 2-10d 3255 3255 3000 3375 2-16dx2 2-10d 3255 7-10d 700 3255 7-16dx2 775 3000 7-16d 775 3255 4-10d 4845 4860 4-16dx2 4-16d 5285 8-16dx2 710 5430 8-16dx2 810 5430 8-16d 810 5430
Joist Model Width 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 WMU 1 to 7 1 to 7 WP/ 1 to 7 WNP 1 to 7 1 to 5 WPU/ 1 to 5 WNPU 1 to 5 1 to 7 HW 1 to 7 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 3 HWU 4 to 7 4 to 7 4 to 7 4 to 7 Depth 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 9 to 28 Top 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-x1 Titens Fasteners Face Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) 625 545 775 485 315 810 765 635 1005 810 765 635 1005 2865 2525 3635 4700 4700 4700 3100 5100 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000 LVL
2" 2"
12 Ga. Top Flange
7 Ga. Top Flange
7 Ga. Top Flange
W
3 Ga. Top Flange
WP
12 Ga. Top Flange
WNP412 and WNP414

2"
Fasteners not required in this hole
7 Ga. Top Flange
HW
(HWU similar)
WM
(WMU similar)
NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for W, WNP and HW hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to sloped-seat hangers. 1. Uplift value for the HWU hanger is for depths 18". Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths. 2.Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer.
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson for details.
WPU
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS
Refer to page 139 for Top of Wall Installation Detail.
Allowable Loads Header Type PSL LSL DF/SP SPF I-Joist Masonry 4175 3380 4175 3380 26, 83, 140, 170 1. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Code values are based on DF/SP header species. 3. WMU, WPU and HWU uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed. Divide (133 &160) by 1.33 for normal loading like cantilever construction. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. 5. Mid-wall Installation requires minimum of one grouted course above and below the hanger. Code Ref. 144, 170 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140
1635 1740 1600 1415 2150 2020 2200 1435 2335 1950 2335 1765 1435 MID-WALL INSTALLATION5 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION MID-WALL INSTALLATION5 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION 3250 3250 3320 4880 4880 4880 4000 4000 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 5500 3650 3650 3650 3650 3650 4500 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 5535 2500 3255 3255 4165 4165 4165 5285 5285 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000 2000 2030 2525 2600 4165 4165 4165 3100 3665 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415 5415
WM
Installation on Wood Nailer
70
2-16d DPLX 4-x1 Titens 2-x1 4-x1 9 to 28 Titens Titens 3 to 30 3-10dx1 3-10d 3 to 30 3-16d 3 to 30 3-16d 4-16d 7 to 18 3-16d 4-16d 18 to 22 23 to 28 3-16d 4-16d 4-10d 3 to 32 4-16d 3 to 32 9 to 18 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 18 to 22 23 to 28 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 28 to 32 9 to 18 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 18 to 22 23 to 28 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 28 to 32
144
26, 83, 144
26, 144
Typical WM Mid-Wall Installation
GLT
HGLT
(fasteners included) (fasteners included) See page 114 for GLT and HGLT information.
TOP FLANGE HANGERS SOLID SAWN LUMBER (DF/SP)

Joist or Purlin Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B TF Fasteners Header Joist Uplift (133) DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 295 375 290 590 1235 750 290 590 1550 750 290 590 2590 1125 1325 290 885 2000 1125 1325 290 235 885 2590 1500 1765 290 1180 1500 Floor (100) 2090 2600 1040 1380 2275 2200 2540 2820 3255 3725 4175 1050 1270 2335 2200 2540 3455 3255 3900 4175 1255 1550 2335 2200 2540 3585 3255 4170 4175 4150 1540 1580 2200 2335 2540 4435 3255 4325 4175 4550 1425 1505 2200 2660 2540 4435 3255 4335 4175 4835 1425 2200 2845 2540 3255 4335 4175 Snow (115) 2100 2600 1040 1380 2330 2200 2565 3000 3255 3900 4175 1050 1270 2335 2200 2565 3720 3255 3900 4175 1255 1550 2335 2200 2565 3925 3255 4170 4175 4150 1540 1580 2200 2335 2565 4535 3255 4660 4175 4885 1425 1505 2200 2745 2565 4535 3255 4335 4175 5050 1425 2200 2955 2565 3255 4335 4175 Roof (125) 2100 2600 1040 1380 2335 2200 2590 3000 3255 3900 4175 1050 1270 2335 2200 2590 3895 3255 3900 4175 1255 1550 2335 2200 2590 4155 3255 4170 4175 4150 1540 1580 2200 2335 2590 4605 3255 4880 4175 5105 1425 1505 2200 2800 2590 4605 3255 4335 4175 5050 1425 2200 3030 2585 3255 4335 4175 Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest Lowest Lowest +117% +568% +890% * Lowest +33% +87% * Lowest +98% +563% +570% * Lowest +16% +75% * Lowest +35% +359% +360% * Lowest +9% +67% * Lowest Lowest +27% +317% +339% * Lowest +12% +48% * Lowest Lowest +117% +188% +189% * Lowest +2% +33% * Lowest Lowest +122% +199% * Lowest +34% * Code Ref.
2x4 HU24TF DBL 2x4 HU24-2TF JB26 LB26 2x6 HU26TF W26 WM26 HUS26-2TF WNP26-2 DBL 2x6 HU26-2TF WM26-2 JB28 LB28 2x8 HU28TF W28 WM28 HUS28-2TF WNP28-2 DBL 2x8 HU28-2TF WM28-2 JB210 LB210 HU210TF 2x10 W210 WM210 HUS210-2TF WNP210-2 DBL 2x10 HU210-2TF WM210-2 TPL 2x10 HU210-3TF JB212 LB212 W212 2x12 HU212TF WM212 HUS212-2TF WNP212-2 DBL 2x12 HU212-2TF WM212-2 TPL 2x12 HU212-3TF LB214 JB214 W214 2x14 HU214TF WM214 HUS214-2TF WNP214-2 DBL 2x14 HU214-2TF WM214-2 TPL 2x14 HU214-3TF LB216 W216 2x16 HU216TF WM216 WNP216-2 DBL HU216-2TF 2x16 WM216-2
12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 18 14 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 14 18 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 12 12 12 12
1 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 4 1 1 1 1 3 3 3
3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
2 2 1 1 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2
2 2 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 3
6-16d 8-16d 4-10d 4-16d 10-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 6-16d 2-10d 10-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 10-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 8-16d 2-10d 12-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 12-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 10-16d 2-10d 14-16d 2-16d DPLX 14-16d 6-16d 4-16d 2-10d 14-16d 2-16d DPLX 10-16d 2-10d 16-16d 2-16d DPLX 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-10d 16-16d 2-16d DPLX 12-16d 2-10d 18-16d 2-16d DPLX 18-16d 4-16d 2-10d 18-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 20-16d 2-16d DPLX
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 245 2-10dx1 2-10d 310 2 PRONG 240 2-10dx1 490 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-16d 1080 2-10d 4-10d 625 2-10d 2 PRONG 240 2-10dx1 490 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-16d 1550 2-10d 4-10d 625 2-10d 2 PRONG 240 2-10dx1 490 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 8-16d 2160 2-10d 6-10d 935 2-10d 6-16d 1105 2 PRONG 240 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 735 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 8-16d 2000 2-10d 6-10d 935 2-10d 6-16d 1105 240 2-10dx1 235 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 735 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 8-16d 2160 2-10d 8-10d 1250 2-10d 8-16d 1470 240 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 980 8-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d 8-10d 1250 2-10d
26, 83, 140, 144 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 1, 84, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 1, 84, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 1, 84, 121 26, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 1, 84, 121 26, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 1, 84, 121 26, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 2, 40, 82, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. 2. 16d sinkers may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. *Hangers do not have an Installed Cost Index.
71

Joist or Purlin Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B TF Fasteners Header Joist Uplift (133) DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 1765 295 590 590 1010 885 1010 885 1010 1180 1010 1180 1010 375 1235 750 315 1170 1550 1010 750 315 1170 2590 1010 1125 1745 1745 315 1170 2000 1010 1125 580 1745 1745 Floor (100) 5050 2600 2200 4100 3725 2200 4100 3900 3800 2200 4100 4170 3800 3255 4100 4335 3800 3255 4100 4335 3800 3255 4100 4335 3800 2600 2700 2200 3165 5285 4175 3435 3800 3225 3800 2200 3500 5285 4175 3435 3800 3365 3800 2200 4150 5285 4175 7000 12750 3435 3800 4420 3800 3255 4550 5285 4185 4175 7000 12750 Snow (115) 5050 2600 2200 4130 3900 2200 4130 3900 3800 2200 4130 4170 3800 3255 4130 4335 3800 3255 4130 4335 3800 3255 4130 4335 3800 2600 2890 2200 3165 5285 4175 3435 3800 3495 3800 2200 3500 5285 4175 3435 3800 3710 3800 2200 4150 5285 4175 7000 12750 3435 3800 4760 3800 3255 4885 5285 4185 4175 7000 12750 Roof (125) 5050 2600 2200 4150 3900 2200 4150 3900 3800 2200 4150 4170 3800 3255 4150 4335 3800 3255 4150 4335 3800 3255 4150 4335 3800 2600 3000 2200 3165 5285 4175 3435 3800 3670 3800 2200 3500 5285 4175 3435 3800 3935 3800 2200 4150 5285 4175 7000 12750 3435 3800 4990 3800 3255 5105 5285 4185 4175 7000 12750 Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Lowest Lowest +12% +28% +83% * Lowest +7% +33% +35% +54% +95% +130% * Lowest +7% +21% +35% +49% +86% +130% * * * Lowest +6% +14% +27% +32% +84% +115% +174% * * * Code Ref.
TPL 2x16 HU216-3TF 3x4 HU34TF W36 3x6 WM36 HU36TF W38 WM38 3x8 HU38TF B38 W310 WM310 3x10 HU310TF B310 WNP312 WM312 3x12 HU312TF B312 WNP314 WM314 3x14 HU314TF B314 WNP316 WM316 3x16 HU316TF B316 4x4 HU44TF HUS46TF W46 4x6 HU46TF HW46 WM46 BA48 (Min) BA48 (Max) HUS48TF B48 4x8 W48 HU48TF HW48 WM48 BA410 (Min) BA410 (Max) HUS410TF B410 W410 4x10 HU410TF HW410 WM410 GLT4 HGLT4 BA412 (Min) BA412 (Max) HUS412TF B412 WNP412 4x12 HU412TF HW412 HHB412 WM412 GLT4 HGLT4
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 11 12 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 12 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 12 7 7 14 14 14 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7
4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
15 3 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 13 13 13 13 15 15 15 15 3 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 Min 7 Min 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 7 Min 7 Min
2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 6 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 6
2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2
20-16d 8-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 10-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 12-16d 14-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 14-16d 14-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 16-16d 14-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 18-16d 14-16d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 20-16d 14-16d 8-16d 6-16d 2-10d 10-16d 4-10d 2-16d DPLX 16-16d 16-16d 8-16d 14-16d 2-10d 12-16d 4-10d 2-16d DPLX 16-16d 16-16d 10-16d 14-16d 2-10d 14-16d 4-10d 2-16d DPLX 10-N54A 18-N54A 16-16d 16-16d 10-16d 14-16d 2-10d 16-16d 4-10d 4-N54A 2-16d DPLX 10-N54A 18-N54A
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 8-16d 1470 245 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 490 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 490 4-10dx1 1010 6-16dx2 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 735 6-10dx1 1010 6-16dx2 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 735 6-10dx1 1010 6-16dx2 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 980 8-10dx1 1010 6-16dx2 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 980 8-10dx1 1010 6-16dx2 2-10d 310 4-16d 1080 2-10d 4-10d 625 2-10d 2-10d 265 2-10dx1 1055 8-10dx1 6-16d 1550 6-16d 1010 2-10d 4-10d 625 2-10d 2-10d 265 2-10dx1 1055 8-10dx1 8-16d 2160 6-16d 1010 2-10d 6-10d 935 2-10d 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 265 2-10dx1 1055 8-10dx1 8-16d 2000 6-16d 1010 2-10d 6-10d 935 2-10d 2-N54A 485 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455
26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 144 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 26, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 26, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 160
1, 84, 121 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 160 1, 84, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 160 1, 84, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144
72
CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.

Joist or Purlin Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W H B TF Fasteners Header Joist Uplift (133) DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 2160 1010 1500 1165 1745 1745 1010 1500 1165 1745 1745 885 885 580 1010 580 1325 1745 1745 1010 1745 1325 1745 1745 1010 1745 1765 1745 1745 1010 1745 1765 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 Floor (100) 4765 3800 3255 4830 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 3800 5050 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 4175 3165 5285 3255 4175 3500 4185 5285 3255 4175 3800 4185 4150 5285 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 4550 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 4830 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5105 7000 12750 5285 5285 5285 5285 6235 5285 6235 5285 6235 Snow (115) 5100 3800 3255 5050 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 3800 5050 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 4175 3165 5285 3255 4175 3500 4185 5285 3255 4175 3800 4185 4150 5285 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 4885 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5200 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5520 7000 12750 5285 5285 5285 5285 6235 5285 6235 5285 6235 Roof (125) 5100 3800 3255 5050 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 3800 5050 5285 5135 4175 7000 12750 3255 4175 3165 5285 3255 4175 3500 4185 5285 3255 4175 3800 4185 4150 5285 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5105 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5450 7000 12750 5285 3800 6235 5795 7000 12750 5285 5285 5285 5285 6235 5285 6235 5285 6235 Installed Cost Index (ICI) Lowest +8% +13% +89% +108% +150% * * * Lowest +23% +81% +108% +109% * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * Code Ref.
4x14
4x16
6x6
6x8
6x10
6x12
6x14
6x16
8x6 8x8 8x10 8x12 8x14 8x16
HUS414TF B414 WNP414 HU414TF HW414 HHB414 WM414 GLT4 HGLT4 WNP416 B416 HU416TF HW416 HHB416 WM416 GLT4 HGLT4 WNP66 WM66 HU66TF HW66 WNP68 WM68 HU68TF HHB68 HW68 WNP610 WM610 B610 HHB610 HU610TF HW610 GLT6 HGLT6 HW612 B612 HHB612 HU612TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW614 B614 HHB614 HU614TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW616 B616 HHB616 HU616TF GLT6 HGLT6 HW86 HW88 HW810 HW812 HHB812 HW814 HHB814 HW816 HHB816
14 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7 12 12 12 11 7 12 7 7 12 12 12 11 12 12 12 7 11 12 12 12 7 12 11 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 11 12 7 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
13 13 13 13 13 13 13 7 Min 7 Min 15 15 15 15 15 15 7 Min 7 Min 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 7 Min 7 Min 11 11 11 11 7 Min 7 Min 13 13 13 13 7 Min 7 Min 15 15 15 15 7 Min 7 Min 5 7 9 11 11 13 13 15 15
2 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 2 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 5 6 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
12-16d 14-16d 2-10d 18-16d 4-10d 6-N54A 2-16d DPLX 10-N54A 18-N54A 2-10d 14-16d 20-16d 4-10d 6-N54A 2-16d DPLX 10-N54A 18-N54A 3-10d 2-16d DPLX 10-16d 4-10d 3-10d 2-16d DPLX 12-16d 4-N54A 4-10d 3-10d 2-16d DPLX 14-16d 4-N54A 14-16d 4-10d 10-N54A 18-N54A 4-10d 14-16d 10-N54A 16-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 4-10d 14-16d 10-N54A 18-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 4-10d 14-16d 10-N54A 20-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 10-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A
SAWN LUMBER SIZES 8-16d 2160 6-16d 1010 2-10d 8-10d 1250 2-10d 4-N54A 970 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-16d 1010 8-10d 1250 2-10d 4-N54A 970 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 735 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 735 2-N54A 485 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 6-16d 1010 2-N54A 485 6-16d 1105 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-16d 1010 6-N54A 1455 6-16d 1105 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-16d 1010 6-N54A 1455 8-16d 1470 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-16d 1010 6-N54A 1455 8-16d 1470 6-N54A 1455 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-N54A 1455 2-10d 6-N54A 1455
1, 84, 121 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144
26, 83, 140, 144
26, 83, 144
1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 140 26, 144
26, 83, 144
73
LSU/LSSU Adjustable Light Slopeable/Skewable U Hangers

A Flange A Flange
The LSU and LSSU series of hangers may be sloped and skewed in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching joists and rafters. These hangers may be sloped up or down and skewed left or right, up to 45. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members. To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LSU26
S up olope r do to 45 wn
LSU and LSSU INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

(For Skewed or Sloped/Skewed Applications)
A Flanges
A Flanges
10dx1" Nails STEP 1 Nail hanger to slope-cut carried member, installing seat nail first. No bevel necessary for skewed installation. Install joist nails at 45 angle.
0-45 STEP 2 Skew flange from 0-45. Bend other flange back along centerline of slots until it meets the header. Bend one time only. STEP 3 Attach hanger to the carrying member, acute angle side first. Install nails at an angle.
Slope to 45 up or down
Slope to 45 up or down
LSSU410
(LSSU210-2 similar)
LSSU28
Dimensions Joist Width Model No. Ga W H A
Fasteners Face Joist Uplift2 (133)
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift2 (160) Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125)
SPF Allowable Loads Uplift2 (133) Floor (100) Snow (115) Roof (125)
Code Ref.
Sloped Only Hangers 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 LSU26 LSSU28 LSSU210 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU26 LSSU28 LSSU210 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 18 18 18 16 16 16 18 18 18 16 16 16 1 1 1 2 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 3 4 7 8 8 8 8 4 7 8 8 8 8 1 1 1 3 2 2 6-10d 5-10dx1 10-10d 5-10dx1 10-10d 7-10dx1 18-16d 12-10dx1 18-16d 12-10dx1 18-16d 12-10dx1 485 485 730 1150 1150 1150 485 450 730 1150 1150 1150 535 535 875 1150 1150 1150 535 450 785 1150 1150 1150 665 1110 1110 2295 2430 2430 665 885 995 1600 1625 1625 765 1275 1275 2295 2795 2795 765 885 1145 1600 1625 1625 800 1390 1390 2295 3035 3035 800 885 1205 1600 1625 1625 415 415 625 990 990 990 415 415 625 990 990 990 575 960 960 1930 2160 2160 575 765 860 1385 1365 1365 660 1105 1105 1930 2485 2485 660 765 995 1385 1365 1365 690 1200 1200 1930 2700 2700 690 765 1050 1385 1365 1365 1, 84, 121, 140 6, 86, 121, 140 160 4, 87, 121
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed 1 6-10d 5-10dx1 1 9-10d 5-10dx1 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 3 14-16d 12-10dx1 2 14-16d 12-10dx1 2 14-16d 12-10dx1 1, 84, 121 6, 86, 140 160 4, 87
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase is allowed; reduce when other loads govern. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF (see page 187 for details) for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
74
VPA Adjustable Variable Pitch Connectors

The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. A and B flanges touch at 45
B Flange
VPA2
U.S. Patent 5,335,469
A Flange
Fasteners Joist Width 1 2 3 Model No. VPA2 VPA3 VPA4 W Carrying Member 8-10d 9-10d 11-10d Carried Member 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift (133) (160) 245 295 245 295 245 295
DF/SP Allowable Loads Lateral Download 1050 1230 1230 (133) F1 375 375 375 F2 245 245 245 (160) F1 375 375 375 F2 250 250 250 Uplift (133) (160) 210 250 210 250 210 250
SPF Allowable Loads
Lateral Download 870 1020 1020 (133) F1 325 325 325 F2 210 210 210 (160) F1 325 325 325 F2 250 250 250
Code Ref.
1 2 3
1, 121, 140
1. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading.
3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
VPA INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

10dx 1" Nails
A Flange 10d Common
B Flange
Required Pitch
10d Common
STEP 1 Install top nails and face PAN nails in A flange to outside wall top plate.
STEP 2 Seat rafter with a hammer, adjusting B flange to the required pitch.
STEP 3 Install B flange nails in the obround nail holes, locking the pitch.
STEP 4 Install 10dx1" nail into tab nail hole. Hammer nail in at a slight angle to prevent splitting.
HCP Hip Corner Plates

The HCP connects a rafter or joist to double top plates at a 45 angle. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: HCP2galvanized or ZMAX finish; HCP4ZZMAX finish INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach HCP to double top plates; birdsmouth not required for table loads. Install rafter and complete nailing. Rafter may be sloped to 45. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1"-HCP2, 3"-HCP4
Plate line locator for proper installation
HCP2
(HCP4Z similar)
U.S. Patent 5,380,115
Member Model Size No.
Fasteners To Rafters To Plates
DF/SP Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Uplift F1 645 300 1000 265
SPF Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Uplift F1 555 260 860 230
Code Ref.
2x 4x
HCP2 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 HCP4Z 8-10d 8-10d
9, 121
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity. 3. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical HCP Installation
75
HRC
Hip Ridge Connectors
The HRC series are field slopeable connectors that attach hips to ridge members or trusses. The HRC may be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads. MATERIAL: HRC22, HRC4216 gauge; HRC4414 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. On end of ridgeuse optional diamond holes on HRC22 and HRC42 to secure the HRC. Bend face flanges on HRC22 back flush with ridge, and complete nailing. HRC22 on face of ridgeadjust to correct height and install nails. Double bevel-cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Slots for bend loca when installed on tion end of a 2x ridg the e
HRC44
(HRC42 similar)
U.S. Patent 5,380,116
HRC22
Typical HRC22 Installation on the end of a ridge
Optional Installation for HRC22 only
Model No. HRC22 HRC42 HRC44
Member Size W 1 1 3 Ridge 2x or 1" wide 4x 4x
Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10dx1 16-16d 24-16d Each Hip 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-16d Uplift (133) 240 240 480
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 290 290 480 Floor (100) 720 1050 1610 Snow (115) 830 1050 1775 Roof (125) 900 1050 1775 Uplift (133) 210 210 410
SPF Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 250 250 410 Floor (100) 625 905 1385 Snow (115) 720 905 1525 Roof (125) 780 905 1525
Code Ref.
9, 121
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
PF Post Frame Hangers

PFD and PFA post frame hangers have double shear nailing to speed installation. Diamond holes allow easy hanger alignment and attachment. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Diamond holes on PFD allow optional top flange nailing. Double shear nailing distributes the load through two points on each nail for greater strength. OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
PF26A PFD26
(PFD24, PFDS26,PFD26L similar)
U.S. Patent 5,104,252
(PF24A similar)
PF24
(PF26 similar)
U.S. Patents 5,104,252
Model No. PF24 PF24A PFD24 PF26 PF26A PFD26 PFD26L PFDS26
Dimensions W 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 H 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 B 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 TF
Fasteners Carrying Member Carried Uplift Member (133) 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 4-10d 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 260 235 235 260 520 470 260 520
2
DF/SP Allowable Loads1 Uplift (160) 310 280 280 310 620 560 310 620
2
SPF Allowable Loads

2
Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift (100) (115) (125) (133) (133) 955 840 840 955 970 1015 955 970 955 865 865 955 1020 1070 955 1020 955 885 885 955 1050 1105 955 1050 955 895 895 955 1075 1130 955 1075 190 190 190 380 420 380 380 420
Uplift2 Floor Snow Roof Wind (160) (100) (115) (125) (133) 230 230 230 455 505 455 455 505 650 650 650 805 765 805 805 765 660 660 675 850 770 850 850 805 660 660 690 880 770 880 880 835 660 660 700 905 770 905 905 855
Code Ref. 1, 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 121, 140 1, 2, 40, 121 4, 37, 121, 140 170 4, 37, 121, 140
2-10d 1 2-10d 1 1 2 PRONGS 2-10d 1 2-10d 1 1 2 PRONGS 2-10d 1 4-10d 3
76
1. To assure the table loads, the carried members nails must be common nails and driven at an angle through the carried member into the carrying member. 2. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THA/THAC/THAR/L Adjustable Truss Hangers

The THA series extra long straps allow full code nailing and can be field-formed to give top flange hanger convenience. Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the THAR/L422 has a standard skew of 45. Straps can be formed to give top flange hanger convenience. PAN nailing helps eliminate splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Two different installation methods may be used: Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over the header a minimum of 2" for the THA29, 1" for the THA213 and THA413, and 2" for all others. Install top and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall not be within " from the edge of the top flange members. For the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and into the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist. Face Mount InstallationInstall all face nails according to the table. Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models where there are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face holes must be filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical THA Top Flange Installation
THA418
4x Nailer
THA29
Attachment of Nailer per Designer
Typical THA29 Face Mount Installation
Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab unless otherwise noted

U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Typical THA Top Flange Installation on a 4x Nailer (except THA29)
THAC422
DF/SP Allowable Loads4 Uplift Floor (133 & (100) 160) 2260 1615 1615 1635 1635 1615 1635 1635 1635 2425 2125 1795 1795 2830 3510 1940 2830 3630 2830 4020 1090 1675
2
THAR/L422
Code Ref.
Dimensions Minimum Carried Member

Fasteners1 C Carrying Member Top Face 4-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 4-16d 16-10d 14-10d 18-10d 16-16d 22-16d 14-10d 16-16d 22-16d 16-16d 30-16d Carried Member
SPF Allowable Loads4 Snow (115) Roof (125)
Model No.
Ga
2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10 4x10
THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THAC418 THA426 THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THAC418 THA426
18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 16 14 18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 16 14
1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
9 13 17 17 22 13 17 22 17 26 9 13 17 17 22 13 17 22 17 26 22 22
5 5 5 8 8 4 7 7 7 7 5 5 5 8 8 4 7 7 7 7 8 8
4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
THAR/L422 16 3 THAR/L422 16 3
4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 12-10d
Straight Slant TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION 4-10d 560 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 6-16dx2 6-16dx2 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION 4-10d 560 4-10d 930 4-10d 930 6-16d 1550 6-16d 1550 4-10d 930 6-16d 1550 6-16d 1550 6-16d 1550 6-16d 1715 FACTORY SKEW 45 1-10d 2-10dx1 1-10d 2-10dx1 310
Snow (115)
Uplift2 Roof Floor (133 & (125) (100) 160) 2350 1615 1615 1635 1635 1615 1635 1635 1635 2425 2350 1870 1870 3050 3650 2400 3050 4145 3050 4655 1090 1675 480 480 780 780 1355 1355 780 1355 1355 1355 1355 260 1740 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1465 1940 1740 1385 1385 2385 2705 1660 2385 3075 2385 3480 915 1405
2310 1615 1615 1635 1635 1615 1635 1635 1635 2425 2310 1840 1840 3050 3595 2235 3050 4090 3050 4625 1090 1675
1785 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1465 1940 1785 1425 1425 2740 2775 1910 2740 3145 2740 4000 915 1405
1815 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1465 1940 1815 1450 1450 2820 2820 2075 2980 3195 2980 4030 915 1405
1, 84, 121, 140
121 1, 127 170
1, 84, 121, 140
121 1, 127 170 47, 134
1. 16d sinkers may be used to replace 16d commons at 0.85 of table load. 2. Uplift has been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. THAR/L422 with 4-10d top nails and 2-10d face nails: When the hanger height is between 9" to 12", the allowable download is 1440 lbs. for DFL and 1210 lbs. for SPF. No further increase allowed.
5. For minimum nailing on a nailer (see detail above), install joist nails straight by bending the double shear tabs. 6. For 2x nailers, THA 4x hangers can be used with 10dx1" top nails and a reduced load of 0.83 the table load. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
77
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL
Skewed 45 Hangers
The SU and HSU series of hangers are skewed 45 left or right. Angled nail slots direct nails for proper installation. MATERIAL: SUR and SUL16 gauge; HSUR and HSUL14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. These hangers will normally accommodate a 40 to 50 skew. Illustration shows left and right skews SUR/L (SUR=skewed right; SUL=skewed left). The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut. For installations to concrete/masonry walls see page 140. OPTIONS: Available with the A2 flange turned in on the 2-2x and 4x models only (see illustration). To order, add C (for concealed) to the product name. For example, specify HSURC46, HSULC46, SURC46, or SULC46. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
SUL
HSULC
Available for 2-2x and 4x models only
Typical SUR Installation with Square Cut Joist (HSUR similar)
Typical SUL Installation with Bevel Cut Joist (HSUL similar)
HSUR
Typical SUR410 Installation
Dimensions Joist Size Model No. W 1 1 1 1 H 3 5 8 10 11 B 2 2 2 2 3 A1 A2
Fasteners Face 4-16d Joist 4-10dx1 6-10dx1
DF/SP Species Header Allowable Loads
SPF Species Header Allowable Loads Code Ref.

Roof Roof Uplift Uplift Floor Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Const (133) (160) (100) Snow Const (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (115) (125) 450 720 450 765 530 800 610 960 665 1000 415 625 450 750 460 690 530 795 575 860
2x4 2x6, 8 2x10, 12 2x14 3x10, 12 3x14 (2) 2x6, 8 (2) 2x6, 8
SUR/L24 SUR/L26 SUR/L210 SUR/L214 SUR/L2.56/9 SUR/L26-2 HSUR/L26-2
1 1
1 1 6-16d
1 1 10-16d 10-10dx1 1200 1250 1330 1530 1660 1040 1250 1150 1320 1440 1 1 12-16d 12-10dx1 1440 1730 1595 1835 1995 1250 1500 1380 1585 1725 2 14-16d 2-10dx1 8-16d 4-16dx2 210 145 710 715 225 145 815 815 2015 2280 2465 2130 2130 2130 1065 1225 1330 1610 1850 2000 180 120 615 620 920 930 615 620 920 930 190 120 735 740 1105 1115 735 740 1105 1115 1735 1960 2120 1535 1535 1535 920 1005 1005 1390 1600 1740 1610 1850 2010 2320 2670 2900 920 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1
26, 83, 140, 144
2 8 3 1
SUR/L2.56/11 2
170 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 33, 83, 122, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 33, 83, 122, 144
3 4 2 1 2
3 4 2 1 2 12-16d 4-16dx2 3 8 2 1 2 14-16d 6-16dx2
(2) 2x10, 12 SUR/L210-2 (2) 2x14 4x6, 8 4x6, 8 4x10, 12 4x10, 12 4x14 4x14
1065 1275 1860 2140 2330 1070 1285 2680 3080 3350 710 715 815 815 1065 1225 1330 1610 1850 2000
(2) 2x10, 12 HSUR/L210-2 3 8 2 1 2 20-16d 6-16dx2 HSUR/L214-2 3 12 2 1 2 26-16d 8-16dx2 SUR/L46 HSUR/L46 SUR/L410 HSUR/L410 SUR/L414 HSUR/L414 3 4 3 4 3 8 3 8 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 8-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 2 12-16d 2 14-16d 2 20-16d 2 18-16d 2 26-16d
1430 1715 3485 4005 4355 1235 1485 3015 3470 3770 1390 1600 1740 1610 1850 2010 2320 2670 2900
1005 1005 26, 83, 122, 140, 144 26, 33, 83, 122, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 33, 83, 122, 144 26, 33, 83, 122, 144
1065 1275 1860 2140 2330 1070 1285 2680 3080 3350
3 12 2 3 12 2
1420 1700 2395 2500 2500 1225 1470 1795 1795 1795 26, 83, 122, 140, 144 1430 1715 3485 4005 4355 1235 1485 3015 3470 3770
1. Uplift loads have been increased by 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
78
HFN/F Panelized Construction Hangers

The HF24N, HF26N, HF34N and HF36N hangers are designed for panels or components using jigs or similar devices for precision fabrication. Grip-groove feature provides positive lock into the 2x or 3x member without nailing. F series panel hangers are engineered components for panelized construction only. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. In panelized construction, it is acceptable to nail through the sheathing into the hangers top flange using one 10dx2" nail placed in the middle third of the top flange, no closer than " from the back edge of the hanger. See T-HFHANGER for additional information. On the F-series hanger, the seat nail is non-structural and does not contribute to the load. For additional information on retrofit options see F-RUZ&NRUZ. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HF24N
(HF34N similar)
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
HF26N
(HF36N similar) Dimples hold joist securely in place
U.S. Patent 6,260,402
F26P
Model No. HF24N F26P HF26N HF34N HF36N F24-2 F26-2 F44 F46
Joist Size 2x4 2x6 2x6 3x4 3x6 (2) 2x4 (2) 2x6 4x4 4x6
Dimensions W 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 H 3 5 5 3 5 3 5 3 5 TF 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fasteners Header 2-10dx2 2-10d 2-10dx2 2-10dx2 2-10dx2 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d
Allowable Roof Loads (125) 580 585 635 690 725 735 800 880 785
Code Ref. 52, 80, 142 4, 37, 87, 121 52, 80, 142 52
Support member not shown for clarity Typical HF24N Installation (HF34N similar)
4, 37, 87, 121
1. 10d common nails can be used for specified 10dx2 nails. 2. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx2 = 0.148" dia. x 2" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Plywood Panel
HF24N or HF26N Stiffener
VB CC
F hangers are only for panelized roof construction
HW HCA Hinge
Typical Wood Framed Panelized Roof System
HFN and F hangers are only for panelized roof construction
Typical Hybrid Panelized Roof System
79
Engineered Wood & Structural Composite Lumber Connectors
GENERAL CONNECTOR INSTALLATION

TOP FLANGE HANGERS PREVENT ROTATION
Hangers provide some joist rotation resistance; however, additional lateral restraint may be required for deep joists. Web Stiffener Required Hanger side flange should be at least 60% of joist depth or potential joist rotation must be addressed.
No Web Stiffener Installed Hanger side flange supports joist top flange. Flush Framing Top flange configuration and thickness of top flange need to be considered for flush frame conditions. Hanger Over-Spread If the hanger is over-spread, it can raise the I-joist above the header and may cause uneven surfaces and squeaky floors.
Hanger Not Plumb A hanger kicked-out from the header can cause uneven surfaces and squeaky floors.
Rotation Resistance If non-skewed hanger side flange is less than 60% of joist depth, attach staggered A34 framing anchors above the hanger. No Web Stiffener Results in Rotation Hanger side flange is below the joist top flange. No web stiffener results in rotation, unless restrained by other means.
WOOD NAILERS
TOE-NAILING
Correct Attachment
WOOD I-JOISTS
SLOPED JOISTS For sloped joists up to :12 there is no reduction. For slopes greater than :12 see individual product pages or refer to technical bulletin T-SLOPEJST (see page 187 for details). MULTIPLE JOISTS Multiple joists should be adequately connected together to act as one unit. FASTENERS Use the correct nails. Wood may split if the nails are too large. Hanger nails into flanges should not exceed 10d common (0.148 dia.), no longer than 1". Nails into web stiffeners should not exceed 16d commons (0.162 dia.). ECCENTRICALLY-LOADED I-JOISTS Supporting a top flange hanger may require bottom flange restraining straps, blocking or directly-applied ceiling systems to prevent rotation at the hanger location. SKEWED JOISTS Joists may be skewed up to 2 degrees in a non-skewed hanger without any load reduction. Refer to individual hanger descriptions for information allowing any further skew applications.
I-JOIST AS A HEADER INSTALLATIONS
When face mount hangers are attached to I-joist headers, backer blocks must be installed to provide a nailing surface for the hanger nails. The backer blocks should be installed on both sides of the web and attached together with a minimum of 10-10d nails. The hanger nails should extend through the web. Contact the I-Joist manufacture for additional design considerations.
POSITIVE ANGLE NAILING
Face Mount Hanger
Correct Nailing Approx. 45o angle
When top flange hangers are attached to I-joist headers, a backer block must be installed to prevent the top flange from rotating under load. The backer blocks should be installed with a minimum of 10-10d nails clinched. Check with the joist manufacture for additional design considerations. Top Flange Hanger
Nail too long
Nail at wrong angle
80
Nailer Too Wide The loading may cause cross-grain bending. As a general rule, the maximum allowable overhang is ", depending on nailer thickness.
Nailer Too Narrow A maximum mismatch of " for normal installations is allowed.
Nailer Too Thin or the wrong hanger for the application.
Toe nailing causes squeaks and improper hanger installations. Do not toe nail I-joists before installing top flange or face mount hangers.
STRONG-DRIVE SCREW INSTALLATION FOR LVL, PSL and LSL

SDS screws are an easy to install method for joining multiple SCL members to make a beam. INSTALLATION: No pre-drilling required. See illustrations for SDS positioning on different assemblies. Install with high-torque, low-speed drill (5 amp+). Do not over-drive the SDS screws. DESIGN: SDS allowable load values are from ICC ESR-2236. The Designer shall apply adjustment factors per the NDS. Loads shown are CD = 1.0. Increase as allowed per code to a maximum CD = 1.60. This document uses Douglas Fir-Larch values (G = 0.5), as per the LVL, PSL and LSL manufacturers instructions. The Designer shall specify the location of all screws (stagger screws on opposite faces). Minimum recommended spacingWide Face: end distance 4", edge distance 1", spacing parallel to grain 4", spacing perpendicular to grain 2". Uniform loads in the table below are based on the capacity of the fasteners to transfer loads between plies. The capacity of the LVL beam may be less and should be checked by a qualified Designer or with the manufacturers literature. LSL applications are limited to assemblies using 3" SDS screw lengths (Assembly A, B1, D, E). Contact Simpson for information regarding installations to TimberStrand LSL. For more information, refer to technical bulletin T-SCREWAPPS (see page 187 for details). Also see Connector Selector Software page 194.
L1 T
Assembly A 2 - 1" SDS "x3"
Assembly B1 3 - 1" SDS "x3"
Assembly B2 3 - 1" SDS "x4"
Assembly C 4 - 1" SDS "x6"
Simpson Strong-Drive Screw

Model No. L1 T Head Stamp S3.5 S4.5 S6
SDS25312 3 2 SDS25412 4 2 SDS25600 6 3
Assembly D 1 - 1", 1 - 3" SDS "x3"
Assembly E 2 - 1", 1 - 3" SDS "x3"
Assembly F 2 - 3" SDS "x6"
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE UNIFORM LOAD (LBS PER LINEAL FT) Multiple Members Assembly A B1 B2 4 C
4
SDS Screws, 12" OC 2 Rows 1360 1020 1290 1110 1020 905 1360 3 Rows 2040 1530 1935 1665 1530 1360 2040
Components 2 pieces (all 1) 3 pieces (all 1) 3 pieces (all 1) 4 pieces (all 1) 2 pieces (1 - 3) 3 pieces (1 - 3 - 1) 2 pieces (3 - 3)
D E F4
1. If 7" wide beams are not equally loaded on each side, the plf load from the lesser side should be at least 25% of the opposite side. 2. Quantity and spacing of screws in table are for each screw head side of the assembly as shown in the Assembly figures above. 3. The design professional shall ensure that adequate lateral bracing is provided to prevent displacement of the beam due to the torsion created by the structural members framing into the side of the beam assembly. 4. Assemblies B2, C and F are not available for use with TimberStrand LSL.
Parallam PSL and TimberStrand LSL are registered trademarks of iLevel by Weyerhaeuser. 2006 Weyerhaeuser Company.
CSC Ceiling Support Clip /FSS Furring Stabilizer Strap

Provides 1" separation between the furring channel and joist to allow for the use of Thermafiber insulation and the attachment of the furring channel to all joists. Provides an efficient sound barrier, and a one hour U.L. listed fire rating. UL Listed. See Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. Design No. L530 for USG gypsum board and Weyerhaeuser/TJI joists. Check ICC-ES reports for individual I-joist manufacturer approvals. MATERIAL: 24 gauge (minimum) FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: For CSC use 1-8dx1 nail. For FSS use #8 self-tapping steel screw (not provided) into channel, twist 90, bend upward and fasten to the side of joist bottom flange with screw or nail.
"
6"
Furring Channel
CSC
Typical CSC and FSS Installation

Thermafiber and TJI are registered trademarks of US Gypsum Company and Weyerhaeuser, respectively.
Furring Channel Detail
FSS (See Installation Notes)
81
IUS/IUT/MIU I-Joist Hangers

Locator Tab
SIM Stro PS ng ON Tie
Optional Nail Locations
82
MIU
MIU with correct PAN installation
Bend tab into the bottom flange and fasten with 10dx1" nails at approximately 45.
Typical IUT Installation
The improved IUS is now fully compatible with shallow flange I-joists! I-joists with flange thicknesses between 1" and 1" achieve the full allowable table loads including uplift values and joist nails are not required! The IUS is a hybrid hanger that incorporates the advantages of the face mount and top mount hanger. Installation is fast with the Strong-Grip seat, easy-to-reach face nails and self-jigging locator tabs. The MIU series hangers are designed for commercial and high load I-joist applications without requiring web stiffeners. The MIU features Positive Angle The Strong-Grip seat Nailing (PAN), which minimizes splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving secures I-joists in position nailing from a better angle. without joist nails The IUT features a bend-tab which nails into the I-joists bottom flange when web stiffeners are not used, or directly into the web stiffener. I-joist flange AVOID A thickness for bend-tab application is 1" to 1". This constrains the member, helping to reduce squeaks resulting from joist movement. MISINSTALLATION Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes. IUS MATERIAL: See table page 84-86. (Some IUS models FINISH: Galvanized have triangle holes UPLIFT LOADS: Models have optional triangle joist nail holes for additional in header flanges uplift. Properly attached web stiffeners are required. for Min/Max nailing) IUTadd two additional 10dx1" joist nails for a total uplift load of 480 lbs. and 575 lbs. (33% and 60% increase respectively). U.S. Patent 6,523,321 MIUadd four additional 10dx1" joist nails for a total uplift load of 940 lbs. and 975 lbs. (33% and 60% increase respectively). IUSadd web fillers and two 10dx1" joist nails in the triangle Do not make your own holes. holes for a total uplift of 240 lbs. Do not nail the bottom flange. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. See page 80 for more installation information. IUS INSTALLATION SEQUENCE IUSfasten hanger to header. Position I-joist into hanger and snap into place. No joist nailing required. Some IUS models have triangle and round header nail holes. To achieve Max. download, fill both round and triangle holes. IUSLocator tabs are not structural. They may be bent back to adjust for hanger placement. IUSfor rimboard applications see T-RIMBDHGR. IUS I-joists with web stiffeners or rectangular sections can be used with the installation of 2-10dx1" nails into the optional triangle joist nails. IUToptional seat diamond hole allows alternate STEP 1 attachment of hanger. Refer to technical bulletin STEP 2 STEP 3 Attach the IUS to T-OPTUPLIFT (see page 187 for details). Slide the I-joist downward Firmly push or snap the header Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the into the IUS until it rests I-joist fully into the joist top flange is laterally supported by the sides of the above the large teardrop. seat of the IUS. hanger. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners. OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified. However, these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5. IUT For sloped joists up to :12 there is no reduction, between :12 and up U.S. Patent to :12, tests show a 10% reduction in ultimate hanger strength. Local 5,555,694 crushing of the bottom flange or excessive deflection may be limiting; check with joist manufacturer for specific limitations on bearing of this type.
FACE MOUNT HANGERS U/HU/HUCQ I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
See Hanger tables on pages 84 to 88. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. UThe standard U hanger provides flexibility of joist to header installation. Versatile fastener selection with tested allowable loads. HUMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. These heavy-duty connectors are designed for schools and other structures requiring additional strength, longevity and safety factors. HUCQFeatures concealed flanges so it can be installed close to the end of the supporting beam. They install with SDS screws (supplied with the hanger) for high capacity and ease of installation. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 84 to 88. FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HUcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. HUCQWhen using structural composite lumber columns, the capacities shown in the tables are for fasteners applied to the wide face of the column. Web Stiffeners are required for all I-joists used with these hangers. For installation to masonry or concrete, see page 140. OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2" and larger widths, with no load reductionorder HUC hanger. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for sloped and/or skewed U/HU models, and HUC (concealed flange) models. See also HUS series. Model configurations may differ from those shown. Some HU models do not have triangle holes. Contact Simpson for details.
HU410
Typical HU7 Installation
HUC412
Concealed Flanges
Typical HU7 Installation
HUCQ
Typical HUCQ Installed on End of a Beam
FACE MOUNT HANGERS HUS/HHUS/HGUS Double Shear SCL Hangers

See Hanger tables on pages 87-88. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. These hangers are designed for applications where higher loads are needed (also see HUC and HUCQ). All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of common nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs) MATERIAL: See tables, pages 87-88. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Do not use double shear hangers with I-joists. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used where 10d commons are specified with no reduction in load. Where 16d commons are specified, 10d commons or 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used at 0.85 of the table load. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2" (Simpson N16) nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. OPTIONS: HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 3" wide joist only, with no load reduction. See HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS, HUS1.81/10 and HHUS. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181, for sloped and/or skewed HHUS and HGUS models. Other sizes available; contact Simpson for details.
HHUS410
HUS410
HUSC
Concealed Flanges (not available for HHUS, HGUS and HUS1.81/10)
HGUS46
83
FACE MOUNT HANGERS I-JOISTS

Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga Reqd 18 18 16 18 18 16 18 18 18 16 18 18 16 18 18 16 18 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 14 18 14 18 18 18 18 16 Dimensions W 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 H 9 9 9 8 11 11 11 11 13 13 9 9 9 8 11 11 11 11 14 14 13 13 13 16 16 15 17 9 9 11 11 14 14 13 16 16 9 9 11 11 14 16 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 11 11 11 11 10 11 11 14 14 13 13 13 13 13 B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Fasteners Face 8-10d 8-10dx1 8-10d 16-16d 10-10d 10-10dx1 10-10d 20-16d 14-10dx1 14-10d 8-10d 8-10dx1 8-10d 16-16d 10-10d 10-10dx1 10-10d 20-16d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10dx1 14-10d 22-16d 14-10d 16-10d 24-16d 26-16d 8-10d 8-10d 10-10d 10-10d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 16-10d 8-10d 14-16d 10-10d 16-16d 12-10d 14-10d 8-10d 8-10dx1 8-10d 16-16d 14-16d 14-16d 18-16d 10-10d 10-10dx1 10-10d 20-16d 16-16d 16-16d 22-16d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10dx1 14-10d 22-16d 18-16d 24-16d Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 10-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 10-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 8-10dx1 12-10dx1 Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Roof Floor Snow Roof (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) (125) 75 75 935 1075 1170 810 930 1010 245 255 730 835 910 625 720 780 245 255 890 1020 1110 770 885 960 230 230 2270 2615 2840 1970 2265 2460 75 75 1170 1345 1465 1010 1160 1265 245 255 910 1045 1140 780 895 975 245 255 1110 1275 1390 960 1105 1200 230 230 2840 3265 3550 2460 2830 3075 245 255 1275 1465 1590 1090 1255 1365 245 255 1555 1785 1875 1345 1545 1680 75 75 935 1075 1170 810 930 1010 245 255 730 835 910 625 720 780 245 255 890 1020 1110 770 885 960 230 230 2270 2615 2840 1970 2265 2460 75 75 1170 1345 1465 1010 1160 1265 245 255 910 1045 1140 780 895 975 245 255 1110 1275 1390 960 1105 1200 230 230 2840 3265 3550 2460 2830 3075 75 75 1405 1615 1755 1210 1395 1515 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 245 255 1275 1465 1590 1090 1255 1365 245 255 1555 1785 1940 1345 1545 1680 230 230 3125 3595 3905 2705 3110 3385 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 75 75 1870 1980 1980 1615 1860 1980 230 230 3410 3920 4005 2950 3395 3690 230 230 3690 4005 4005 3200 3680 4000 75 75 935 1075 1170 810 930 1010 245 255 890 1020 1110 770 885 960 75 75 1170 1345 1465 1010 1160 1265 245 255 1110 1275 1390 960 1105 1200 75 75 1405 1615 1755 1210 1395 1515 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 245 255 1555 1785 1940 1345 1545 1680 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 75 75 1870 1980 1980 1615 1860 1980 75 75 935 1075 1170 810 930 1010 720 865 1875 2155 2345 1625 1870 2030 75 75 1170 1345 1465 1010 1160 1265 720 865 2145 2465 2680 1855 2135 2320 75 75 1405 1615 1755 1210 1395 1515 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 75 75 935 1075 1170 810 930 1010 245 255 730 835 910 625 720 780 245 255 890 1020 1110 770 885 960 230 230 2270 2615 2840 1970 2265 2460 720 865 1860 2140 2330 1610 1850 2010 720 865 1875 2155 2345 1625 1870 2030 1200 1440 2410 2775 3015 2090 2400 2610 75 75 1170 1345 1465 1010 1160 1265 245 255 910 1045 1140 780 895 975 245 255 1110 1275 1390 960 1105 1200 230 230 2840 3265 3550 2460 2830 3075 720 865 2130 2445 2660 1840 2115 2300 720 865 2145 2465 2680 1855 2135 2320 1200 1440 2950 3390 3685 2550 2935 3190 75 75 1405 1615 1755 1210 1395 1515 75 75 1640 1885 1980 1415 1625 1770 245 255 1275 1465 1590 1090 1255 1365 245 255 1555 1785 1940 1345 1545 1680 230 230 3125 3595 3905 2705 3110 3385 960 1150 2410 2775 3015 2090 2400 2610 1440 1730 3215 3700 4020 2785 3200 3480 Code Ref.
IUS1.56/9.5
44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 8, 36, 91, 121 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 44, 108 54, 146 44, 108 8, 36, 91, 121 44, 108 8, 36, 91, 121 44, 108 8, 36, 91, 121 44, 108 26 44, 108 26 44, 108 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 26 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 26 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91 54, 146 26, 144 26
1 x 9
IUT29 MIU1.56/9 IUS1.56/11.88
1 x 11 - 11
IUT211 MIU1.56/11
1 x 14 1 x 9 1 x 9 - 9
IUT214 IUS1.81/9.5 IUT9 MIU1.81/9 IUS1.81/11.88
1 x 11
IUT11 MIU1.81/11 IUS1.81/14 (Min) IUS1.81/14 (Max)
1 x 14
IUT14 MIU1.81/14 IUS1.81/16 (Min) IUS1.81/16 (Max) MIU1.81/16 MIU1.81/18 IUS2.06/9.5 IUT2.06/9 IUS2.06/11.88 IUT2.06/11 IUS2.06/14 (Min) IUS2.06/14 (Max) IUT2.06/14 IUS2.06/16 (Min) IUS2.06/16 (Max) IUS2.06/9.5 HU2.1/9 IUS2.06/11.88 HU2.1/11 IUS2.06/14 IUS2.06/16 IUS2.37/9.5 IUT3510
1 x 16 1 x 18 - 20 2 x 9 2 x 11 2 x 14 2 x 16 2 x 9 2 x 11 2 x 14 2 x 16
2 x 9
MIU2.37/9 U3510/14 HU359 (Min) HU359 (Max) IUS2.37/11.88 IUT3512
16 14 14
18 18 16 16 14 14 18 18 16 14 14
2 x 11
MIU2.37/11 U3516/20 HU3511 (Min) HU3511 (Max) IUS2.37/14 (Min) IUS2.37/14 (Max) IUT3514 MIU2.37/14 HU3514 (Min) HU3514 (Max)

2 x 14

84
See footnotes on opposite page.

Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga Reqd 18 18 16 14 16 14 14 16 16 14 18 18 16 Dimensions W 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 H 16 16 15 15 14 17 18 18 19 19 18 18 9 9 9 8 8 11 11 11 11 10 12 14 14 13 13 13 12 16 16 15 15 14 17 19 19 9 8 8 11 10 10 11 10 10 9 9 9 8 11 11 11 11 B Fasteners Face Joist Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Roof Floor Snow Roof (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) (125) 75 75 245 230 960 230 960 1680 230 230 960 1680 75 245 245 230 720 75 245 245 230 720 245 75 75 245 245 230 960 75 75 245 230 960 230 230 230 230 905 1505 230 905 1505 230 905 1505 75 245 245 230 75 245 245 230 75 75 255 230 1150 230 1150 2015 230 230 1150 2015 75 255 255 230 865 75 255 255 230 865 255 75 75 255 255 230 1150 75 75 255 230 1150 230 230 230 230 1085 1810 230 1085 1810 230 1085 1810 75 255 255 230 75 255 255 230 1640 1870 1775 3410 2680 3690 2410 3215 3975 3975 2410 3215 935 730 890 2270 1875 1170 910 1110 2840 2145 1330 1405 1640 1275 1555 3125 2410 1640 1870 1775 3410 2680 3690 3975 3975 2270 1875 2410 2840 2145 2950 2840 2145 2950 1170 730 890 2270 1405 910 1110 2840 1885 1980 1865 3920 3080 4005 2775 3700 4005 4005 2775 3700 1070 835 1020 2615 2155 1345 1045 1275 3265 2465 1530 1615 1885 1465 1785 3595 2775 1885 1980 2040 3920 3080 4005 4005 4005 2615 2155 2775 3265 2465 3390 3265 2465 3390 1345 835 1020 2615 1615 1045 1275 3265 1980 1980 2165 4005 3350 4005 3015 4020 4005 4005 3015 4020 1170 910 1110 2840 2345 1465 1140 1390 3550 2680 1665 1755 1980 1590 1940 3905 3015 1980 1980 2220 4005 3350 4005 4005 4005 2840 2345 3015 3550 2680 3685 3550 2680 3685 1465 910 1110 2840 1725 1140 1390 3550 1415 1615 1535 2950 2320 3200 2090 2785 3445 3445 2090 2785 810 625 770 1970 1625 1010 780 960 2460 1855 1150 1210 1415 1090 1345 2705 2090 1415 1615 1535 2950 2320 3200 3445 3445 1970 1625 2090 2460 1855 2550 2460 1855 2550 1010 625 770 1970 1210 780 960 2460 1625 1860 1765 3395 2670 3680 2400 3200 3960 3960 2400 3200 930 720 885 2265 1870 1160 895 1105 2830 2135 1325 1395 1625 1255 1545 3110 2400 1625 1860 1765 3395 2670 3680 3960 3960 2265 1870 2400 2830 2135 2935 2830 2135 2935 1160 720 885 2265 1395 895 1105 2830 1770 1980 1920 3690 2900 4000 2610 3480 4005 4005 2610 3480 1010 780 960 2460 2030 1265 975 1200 3075 2320 1440 1575 1770 1365 1680 3385 2610 1770 1980 1920 3690 2900 4000 4005 4005 2460 2030 2610 3075 2320 3190 3075 2320 3190 1265 780 960 2460 1515 975 1200 3075 Code Ref.
IUS2.37/16 (Min) IUS2.37/16 (Max) IUT3516 2 x 16 MIU2.37/16 HU3516/22 MIU2.37/18 HU3524/30 (Min) 2 x 18 HU3524/30 (Max) MIU2.37/20 2 x 20 MIU2.37/20 2 x 22 - 30 HU3524/30 (Min) HU3524/30 (Max) IUS2.56/9.5 2 x 9 IUT310 2 x 9 - 9 MIU2.56/9 HU310 IUS2.56/11.88 IUT312 MIU2.56/11 HU312 IUT313 IUS2.56/14 (Min) IUS2.56/14 (Max) IUT314

14
18 18 16
2 x 11 2 x 11 - 11 2 x 13
14
18 18 18 16
2 x 14
MIU2.56/14 HU314 IUS2.56/16 (Min) IUS2.56/16 (Max) IUT316 2 x 16 MIU2.56/16 HU316 MIU2.56/18 2 x 18 MIU2.56/20 2 x 20 2 x 22 - 26 MIU2.56/20 MIU3.12/9 3 x 9 - 9 HU210-2 (Min) HU210-2 (Max) MIU3.12/11 3 x 11 - 11 HU212-2 (Min) HU212-2 (Max) MIU3.12/11 3 x 14 - 20 HU212-2 (Min) HU212-2 (Max) IUS3.56/9.5 3 x 9 3 x 9 - 9 3 x 11 3 x 11 - 11 IUT410 MIU3.56/9 IUS3.56/11.88 IUT412 MIU3.56/11
14
18 18 16 14 16 16 16 16
14
16
14
16
14 18 18 16 18 18 16
2 14-10d 2 16-10d 2 16-10d 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 20-16d 8-10dx1 2 26-16d 2 2-10dx1 18-16d 2 8-10dx1 24-16d 14-10dx1 2 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 18-16d 2 8-10dx1 24-16d 14-10dx1 2 2 8-10d 2 8-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 8-10d 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 14-16d 2 6-10dx1 2 10-10d 2 10-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 10-10d 2-10dx1 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 6-10dx1 2 12-10d 2-10dx1 2 12-10d 2 14-10d 2 14-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 14-10d 2-10dx1 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 18-16d 2 8-10dx1 2 14-10d 2 16-10d 2 16-10d 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 20-16d 8-10dx1 2 26-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 14-16d 6-10d 2 18-16d 10-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 6-10d 2 22-16d 10-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 6-10d 2 22-16d 10-10d 2 2 10-10d 2 8-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 8-10d 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 2 12-10d 2 10-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 10-10d 2-10dx1 20-16d 2 2-10dx1
44, 108, 126 36 54, 146 26, 83, 144 54, 146 26, 144 54, 146 26, 140 26 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 144 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 144 8, 36, 91, 121 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 144 44, 108, 126 36, 121 54, 146 26, 83, 144
54, 146
26, 83, 144 54, 146 26, 83, 144 54, 146 26, 83, 144 26, 144 44, 108 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146 44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91, 121 54, 146
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Loads by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF, use 0.86 x DF/SP Uplift Load.
4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. Web stiffeners are required when top flange isnt supported laterally by the hanger. 7. Web stiffeners are required when supporting double I-joists with flanges less than 1" thick. 8. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
85

Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 H 14 14 13 13 13 16 16 15 15 15 17 19 19 9 8 8 11 10 10 13 15 9 9 11 11 13 15 9 8 9 11 11 11 13 13 15 15 15 17 19 19 19 19 19 19 8 8 11 10 13 15 17 19 19 9 9 11 11 13 13 B Fasteners Face Joist Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Roof Floor Snow Roof (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) (125) 75 75 245 245 230 75 75 245 245 230 230 230 230 230 905 1505 230 905 1505 230 230 230 1205 230 1205 230 230 230 890 1205 230 890 1205 230 1205 230 1205 1810 230 230 1205 1810 230 1205 1810 230 905 230 905 230 230 230 230 230 1070 1430 1070 1430 1430 2145 75 75 255 255 230 75 75 255 255 230 230 230 230 230 1085 1810 230 1085 1810 230 230 230 1445 230 1445 230 230 230 1065 1445 230 1065 1445 230 1445 230 1445 2015 230 230 1445 2170 230 1445 2170 230 1085 230 1085 230 230 230 230 230 1285 1715 1285 1715 1715 2575 1405 1640 1275 1555 3125 1640 1725 1455 1775 3410 3690 3975 3975 2270 1875 2410 2840 2145 2950 3125 3410 2270 2410 2840 2950 3125 3410 2270 1860 2410 2840 2130 2950 3125 2410 3410 2680 3485 3690 3975 2680 3485 3975 2680 3485 2270 1875 2840 2145 3125 3410 3690 3975 3975 1875 2410 2145 2950 2680 3485 1615 1725 1465 1785 3595 1725 1725 1675 2040 3920 4005 4005 4005 2615 2155 2775 3265 2465 3390 3595 3920 2615 2775 3265 3390 3595 3920 2615 2140 2775 3265 2445 3390 3595 2775 3920 3080 4005 4005 4005 3080 4005 4005 3080 4005 2615 2155 3265 2465 3595 3920 4005 4005 4005 2155 2775 2465 3390 3080 4005 1725 1725 1590 1940 3905 1725 1725 1820 2165 4005 4005 4005 4005 2840 2345 3015 3550 2680 3685 3905 4005 2840 3015 3550 3685 3905 4005 2840 2330 3015 3550 2660 3685 3905 3015 4005 3350 4355 4005 4005 3350 4355 4005 3350 4355 2840 2345 3550 2680 3905 4005 4005 4005 4005 2345 3015 2680 3685 3350 4355 1210 1415 1090 1345 2705 1415 1615 1250 1535 2950 3200 3445 3445 1970 1625 2090 2460 1855 2550 2705 2950 1970 2070 2460 2550 2705 2950 1970 1610 2070 2460 1840 2550 2705 2090 2950 2320 3015 3200 3445 2320 3015 3445 2320 3015 1970 1625 2460 1855 2705 2950 3200 3445 3445 1625 2090 1855 2550 2320 3015 1395 1625 1255 1545 3110 1625 1725 1435 1765 3395 3680 3960 3960 2265 1870 2400 2830 2135 2935 3110 3395 2265 2400 2830 2935 3110 3395 2265 1850 2400 2830 2115 2935 3110 2400 3395 2670 3470 3680 3960 2670 3470 3960 2670 3470 2265 1870 2830 2135 3110 3395 3680 3960 3960 1870 2400 2135 2935 2670 3470 1515 1725 1365 1680 3385 1725 1725 1560 1920 3690 4000 4005 4005 2460 2030 2610 3075 2320 3190 3385 3690 2460 2610 3075 3190 3385 3690 2460 2010 2610 3075 2300 3190 3385 2610 3690 2900 3770 4000 4005 2900 3770 4005 2900 3770 2460 2030 3075 2320 3385 3690 4000 4005 4005 2030 2610 2320 3190 2900 3770 Code Ref.
IUS3.56/14 (Min) IUS3.56/14 (Max) 3 x 14 IUT414 MIU3.56/14 IUS3.56/16 (Min) IUS3.56/16 (Max) 3 x 16 IUT416 MIU3.56/16 MIU3.56/18 MIU3.56/20 MIU3.56/20 MIU4.12/9 HU4.12/9 (Min) HU4.12/9 (Max) MIU4.12/11 HU4.12/11 (Min) HU4.12/11 (Max) MIU4.12/14 MIU4.12/16 MIU4.28/9 HU4.28/9 MIU4.28/11 HU4.28/11 MIU4.28/14 MIU4.28/16 MIU4.75/9 U3510-2 HU4.75/9 MIU4.75/11 U3512-2 HU4.75/11 MIU4.75/14 HU3514-2 MIU4.75/16 HU3516-2 (Min) HU3516-2 (Max) MIU4.75/18 MIU4.75/20 HU3520-2 (Min) HU3520-2 (Max) MIU4.75/20 HU3520-2 (Min) HU3520-2 (Max) MIU5.12/9 HU310-2 MIU5.12/11 HU312-2 MIU5.12/14 MIU5.12/16 MIU5.12/18 MIU5.12/20 MIU5.12/20 HU410-2 (Min) HU410-2 (Max) HU412-2 (Min) HU412-2 (Max) HU414-2 (Min) HU414-2 (Max)
18
16
18
3 x 18 3 x 20 3 x 22 - 30 4 x 9

4 x 11 - 16 4 x 14 4 x 16 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 14 4 x 16 4 - 4 x 9 - 9 4 - 4 x 11 - 11 4 - 4 x 14

4 - 4 x 16 4 - 4 x 18 4 - 4 x 20
14
16 16
26, 83, 144 54, 146 26 54, 146 26 54, 146 26, 83, 144 54, 146 26, 83, 144
14
16
4 - 4 x 22 - 30 5 x 9 - 9 5 x 11 - 11 5 x 14 5 x 16 5 x 18 5 x 20 5 x 22 - 30 7 x 9 - 9 7 x 11 - 11 7 x 14
14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 14 14 14 14 14 14
14 14
54, 146

26, 144
86
16 16 16 16 16 14 14 16 14 14 16 16 16 14 16 14 16 16 16 16 14 16 16 14 16 14 16
2 12-10d 2 14-10d 2 14-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 14-10d 2-10dx1 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 2 14-10d 2 16-10d 2 16-10dx1 2-10dx1 2 16-10d 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 26-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 14-16d 6-10d 2 18-16d 10-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 6-10d 2 22-16d 10-10d 2 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 18-16d 8-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 22-16d 8-10d 2 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 2 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 8-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 2 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 8-10d 2 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 18-16d 8-10d 2 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 20-16d 8-10d 2 26-16d 12-10d 2 26-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 20-16d 8-10d 2 26-16d 12-10d 2 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 20-16d 8-10d 2 26-16d 12-10d 2 16-16d 2 2-10dx1 14-16d 6-10d 2 20-16d 2 2-10dx1 16-16d 6-10d 2 22-16d 2 2-10dx1 24-16d 2 2-10dx1 26-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 28-16d 2 2-10dx1 14-16d 6-16d 2 18-16d 8-16d 2 16-16d 6-16d 2 22-16d 8-16d 2 20-16d 8-16d 2 26-16d 12-16d 2
44, 108, 126 8, 36, 91 54, 146 44, 108, 126 36, 91
54, 146
26 54, 146 26
54, 146 26 54, 146 26 54, 146 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 54, 146 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 144 54, 146 26, 83, 144 54, 146
FACE MOUNT HANGERS STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER

Actual Joist Size 1 x 5
Dimensions Model No. Ga W 14 14 16 14 16 14 16 14 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 16 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 H 5 5 6 6 8 9 9 9 8 11 11 11 8 10 13 13 11 9 9 8 10 10 10 13 13 12 14 14 12 6 6 4 7 7 8 8 8 8 9 9 7 9 8 10 10 10 9 11 7 9 10 10 13 13 9 9 12 11 B 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 2 4 3 4 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 2 2 2 3 4 4 3
Fasteners Face Joist
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Roof (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) 480 720 480 960 2845 720 1200 1505 2845 720 1200 1505 2845 720 960 1680 1505 720 1200 3630 720 1200 4055 960 1680 5380 960 1680 5380 605 905 2325 2000 3220 890 2160 905 1505 2855 3025 3220 3630 890 2700 905 1505 2855 3025 3220 3630 4055 890 1205 1810 2855 3630 5380 3025 575 1610 1850 865 2145 2465 575 1610 1850 1150 2145 2465 3000 4900 5045 865 2410 2775 1440 3215 3700 1505 2360 2715 3000 4900 5045 865 2950 3390 1440 4020 4315 1505 2950 3395 3000 4900 5045 865 1860 2140 1150 3750 4110 2015 4540 4730 1505 2950 3395 865 1875 2155 1440 2410 2775 3630 7940 8220 865 2145 2465 1440 2950 3390 4055 8410 8760 1150 2410 2775 2015 3215 3700 5380 8645 9030 1150 2680 3080 2015 3485 4005 5380 8645 9030 725 1340 1540 1085 1875 2155 2325 3940 4535 2000 3885 4465 3220 6805 7830 1065 1860 2140 2590 2010 2310 1085 1875 2155 1810 2410 2775 3430 5190 5900 3025 4955 4955 3220 6805 7830 3630 8780 8940 1065 1860 2140 3240 2510 2885 1085 2145 2465 1810 2950 3390 3430 5190 5900 3025 5560 5560 3220 6805 7830 3630 8780 8940 4055 9155 9155 1065 2130 2445 1445 2680 3080 2015 3485 4005 3430 5190 5900 3630 8780 8940 5380 10015 10015 3025 5560 5560 2010 2680 2010 2680 5145 3015 4020 2950 5145 3685 4405 3510 5145 2330 4180 4855 3510 2345 3015 8410 2680 3685 8995 3015 4020 9285 3350 4355 9285 1675 2345 4930 4885 7925 2330 2510 2345 3015 5900 4955 7925 8940 2330 3140 2680 3685 5900 5560 7925 8940 9155 2660 3350 4355 5900 8940 10015 5560 Floor Snow Roof (100) (115) (125) 1390 1855 1390 1855 4355 2090 2785 1700 4355 2550 3480 2125 4355 1610 3250 4175 2125 1625 2090 5980 1855 2550 6335 2090 2785 6510 2320 3015 6510 1160 1625 3410 3275 5890 1610 1650 1625 2090 4385 3570 5890 7365 1610 2065 1855 2550 4385 4005 5890 7365 7690 1840 2320 3015 4385 7365 7890 4005 1600 2135 1600 2135 5010 2400 3200 1955 5010 2935 4000 2445 5010 1850 3735 4730 2445 1870 2400 6195 2135 2935 6600 2400 3200 6800 2670 3470 6800 1335 1870 3920 3765 6655 1850 1900 1870 2400 5040 3570 6655 7510 1850 2375 2135 2935 5040 4005 6655 7510 7690 2115 2670 3470 5040 7510 8185 4005 1740 2320 1740 2320 5145 2610 3480 2125 5145 3190 4350 2525 5145 2010 4060 4855 2525 2030 2610 6335 2320 3190 6775 2610 3480 6995 2900 3770 6995 1365 2030 4260 4095 6655 2010 2065 2030 2610 5480 3570 6655 7510 2010 2580 2320 3190 5480 4005 6655 7510 7690 2300 2900 3770 5480 7510 8380 4005
Code Ref.
HU1.81/5 (Min) HU1.81/5 (Max) HU7 (Min) 1 x 7 HU7 (Max) HUS1.81/10 HU9 (Min) 1 x 9 HU9 (Max) HUCQ1.81/9-SDS HUS1.81/10 HU11 (Min) 1 x 11 - 11 HU11 (Max) HUCQ1.81/11-SDS HUS1.81/10 U14 1 x 14 HU14 (Min) HU14 (Max) HUCQ1.81/11-SDS HU2.75/10 (Min) 2 x HU2.75/10 (Max) 9 - 9 HGUS2.75/10 HU2.75/12 (Min) 2 x HU2.75/12 (Max) 11 - 11 HGUS2.75/12 HU2.75/14 (Min) 2 x 14 HU2.75/14 (Max) HGUS2.75/14 HU2.75/16 (Min) 2 x 16 HU2.75/16 (Max) HGUS2.75/14 HU48 (Min) HU48 (Max) 3 x 7 HGUS46 HHUS48 HGUS48 U410 HUS410 HU410 (Min) HU410 (Max) 3 x 9 - 9 HHUS410 HUCQ410-SDS HGUS48 HGUS410 U410 HUS412 HU412 (Min) HU412 (Max) 3 x HHUS410 11 - 11 HUCQ412-SDS HGUS48 HGUS410 HGUS412 U414 HU416 (Min) HU416 (Max) 3 x 14 HHUS410 HGUS410 HGUS414 HUCQ412-SDS
14
12 16
14
12 16 14 12 14
12-16d 4-10dx1 16-16d 6-10dx1 12-16d 4-10dx1 16-16d 8-10dx1 30-16d 10-16d 18-16d 6-10dx1 24-16d 10-10dx1 8-SDS "x1" 4-SDS "x1" 30-16d 10-16d 22-16d 6-10dx1 30-16d 10-10dx1 10-SDS "x1" 4-SDS "x1" 30-16d 10-16d 14-16d 6-10dx1 28-16d 8-10dx1 36-16d 14-10dx1 10-SDS "x1" 4-SDS "x1" 14-16d 6-10dx1 18-16d 10-10dx1 46-16d 16-16d 16-16d 6-10dx1 22-16d 10-10dx1 56-16d 20-16d 18-16d 8-10dx1 24-16d 14-10dx1 66-16d 22-16d 20-16d 8-10dx1 26-16d 14-10dx1 66-16d 22-16d 10-16d 4-10d 14-16d 6-10d 20-16d 8-16d 22-16d 8-16d 36-16d 12-16d 14-16d 6-10d 8-16d 8-16d 14-16d 6-10d 18-16d 10-10d 30-16d 10-16d 12-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 36-16d 12-16d 46-16d 16-16d 14-16d 6-10d 10-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-10d 22-16d 10-10d 30-16d 10-16d 14-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2" 36-16d 12-16d 46-16d 16-16d 56-16d 20-16d 16-16d 6-10d 20-16d 8-10d 26-16d 12-10d 30-16d 10-16d 46-16d 16-16d 66-16d 22-16d 14-SDS "x2" 6-SDS "x2"
26 133 26 146 133 26 146 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 146 26 133, 140 26, 140 26 133, 140 26 133, 140 26, 140 26 133, 140 26, 83, 144 26, 144 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 84, 121, 133 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 146, 160 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 26, 83, 140, 144 1, 121 26, 83, 144 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 146, 160 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 133 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 144 26, 144 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 133 160
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Loads by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF, use 0.86 x DF/SP Uplift Load for
products requiring nails and 0.72 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring screws. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
87
FACE MOUNT HANGERS STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER

Actual Joist Size Dimensions Model No. Ga W 14 12 14 14 12 14 14 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 H 13 13 8 10 12 11 13 13 10 12 11 5 5 7 7 9 9 8 9 9 9 11 10 12 12 9 11 12 12 12 9 11 12 12 12 9 11 12 9 9 9 8 11 11 9 10 13 13 9 12 13 13 9 12 13 13 9 12 B 2 2 4 4 4 3 2 2 4 4 3 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 3 4 2 2 3 4 2 2 3 4 2 2 3 4 2 2 3 4 2 2 3 4 Face 20-16d 26-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d 14-SDS "x2" 20-16d 26-16d 56-16d 66-16d 14-SDS "x2" 10-16d 14-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 12-SDS "x2" 46-16d 16-16d 22-16d 30-16d 14-SDS "x2" 56-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 14-SDS "x2" 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 14-SDS "x2" 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 14-SDS "x2" 66-16d 14-16d 18-16d 30-16d 46-16d 16-16d 22-16d 30-16d 56-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d 20-16d 26-16d 30-16d 66-16d Joist 8-10d 12-10d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d 6-SDS "x2" 8-10d 12-10d 20-16d 22-16d 6-SDS "x2" 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 6-SDS "x2" 16-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 6-SDS "x2" 20-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 6-SDS "x2" 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 6-SDS "x2" 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 6-SDS "x2" 22-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 16-16d 6-16d 8-16d 10-16d 20-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 10-16d 22-16d Fasteners Uplift (133) 1205 1810 3630 4055 5380 3025 1205 1810 4055 5380 3025 715 1070 1070 1430 2855 3025 3630 1070 1430 2855 3025 4055 1430 2145 2855 3025 5380 1430 2145 2855 3025 5380 1430 2145 2855 3025 5380 1070 1430 2855 3630 1070 1430 2855 4055 1430 2145 2855 5380 1430 2145 2855 5380 1430 2145 2855 5380 Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header Uplift (160) 1445 2015 3630 4055 5380 3025 1445 2015 4055 5380 3025 860 1285 1285 1715 3430 3025 3630 1285 1715 3430 3025 4055 1715 2575 3430 3025 5380 1715 2575 3430 3025 5380 1715 2575 3430 3025 5380 1285 1715 3430 3630 1285 1715 3430 4055 1715 2575 3430 5380 1715 2575 3430 5380 1715 2575 3430 5380 Floor (100) 2680 3485 8780 9155 10015 5560 2680 3485 9155 10015 5560 1340 1875 1875 2410 5190 4955 8780 2145 2950 5190 5560 9155 2680 3485 5190 5560 10015 2680 3485 5190 5560 10015 2680 3485 5190 5560 10015 1875 2410 5190 8780 2145 2950 5190 9835 2680 3485 5190 11110 2680 3485 5190 11110 2680 3485 5190 11110 Snow (115) 3080 4005 8940 9155 10015 5560 3080 4005 9155 10015 5560 1540 2155 2155 2775 5970 4955 8940 2465 3390 5970 5560 9155 3080 4005 5970 5560 10015 3080 4005 5970 5560 10015 3080 4005 5970 5560 10015 2155 2775 5970 9625 2465 3390 5970 9835 3080 4005 5970 11110 3080 4005 5970 11110 3080 4005 5970 11110 Roof (125) 3350 4355 8940 9155 10015 5560 3350 4050 9155 10015 5560 1675 2345 2345 3015 6490 4955 8940 2680 3685 6490 5560 9155 3350 4255 6490 5560 10015 3350 4355 6490 5560 10015 3350 4255 6490 5560 10015 2345 3015 6490 9625 2680 3685 6490 9835 3350 4355 6490 11110 3350 4355 6490 11110 3350 4355 6490 11110 SPF Species Header Floor (100) 2320 3015 7365 7690 7890 4005 2320 3015 7690 7890 4005 1160 1625 1625 2090 4385 4005 7510 1855 2550 4385 4005 7690 2320 3015 4385 4005 8415 2320 3015 4385 4005 8415 2320 3015 4385 4005 8415 1625 2090 4385 7595 1855 2550 4385 8260 2320 3015 4385 9330 2320 3015 4385 9330 2320 3015 4385 9330 Snow (115) 2670 3470 7510 7690 8185 4005 2670 3470 7690 8185 4005 1335 1870 1870 2400 5040 4005 7510 2135 2935 5040 4005 7690 2670 3470 5040 4005 8415 2670 3470 5040 4005 8415 2670 3470 5040 4005 8415 1870 2400 5040 8085 2135 2935 5040 8260 2670 3470 5040 9330 2670 3470 5040 9330 2670 3470 5040 9330 Roof (125) 2900 3770 7510 7690 8380 4005 2900 3485 7690 8380 4005 1450 2030 2030 2610 5480 4005 7510 2320 3190 5480 4005 7690 2900 3770 5480 4005 8415 2900 3770 5480 4005 8415 2900 3770 5480 4005 8415 2030 2610 5480 8085 2320 3190 5480 8260 2900 3770 5480 9330 2900 3770 5480 9330 2900 3770 5480 9330 Code Ref.
HU416 (Min) HU416 (Max) HGUS410 3 x 16 HGUS412 HGUS414 HUCQ412-SDS HU416 (Min) HU416 (Max) 3 x 18 HGUS412 HGUS414 HUCQ412-SDS HU68 (Min) 5 x 7 HU68 (Max) HU610 (Min) HU610 (Max) 5 x HHUS5.50/10 9 - 9 HUCQ610-SDS HGUS5.50/10 HU612 (Min) HU612 (Max) 5 x HHUS5.50/10 11 - 11 HUCQ612-SDS HGUS5.50/12 HU616 (Min) HU616 (Max) 5 x 14 HHUS5.50/10 HUCQ612-SDS HGUS5.50/14 HU616 (Min) HU616 (Max) 5 x 16 HHUS5.50/10 HUCQ612-SDS HGUS5.50/14 HU616 (Min) HU616 (Max) 5 x 18 HHUS5.50/10 HUCQ612-SDS HGUS5.50/14 HU410-2 (Min) HU410-2 (Max) 7x 9 - 9 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/10 HU412-2 (Min) HU412-2 (Max) 7x 11 - 11 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/12 HU414-2 (Min) HU414-2 (Max) 7 x 14 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14 HU414-2 (Min) HU414-2 (Max) 7 x 16 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14 HU414-2 (Min) HU414-2 (Max) 7 x 18 HHUS7.25/10 HGUS7.25/14
26, 83, 144 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 133 160 26, 83, 144 133 160 26, 83, 144 26, 83, 144 133 146, 160 133 26, 83, 144 133 146, 160 133 26, 83, 144 133 160 133 26, 83, 144 133 160 133 26, 83, 144
14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12
133 160 133 26, 144 133 26, 144 133 26, 144 133 26, 144 133 26, 144 133
88
1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 10d commons with no load reduction. 3. Uplift loads based on DF/SP lumber have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Loads by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF, use 0.86 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products
requiring nails and 0.72 x DF/SP Uplift Load for products requiring screws. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best overall performance and installation value. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
THAI I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers

Designed for I-joists, the THAI has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joists bottom flange. MATERIAL: THAI-214 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Factory-order the THAI-2 for hanger width needed. See table for allowable widths. Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the fasteners specified in the table. Web stiffeners are required for all I-joists used with these hangers. When a total of 20 face nails are used in THAI straps, or 30 face nails are used in THAI-2 straps, the maximum load-carrying capacity is achieved. Reduce load given by allowable nail shear capacity for each nail less than maximum. A minimum nailing configuration is shown for top nailing installations. The strap must be field-formed over the top of the header by a minimum of 2". CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Joist Dimensions Width Depth 1 9 - 14" 1 9 - 14" 2 9 - 14" 2 9 - 14" 2 to 2 9 - 14" 2 9 - 14" 3 9 - 14" 3 to 5 9 - 14" Hanger Dimensions W1 H C THAI222 1 22 9 THAI1.81/22 1 22 9 THAI2.06/22 2 22 9 THAI2.1/22 2 22 9 THAI3522 9 2 22 THAI322 2 22 8 THAI422 3 21 8 THAI-2 3 to 5 21 8 Model No. Fasteners Nailing Options Top 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-10d Face 2-10dx1 2-10d 20-10d 2-10d 30-10d Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift (133) 215 215 Uplift (160) 215 215 LVL Header Floor (100) 1400 1715 2200 2020 3390 Snow (115) 1400 1715 2200 2020 3900 Code Ref.
Do not nail within " of multiple ply seam. 1. The W dimension should be ordered at " to " greater than the joist width.
THAI
(THAI-2 similar)
Min. of 2" of Top Flange Material for Min. Nailing Configuration
8, 36, 91, 121
Typical THAI Installation with Minimum Nailing Configuration
121
Allowable Loads DF/SP Header Roof (125) 1400 1715 2200 2020 4135 Floor (100) 1400 1835 2200 2020 3390 Snow (115) 1400 1835 2200 2020 3900 Roof (125) 1400 1835 2200 2020 4135 Floor (100) 1060 1590 1920 2020 2940
SPF Header Snow (115) 1060 1590 2200 2020 3310 Roof (125) 1060 1590 2200 2020 3310
THAI Minimum THAI Maximum THAI-2 Minimum THAI-2 Maximum
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load.
2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. The minimum header depth to achieve the maximum nail configuration is 16". 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU High Capacity Girder Hangers

The GU hangers are a high-capacity girder hangers designed for situations where the header and joist are flush at top. This part can be used for retrofit on the framing members after they are temporarily placed in position. It uses Simpson Strong-Drive screws (SDS) to make installation fast and easy, with no pre-drilling required. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, HHGUSimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install with Simpsons SDS "x2" screws, which are provided with the GUs. (Note: lag screws will not achieve the same loads.) All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at the hanger locations. The quantity and location of the additional fasteners must be determined by the Designer. OPTIONS: Hot-dipped galvanized available. Order as X version, specify HDG. Other seat widths available. Order as X version, specify width. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181, for one flange concealed option (all models except MGU3.63). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Actual Carried Beam Width 3 3 5 5 5 7 7 Dimensions Model No. LGU3.63-SDS MGU3.63-SDS MGU5.50-SDS HGU5.50-SDS HHGU5.50-SDS HGU7.25-SDS HHGU7.25-SDS Ga W 3 3 5 5 5 7 7 H (min) 8 9 9 11 13 11 13
2
HHGU
Typical HHGU Installation
Fasteners a 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 Face 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 44-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 44-SDS "x2" Joist 12-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 28-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 28-SDS "x2"
B 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
ha3 7 8 8 10 12 10 12
10 10 10 7 3 7 3
Allowable Loads DF/SP SPF/HF Uplift Download Uplift Download 133/160 100/115/125 133/160 100/115/125 5555 6720 4000 4840 7260 9450 5225 6805 7260 9450 5225 6805 9895 14145 7125 10185 14550 17845 10475 12850 9895 14145 7125 10185 14550 17845 10475 12850
Code Ref.
146
1. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake and wind loading, with no further increase allowed. 2. Specify H dimension. The Designer should check the shear capacity of the carried member to make sure it matches the hangers capacity. Maximum H = 30". 3. Header depth must exceed the ha dimension shown and is based on the size necessary to fit screw pattern. Use the next size up that meets the minimum depth requirement.
89
TOP FLANGE HANGERS ITS/ITT/MIT/HIT Engineered Wood Products Hangers

Funnel Flange
1"
Supports 1" to 1" thick flanges
MIT
Typical MIT Installed on a Double LVL
TF (3" M ax.)
IUT & ITT INSTALLATION (VPA SIMILAR)

Optional Joist Nail Location for Uplift
Bend the tab with a hammer. 90
Hammer 10dx1 nail in at approximately 45.
The tab is now correctly installed.
HIT
HIT Installation on a 3x Nailer mounted on a Steel Beam
A dedicated range of Top Flange I-joist hangers meeting the unique needs of I-joists while offering superior performance and ease of installation. ITS NEW! The innovative ITS sets a new standard for engineered wood top flange hangers. The ITS installs faster and uses fewer nails than any other EWP top flange hanger. The new Strong-Grip seat and Funnel Flange features allow standard joist installation without requiring joist nails resulting in the lowest installed cost. The Strong-Grip seat firmly secures I-joists with flange thicknesses from 1" to 1". The ITS design maintains superior allowable download capacities equal to or greater than the ITT for Douglas Fir and all SCL headers ITT The ITTs special bend-tabs constrains the I-joist, helping to reduce squeaks resulting from joist movement. I-joist flange thickness for bend-tab application is 1" to 1". MIT/HIT - Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) PAN is specifically designed for I-joists when used with the MIT or HIT. With PAN, the nail hole material is not removed, but is formed to channel and confine the path of the nail at approximately 45. PAN minimizes splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. See Top Flange tables on pages 96 to 105. Refer to Joist Manufacturers literature or appropriate Simpson Connector Selection Guide for actual joist sizes. MATERIAL: ITS, ITT18 gauge; MIT, HIT16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. See product specific installation drawings pages 90-91. ITSno joist nailing required for standard I-joist installation without web stiffeners. When supporting I-joists with web stiffeners or rectangular SCL member 2-10dx1" must be installed into optional triangle joist nail holes for standard installation values. ITS and ITToptional triangle nail holes may be used for additional load. See allowable load tables. Refer to technical bulletin T-OPTUPLIFT for additional ITT options (see page 187 for details). ITTbend tabs may be installed unbent into web stiffeners. MIToptional triangle nail holes may be used for increased uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table. HITclosed PAN nail holes may be used for increased uplift capacity. See Optional Nailing For Increased Uplift table. For sloped joists up to :12 there is no reduction, between :12 and up to :12, tests show a 10% reduction in ultimate hanger strength. Local crushing of the bottom flange or excessive deflection may be limiting; check with joist manufacturer for specific limitations on bearing of this type. ALLOWABLE LOADS: The ITS, ITT, MIT and HIT hangers have locations for optional nails if additional uplift is needed. Optional uplift nailing requires the addition of properly-secured web stiffeners. See the load tables for minimum required fasteners and allowable uplift loads. OPTIONS: Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
ITS
Patent Pending
Typical ITS Installed on LVL
2"
Optional Nail Locations
The Strong-Grip seat secures I-joists in position without joist nails
" 2"
W
ITT
U.S. Patent 5,555,694
onal Opti il Na ns tio Loca
TOP FLANGE HANGERS ITS/ITT/MIT/HIT Engineered Wood Products Hangers

ITS INSTALLATION SEQUENCE
POSITIVE ANGLE NAILING
STEP 1 Attach the ITS to the header
STEP 2 Slide the I-joist downward into the ITS until it rests above the Strong-Grip seat.
STEP 3 Firmly push or snap I-joist fully into the seat of the ITS.
Correct Nailing Approx. 45o angle
IT SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Fasteners Model ITS Series4 (Standard Installation) ITS Series8 (Alternate Installation) ITT Series4 ITTM Series MIT Series HIT Series Top 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d Face 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d 4-10d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d Joist 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift1 (133) 105 105 105 615 615 235 235 235 215 215 215 315 Uplift1 (160) 105 105 105 630 630 235 235 235 215 215 215 315 LVL
2
Allowable Loads Header Type PSL 1245 1365 1735 1595 1735 1225 1300 1535 1500 2000 2140 2050 LSL 1625 1780 1905 1885 1905 1435 1435 1500 1605 1605 2115 2500 DF/SP 1440 1520 1635 1955 1955 1275 1465 1635 2035 2245 2305 2875 SPF 1140 1150 1225 1230 1230 1065 1200 1315 1115 1665 1665 1950 DF/SCL3 I-Joist 1085 1050 1230 SPF I-Joist 940 755 885
Code Ref.
1395 1550 1785 1735 1785 1235 1450 1500 2035 2335 2550 2550
52
52, 91, 121
See page 142 for concrete and masonry installations. 52, 84, 121 52, 82, 121
1. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF column.
NAILER TABLE This table indicates various allowable loads for ITS/ITT/MIT/HIT hangers used on wood nailers. The header nail type must be substituted for those listed in other tables. See technical bulletin T-NAILERUPLFT for other uplift values and options (see page 187 for details).
Model Nailer 2x 2x 2-2x 2-2x 3x 3x 4x 4x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x Top Flange Nailing 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10d 8-10d 6-16dx2 8-16dx2 6-16d 8-16d 6-10dx1 6-10d 6-16dx2 6-16d 6-10dx1 8-10d 8-16dx2 8-16d 10-10d 10-16dx2 10-16d Joist Nailing 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift2 (133) 105 310 105 615 105 615 105 615 190 190 190 190 215 215 215 215 255 255 255 Allowable Loads DF/SP SPF 1260 1260 1260 1260 12201 12201 1745 1530 15001 1540 15251 1905 1215 1215 1215 1150 1500 1525 15701 1440 1570 1255 19751 22501 2525 2835 30501
3. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily of Douglas Fir/Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 to 1, use 0.85 of the I-joist header load. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 to 1, use 0.75 of the I-joist header load. 4. Minimum solid header thickness to achieve ITS/ITT table loads is 1". 5. SCL, structural composite lumber, is laminated veneer lumber, Parallam PSL and TimberStrand LSL. 6. Code Values are based on DF/SP header species. 7. I-joists with flanges less than 1 thick used in combination with hangers thinner than 14 gauge may deflect an additional inch beyond the standard " limit. 8. For the ITS alternate installation joist fasteners can be installed for additional load. Web stiffeners required.
Parallam and TimberStrand are registered trademarks of Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser company.
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
ITS Series
OPTIONAL NAILING FOR INCREASED UPLIFT

Model ITS ITT MIT HIT Top 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-16d 4-16d 4-16dx2 4-16d Fasteners Face 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-16d 4-10dx1 4-16d 6-16d 6-16dx2 6-16d Joist 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 6-10dx1 Allowable Uplift Loads (133) 615 615 485 485 485 480 480 480 480 720 (160) 630 630 575 575 575 575 575 575 575 850
ITT Series
MIT Series
HIT Series
1. These hangers may deflect an additional " at design load. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP members only.
1. Loads are based on Doug Fir, and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Reduce according to the code for normal loading criteria such as in cantilever construction. 2. Web stiffeners are required on I-joist for additional nailing.
91
TOP FLANGE HANGERS LBV/BA/B/HB I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers
The BA hanger is a cost effective hanger targeted at high capacity I-joists and common Structural Composite Lumber applications. A min/max joist nail option gives dual use of this hanger. Minimum values featuring Positive Angle Nailing are targeted at I-joist without web stiffeners requirement and the maximum nailing generates higher loads to support structural composite lumber. The unique two level embossment provides added stiffness to the top flange. The newly improved LBV, B and HB hangers offer wide versatility for I-joists and structural composite lumber. The enhanced load capacity widens the range of applications for these hangers. The LBV still features Positive Angle Nailing and does not require the use of web stiffeners for standard non modified I-joist installations. See Top Flange tables on pages 96 to 105. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. MATERIAL: See tables, pages 96 to 105. FINISH: LBV, B, BA and HBGalvanized; all saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangersSimpson gray paint. LBV, B, BA and HB may be ordered hot-dip galvanized; specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes and nailer table. LBV, B, BA and HB may be used for weld-on applications. Weld size to match material thickness (approximate thickness shown). The minimum required weld to the top flanges is " x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and 12 gauge and " x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 7 gauge and 10 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated, see page 14 for weld information. Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable down load listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT. LBV hangers do not require the use of web stiffeners for non-sloped or non-skewed applications. B and HB hangers require the use of web stiffeners. BA MIN nailing does not require web stiffeners. BA MAX nailing requires the use of web stiffeners. Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger. Refer to T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( :12). OPTIONS: LBV, B and HB Other widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 1"). The finish on special B hangers will depend on the manufacturing process used. Check with your Simpson representative for details. Hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG. Modified hangers have reduced loads, see Hanger Options, pages 180-181. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Top Flange Uplift Allowable Loads Model Nailer Nailing (133/160) DF/SP SPF No. 2x 10-10dx1 265 2280 2085 2-2x 10-10d 265 1955 1530 LBV 3x 10-16dx2 265 2490 4x 10-16d 255 2590 2x 10-10dx1 265 2220 1755 2-2x 14-10d 265 2695 2235 BA 3x 14-16dx2 265 3230 4x 14-16d 265 3300 2-2x 14-10d 710 3615 2770 B 3x 14-16dx2 825 3725 4x 14-16d 825 3800 HB 4x 22-16d 1550 5500
2
LBV
HB
(B Similar)
BA
Patent Pending
BA Installed LVL to LVL Max Nailing

Nailer attachment per Designer
Typical Double LBV Hanger Installation
LBV features Positive Angle Nailing, no web stiffeners are required BA installed 2X nailer on steel beam minimum nailing
NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 1. Uplift values are for DF/SP members 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, BA, B, HB and LBV are only. LBV and BA hangers resist 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. more uplift when web stiffeners are acceptable for weld-on See page 16-17 for other used. Refer to technical bulletin applications (LBV shown). nail sizes and information. T-NAILERUPLFT for additional See Installation Information. information (see page 187 for details). 2. See page 184 for reductions on modified hangers on nailers. 1. This table assumes joists with Fc = 750 psi. For other 3.B hangers require 6-10dx1 joist nails to achieve published joists, check that bearing and joist nails are adequate. loads. For joist members 2" or wider, 16dx2" joist nails 2. Loads for Bs and HBs assume a joist width of should be installed for additional uplift loads on the 3x and 2" or greater. 4x nailer applications of 970 lbs. and 1010 lbs. respectively. B SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS 3. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading Fasteners Allowable Loads Header Type with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load Code Model I-Joist 9 by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever Uplift Uplift Ref. Series LVL8 PSL LSL DF/SP 2 SPF Top Face Joist construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. (133) (160) DF/SCL SPF 4. Loads may not be increased for short term loading. 6-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 265 265 2295 2610 2270 1790 1835 1495 1340 5. Web stiffeners required when more than two joist LBV 6-10d 4-10d 2-10dx1 265 265 2295 2610 2645 2310 2060 nails are used. (Min) 6. SCL (structural composite lumber) is LVL (laminated 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 26, veneer lumber), Parallam PSL and TimberStrand LSL. 6-10dx1 4-10dx1 6-10dx1 530 635 2295 2610 2270 1790 1835 1495 1350 144 7. Code values are based on DF/SP header species. LBV 6-10d 4-10d 6-10dx1 655 785 2295 2610 2645 2310 2060 8. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas (Max) 6-16d 4-16d 6-10dx1 770 895 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce-Pine-Fir or similar less dense veneers, use 1495 1495 6-10dx1 10-10dx1 2-10dx1 BA the values found in the SPF column. 6-10d 10-10d 2-10dx1 265 315 3230 3630 4005 3080 2425 (Min) 9. DF I-joists include flanges made from solid sawn 6-16d 10-16d 160 2-10dx1 265 315 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 Douglas Fir, LVL made primarily of Douglas Fir/ 6-10d 10-10d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 3555 3630 4120 3625 2465 BA Southern Pine, or LSL. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 to 1, use 0.85 of the I-joist header (Max) 6-16d 10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 load. For flanges with thicknesses from 1 to 1, 6-10d 8-10d 6-10dx1 825 990 3575 3195 3640 3625 2190 2 B use 0.75 of the I-joist header load. 26,
NAILER TABLE The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for LBV, BA, B and HB hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall.
92
HB2
6-16d 6-16d
8-16d 16-16d
6-16dx2 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 10-16dx2 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
144
TOP FLANGE HANGERS W/WP/WPU/WM/WMU/HW/HWU

The W, WP, WPU, HWU and HW series are designed to hang joists, purlins or beams. WM and WMU hangers are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 96 to 105. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and embedded into the grouted wall. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. Hangers may be welded to steel headers with " for W, " for WP, WPU, and " for HW, HWU by 1" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange, see page 14 for weld information. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable load listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT (WPU and HWU hangers only). Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger. Hangers can support joists sloped up to :12 using table loads. For joists sloping between :12 and :12 use 85% of the table loads. Web stiffeners are required for standard joist nailing configuration with these hangers. Refer to T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( :12). MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange grouted and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell. TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws. OPTIONS: Specify alternate nailing pattern when web stiffeners are not being used (up to 16" in depth). Add X ANP after model number for nailing into the flange, available for 90 applications only. Uplift loads do not apply to this application. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181 for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model Nailer 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x Top Uplift1 Allowable Loads Flange SPF Nailing (133/160) DF/SP 1600 1600 2-10dx1 2-10d 1665 1765 2-16dx2 2-10d 2200 2525 2500 2-10dx1 2-10d 3255 3000 2-16dx2 2-10d 3255 7-10d 700 3255 775 3000 7-16dx2 7-16d 775 3255 4-10d 4860 4845 4-16dx2 4-16d 5285 8-16dx2 710 5430 810 8-16dx2 5430 8-16d 810 5430
I-Joist & Structural Composite Lumber Hangers

3 Ga. Top Flange
2"
12 Ga. Top Flange
7 Ga. Top Flange
WPU
HW
(HWU similar)
2" 2"
WM
(WMU similar)
7 Ga. Top Flange
12 Ga. Top Flange
WP
NAILER TABLE The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for W, WP and HW hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to sloped-seat hangers.
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
WP
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson for details.
WPU HW HWU
1. Uplift values for the WPU and HWU hangers are for depths 18". Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths. 2. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer. Fasteners
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADER APPLICATIONS

Typical WM Installation with Alternate Nailing Pattern (ANP)
Correct Nailer Attachment
Joist Model Width 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 4 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 5 1 to 5 1 to 5 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 3 4 to 7 4 to 7 4 to 7 4 to 7 Depth 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 9 to 28 9 to 28 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 7 to 18 18 to 22 23 to 28 3 to 32 3 to 32 9 to 18 18 to 22 23 to 28 28 to 32 9 to 18 18 to 22 23 to 28 28 to 32 Top 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-x1" Titens 2-16d DPLX 2-x1" Titens 3-10dx1 3-10d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 3-16d 4-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
Allowable Loads Header Type Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) 625 545 775 485 315 810 765 635 1005 810 765 635 1005 LVL4 1635 2150 2335 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry I-Joist 5 4175 3380 4175 3380 Code Ref. 170 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121 170 26, 83 (widths greater than 2") 26, 144 (widths up to 3") 26, 83, 144
Face 4-x1" Titens 4-x1" Titens 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d
W WM WMU WP
WPU HW
HWU
2865 2525 3635 4700 4700 4700 3100 5100 6335 6335 6335 6335 6000 6000 6000 6000
1740 1600 1415 2020 2200 1435 1950 2335 1765 1435 MID-WALL INSTALLATION 8 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION MID-WALL INSTALLATION 8 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION 3250 2500 2000 3250 3650 3255 2525 3320 3650 3255 2600 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4880 3650 4165 4165 4000 5285 3100 4000 4500 5285 3665 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6335 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415 5500 5535 6000 5415
2030
26, 144
144
1. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 3") may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 3. SCL, structural composite lumber, is laminated veneer lumber, Parallam PSL and TimberStrand LSL.
4. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF column. 5. I-joist header with SPF flanges will support 2030 lbs. 6. WP quantity of nail holes in top flange varies. 7. Top Flange Hangers on the following pages with I in the model name (e.g. HWI) use the same design information in the above tables for the models without the I in the name (e.g. HW). 8. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. Refer to Installation Notes for further explanation of applications. 9. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
93
GLTV/HGLTV
Heavy Duty Hangers
GLTV and HGLTV hangers are designed for structural composite lumber header applications that require high loads. The top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations. For heavy loads with a face-mount application, see the HGUS series. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table. This series may be used for weld-on applications. Minimum required weld is a " x 2" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for GLTV, and a " x 2" fillet weld at each end of the top flange for HGLTV, see page 14 for weld information. Weld-on applications produce maximum loads listed. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. GLTV hangers may be attached to a 4x nailer and achieve full table loads or they can be installed to a double 2x nailer or a 3x nailer with 16dx2" nails and achieve 0.84 of the published loads. HGLTV hangers should not be attached to nailers. GLTV or HGLTV hangers may be installed on ledgers provided the ledgers are made of 4x solid sawn or 3" SCL shown in the table below. Thinner lumber must be evaluated by the building Designer. OPTIONS: Hot-dipped galvanized: specify HDG. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. Saddle hanger versions are available in some engineered wood sizes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Flatten edge of header to match top flange radius.
Stro PSO ng- N Tie
SIM
HGLTV
(GLTV similar)
Typical GLTV Installation
Model No. GLTV series HGLTV series
Fasteners Top 4-16d 6-16d Face 6-16d 12-16d Joist 6-16d 6-16d Uplift (133) 1370 1370 Uplift (160) 1640 1640
Allowable Loads Header Type LVL6 7500 10500 PSL4 7400 9485 LSL5 5750 9000 DF/SP 7000 8665 SPF 4260 6690
Code Ref. 7, 90, 121
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. 2. Uplift loads only apply when H is 28" or less. 3. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load.
4. If header is multiple plies of 1", the PSL allowable load for the GLTV is 6875 lbs. 5. HGLTV at maximum allowable load may have greater than " deflection. 6. Applies to LVL headers made primarily from Douglas Fir or Southern Pine. For LVL made primarily from Spruce Pine Fir or similar less dense veneers, use the values found in the SPF column. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information
EGQ High Capacity Hanger

The EGQ hanger is a high capacity top flange connector designed for use with Structural Composite Lumber beams. It utilizes Simpson Strong-Drive screws for higher capacity and ease of installation. Available in standard SCL widths and made to specified heights. SDS screws are included. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; Stirrups7 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install with Simpson SDS "x3" wood screws, which are provided with the EGQ. (Lag screws will not achieve the same load.) All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at hanger locations. Quantity and location to be determined by designer. See SDS section for additional information and SDS screws applications. OPTIONS: No modification available. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical EGQ Installation
Model No. EGQ3.62-SDS3 EGQ5.50-SDS3 EGQ7.25-SDS3
Joist or Dimensions Purlin W Min H Size 3 5 7 3 5 7 11 11 11
Fasteners Header Joist
Allowable Loads Header Type Uplift (133/160) 6365 6365 6365 LVL 19800 19800 19800 PSL 18680 18680 18680
Code Ref.
EGQ
28-SDS "x3" 12-SDS "x3" 28-SDS "x3" 12-SDS "x3" 28-SDS "x3" 12-SDS "x3"
160
94
1. Loads are based on 750 psi wood bearing for SCL. 2. Min H is the minimum H dimension that may be specified.
3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. For normal loading such as in cantilever construction use an uplift value of 4800 lbs.
MSC Multiple Seat Connector

The MSC supports the ridge and two valleys for roof construction. Ideal for dormer roof applications. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge, Stirrups11 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Distribute the total load evenly about the centerline to avoid eccentric loading. Fasten all built-up members together as one unit. Net height will be calculated based on specified valley member depth and slope by the factory unless noted otherwise. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED VALLEYS The valley stirrups can be sloped to 45 and skewed from 25 to 45 . (MSC5 skewed 20-45.) The total design load of the hanger is split between the ridge (20%) and each valley (40%). MSC connectors can be used for two valley connections with no ridge member. Divide the total load by two for each valley load. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Net Height Ridge cannot be sloped or skewed Valley
MSC4 with Valley Sloped and Skewed 45
Model No.
Dimensions
Fasteners Joist 18-10dx1
H TF L Header W (Min) 1 5 2 12 10-16d
Hips Allowable Loads Code (100 & 125) Max. Max. Ref. Skew Slope Valley Ridge Total 0 45 45 0 45 45 0 45 45 0 45 45 2535 1265 6335 2010 1005 5025 2535 1265 6335 2010 1005 5025 3335 1665 8335 3335 1665 8335 6450 3220 16120 6 5340 2675 13355 6, 121
MSC2
26-10dx1 18-10dx1 MSC1.81 1 5 2 12 10-16d 26-10dx1 18-10d MSC4 3 7 2 18 10-16d 26-10d 18-16d MSC5 5 9 2 26 13-16d 26-16d
Ridge cannot be sloped or skewed
1. Valley loads are for each valley. 2. Other valley-ridge load distributions are allowed provided the sum of all three carried members is distributed symmetrically about the center of the hanger and combined do not exceed the total load. 3. MSC4 is also available in 3" Glulam width. 4. MSC5 is also available in widths up to 5". W2 minimum width is 3". 5. MSC4 is also available in widths down to 1". Use 10dx1" nails and MSC2 allowable loads. 6. Refer to technical bulletin T-MSC-WS for the hip valley rafter pitch conversion table (see page 187 for details). 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
MSC1.81 with Valley Skewed 45 and Sloped 0
Dormer
Typical MSC4 Installation
95
TOP FLANGE HANGERS I-JOISTS & SCL

Actual Joist Size Model No. ITT29.25 LBV1.56/9.25 WP29.25 WM29.253 ITT29.5 MIT29.5 LBV1.56/9.5 WP29.5 WM29.53 LBV1.56/11.25 WP211.25 WM211.253 ITT211.88 MIT211.88 LBV1.56/11.88 WP211.88 WM211.883 ITT214 LBV1.56/14 LBV1.56/16 LBV1.81/7.25 WP1.81/7.25 LBV1.81/9.25 WP9.25 WPU1.81/9.25 ITS1.81/9.5 ITT9.5 MIT9.5 LBV1.81/9.5 WP9 WM93 LBV1.81/11.25 WPU1.81/11.25 ITS1.81/11.88 ITT11.88 MIT11.88 BA1.81/11.88 (Min) BA1.81/11.88 (Max) LBV1.81/11.88 WP11 WM113 WPU1.81/11.88 ITS1.81/14 ITT14 MIT1.81/14 LBV1.81/14 WP14 WM143 Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 14 16 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 13 14 14 14 14 B 2 3 4 4 2 2 3 4 4 3 4 4 2 2 3 4 4 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 3 3 4 3 4 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 2 2 2 3 3 4 TF 1 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 Fasteners6 Solid Header Top 4-10d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 6-16d 3-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 3-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX Face 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 10-16d 10-16d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d Joist Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1050 1495 2030 1050 1230 1495 2030 1495 2030 1050 1230 1495 2030 1050 1495 1495 1495 2030 1495 2030 1085 1050 1230 1495 2030 1495 1085 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1085 1050 1230 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175
1 x 9
1 x 9
1 x 11
1 x 11
1 x 14 1 x 16 1 x 7
1 x 9
1 x 9
1 x 11
1 x 11
1 x 14
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Uplift loads are based on DF/SP lumber and have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. Divide (133) Load by 1.33 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 3. WM loads listed are based on embedded installation (mid-wall) into a masonry block wall. (See page 70) 4. When I-joist is used as header, all nails must be 10dx1 and allowable loads assume flanges that are at least 1" thick made of Douglas Fir, LVL or TimberStrand LSL. For other flange thicknesses, apply load adjustment Refer to factors found in the table on the right. page 80 for 5. Hangers sorted in order of recommended selection for best backer block I-Joist Header Load Adjustment Factors information overall performance and installation value. Hanger Series 6. Other nail schedules and loads are listed on pages 91-93. Flange Material 7. See pages 91 to 95 for Code reference numbers. or Thickness ITS ITT MIT LBV WP BA Flange 8. Web stiffeners are required when supporting double Thickness 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75 1 to 1 I-joists with flanges less than 1" thick. 9. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.85 1 to 1 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. SPF 0.86 0.72 0.72 0.90 1.00 See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
96
18 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 18 1 14 1 14 1 14 1 12 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 18 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 14 1 12 1 18 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 14 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 18 1 18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 12 1
2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 215 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 215 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 1925 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 775 775 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 105 105 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 215 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 6-10dx1 775 775 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 105 105 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 215 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2-10dx1 265 315 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 775 775 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 105 105 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 2-10dx1 235 235 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2-10dx1 215 215 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2-10dx1 265 265 2910 2885 3190 2590 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2-10dx1 2-10dx1

Actual Joist Size Model No. ITT16 MIT1.81/16 LBV1.81/16 B1.81/16 WP16 WM163 ITS2.06/9.5 ITT2.06/9.5 LBV2.06/9.5 ITS2.06/11.88 ITT2.06/11.88 LBV2.06/11.88 ITS2.06/14 ITT2.06/14 LBV2.06/14 ITT2.06/16 LBV2.06/16 ITS2.06/9.5 ITT2.1/9.5 LBV2.1/9.5 ITS2.06/11.88 ITT2.1/11.88 LBV2.1/11.88 ITS2.06/14 ITT2.1/14 LBV2.1/14 ITT2.1/16 LBV2.1/16 ITS2.37/9.5 ITT359.5 LBV2.37/9.5 ITS2.37/11.88 ITT3511.88 MIT3511.88 LBV2.37/11.88 W3511.88 WM3511.883 ITS2.37/14 ITT3514 MIT3514 LBV2.37/14 WP3514 WM35143 MIT3516 LBV2.37/16 WP3516 WM35163 MIT3518 HIT3518 LBV2.37/18 WP3518 WM35183 MIT3520 HIT3520 LBV2.37/20 WP3520 WM35203 ITT39.25 LBV2.56/9.25 WI39.25 Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H 15 16 16 16 16 16 9 9 9 11 11 11 13 13 14 15 16 9 9 9 11 11 11 13 13 14 15 16 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 13 13 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 9 9 9 B 2 2 3 3 3 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 TF 1 2 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 1 2 2 Fasteners6 Solid Header Top 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 4-10d 6-16d 2-16d Face 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 8-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 2-10d 2-10d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 2-10d 4-16d Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 235 215 265 825 105 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 215 265 105 235 215 265 215 265 215 315 265 215 315 265 235 265 235 215 265 990 105 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 265 105 235 215 265 105 235 215 265 215 265 215 315 265 215 315 265 235 265 1450 2550 2910 4135 3635 1550 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1450 2910 1550 1450 2910 1550 1450 2550 2910 2335 1550 1450 2550 2910 3635 2550 2910 3635 2550 2550 2910 3635 2550 2550 2910 3635 1450 2910 2335 PSL 1300 2140 2885 3355 3320 1365 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1300 2885 1365 1300 2885 1365 1300 2140 2885 1950 1365 1300 2140 2885 3320 2140 2885 3320 2140 2050 2885 3320 2140 2050 2885 3320 1300 2885 1950 LSL DF/SP SPF 1435 2115 3190 4500 3635 1780 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1435 3190 1780 1435 3190 1780 1435 2115 3190 2335 1780 1435 2115 3190 3635 2115 3190 3635 2115 2500 3190 3635 2115 2500 3190 3635 1435 3190 2335 1465 2305 2590 3640 3255 1520 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1465 2590 1520 1465 2590 1520 1465 2305 2590 1765 1520 1465 2305 2590 3255 2305 2590 3255 2305 2875 2590 3255 2305 2875 2590 3255 1465 2460 1765 1200 1665 2060 2650 2600 1150 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1200 2060 1150 1200 2060 1150 1200 1665 2060 1435 1150 1200 1665 2060 2600 1665 2060 2600 1665 1950 2060 2600 1665 1950 2060 2600 1200 2060 1435 DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1050 1230 1495 2030 1085 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1085 1050 1230 1495 1085 1050 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1050 1495 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175 4175
1 x 16
2 x 9
2 x 11
2 x 14
2 x 16
2 x 9
2 x 11
2 x 14
2 x 16 2 - 2 x 9
2 - 2 x 11
2 - 2 x 14
2 - 2 x 16
2 - 2 x 18
2 - 2 x 20
2 x 9
18 1 16 1 14 1 12 1 12 1 12 1 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 18 2 18 2 16 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 18 2 18 2 16 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 16 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 16 2 16 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 16 2 16 2 14 2 12 2 12 2 18 2 14 2 12 2
97

Actual Joist Size 2 x 9 Model No. ITT39.37 LBV2.56/9.37 ITS2.56/9.5 2 - 2 ITT39.5 x 9 LBV2.56/9.5 WI39.5 ITT311.25 2 x 11 LBV2.56/11.25 WI311.25 ITS2.56/11.88 ITT311.88 MIT311.88 2 - 2 BA2.56/11.88 (Min) x 11 BA2.56/11.88 (Max) LBV2.56/11.88 WPI311.88 2 x 13 ITT313 LBV2.56/13 ITS2.56/14 ITT314 MIT314 2 - 2 BA2.56/14 (Min) x 14 BA2.56/14 (Max) LBV2.56/14 WPI314 WMI3143 ITT316 MIT316 BA2.56/16 (Min) 2 - 2 BA2.56/16 (Max) x 16 LBV2.56/16 WPI316 WMI3163 MIT318 HIT318 2 x 18 LBV2.56/18 WPI318 WMI3183 MIT320 HIT320 2 x 20 LBV2.56/20 WPI320 WMI3203 HIT322 2 x 22 LBV2.56/22 WPI322 HWI322 HIT324 2 x 24 LBV2.56/24 WPI324 HIT326 2 x 26 LBV2.56/26 WPI326 Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2 2 4 3 2 2 3 2 2 TF 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Top 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 6-16d 2-16d 4-10d 6-16d 2-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d Fasteners6 Solid Header Face 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 215 265 265 235 265 105 235 215 265 265 235 215 265 265 215 315 265 215 315 265 315 265 315 265 315 265 235 265 105 235 265 235 265 105 235 215 315 265 235 265 105 235 215 315 265 235 215 315 265 215 315 265 215 315 265 315 265 315 265 315 265 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1050 1495 1085 1050 1495 1050 1495 1085 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1050 1495 1085 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175
18 2 9 14 2 18 2 18 2 14 2 9 9 9 9
1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 1450 1300 1450 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2335 1950 2335 1765 1435 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2335 1950 2335 1765 1435 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3220 3695 3255 2600 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1550 1365 1780 1520 1150 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600
4-16d 2-10dx1
4-16d 2-10dx1
12 2 9
18 2 11 14 2 11
4-16d 2-10dx1
12 2 11
18 2 11 18 2 11 16 2 14 2 14 2 11 11 11
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
14 2 11
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665
12 2 11 2
18 2 12 14 2 13 18 2 13 18 2 13 16 2 14 2 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 26 26 26
4-16d 2-10dx1
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
14 2
14 2
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665
12 2 12 2
16 2 14 2
3 2-16d DPLX
18 2 15
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
14 2
14 2
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665
12 2 12 2
16 2 16 2 14 2
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
12 2 12 2
16 2 16 2 14 2
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
12 2 12 2 16 2
14 2
3 2-16d DPLX
6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-10dx1
12 2 11 2 16 2
14 2
6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
12 2 16 2
14 2
12 2
98

Actual Joist Size 2 x 28 2 x 30 Model No. LBV2.56/28 WPI328 LBV2.56/30 WPI330 WPU2.75/9.25 2 - 2 HWU2.75/9.25 x 9 GLTV2.75/9.25 WPU2.75/9.5 2- 2 HWU2.75/9.5 x 9 GLTV2.75/9.5 WPU2.75/11.25 2 - 2 HWU2.75/11.25 x 11 GLTV2.75/11.25 WPU2.75/11.88 2 - 2 HWU2.75/11.88 x 11 GLTV2.75/11.88 WPU2.75/14 2 - 2 HWU2.75/14 x 14 GLTV2.75/14 WPU2.75/16 2 - 2 HWU2.75/16 x 16 GLTV2.75/16 LBV3.12/9.25 3 x 9 WP29.25-2 WM29.25-23 MIT29.5-2 3 x 9 LBV3.12/9.5 WP29.5-2 WM29.5-2
3
Web Stiff Ga Reqd
Dimensions W H 28 28 30 30 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 14 14 14 16 16 16 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 B 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 3 4 5 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 TF 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 Top 6-16d 2-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d
Fasteners6 Solid Header Face Joist
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 265 265 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 265 215 265 265 215 265 265 265 265 775 235 265 265 265 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 775 810 265 215 265 265 215 265 265 265 265 775 235 265 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1495 1495 1495 1050 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175
14 2
4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d
2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2000 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2550 2000 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 4700 4880 4165 4165 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
12 2
14 2

12 2 12 2 10 2 7 2 12 2 10 2 7 2 12 2 10 2 7 2 12 2 10 2 7 2 12 2 10 2 7 2 12 2 10 2 7 2
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
6-16d 6-16dx2 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
14 3
12 3 12 3
16 3 14 3
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10dx1 2-10d
12 3 12 3
14 3
3 2-16d DPLX
LBV3.12/11.25 3 x 11 WP211.25-2 WM211.25-23 MIT211.88-2 3 x 11 LBV3.12/11.88 WP211.88-2 WM211.88-23 3 x 14 3 x 16 3 x 7 LBV3.12/14 LBV3.12/16 LBV3.56/7.25 WPU3.56/7.25 ITT49.25 LBV3.56/9.25 HB3.56/9.25 3 x 9 WPI49.25 HWI49.25 HWU3.56/9.25 GLTV3.56/9.25 HGLTV3.56/9.25
4-16d 2-10dx1
12 3 12 3
16 3 14 3
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d
12 3 11 2 12 3 11 2
14 3 14 3 14 3 14 16 7 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 5 6
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 6-10dx1 2-10d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1
12 3
14 3
18 3 9

10 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690
99

Actual Joist Size 3 x 9 Model No. ITT49.37 LBV3.56/9.37 ITT49.5 MIT49.5 LBV3.56/9.5 HB3.56/9.5 3 x 9 WPI49.5 HWI49.5 HWU3.56/9.5 GLTV3.59 HGLTV3.59 WM3.56/9.53 ITT411.25 LBV3.56/11.25 HB3.56/11.25 3 x 11 WPI411.25 HWI411.25 HWU3.56/11.25 GLTV3.56/11.25 HGLTV3.56/11.25 ITT411.88 MIT411.88 BA3.56/11.88 (Min) BA3.56/11.88 (Max) LBV3.56/11.88 B3.56/11.88 HB3.56/11.88 3 x 11 WPI411.88 HUI411.88TF WPU3.56/11.88 HWI411.88 HWU3.56/11.88 GLTV3.511 HGLTV3.511 ITTM411.88 LBV3.56/12 HB3.56/12 WPI412 3 x 12 HWI412 GLTV3.512 HGLTV3.512 WMI4123 3 x 13 ITT413 LBV3.56/13
3
Web Stiff Ga Reqd
Dimensions W H B 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 5 6 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 2 2 5 6 2 2 2 TF 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 Top 4-10d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 6-16d
Fasteners6 Solid Header Face 2-10d 2-10d Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 235 265 235 215 265 235 265 235 215 265 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1050 1495 1050 1230 1495 2030 1050 1495 2030 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1495 2030 1050 1495 4175 1545 4175 4175
18 3 9 14 3 18 3 16 3 14 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1

10 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3 12 3
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 235 265 235 265 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
3 2-16d DPLX
18 3 11 14 3
4-16d 2-10dx1

10 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 235 215 265 265 235 215 315 265 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060
18 3 11 16 3 14 3 14 3
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 8-16d 16-16d 12-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 2-10dx1
14 3 11
12 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 935 775 775 3635 3320 3635 3255 2600 4700 4880 4165 4165 1125 4550 4550 4550 4550
4-16d 6-10dx1
5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 265 265
18 3 11 14 3 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13
WM3.56/11.883
12 3 11 2
10 3 12 3 11 3 7 3 7 3 12 3
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1
2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 235 265 235 265 1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060
3 2-16d DPLX
18 3 12 14 3
4-16d 2-10dx1
100

Actual Joist Size Model No. ITT414 MIT414 BA3.56/14 (Min) BA3.56/14 (Max) LBV3.56/14 B3.56/14 HB3.56/14 3 x 14 WPI414 HUI414TF WPU3.56/14 HWI414 HWU3.56/14 GLTV3.514 HGLTV3.514 ITTM4143 WMI4143 ITT416 MIT416 BA3.56/16 (Min) BA3.56/16 (Max) LBV3.56/16 B3.56/16 HB3.56/16 3 x 16 WPI416 WPU3.56/16 HWI416 HWU3.56/16 GLTV3.516 ITTM4163 HGLTV3.516 WMI4163 MIT418
Web Stiff Ga Reqd
Dimensions W H B 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 5 2 6 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 5 6 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 TF 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 Top 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 4-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-10d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 2-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d
Fasteners6 Solid Header Face 2-10d Joist 2-10dx1
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 235 215 265 265 235 215 315 265 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1050 1230 1495 1495 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1545 4175 1545 4175 4175 4175
18 3 13 16 3 14 3 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 8-16d 16-16d 14-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 8-10d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10dx1
14 3
14 3
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 775 775 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 4700 4880 4165 4165 1250 1500 4830 4830 4830 4830

12 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3
4-16d 6-10dx1
5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 235 215 265 265 235 215 315 265
18 3 13
12 3
16 3 14 3
3 2-16d DPLX
18 3 15
1450 1300 1435 1465 1200 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 4015 3705 4005 3435 2665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060
4-16d 2-10dx1 10-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10d
14 3
14 3
10-16d 8-10dx1 1055 1170 4715 4320 4500 3800 2665 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 775 775 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 4700 4880 4165 4165 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665

12 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3
4-16d 6-10dx1
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 215 315 265 775 215 315 265 775 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 4700 4880 4165 4165 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665
18 3 15
7 3 12 3
16 3 16 3 14 3
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 12-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d
HIT418 LBV3.56/18 HB3.56/18 WPI418 3 x 18 WPU3.56/18 HWI418 HWU3.56/18 GLTV3.518 HGLTV3.518 WMI4183 3 x 18 GLTV3.56/18.75 HGLTV3.56/18.75 MIT420 HIT420 LBV3.56/20 HB3.56/20 WPI420 3 x 20 WPU3.56/20 HWI420 HWU3.56/20 GLTV3.520 HGLTV3.520 WMI4203

10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3 12 3
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
4-16d 6-10dx1
1020 1135 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 7800 9000 8665 6690 215 315 265 485 765 215 315 265 485 765 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2550 2050 2500 2875 1950 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 4700 4880 4165 4165 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415
3 2-16d DPLX
7 3 18 7 3 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
16 3 16 3 14 3
4-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d

10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 10 3 7 3 7 3 12 3
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820
4-16d 6-10dx1
1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690
3 2-16d DPLX
101

Actual Joist Size Model No. HIT422 LBV3.56/22 HB3.56/22 WPI422 WPU3.56/22 HWI422 HIT424 LBV3.56/24 HB3.56/24 WPI424 WPU3.56/24 HWI424 HIT426 LBV3.56/26 HB3.56/26 WPI426 WPU3.56/26 HWI426 LBV3.56/28 HB3.56/28 WPI428 WPU3.56/28 HWI428 LBV3.56/30 HB3.56/30 WPI430 HWI430 WPI432 HWI432 MIT4.12/9.5 LBV4.12/9.5 MIT4.12/11.88 LBV4.12/11.88 MIT4.12/14 LBV4.12/14 LBV4.12/16 MIT4.28/9.5 LBV4.28/9.5 MIT4.28/11.88 LBV4.28/11.88 MIT4.28/14 LBV4.28/14 LBV4.28/16 MIT359.5-2 LBV4.75/9.5 WP359.5-2 MIT3511.88-2 LBV4.75/11.88 WP3511.88-2 WM3511.88-23 MIT3514-2 LBV4.75/14 WP3514-2 WM3514-23 MIT4.75/16 LBV4.75/16 WP3516-2 WM3516-23 Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H 22 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 30 30 30 30 32 32 9 9 11 11 14 14 16 9 9 11 11 14 14 16 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 B 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 TF Top Fasteners6 Solid Header Face Joist Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 315 265 2175 485 315 265 2175 315 315 265 2175 315 265 2175 315 265 2175 215 265 215 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 315 265 2610 485 315 265 2610 315 315 265 2610 315 265 2610 315 265 2610 215 265 215 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 2550 2910 5815 3635 4700 5100 2550 2910 5815 3635 4700 5100 2550 2910 5815 3635 4700 5100 2910 5815 3635 4700 5100 2910 5815 3635 5100 3635 5100 2550 2910 2550 2910 2550 2910 2910 2550 2910 2550 2910 2550 2910 2910 2550 2910 3635 2550 2910 3635 2550 2910 3635 2550 2910 3635 PSL 2050 2885 5640 3320 4880 4000 2050 2885 5640 3320 4880 4000 2050 2885 5640 3320 4880 4000 2885 5640 3320 4880 4000 2885 5640 3320 4000 3320 4000 2140 2885 2140 2885 2140 2885 2885 2140 2885 2140 2885 2140 2885 2885 2140 2885 3320 2140 2885 3320 2140 2885 3320 2140 2885 3320 LSL DF/SP SPF 2500 3190 6395 3650 4500 2500 3190 6395 3650 4500 2500 3190 6395 3650 4500 3190 6395 3650 4500 3190 6395 3650 4500 3650 4500 2115 3190 2115 3190 2115 3190 3190 2115 3190 2115 3190 2115 3190 3190 2115 3190 3650 2115 3190 3650 2115 3190 3650 2115 3190 3650 2875 2460 5650 3255 4165 5285 2875 2460 5650 3255 4165 5285 2875 2460 5650 3255 4165 5285 2460 5650 3255 4165 5285 2460 5650 3255 5285 3255 5285 2305 2460 2305 2460 2305 2460 2460 2305 2460 2305 2460 2305 2460 2460 2305 2460 3255 2305 2460 3255 2305 2460 3255 2305 2460 3255 1950 2060 3820 2600 4165 3665 1950 2060 3820 2600 4165 3665 1950 2060 3820 2600 4165 3665 2060 3820 2600 4165 3665 2060 3820 2600 3665 2600 3665 1665 2060 1665 2060 1665 2060 2060 1665 2060 1665 2060 1665 2060 2060 1665 2060 2600 1665 2060 2600 1665 2060 2600 1665 2060 2600 DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 2030 2030 1230 1495 1230 1495 1230 1495 1495 1230 1495 1230 1495 1230 1495 1495 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 4175 4175 4175
3 x 22
3 x 24
3 x 26
3 x 28
3 x 30
3 x 32 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 14 4 x 16 4 x 9 4 x 11 4 x 14 4 x 16 4 - 4 x 9
4 - 4 x 11
4 - 4 x 14
4 - 4 x 16
16 3 14 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 16 3 14 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 16 3 14 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 14 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 11 3 14 3 10 3 12 3 11 3 12 3 11 3 16 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 14 4 16 4 14 4 12 4 16 4 14 4 12 4 12 4 16 4 14 4 12 4 12 4 16 4 14 4 12 4 12 4
4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-10d 2 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-10d 2 4-16d 6-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-10d 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 3-16d 4-16d 6-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-10d 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3 6-16d 16-16d 10-16d 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 4-16d 4-10d 2 2-16d 2 2-10dx1 4-16d 4-10d 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3-16d 2-10d 2 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3-16d 2 2-10dx1 2-10d 3 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3-16d 2 2-10dx1 2-10d 3 2-16d DPLX 4-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 6-16d 4-16d 2-10dx1 2 3-16d 2 2-10dx1 2-10d 3 2-16d DPLX
102

Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H 18 18 18 20 20 20 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 20 20 20 22 22 22 24 24 24 26 26 26 28 28 30 30 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 5 3 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 5 TF 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 Top 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d Fasteners6 Solid Header Face Joist Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) 265 265 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 265 265 265 215 265 265 215 265 215 265 215 265 PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 1495 2030 1495 2030 1495 1230 1495 2030 1495 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 1230 1495 2030 2030 2030 2030 2030 2030 2030 4175 4175 4175
LBV4.75/18 4 - 4 WP3518-2 x 18 WM3518-23 LBV4.75/20 4 - 4 WP3520-2 x 20 WM3520-23 5 x 9 5 x 9 LBV5.12/9.25 MIT39.5-2 LBV5.12/9.5 WPI39.5-2 5 x 11 LBV5.12/11.25 MIT311.88-2 5 x 11 LBV5.12/11.88 WPI311.88-2 MIT314-2 5 x 14 LBV5.12/14 WPI314-2 MIT5.12/16 5 x 16 LBV5.12/16 HB5.12/16 WPI316-2 B5.12/18 5 x 18 HB5.12/18 WPI318-2 B5.12/20 5 x 20 HB5.12/20 WPI320-2 B5.12/22 5 x 22 HB5.12/22 WPI322-2 B5.12/24 5 x 24
14 4
4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10dx1 2-10d
2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 2550 2140 2115 2305 1665 2910 2885 3190 2460 2060 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600
12 4 12 4
14 4
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1
12 4 12 4
14 5 16 5 14 5
3 2-16d DPLX
4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 4-16d 2-10dx1 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-16d 10-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d
12 5
14 5 16 5 14 5
12 5
16 5 14 5
12 5
16 5 14 5
HB5.12/24 WPI324-2 B5.12/26
5 x 26
HB5.12/26 WPI326-2 B5.12/28 HB5.12/28 B5.12/30 HB5.12/30 HB5.50/9.25
5 x 28 5 x 30
5 x 7 WPU5.50/7.25 5 x 9 HWU5.50/9.25 GLTV5.50/9.25 HB5.50/9.5 WP5.50/9.5 5 x 9 HWU5.50/9.5 GLTV5.59 HGLTV5.59 WM5.50/9.53 HB5.50/11.25 5 x 11 HWU5.50/11.25 GLTV5.50/11.25

10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 10 5 12 5 10 5 10 5 7 5 10 5 12 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 12 5 10 5 10 5 7 5
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 910 935 4700 4880 4165 4165 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260
3 2-16d DPLX
103

Actual Joist Size Web Stiff Ga Reqd Dimensions W H 11 11 11 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 B 3 2 3 5 6 2 3 3 5 6 3 3 5 6 3 3 5 6 3 3 5 6 5 6 3 3 5 6 3 3 2 3 5 2 3 2 3 5 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 TF 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 Top 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d Fasteners6 Solid Header Face 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 12-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 4-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d Joist 10-16d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-10d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 2-10d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 2030 2030 2030 2030 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175
Model No. HB5.50/11.88
WP5.50/11.88 5 x 11 HWU5.50/11.88 GLTV5.511 HGLTV5.511 WM5.50/11.883 HB5.50/12 5 x 12 HWU5.50/12 GLTV5.512 HGLTV5.512 HB5.50/14 5 x 14 HWU5.50/14 GLTV5.514 HGLTV5.514 HB5.50/16 5 x 16 HWU5.50/16 GLTV5.516 HGLTV5.516 HB5.50/18 5 x 18 HWU5.50/18 GLTV5.518 HGLTV5.518 5 x 18 GLTV5.50/18.75 HGLTV5.50/18.75 HB5.50/20 5 x 20 HWU5.50/20 GLTV5.520 HGLTV5.520 7 x 7 HWU7.12/7.25 HB7.12/9.25 7 x 9 WPI49.25-2 HWU7.12/9.25 GLTV49.25-2 B7.12/9.5 HB7.12/9.5 7 x 9 WPI49.5-2 HWU7.12/9.5 GLTV49.5-2 WMI49.5-23 HB7.12/11.25 WPI411.25-2 7 x 11 HWU7.12/11.25 GLTV411.25-2 HGLTV411.25-2 WMI411.25-23 B7.12/11.88 HB7.12/11.88 WPI411.88-2 7 x 11 HWU7.12/11.88 GLTV411.88-2 HGLTV411.88-2 WMI411.88-23

10 5 12 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 12 5 10 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 10 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 10 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 10 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 7 7 5 5
2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5700 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 765 765 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690
3 2-16d DPLX
10 5 10 5 7 5 7 5 10 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 12 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 12 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
12 7 12 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
12 7
3 2-16d DPLX
104

Actual Joist Size Model No. B7.12/14 HB7.12/14 WPI414-2 7 x 14 HWU7.12/14 GLTV414-2 HGLTV414-2 WMI414-23 B7.12/16 HB7.12/16 WPI416-2 7 x 16 HWU7.12/16 GLTV416-2 HGLTV416-2 WMI416-23 B7.12/18 HB7.12/18 HWI418-2 7 x 18 HWU7.12/18 GLTV418-2 HGLTV418-2 WMI418-23 7 x 18 GLTV418.75-2 B7.12/20 HB7.12/20 HWI420-2 7 x 20 HWU7.12/20 GLTV420-2 HGLTV420-2 WMI420-23 B7.12/22 HB7.12/22
Web Stiff Ga Reqd
Dimensions W H 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 22 22 22 22 22 24 24 24 24 24 26 26 26 26 26 28 28 28 28 28 30 30 30 32 32 32 B 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 5 2 3 2 3 5 6 2 2 3 2 5 6 2 3 2 5 6 2 3 2 5 6 2 3 2 5 6 2 5 6 2 5 6 TF 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Top 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 3-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d
Fasteners6 Solid Header Face 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 8-16d 16-16d 4-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 8-16d 16-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 12-16d 6-16d 12-16d Joist 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10dx1 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 2-10d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 2-10d 6-16d 10-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 4-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-16d 10-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-10d 6-16d 6-16d
Allowable Loads Header Type1,2,7 Uplift Uplift LVL (133) (160) PSL LSL DF/SP SPF DF/SCL Masonry3 I-Joist 4 2030 2030 4175 4175 4175 4175
7 x 22
HWI422-2 GLTV422-2 HGLTV7.12/22 B7.12/24 HB7.12/24
7 x 24
HWI424-2 GLTV424-2 HGLTV7.12/24 B7.12/26 HB7.12/26
7 x 26
HWI426-2 GLTV426-2 HGLTV426-2 B7.12/28 HB7.12/28
7 x 28
HWI428-2 GLTV428-2 HGLTV428-2 HWI430-2
7 x 30
GLTV430-2 HGLTV430-2 HWI432-2
7 x 32
GLTV432-2 HGLTV432-2

12 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 7 7
1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1020 1135 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 765 765 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415
12 7 12 7 10 7 12 7 10 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
12 7 12 7 10 7 11 7 10 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
12 7 12 7 10 7 11 7 10 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
1370 1640 7500 7400 5700 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 1010 1010 4135 3355 4500 3800 2650 2175 2610 5815 5640 6395 5650 3820 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1370 1640 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 1370 1640 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 7500 7400 5750 7000 4260 10500 9485 9000 8665 6690
12 7 12 7 10 7 11 7 7 7 7 7
3 2-16d DPLX
12 7 10 7 11 7 7 7 7 7
12 7 10 7 11 7 7 7 7 7
12 7 10 7 11 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
11 7
11 7
105
LSU/LSSU/LSSUI Light Slopeable/Skewable U Hangers for I-Joists and SCL

This series attaches joists or rafters to headers, sloped up or down, and skewed left or right, up to 45. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so that the horizontal force developed by the slope is fully supported by the supporting members. Web stiffeners required for I-joist applications. To see an installation video on this product, visit www.strongtie.com. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LSSU410
(LSSU210-2, LSSUH310 similar)
A Flanges
LSU and LSSU INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

(For Skewed or Sloped/Skewed Applications)
Slope to 45 Up or Down
10dx1" Nails STEP 1 Nail hanger to slope-cut carried member, installing seat nail first. No bevel necessary. Install joist nails at 45 angle. STEP 2 Skew flange from 0-45. Bend other flange back along centerline of slots until it meets the header. Bend one time only. STEP 3 Attach hanger to the carrying member, acute angle side first. Install nails at an angle.
The LSU5.12 must be factoryskewed 0 to 45. It may be fieldsloped to 45. (LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and LSU3510-2 similar) Hanger shown skewed right
Dimensions Actual Joist Width Model No. Ga
Fasteners
Face
Joist
Uplift (133)
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Roof Roof Uplift Floor Uplift Floor (160) (100) Snow Const. (133) (100) Snow Const. (115) (125) (115) (125) 1390 1390 1390 1390 1390 2295 3035 3035 4020 4020 4020 3785 1205 1205 1205 1205 1205 1600 1625 1625 2300 2300 2300 1790 625 625 625 625 625 990 990 990 990 990 990 760 625 625 625 625 625 990 990 990 990 990 990 760 960 960 960 960 960 1930 2160 2160 2785 2785 2785 2785 860 860 860 860 860 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550 1105 1105 1105 1105 1105 1930 2485 2485 3200 3200 3200 3200 995 995 995 995 995 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550 1200 1200 1200 1200 1200 1930 2700 2700 3480 3480 3480 3280 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1385 1365 1365 1990 1990 1990 1550
Code Ref.
140 6, 86, 121, 140 160 4, 87, 121
170
1 1 2 2 2 - 2 2 - 2 3 3 4 4 4 - 4 5
LSSU210 LSSUI25 LSSUI2.06 LSSU2.1 LSSUI35 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU4.123 LSU4.283 LSU3510-23 LSU5.123
18 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 14 14 14 14
1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5
6, 86, 121, 140 140 6, 86, 121, 140 160 4, 87, 121
170
106
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase is allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU4.28 and LSU5.12 skew option must be factory-ordered.
4. Minimum 11" joist height for LSU3510-2, LSU4.12, LSU5.12; 9" for all others. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
1 1 2 2 2 - 2 2 - 2 3 3 4 4 4 - 4 5
LSSU210 LSSUI25 LSSUI2.06 LSSU2.1 LSSUI35 LSSUH310 LSSU210-2 LSSU410 LSU4.12 LSU4.28 LSU3510-2 LSU5.12
18 18 18 18 18 16 16 16 14 14 14 14
1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 4 4 4 5
SLOPED ONLY HANGERS 730 875 1110 1275 8 1 10-10d 7-10dx1 730 875 1110 1275 8 1 10-10d 7-10dx1 730 875 1110 1275 8 1 10-10d 7-10dx1 730 875 1110 1275 8 1 10-10d 7-10dx1 730 875 1110 1275 8 1 10-10d 7-10dx1 8 3 18-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 2295 2295 8 2 18-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 2430 2795 8 2 18-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 2430 2795 9 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 3215 3700 9 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 3215 3700 8 3 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 3215 3700 9 885 3215 3700 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 885 SKEWED HANGERS OR SLOPED AND SKEWED HANGERS 730 785 995 1145 8 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 730 785 995 1145 8 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 730 785 995 1145 8 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 730 785 995 1145 8 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 730 785 995 1145 8 1 9-10d 7-10dx1 8 3 14-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 1600 1600 8 2 14-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 1625 1625 8 2 14-16d 12-10dx1 1150 1150 1625 1625 9 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 2300 2300 9 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 2300 2300 8 3 24-16d 16-10dx1 1150 1150 2300 2300 9 885 1790 1790 2 24-16d 16-10dx1 885
6, 86, 121, 140
VPA Variable Pitch Connector

The VPA may be sloped in the field, offering a versatile solution for attaching rafters to the top plate. It will adjust to accommodate slopes between 3:12 and 12:12, making it a complement to the versatile LSSU. This connector eliminates the need for notched rafters, beveled top plates and toe nailing. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. A and B flanges touch at 45
B Flange
VPA25
U.S. Patent 5,335,469
A Flange
Fasteners Actual Joist Width 1 1 2 2 2 - 2 2 - 2 3 Model No. Uplift W B Carrying Carried Member Member 8-10d 8-10d 9-10d 9-10d 9-10d 9-10d 11-10d 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 DF/SP Species SPF Species Download
Allowable Loads Lateral DF/SP Species SPF Species (133) (160) (133) (160) F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 375 245 375 250 325 210 325 250 Code Ref.
VPA2 VPA25 VPA2.06 VPA2.1 VPA35 VPA3 VPA4
1 1 2 2 2 2 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(133) (160) (133) (160) DF/SP SPF 245 295 210 250 1050 870 245 295 210 250 1050 870 245 295 210 250 1230 1020 245 295 210 250 1230 1020 245 295 210 250 1230 1020 245 295 210 250 1230 1020 245 295 210 250 1230 1020
1, 121, 140 140
1, 121, 140
1. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
VPA INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

A Flange B Flange
Required Pitch
10d Common
10d Common
STEP 1 Install top nails and face PAN nails in A flange to outside wall top plate.
STEP 2 Seat rafter with a hammer, adjusting B flange to the required pitch.
STEP 3 Install B flange nails in the obround nail holes, locking the pitch.
STEP 4 Bend tab with hammer and install 10dx1" nail into tab nail hole. Hammer nail in at an approximate 45 angle to limit splitting.
HCP Hip Corner Plates
For complementary ridge connection, see page 108
The HCP connects a rafter or joist to double top plates at a 45 angle. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach HCP to double top plates; birdsmouth not required for table loads. Install rafter and complete nailing. Rafter may be sloped to 45. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Plate Line Locator for Proper Installation
Fasteners Member Size Model No. To Rafters 1 To Plates
DF/SP Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Uplift 645 F1 300
SPF Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Uplift 555 F1 260
Code Ref.
HCP1.81
U.S. Patent 5,380,115
HCP1.81 6-10dx1 6-10dx1
9, 121
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. The HCP can be installed on the inside and the outside of the wall with a flat bottom chord truss and achieve twice the load capacity. 3. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical HCP Installation
107
HRC
Hip Ridge Connectors
For complementary top plate connection, see page 107
The HRC series are field slopeable connectors that attach hips to ridge members or trusses. The HRC may be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. On end of ridgeuse optional diamond holes to secure the HRC. Bend face flanges back flush with ridge, and complete nailing. On face of ridgeadjust to correct height and install nails. Double bevel-cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity. The HRC may be sloped to 45 with no reduction in loads. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HRC1.81
U.S. Patent 5,380,116
Model No.
Member Size W Hip 1 1" Ridge 2x or 1" wide
Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10dx1 Each Hip 2-10dx1 Uplift (133) 240
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 290 Floor (100) 720 Snow (115) 830 Roof (125) 900 Uplift (133) 210
SPF Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 250 Floor (100) 625 Snow (115) 720 Roof (125) 780
Code Ref.
HRC1.81
9, 121
1. Allowable loads shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 4. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical HRC Installation on the End of a Ridge
Optional HRC1.81 Installation
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL Skewed 45 Hangers for I-Joist and SCL

108
The SUR/L1.81, 2.06, 2.1, 2.37, 2.56 and HSUR/L series are 45 skewed hangers designed specifically to ease the installation of single and double I-joists. In addition to Positive Angle Nailing these hangers encapsulate the top flange of the I-joist, so no web stiffeners are required for standard installation. The full range of 45 skewed hangers feature obround nail holes on the acute side allowing nails to be easily installed parallel to the header and joist. Installation is further simplified with no required bevel cuts. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Illustrations show left and right skews SUR/L (SUR = skewed right; SUL = skewed left). The joist end may be square cut or bevel cut. Web stiffeners are required for I-joist applications except for the SUR/L1.81, 2.56, HSUR/L4.12, 4.75 and 5.12. Fill all round and obround nail holes with specified fasteners to achieve table loads. Where noted, triangle holes in the joist flange may be filled for additional uplift capacity (see Footnote on page 109). For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 140. OPTIONS: These hangers will accommodate a 40 to 50 skew. Available with the A2 flange turned in on 2-2x and 4x models only (see illustration). For example, specify HSURC410, HSULC410, SURC210-2, or SULC210-2. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
SUL2.56/11
HSUR
Typical SUR Installation with Square Cut Joist (HSUR similar)
Typical SUL Installation with Bevel Cut Joist (HSUL similar)
SUR/SUL/HSUR/HSUL
A2 A1
Skewed 45 Hangers for I-Joist and SCL

A1 A2
HSULC
Available for 3" and 3" wide joists only
HSUR4.12/9
W
Typical HSUR4.12/9 Installation
Dimensions Actual Joist Size Model No. Web Stiff Ga W Reqd
Fasteners
A1
A2
Face
Joist
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Roof Roof Uplift Floor Uplift Uplift Floor (133/ (100) Snow Const (133) (160) (100) Snow Const (115) (125) 160) (115) (125)
Code Ref.
1x9-12 1x10-16 1x9-9 1x14 2x9 2x11 2x9 2x11
SUR/L210 SUR/L214 SUR/L1.81/9 SUR/L1.81/14 SUR/L2.06/9 SUR/L2.06/11 SUR/L2.1/9 SUR/L2.1/11
16 1 8 16 1 10
16 1 9 16 1 11 16 1 13
2 2 3 3 3
1 1 10-16d 10-10dx1 1200 1250 1330 1530 1660 1040 1150 1320 1440 1 1 12-16d 12-10dx1 1440 1730 1595 1835 1995 1250 1380 1585 1725 1 2 12-16d 2-10dx1 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 1 2 20-16d 2-10dx1 145 145 145 145 1595 1835 1995 120 1380 1585 1690 145 2130 2350 2350 120 1690 1690 1690 145 2500 2500 2500 120 1795 1795 1795 225 2015 2280 2465 180 1735 1960 2120 225 2305 2610 2665 180 1980 2245 2290 225 2015 2280 2465 180 1735 1960 2120 225 2305 2610 2665 180 1980 2245 2290 225 2015 2280 2465 180 1735 1960 2120 225 2305 2610 2665 180 1980 2245 2290 225 2590 2665 2665 180 2225 2290 2290 225 2015 2280 2465 180 1735 1960 2120 225 2305 2610 2665 180 1980 2245 2290 225 2590 2665 2665 180 2225 2290 2290 765 1860 2140 2330 625 1610 1785 1785
26, 83, 140, 144
1x11-11 SUR/L1.81/11
144
16 2 9 3 1 2 14-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 11 3 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 9 3 1 2 14-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 11 3 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 8 3 1 2 14-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 11 3 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 13 3 1 2 18-16d 2-10dx1 210 16 2 8 3 1 16 2 11 3 1 16 2 13 3 1 2 14-16d 2-10dx1 210 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 210 2 18-16d 2-10dx1 210
26, 83, 144
2-2x9 SUR/L2.37/9 2-2x11 SUR/L2.37/11 2-2x14 SUR/L2.37/14 2x9 (3x10,12) SUR/L2.56/9 2-2x11-11 SUR/L2.56/11 2x14 (3x14) SUR/L2.56/14 3x9-14
170
SUR/L210-2 HSUR/L210-2 SUR/L214-2 HSUR/L214-2 SUR/L410 HSUR/L410 SUR/L414 HSUR/L414 HSUR/L4.12/9 HSUR/L4.12/11
3x14-20 3x9-14 3x14-20 4x9 4x11 4x14 4x16 4x9 4x11 4x9 4x11 4x14 4x16 5x9 5x11 5x14 5x16

16 3 8 2 1 2 14-16d 6-10dx1 720 14 3 8 2 1 2 20-16d 6-10dx1 765
26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 140, 144 26, 83, 140, 144
920 2680 3080 3350 930 2320 2670 2900 26, 33, 83, 122, 144
16 3 12 2 1 2 18-16d 8-10dx1 960 1150 2395 2500 2500 830 1795 1795 1795 16 3 8 14 3 8 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 14-16d 2 20-16d 2 18-16d 2 26-16d 6-16d 6-16d 8-16d 8-16d 1065 1275 1860 2140 2330 920 1610 1785 1785 1420 1700 2395 2500 2500 1225 1795 1795 1795
14 3 12 2 1 2 26-16d 8-10dx1 1020 1230 3485 4005 4355 1235 3015 3470 3770 26, 33, 83, 122, 144 1070 1285 2680 3080 3350 930 2320 2670 2900 26, 33, 83, 122, 144 1430 1715 3485 4005 4355 1235 3015 3470 3770 26, 33, 83, 122, 144
16 3 12 2 14 3 12 2 9 3 3 3 3 3 3
14 4
1 2 12-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 1655 1905 2020 120 1440 1655 1700 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2210 2540 2760 120 1920 2210 2400 1 2 20-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2760 3050 3050 120 2400 2410 2410 1 2 24-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 3050 3050 3050 120 2410 2410 2410 1 2 12-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 1655 1905 2020 120 1440 1655 1700 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2210 2540 2760 120 1920 2210 2400 170
14 4 11
HSUR/L4.12/14 14 4 13 HSUR/L4.12/16 14 4 15 HSUR/L4.28/9 HSUR/L4.75/9 14 4 9 HSUR/L4.28/11 14 4 11
14 4 8 2 1 2 12-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 1655 1905 2020 120 1440 1655 1700
3
HSUR/L4.75/11 14 4 10 2 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2210 2540 2760 120 1920 2210 2400 HSUR/L4.75/14 14 4 13 2 1 2 20-16d 2-10dx1 145 HSUR/L5.12/9 14 5 9 11 145
3
2760 3050 3050 120 2400 2410 2410
HSUR/L4.75/16 14 4 15 2 1 2 24-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 3050 3050 3050 120 2410 2410 2410 2 1 2 12-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 1655 1905 2020 120 1440 1655 1700 2 1 2 16-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2210 2540 2760 120 1920 2210 2400 HSUR/L5.12/11 14 5
HSUR/L5.12/14 14 5 13 2 1 2 20-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 2760 3050 3050 120 2400 2410 2410 HSUR/L5.12/16 14 5 15 2 1 2 24-16d 2-10dx1 1453 1453 3050 3050 3050 120 2410 2410 2410
1. Uplift loads have been increased by 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof construction loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. For additional uplift on hanger with two joist nails, use web stiffeners which extend past the edge of the hanger and fill four triangle holes with N10 nails for an allowable uplift of 480 lbs. (133). 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
109
PAI/MPAI Purlin Anchors

Wood-to-concrete and wood-to-CMU connectors that satisfy code requirements. The PAs dual embedment line allows installation in concrete or concrete block. MATERIAL: MPAI14 gauge; PAI12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available HDG or ZMAX finish. INSTALLATION: Minimum concrete strength is 2000 psi. Use all specified fasteners; some models have extra fastener holes. See General Notes. Wood splitting may occur when anchor is nailed to wood less than 3" wide. To reduce splitting for widths less than 3", fill every other nail hole with 10dx1" nails. Reduce the allowable load based on the size and quantity of fasteners used. (See nail table on page 16-17.) PAI is designed for wood I-joists. Nail spacing is for 10dx1" nails 3" on center, to minimize the chance of wood splitting. Maximum ledger width for full loads is 1". EDGE DISTANCEMinimum concrete edge distance is 5". Minimum concrete block left-to-right edge distance is 20". CONCRETE BLOCK WALLSThe masonry embedment line on PAI, MPAI allows for 4" of grout embedment in a standard 8" concrete masonry unit. The minimum wall specifications are: one #4 vertical rebar, 32" long, at 32" o.c.; two courses of block above and below the anchor; a horizontal bond beam with two #4 rebars, 40" long, a maximum of two courses above or below the anchor; all cells grouted with 2000 psi " aggregate grout. Grout shall be vibrated per the 1997 UBC section 2104.6.2. OPTIONS: See LTT and HTT Tension Ties. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
4" C 6" M onc ason rete ry Em Emb bed edm me en nt t
PAI
M Conasonry cre and te E mb edm ent MPAI
The UBC Section 1633.2.8 and IBC 1620.2.1 state: Diaphragm to wall anchorage using embedded straps shall have the straps attached to or hooked around the reinforcing steel, or otherwise terminated to effectively transfer forces to the reinforcing steel.
Pressure-Treated Barrier May Be Required
Model No.
Fasteners L Masonry
PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44 PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44 PAI18 PAI23 PAI28 PAI35 MPAI32 MPAI44
18 23 29 35 32 44 18 23 29 35 32 44 18 23 29 35 32 44
10-10dx1 15-10dx1 21-10dx1 26-10dx1 16-10dx1 24-10dx1 8-10dx1 13-10dx1 19-10dx1 24-10dx1 16-10dx1 24-10dx1 7-10dx1 12-10dx1 18-10dx1 23-10dx1 16-10dx1 24-10dx1
2, 40, 121
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for a horizontal installation into the side of a concrete or masonry wall. 3. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
RC Ripper Clip
The Ripper Clip is designed to connect ripped 2x framing to the top of another wood joist. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Refer to General Notes. Attach RC to ripper, then attach ripper/RC assembly to roof joist. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Allowable Uplift Load (133) 205 240 205
Model No. RC1.56 RC1.81 RC2.1
W 1 1 2
Fasteners Ripper 2-10dx1 Joist 2-10dx1
F1
F2
Code Ref.
170
RC
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
110
1. Allowable loads are for DFL ripper members. 2. Uplift loads have been increased 33% for earthquake or wind loading with no other increase allowed. Reduce by 33% for normal loading. 3. Designer to consider stability/blocking requirements for system, if necessary. 4. Spacing of RC per Designer. 5. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RC Installation
Allowable Loads Masonry Concrete Concrete (133) (160) (133) (160) Maximum Capacity 1505 1505 1805 12-10dx1 1255 2255 2130 2560 17-10dx1 1880 2815 2885 3460 23-10dx1 2630 2815 3635 3685 29-10dx1 2815 2355 1960 2355 16-10dx1 1960 2865 2865 2865 24-10dx1 2865 1 LVL and 3x Ledger 1205 1255 1505 10-10dx1 1000 1955 1880 2255 15-10dx1 1630 2815 2630 3160 21-10dx1 2380 2815 3385 3685 27-10dx1 2815 2355 1960 2355 16-10dx1 1960 2865 2865 2865 24-10dx1 2865 4x Ledger 875 1055 1130 1355 9-10dx1 1805 1755 2105 14-10dx1 1505 2705 2505 3010 20-10dx1 2255 2815 3260 3685 26-10dx1 2815 2355 1960 2355 16-10dx1 1960 2865 2865 2865 24-10dx1 2865
Code Ref.
2, 40, 121
#4 Rebar
2, 40, 121
PAI Purlin to Concrete Wall (MPAI similar)
Glulam Beam Connectors
FACE MOUNT HANGERS HU/HUCQ/HGUS Glulam Beam & Double Shear Joist Hangers
See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. HUMost models have triangle and round holes. To achieve maximum loads, fill both round and triangle holes with common nails. HGUSThe highest loads available for face mount hangers. All hangers in this series have double shear nailing. This patented innovation distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. It also allows the use of fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of common nails for all connections. (Do not bend or remove tabs) MATERIAL: See tables FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HUcan be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. HGUSNails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for nailer applications. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2" (0.162" dia. x 2" long) nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" (0.148" dia. x 1" long) nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. For installations to masonry or concrete, see page 140. OPTIONS: HU hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2" and larger widths, with no load reductionorder HUC hanger. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181, for sloped and/or skewed HU models, and HUC (concealed flange) models. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS. Other sizes available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie. See also HUS series. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab
Dimensions Carried Member Width
HUC210-2 HU5.125/12
Concealed Flanges
HGUS3.25/12
HU Min. Nailing Fill round holes HU Max. Nailing Fill round and triangle holes
HU210-2
Typical HU Installation Dome Double Shear Nailing Side View (available on some models)
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Projection seat on most models for maximum bearing and section economy.
Model configurations may differ from those shown. Some HU models do not have triangle holes. Contact Simpson for details.
Fasteners Face Joist
3 GLULAM
3 GLULAM
5 GLULAM
5 GLULAM 6 GLULAM 7 GLULAM 8 GLULAM
Uplift Uplift (133) (160) HU210-2 (Min) 14-16d 6-10d 905 1085 3 8 2 HU210-2 (Max) 18-16d 10-10d 1505 1810 3 8 2 HU212-2 (Min) 16-16d 6-10d 905 1085 3 10 2 HU212-2 (Max) 22-16d 10-10d 1505 1810 3 10 2 14 HU3.25/10.5 22-16d 10-10d 1505 1810 3 10 2 HU3.25/12 24-16d 12-10d 1810 2015 3 11 2 HU216-2 (Min) 20-16d 8-10d 1205 1445 3 13 2 HU216-2 (Max) 26-16d 12-10d 1810 2015 3 13 2 HGUS3.25/10 46-16d 16-16d 3630 3630 3 8 4 12 HGUS3.25/12 56-16d 20-16d 4055 4055 3 10 4 See HHUS, HGUS and HUCQ in 3" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 87-88. HU310-2 14-16d 6-10d 905 1085 5 8 2 HU5.125/12 22-16d 8-16d 1430 1715 5 10 2 HU5.125/13.5 26-16d 12-16d 2145 2575 5 13 2 14 HU5.125/16 26-16d 12-16d 2145 2575 5 13 2 HUCQ5.25/9-SDS 9 3 12-SDSx2 6-SDSx2 3025 3025 5 HUCQ5.25/11-SDS 3 14-SDSx2 6-SDSx2 3025 3025 5 11 HGUS5.25/10 46-16d 16-16d 3630 3630 5 9 4 12 HGUS5.25/12 56-16d 20-16d 4055 4055 5 10 4 See HHUS, HGUS and HUCQ in 5" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 88. HGUS6.88/10 46-16d 16-16d 3630 3630 6 8 4 HGUS6.88/12 12 6 10 4 54-16d 20-16d 4055 4055 HGUS6.88/14 66-16d 22-16d 5380 5380 6 12 4 See HHUS and HGUS in 7" Structural Composite Lumber section, page 88. See HGU and HHGU on page 112.
Model No.
Ga
Allowable Loads DF/SP Species Header SPF Species Header Floor (100) 1875 2410 2145 2950 2950 3215 2680 3485 8780 9155 1875 2950 3485 3485 4955 5560 8780 9155 8780 9835 11110 Snow (115) 2155 2775 2465 3390 3390 3700 3080 4005 8940 9155 2155 3390 4005 4005 4955 5560 8940 9155 9625 9835 11110 Roof (125) 2345 3015 2680 3685 3685 4020 3350 4355 8940 9155 2345 3685 4355 4355 4955 5560 8940 9155 9625 9835 11110 Floor (100) 1625 2090 1855 2550 2550 2785 2320 3015 6725 7080 1625 2550 3015 3015 3570 4005 7510 7690 7595 8260 9330 Snow (115) 1870 2400 2135 2935 2935 3200 2670 3470 6935 7345 1870 2935 3470 3470 3570 4005 7510 7690 8085 8260 9330 Roof (125) 2030 2610 2320 3190 3190 3480 2900 3770 7080 7520 2030 3190 3770 3770 3570 4005 7510 7690 8085 8260 9330
Code Ref.
26, 83, 144
133
26, 83, 144
160 133
133
MAX nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round and triangle holes. 1. 10d commons or 16d sinkers may be used instead 3. Uplift loads based on Douglas Fir have been increased 5. For SPF uplift, use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load for products requiring 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no of the specified 16d at 0.85 of the table load value. nails and 0.72 for products requiring screws. further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for 2. 16d sinkers may be used instead of the specified 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. normal loading such as in cantilever construction. 10d commons with no load reduction. 4. MIN nailing quantity and load valuesfill all round holes; See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
111
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU High Capacity Girder Hangers

The GU hangers are high-capacity girder hangers designed for situations where the header and joist are flush at the top. These products can be used for retrofit on the framing members after they are temporarily placed in position. Simpson Strong-Drive screws make installation fast and easy, with no pre-drilling required. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized, HHGUSimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install with Simpsons SDS "x2" screws, which are provided with the GUs. (Note: lag screws will not achieve the same loads.) All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Multiple member headers may require additional fasteners at the hanger locations. The quantity and location of the additional fasteners must be determined by the Designer. For installation to concrete or masonry walls see LGUM and HGUM hangers page 141. OPTIONS: Hot-dipped galvanized available. Order as X version, specify HDG. Other seat widths available. Order as X version, specify width. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181, for one flange concealed option (except MGU3.63, MGU5.25 and HGU5.25) CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HHGU
Typical HHGU Installation
Actual Carried Beam Width 3 3
Dimensions Model No. LGU3.25-SDS LGU3.63-SDS MGU3.63-SDS LGU5.25-SDS MGU5.25-SDS HGU5.25-SDS MGU5.50-SDS Ga W 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 9 9 H2 (min) 8 8 9 8 9 11 9 11 13 9 11 13 11 13 B 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 5 5 4 5 5 5 5 ha 3 7 7 8 7 8 10 8 10 12 8 10 12 10 12 a 3 3 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 Face
Fasteners Joist 12-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 12-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 28-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 28-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 28-SDS "x2"
Allowable Loads DF/SP SPF/HF Download 3 Uplift 1 Download 3 Uplift 1 133/160 100/115/125 133/160 100/115/125 5555 5555 7260 5555 7260 9895 7260 9895 14550 7260 9895 14550 9895 14550 6720 6720 9450 6720 9450 14145 9450 14145 17845 9450 14145 17845 14145 17845 4000 4000 5225 4000 5225 7125 5225 7125 10475 5225 7125 10475 7125 10475 4840 4840 6805 4840 6805 10185 6805 10185 12850 6805 12850 10185 12850
Code Ref.
10 10 10 10 10 7 10 7 3 10 7 3 7 3
16-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 44-SDS "x2" 24-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 44-SDS "x2" 36-SDS "x2" 44-SDS "x2"
HGU5.50-SDS HHGU5.50-SDS MGU7.00-SDS
146
HHGU7.00-SDS 8 HGU9.00-SDS HHGU9.00-SDS
1. Uplift loads have been increased for earthquake and wind loading, with no further increase allowed. 2. Specify H dimension. The Designer should check the shear capacity of the carried member to make sure it matches the hangers capacity. Maximum H = 30". 3. Header depth must exceed the ha dimension shown and is based on the size necessary to fit screw pattern. Use the next size up that meets the minimum depth requirement.
112
HGU7.00-SDS
10185
TOP FLANGE HANGERS HHB/GB/HGB Beam & Purlin Hangers

See table on page 115. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. This series of beam and purlin hangers may be used for wood to wood or wood to steel applications. Precision forming provides dimensional accuracy and helps ensure proper bearing area and connection. MATERIAL: See table on page 115 FINISH: HHB, GB, HGB, all saddle hangers and all welded sloped and special hangers Simpson gray paint. HHB may be ordered hot-dip galvanized; specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes. HHB, GB and HGB may be used for weld-on applications. The minimum required weld to the top flanges is " x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 14 and 12 gauge and " x 2" fillet weld to each side of each top flange tab for 7 gauge. Distribute the weld equally on both top flanges. Welding cancels the top and face nailing requirements. Consult the code for special considerations when welding galvanized steel. The area should be well-ventilated. See page 14 for weld information. Weld on applications produce the maximum allowable load listed. Uplift loads do not apply to welded applications. Ledgers must be evaluated for each application separately. Check TF dimension, nail length and nail location on ledger. OPTIONS: HHBother widths are available; specify W dimension (the minimum W dimension is 2"). Saddle hangers are made to order; add D to model (e.g. HHBD3); specify S (for saddle) dimension. They may be used for most conditions except at end wall locations, and are preferred for nailer applications. The finish on special B hangers will depend on the manufacturing process used. Check with your Simpson representative for details. Hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG. B dimensions may be increased on some models. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181.
Factory Weld
Typical HHB, GB and HGB Saddle Installation
HHB, GB and HGB are acceptable for weld-on applications. See Installation Information.
TOP FLANGE HANGERS WM/WMU/WP/WPU/WNP/HW/HWU

The WPU, HWU and HW series purlin hangers offer the greatest design flexibility and versatility. MATERIAL: WNP/WPI/WPU7 ga. top flange, 12 ga. stirrup; HW3 ga. top flange, 11 ga. stirrup; HWU3 ga. top flange, 10 ga. stirrup FINISH: Simpson gray paint; hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG. ALLOWABLE LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. INSTALLATION: Hangers may be welded to steel headers with " for WPU/WNP/WP/WPI, and " for HW/HWU, by 1" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable load listed. See page 14 for weld information. For uplift loads refer to T-WELDUPLFT (see page 187 for details). Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger. MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell. TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 180-181, for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model Nailer
12 Ga. Top Flange
2"
7 Ga. Top Flange
WPU WM
3 Ga. Top Flange
WNP/ WP
WPU HW HWU
Model
2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2-2x 3x 4x 4x 2-2x
Allowable Loads Top Flange Uplift Nailing (133/160) DF/SP SPF LSL 2525 2500 3375 2-10dx1 2-10d 3255 3255 3000 2510 2-16dx2 2-10d 3255 3255 7-10d 700 3255 775 3000 7-16dx2 4-16d 775 3255 4-16d 5285 710 5430 8-16dx2
Joist Fasteners
Some model configurations may differ from those shown. Contact Simpson for details. NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for WNP, WP, WPU, HW or HWU hanger used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to sloped-seat hangers. 1. Uplift value for the HWU hanger is for depth 18". Refer to uplift values in table below for taller depths. 2. Attachment of nailer to supporting member is the responsibility of the Designer.
HW (HWU similar)
WNP2.6 and WNP3.3
Allowable Loads Header Type Code Uplift Ref. Width Depth Top Face Joist LVL PSL LSL DF/SP SPF I-Joist Masonry (133 &160) 2-16d DPLX MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS 4175 1, 84, 121, 140 1 to 7 3 to 30 2-10dx1 WM TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS 3380 1 to 7 3 to 30 2- x1 Titens 2-10dx1 9 to 28 2-16d DPLX 625 MID-WALL INSTALLATIONS 4175 170 1 to 7 4- x1 Titens 6-10dx1 WMU 9 to 28 545 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATIONS 3380 1 to 7 2- x1 Titens 4- x1 Titens 6-10dx1 2865 3250 2500 2000 2030 144 1 to 7 3 to 30 3-10dx1 2-10dx1 WNP/ 26, 83, 3-10d 2525 3250 3650 3255 2525 1 to 7 3 to 30 2-10dx1 WP 3-16d 3635 3320 3650 3255 2600 1 to 7 3 to 30 2-10dx1 140, 144 3-16d 4-16d 775 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 1 to 5 7 to 18 6-10dx1 3-16d 4-16d 485 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 WPU 1 to 5 18 to 22 6-10dx1 23 to 28 3-16d 4-16d 315 4700 4880 3650 4165 4165 1 to 5 6-10dx1 4-10d 3100 4000 5285 3100 1 to 7 3 to 32 2-10dx1 HW 4-16d 5100 4000 4500 5285 3665 1 to 7 3 to 32 2-10dx1 9 to 18 4-16d 4-16d 810 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1 to 3 6-10dx1 4-16d 4-16d 765 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1 to 3 18 to 22 6-10dx1 26, 144 23 to 28 4-16d 4-16d 635 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1 to 3 6-10dx1 4-16d 4-16d 1005 6335 5500 5535 6335 5415 1 to 3 28 to 32 8-10dx1 HWU 9 to 18 4-16d 4-16d 810 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 4 to 7 6-10dx1 4-16d 4-16d 765 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 4 to 7 18 to 22 6-10dx1 23 to 28 4-16d 4-16d 635 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 4 to 7 6-10dx1 4-16d 4-16d 1005 6000 5500 5535 6000 5415 4 to 7 28 to 32 8-10dx1 1. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 2. Uplift loads are based on Doug Fir and have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. loading; no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 for normal loading like cantilever construction. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. 3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. See Installation Notes on page 93.
113
TOP FLANGE HANGERS GLS/HGLS/GLT/HGLT Beam & Glulam Saddle Hangers

See table on page 115. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. GLT and HGLT accommodate typical structural requirements for timber and glulam beams. GLT top flange depth allows installation on minimum 4x ledger (3" net). Not acceptable for nailer applications. Funnel Flanges allow easy installation of beams. GLS and HGLS are heavy glulam saddle hangers. Tested and code-listed seismic tie provisions are added to the GLS or HGLSorder GLST or HGLST. The seismic tie models use three extra " bolts through each carried member and two " bolts through the supporting member. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " to a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (2005 NDS 11.1.2.2). MATERIAL: See table on page 115 FINISH: Simpson gray paint. Hot-dip galvanized available; specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. GLT/HGLT All GLTs used with sawn timbers have a 12" L dimension. Fasteners are included. GLT may be attached to steel headers by " x 2" fillet welds at each end of the header angle to obtain the tabulated loads. HGLT may be attached to steel headers by " x 2" fillet welds at each end of the Top Stirrup header angle to obtain the lesser of the tabulated Model Flange Width loads or 12,000 lbs. For uplift loads refer to (W) Ga T-WELDUPLFT. See page 14 for weld information. Not for use with SCL or LVL headers. 2 - 5 GLT 3 See GLTV, HGLTV. 5 - 6 GLS/HGLS N54A nails are included with the hangers. 2 - 8 HGLT 3 Seismic Ties: the carried member bolts should be 8 located in the upper half of the " x 1" slotted 3 holes. Standard washers must be used with all bolts. GLS 3 5 Loads listed are per stirrup. 6 HGLS 3 5 - 8 TO ORDER: GLS/HGLSSpecify H1, H2, and S dimensions (see illustration). 3 GLST 3 5 Some engineered wood sizes are also available. 6 OPTIONS: See Hanger Options pages 180-181.
HGLST 3 5 6 8
GLS
(fasteners included)
HGLT
GLT
Top Flange Length (L) 10 12 12 14 6 9 12 12 10 12 13 12 13 15
HGLS

Carrying Beam Carried Beam
GLST Installed with Glulam Beams (HGLST similar) When H dimension is 18", product is supplied with seismic straps. No options on GLST and HGLST.
TOP FLANGE HANGERS LEG/MEG/EG Beam & Glulam Hangers

See Hanger Options on page 180 for hanger modifications, which may result in reduced loads. Designed to support large members typically found in glulam beam construction. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Simpson gray paint. Hot-dip galvanized available; specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. Models available without top flanges; see table loads. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions
LEG 8" MEG 11" EG 17"
3" 3"
1"
LEG/MEG/EG without Top Flange

Bolts
LEG and MEG

Allowable Loads
EG
Without Top Flange Top Flange Min. Joist or Header Joist Model Stirrup Top Flange No Triangle Theory Triangle Theory Header Purlin Min 3 No. Ga W TF Depth Size H Floor Roof Floor Roof Floor Roof Qty Dia Qty Dia (100) (125) (100) (125) (100) (125) 3 LAM LEG3 LEG5 5 LAM MEG5 EG5 LEG7 6 LAM MEG7 EG7 8 LAM EG9 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 8 9 9 9 11 9 9 11 11 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 10 10 13 20 10 13 20 20 4 4 6 8 4 6 8 8 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 3465 3465 5170 8870 3465 5170 8870 8870 4330 4330 6460 11085 4330 6460 11085 11085 12675 16290 19710 20895 16290 19710 25320 25320 13215 16290 19710 21815 16290 19710 25835 25835 11865 11865 13570 17095 11865 13570 17095 17095 12730 12730 14865 19310 12730 14865 19310 19310
Code Ref.
EG with H dimension less than the face plate height. The EGs back plate is always 17", regardless of the stirrup height.
Model 26, 83, 144 LEG/MEG EG5 EG7 EG9
Top Flange Ga 7 3
Top Flange Length (L) 12 11 13 15
114
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 2. Allowable loads assume a carrying member width of 5". 3. Specify H dimension.
4. Triangle Theory: Some code jurisdictions allow only half of the top flange bearing area to be considered when performing a top flange hanger calculation as there is non-uniform stress under the top flange (presumed to be a triangular shaped distribution). Therefore, loads are published above using the calculated Triangle Theory. Loads are also published in the No Triangle Theory columns which are based on calculations assuming full bearing on the top flange which do not exceed the tested value with a reduction factor of 3.
TOP FLANGE HANGERS GLULAM BEAM

Joist or Purlin Size Model No. GLT3 HGLT3 GLS3-58 GLST3-58 GLS3-78 GLST3-78 GLS3-9 8 GLST3-9 8 HW3.25 HHB3 GB3 HU3.25/12TF HU3.25/16.5TF GLTV4 HGLTV4 GLT5 HGLT5 GLS5-58 GLST5-58 GLS5-78 GLST5-78 HGLS58 HGLST58 HW5.25 HHB5 GB5 HGB5 HU5.25/12TF HU5.25/16.5TF GLTV6 HGLTV6 HHB7 GB7 HGB7 GLT7 HGLT7 GLS7-78 GLST7-78 GLS7-9 8 GLST7-9 8 HGLS78 HGLST78 GLTV7.12 HGLTV7.12 HGLT9 HGLS9 8 HGLST9 8 Dimensions Ga 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 7 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 11 7 7 7 12 12 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 W 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 8 8 8 H 7 MIN 7 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 5 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 12 16 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN 5 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 12 16 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 8 MIN 9 MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 7 MIN 10 MIN 10 MIN B 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 4 3 3 2 2 5 6 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 2 3 3 4 2 2 5 6 3 3 4 5 6 5 6 5 6 6 6 5 6 6 6 6 TF 2 2 5 5 6 6 8 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 5 5 6 6 SPEC SPEC 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 6 6 8 8 SPEC SPEC 2 2 2 SPEC SPEC Fasteners Header 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A 14-N54A 16-16d 20-16d 10-16d 18-16d 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 4-10d 10-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 16-16d 20-16d 10-16d 18-16d 10-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 10-N54A 18-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A 10-16d 18-16d 18-N54A 14-N54A 14-N54A Joist 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 2-10d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-10d 8-10d 6-16d 6-16d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 8-N54A 8-N54A 2-10d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-16d 8-16d 6-16d 6-16d 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 6-N54A 8-N54A 8-N54A 6-16d 6-16d 6-N54A 8-N54A 8-N54A Uplift (133) 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 935 1250 1370 1370 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1940 1940 1455 1455 1455 1105 1470 1370 1370 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1455 1940 1940 1370 1370 1455 1940 1940 Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1125 1500 1640 1640 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 2330 2330 1745 1745 1745 1325 1765 1640 1640 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 1745 2330 2330 1640 1640 1745 2330 2330 Floor (100) 8165 11590 9790 12465 9840 12465 9840 12465 5285 6105 7215 4310 4860 7000 8665 8165 11930 13080 14685 13080 14685 16835 16835 5285 6105 7370 7885 4310 4860 7000 8665 6105 7370 7885 8165 11930 14040 14685 14040 14685 16835 16835 7000 8665 12750 16835 16835 Snow (115) 8165 11755 9965 12630 10005 12630 10005 12630 5285 6235 7380 4335 5275 7000 8665 8165 12455 13080 14685 13080 14685 16835 16835 5285 6235 7640 8265 4335 5275 7000 8665 6235 7750 8265 8165 12455 14040 14685 14040 14685 16835 16835 7000 8665 12750 16835 16835 Roof (125) 8165 11865 10080 12740 10115 12740 10115 12740 5285 6235 7490 4335 5545 7000 8665 8165 12750 13080 14685 13080 14685 16835 16835 5285 6235 8005 8520 4335 5550 7000 8665 6235 8005 8520 8165 12750 14040 14685 14040 14685 16835 16835 7000 8665 12750 16835 16835 Code Ref. 26, 83, 140, 144
26, 83, 144
3 LAM
26, 144
26, 83, 144
3 LAM
170
5 LAM
26, 83, 144
5 LAM
170
6 LAM
26, 83, 144
7 LAM
170
8 LAM
26, 83, 144
1. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading such as in cantilever construction. 4. GLT, HGLT, GLS, HGLS uplift loads only apply when H is 28 or less. 5. Allowable loads for glulam sizes are based on 560 psi wood bearing. 6. Maximum allowable horizontal load for the GLST/HGLST is 13080 lbs. (133) and 14580 lbs. (160). Load is horizontal across the supporting member and independent of vertical loads and includes a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. 7. Min H is the minimum H dimension that may be specified.
8. Allowable loads assume GLS, GLST, HGLS and HGLST loads are distributed evenly on each side of the header with loads shown for each stirrup. When the load is not evenly distributed, use the equivalent single-sided top flange hanger allowable load for each side. 9. GLS, GLST, HGLS, HGLST fasteners listed are for one side only. Fasteners supplied are for both sides of the saddle. 10. SPEC: Specify the header dimensions for the saddle hangers. (S dimension is illustrated on pages 113-114.) 11. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, N54A = 0.250" dia. x 2" long - annular ring. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
115
HCA
Hinge Connectors
HCAs offer single-piece side plates, for fewer welds and higher horizontal loads. MATERIAL: Side plates7 gauge; Top and bottom platessee PT dimensions in table. FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " and a maximum of " larger than the bolt diameter (per 2005 NDS 11.1.2.2). The model number column in the Allowable Download Table gives the basic HCA model with two rotation bolts. Contact Simpson for heights greater than 60". Position " dia. machine bolts in slots away from bearing seat to allow for wood shrinkage. OPTIONS: The Horizontal Load Table gives other bolt options. ORDERING: To order, add the width and bearing plate size designation after the model name. Specify the H dimension. For dapped beams, reduce the H dimension by the PT dimension for each dap. Specify Model No., Model Size, and height H. Ordering Example: HC4C3TA5-6 H = 18". CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Refer to technical bulletin T-HCAGUIDE for specification examples and additional information (see page 187 for details).
HC4C3TA
U.S. Patent 5,324,132
Alternate Installation with Beam Top Non-Dapped
HORIZONTAL LOAD TABLE

Model No. (Prefix) L 19 19 19 25 25 25 25 H3 Min 8 14 14 14 8 14 14 H Max 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 Rotation Bolts Per Beam 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 Slotted Tension Bolts 2 3 4 3 4 Allowable Horizontal Loads 2,3 (133) 8265 12375 16430 12375 16430 (160) 9920 14850 19720 14850 19720
HCA HC2CTA HCCTA HC4CTA HC3A HCC3TA HC4C3TA
1. Loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Horizontal loads are for Doug Fir-larch glulams minimum W = 3". For other wood types, adjust the load according to the code.
3. H MIN is the absolute minimum height. Reduce downloads according to footnote 1 in the Allowable Download Table.
Typical HC4C3TA Installation with Beam Top Dapped
ALLOWABLE DOWNLOAD TABLE

Two Rotation Bolts Three Rotation Bolts Dimensions Per Beam Per Beam 4 Model Bolt Code Min H Min H H1 H1 Size Dia. Beam Allowable Min Allowable Allowable Min Allowable Ref. (Suffix) H W PT PD H1 Width Roof Loads H Roof Loads 1 Roof Loads H Roof Loads (125) (125) (125) 2,3 (125) 2,3 3-5 3-6 3-7 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-9 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-9 9-5 9-6 9-7 9-9 11-5 11-6 11-7 11-9 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 8 8 8 8 10 10 10 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 5 6 7 5 6 7 9 5 6 7 9 5 6 7 9 5 6 7 9 12 15 18 16 20 25 36 19 24 30 40 22 29 37 40 26 34 40 40 8750 10500 12250 14350 17220 20090 25830 18900 22680 26460 29615 24500 29400 34300 29615 30100 36120 37925 29615 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 3070 2570 2210 3100 2595 2230 1740 3100 2595 2230 1740 3100 2595 2230 1740 3100 2595 2230 1740 10 12 14 13 16 19 27 15 18 22 33 17 22 27 40 20 25 32 40 8750 10500 12250 14350 17220 20090 25830 18900 22680 26460 34020 24500 29400 34300 43975 30100 36120 42140 43975 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 4465 3735 3210 4560 3815 3280 2560 4605 3855 3315 2585 4605 3855 3315 2585 4605 3855 3315 2585 23, 94
HCCTA
HCC3TA
23, 94, 126
HCA
HC2CTA
116
1. For H dimension between H1 and Minimum H, decrease allowable loads in direct proportion to depth. 2. Loads include a 25% increase for roof live loads; reduce for other load durations according to the code. 3. Loads are for 560 psi wood bearing.
4. See Horizontal Load Table for models with three rotation bolts. 5. Other widths are available for structural composite lumber. Contact Simpson.
HC4CTA
HC3A
Plated Truss Connectors
THA/THAC Adjustable Truss Hangers

The THA series have extra long straps that can be field-formed to give height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. THA hangers can be installed as top flange or face mount hangers. NEW! The THA218-2, THA222-2, THA418, THA422, and THA426 models have added nail holes in the straps to ease top flange installation and provide more nail hole options for meeting top and face nailing requirements. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Two different installation methods may be used: Top Flange InstallationThe straps must be field formed over the header a minimum of 2" for the THA29, 1" for the THA213 and THA413, and 2" for all others. Install top and face nails according to the table. Top nails shall not be within " from the edge of the top flange members. For the THA29, nails used for joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist and into the header. For all other top flange installations, straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install the nails straight into the joist. Face Mount InstallationInstall all face nails according to the table. Not all nail holes will be filled on all models. On models where there are more nail holes than required, the lowest 4 face holes must be filled. Nails used for the joist attachment must be driven at an angle so that they penetrate through the corner of the joist into the header. OPTIONS: THA hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 3" (except THA413) and larger, with no load reduction order THAC hanger. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Double Shear Nailing Top View Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab unless otherwise noted
THA29
THAC422
Double 4x2 Use full table value Single 4x2 Use 0.83 of table value 2 Face Nails (Total)
THA418
4 Top Nails (Total)
Typical THA422 Top Flange Installation on a 4x2 Floor Truss
Typical THA29 Face Mount Installation
Straighten the double shear nailing tabs and install nails straight

U.S. Patent 5,603,580
Refer to footnote 6
Typical THA29 Top Flange Installation
Typical THA Top Flange Installation on a 4x Nailer (except THA29)

Code Ref.
Minimum Carried Member

Dimensions Model No. Ga W H C
2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x2 truss 4x2 truss (2) 4x2 truss (2) 4x2 truss 2x4 2x6 2x6 (2) 2x10 (2) 2x10 4x6 4x10 4x2 truss 4x2 truss (2) 4x2 truss (2) 4x2 truss
THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THA422-2 THA426-2 THA29 THA213 THA218 THA218-2 THA222-2 THA413 THA418 THA422 THA426 THA422-2 THA426-2
18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 14 14 18 18 18 16 16 18 16 16 14 14 14
1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 7 7 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 7 7
9 13 17 17 22 13 17 22 26 22 26 9 13 17 17 22 13 17 22 26 22 26
5 5 5 8 8 4 7 7 7 9 9 5 5 5 8 8 4 7 7 7 9 9
Fasteners1 DF/SP Allowable Loads Carrying Carried Wind Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof Member Member (133 & (133/ (100) (115) (125) 160) Top Face Straight Slant 160) TOP FLANGE INSTALLATION4 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 750 2260 2310 2350 2350 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx1 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-10d 2-10d 4-10dx1 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-16d 2-16d 6-16dx2 1635 1635 1635 1635 4-16d 2-16d 6-16dx2 1635 1635 1635 1635 4-10d 2-10d 4-10d 1615 1615 1615 1615 4-16d 2-16d 6-16d 1635 1635 1635 1635 4-16d 2-16d 6-16d 1635 1635 1635 1635 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2425 2425 2425 2425 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2810 2810 2810 2810 4-16d 4-16d 6-16d 2810 2810 2810 2810 FACE MOUNT INSTALLATION5 16-10d 4-10d 750 2125 2310 2350 2350 14-10d 4-10d 930 1795 1840 1870 1870 18-10d 4-10d 930 1795 1840 1870 1870 16-16d 6-16d 1550 2830 3050 3050 3050 22-16d 6-16d 1550 3510 3595 3650 3650 14-10d 4-10d 930 1940 2235 2400 2400 16-16d 6-16d 1550 2830 3050 3050 3050 22-16d 6-16d 1550 3630 4090 4145 4145 30-16d 6-16d 1715 4020 4625 4655 4655 30-16d 6-16d 1715 4720 5430 5520 5520 38-16d 6-16d 1715 5520 5520 5520 5520
SPF Allowable Loads Wind Uplift 2 Floor Snow Roof (133 & (133/ (100) (115) (125) 160) 160) 645 645 780 780 1355 1355 780 1355 1355 1355 1395 1395 1740 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1940 2260 2260 1740 1385 1385 2385 2705 1660 2385 3075 3480 4060 4745 1785 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1940 2260 2260 1785 1425 1425 2740 2775 1910 2740 3145 4000 4670 4745 1815 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1940 2260 2260 1815 1450 1450 2820 2820 2075 2980 3195 4030 4745 4745 1815 1280 1280 1465 1465 1280 1465 1465 1940 2260 2260 1815 1450 1450 2820 2820 2210 3050 3195 4030 4745 4745
1, 84, 121, 140
1, 84, 121, 140
1. Uplift has been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 3. 160% uplift load for THA422-2 and THAC422-2 is 2060 lbs. 4. For single 4x2 top chord carrying members or single 2x nailers, THA 4x hangers can be used with 10dx1" top nails and a reduced load to 0.83 of the table value. Loads are based on hanger installations at panel points. 5. For single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails into the carrying
member and tabulated fasteners into the carried member, and use 0.81 of the table value for 18 gauge, and 0.68 of the table value for 16 gauge. 6 For the THA2X models, one strap may be installed vertically according to the face mount nailing requirements and the other strap wrapped over the top chord according to the top flange nailing requirements (see drawing above) and achieve full tabulated top flange installation downloads. The THA29 allowable uplift for this application is 630 lbs. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
117
LUS/MUS/HUS/HHUS/HGUS/HUSC Double Shear Joist Hangers

1" for 2xs 1" for 4xs
All hangers in this series have double shear nailing an innovation that distributes the load through two points on each joist nail for greater strength. This allows for fewer nails, faster installation, and the use of all common nails for the same connection. Double shear hangers range from the light capacity LUS hangers to the highest capacity HGUS hangers. For medium load truss applications, the MUS offers a lower cost alternative and easier installation than the HUS or THA hangers, while providing greater load capacity and bearing than the LUS. MATERIAL: See tables below and on page 119 FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Nails must be driven at an angle through the joist or truss into the header to achieve the table loads. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. With 3x carrying members, use 16dx2" nails into the header and 16d commons into the joist with no load reduction. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails into the header and 10d commons into the joist, and reduce the load to 0.64 of the table value. OPTIONS: LUS and MUS hangers cannot be modified. HUS hangers available with the header flanges turned in for 2-2x (3") and 4x only, with no load reduction. See HUSC Concealed Flange illustration. Concealed flanges are not available for HGUS and HHUS. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181, for sloped and/or skewed HHUS models. Other sizes available; consult your Simpson representative. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HUS210
B
MUS28 LUS28
(HUS26, HUS28, and HHUS similar)
HGUS28-2 HHUS210-2
3 "M
in.
HUSC
Concealed Flanges (not available for HHUS, HGUS and HUS2x)
Model No.
Min. Heel Ga Height 2 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 4 8
Dimensions W H B
Fasteners Carrying Carried Member Member 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 14-16d 20-16d 6-10d 8-10d 22-16d 36-16d 8-10d 30-16d 2-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-16d 8-16d 4-10d 8-10d 8-16d 12-16d 4-10d 10-16d
U.S. Patent 5,603,580
REDUCED HEEL HEIGHT ALLOWABLE LOADS - DF/SP (See illustration above)

No. of Reduced Carrying Joist Heel Member Nails Height Plys 1 3-10d LUS26 3 2 3-10d 1 4-10d MUS26 3 2 4-10d 4-10d 1 4-16d HUS26 3 4-10d 2 4-16d 6-10d HGUS26 2 3 6-16d 1 3-10d LUS28 3 2 3-10d 1 4-10d MUS28 3 2 4-10d 4-10d 1 4-16d HUS28 3 4-10d 2 4-16d 6-10d HGUS28 2 3 6-16d Model No. Face Nails 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-10d 14-10d 14-16d 14-10d 14-16d 20-10d 20-16d 6-10d 6-10d 8-10d 8-10d 22-10d 22-16d 22-10d 22-16d 36-10d 36-16d Uplift (133) 730 730 725 725 865 1035 865 1035 1510 1745 730 730 775 775 835 1000 835 1000 1395 1610 (160) 875 875 725 725 865 1035 865 1035 1510 1745 875 875 775 775 835 1000 835 1000 1395 1610 2x6 Carrying Member Floor (100) 700 775 1000 1110 1760 1980 1950 2425 2350 2830 700 775 1000 1110 1760 1980 1950 2425 2350 2830 Snow (115) 805 890 1150 1280 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 805 890 1150 1280 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 Roof (125) 875 970 1250 1390 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 875 970 1250 1390 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 Wind (133) 935 1030 1330 1420 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 935 1030 1330 1420 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 Wind (160) 1000 1235 1390 1420 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 1000 1235 1390 1420 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 2x8 Carrying Member Floor (100) 700 775 1000 1110 1500 1500 1950 2425 2350 2830 900 1010 1200 1345 1980 2810 2475 3210 3105 3740 Snow (115) 805 890 1150 1280 1725 1725 1950 2695 2350 2830 1035 1160 1300 1550 1980 2980 2475 3270 3105 3740 Roof (125) 875 970 1250 1390 1880 1880 1950 2695 2350 2830 1125 1260 1300 1685 1980 2980 2475 3310 3105 3740 Wind (133) 935 1030 1330 1420 1950 2000 1950 2695 2350 2830 1200 1340 1300 1690 1980 2980 2475 3340 3105 3740 Wind (160) 1000 1235 1390 1420 1950 2155 1950 2695 2350 2830 1245 1480 1300 1690 1980 2980 2475 3450 3105 3740
1. Allowable loads shown consider ANSI/ TPI 1-2002 member design criteria. 2. For allowable loads on 2x10 girder bottom chords, multiple ply hangers and on SPF/HF header wood species, refer to technical bulletin T-REDHEEL (see page 187 for details). 3. HGUS, HHUS and HGUQ hangers installed with the joist fastener quantities shown above are recommended for installation on minimum 2-ply 2x girder bottom chords. See T-REDHEEL for HHUS and HGUQ allowable loads (see page 187 for details). 4. Allowable loads are based on the lowest joist fastener holes filled. For the LUS, fill the two lowest joist fasteners holes on the right side of the hanger and the single lowest joist fastener hole on the left side of the hanger. 5. Wind (133) and (160) is a download rating. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
118
LUS24 LUS26 MUS26 HUS26 HGUS26 LUS28 MUS28 HUS28 HGUS28 LUS210 HUS210
SINGLE 2x SIZES 1 3 1 18 1 4 1 18 1 5 2 16 1 5 3 12 1 5 5 18 1 6 1 18 1 6 2 16 1 7 3 12 1 7 5 18 1 7 1 16 1 9 3
1. See table on page 119 for allowable loads.
(Truss Designer to provide fastener quantity for connecting multiple members together)
Typical HUS26 with Reduced Heel Height

Double Shear Nailing Side View Do not bend tab
FACE MOUNT HANGERS

Model No.
DF Allowable Loads
SP Allowable Loads
SPF/HF Allowable Loads
Uplift 1 Uplift 1 Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift 1 Uplift 1 Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift 1 Uplift 1 Floor Snow Roof Wind2 (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) 850 1110 1740 3335 3750 1405 2325 3840 5720 1700 4100 490 1010 1090 1550 1765 1010 1555 2000 3015 1010 3000 490 1165 1090 1550 1765 1165 1555 2000 3015 1165 3000 SINGLE 2x SIZES 690 795 865 900 1035 1115 1425 1640 1780 2785 3200 3325 3750 3750 3750 1140 1310 1425 1900 2185 2375 3380 3505 3585 5720 5720 5720 1380 1590 1725 3585 3745 3850 920 1200 1740 3335 3750 1520 2325 3655 5720 1840 3935 390 780 915 1335 1520 780 1305 1720 2595 780 2320 465 935 915 1335 1520 935 1305 1720 2595 935 2780 540 700 1100 2210 3480 890 1470 2580 4345 1085 2745 625 805 1265 2490 3480 1025 1690 2680 4520 1245 2870 675 875 1380 2540 3480 1115 1835 2745 4635 1355 2955 730 950 1465 2580 3480 1185 1955 2800 4730 1445 3025
Code Ref.
LUS24 465 490 640 735 800 LUS26 930 1115 830 955 1040 MUS26 1090 1090 1310 1505 1640 HUS26 1550 1550 2565 2950 3205 HGUS26 1765 1765 3750 3750 3750 LUS28 930 1115 1055 1210 1320 MUS28 1555 1555 1750 2010 2185 HUS28 2000 2000 3585 3700 3775 HGUS28 3015 3015 5720 5720 5720 LUS210 930 1115 1275 1470 1595 HUS210 2845 3000 3775 3920 4020
4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 47, 133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133 133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 47, 133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133 133 4, 37, 87, 121, 133, 140 4, 37, 87, 121, 133
Note: For dimensions and fastener information, see table on page 118.
Model No.
Dimensions Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Allowable Loads Min. Heel Ga 1 1 1 Carrying Carried Uplift Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift Uplift 1 Floor Snow Roof Wind2 W H B Height Member Member (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) 2 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 8 8 4 6 8 8 10 12 18 18 14 12 18 14 12 18 14 12 12 12 12 14 12 12 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 6 6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 5 5 7 6 7 9 8 9 4 7 9 9 10 12 5 7 9 8 10 12 4 4 5 6 7 7 7 8 9 9 10 12 2 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 4 4 4 3 4 4 2 4 3 2 2 3 4 2 3 4 4 4 4-16d 4-16d 14-16d 20-16d 6-16d 22-16d 36-16d 8-16d 30-16d 46-16d 20-16d 36-16d 46-16d 30-16d 56-16d 66-16d 20-16d 36-16d 46-16d 30-16d 56-16d 66-16d 4-16d 20-16d 14-16d 6-16d 6-16d 22-16d 36-16d 8-16d 30-16d 46-16d 56-16d 66-16d 2-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 4-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-16d 10-16d 16-16d 8-16d 12-16d 16-16d 10-16d 20-16d 22-16d 8-16d 12-16d 16-16d 10-16d 20-16d 22-16d 4-16d 8-16d 6-16d 4-16d 6-16d 8-16d 12-16d 6-16d 10-16d 16-16d 20-16d 22-16d 565 1140 1550 2325 1140 2000 3220 1550 2855 3630 2325 3220 3630 2855 4055 5380 2325 3220 3630 2855 4055 5380 1140 2325 1550 1140 1550 2000 3220 1550 2855 3630 4055 5380 DOUBLE 2x SIZES 565 765 880 960 1020 1165 1000 1150 1250 1335 1550 2580 2965 3225 3440 2325 3940 4535 4930 5240 1165 1265 1455 1585 1690 2000 3885 4465 4855 5180 3220 6805 7830 7925 7925 1550 1765 2030 2210 2355 3430 5190 5900 5900 5900 3630 8650 8940 8940 8940 TRIPLE 2x SIZES 2325 3940 4535 4930 5240 3220 6805 7830 7925 7925 3630 8780 8940 8940 8940 3430 5190 5900 5900 5900 4055 9155 9155 9155 9155 5380 10015 10015 10015 10015 QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES 2325 3940 4535 4930 5240 3220 6805 7830 7925 7925 3630 8780 8940 8940 8940 3430 5190 5970 6490 6920 4055 9155 9155 9155 9155 5380 10015 10015 10015 10015 4x SIZES 1165 1000 1150 1250 1335 2325 3940 4535 4930 5240 1550 2580 2965 3225 3440 1165 1265 1455 1585 1690 1550 1505 1730 1885 2010 2000 3885 4465 4855 5180 3220 6805 7830 7925 7925 1550 1765 2030 2210 2265 3430 5190 5900 5900 5900 3630 8780 8940 8940 8940 4055 9155 9155 9155 9155 5380 10015 10015 10015 10015 465 925 1395 1995 925 1860 2705 1390 2330 3050 1995 2705 3050 2330 3405 4520 1955 2705 3050 2450 3405 4520 925 1995 1395 925 1315 1860 2705 1390 2330 3050 3405 4520 555 1115 1550 1995 1115 2000 2705 1550 2795 3050 1995 2705 3050 2795 3405 4520 1955 2705 3050 2940 3405 4520 1115 1995 1550 1115 1550 2000 2705 1550 2795 3050 3405 4520 640 820 2165 3410 1050 3275 5890 1465 4385 6515 3410 5890 7510 4385 7690 8415 3410 5890 7510 4475 7690 8415 820 3410 2165 1050 1240 3275 5890 1465 4385 7365 7690 7890 735 945 2490 3920 1210 3765 6320 1680 4795 6775 3920 6655 7510 5040 7690 8415 3920 6655 7510 5145 7690 8415 945 3920 2490 1210 1425 3765 6655 1680 5040 7510 7690 8185 800 1025 2710 4260 1315 4095 6425 1830 4875 6865 4260 6655 7510 5075 7690 8415 4260 6655 7510 5595 7690 8415 1025 4260 2710 1315 1550 4095 6655 1830 5075 7510 7690 8380 880 1145 2960 4535 1450 4355 6575 1950 4945 7065 4535 6655 7510 5075 7690 8415 4535 6655 7510 5970 7690 8415 1145 4535 2960 1450 1650 4355 6655 2025 5075 7510 7690 8380
Code Ref.
LUS24-2 LUS26-2 HHUS26-2 HGUS26-2 LUS28-2 HHUS28-2 HGUS28-2 LUS210-2 HHUS210-2 HGUS210-2 HGUS26-3 HGUS28-3 HGUS210-3 HHUS210-3 HGUS212-3 HGUS214-3
1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140
133, 140
HGUS26-4 5 12 HGUS28-4 7 12 HGUS210-4 9 12 HHUS210-4 8 14 HGUS212-4 10 12 HGUS214-4 12 12 LUS46 HGUS46 HHUS46 LUS48 HUS48 HHUS48 HGUS48 LUS410 HHUS410 HGUS410 HGUS412 HGUS414 4 4 4 4 6 6 6 6 8 8 10 11 18 12 14 18 14 14 12 18 14 12 12 12
133, 140
1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 1, 84, 121, 133 4, 37, 121, 133, 140 3, 39, 121, 133, 140 133
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading as in cantilever construction. ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 2. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 5. Loads shown are based on minimum of 2-ply 2x carrying member. 3. Minimum heel height shown is required to achieve full table loads. For less than minimum 6. See installation notes on page 118 for fastener load modifications. heel height, see Allowable Loads with Reduced Heel Height on page 118. 7. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. 4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
119
HTU Face Mount Truss Hangers

The HTU face mount truss hangers have nail patterns designed specifically for shallow heel heights, so that full allowable loads (with minimum nailing) apply to heel heights as low as 3". Minimum and maximum nailing options provide solutions for varying heel heights and end conditions. Alternate allowable loads are provided for gaps between the end of the truss and the carrying member up to " max. to allow for greater construction tolerances (maximum gap for standard allowable loads is " per ASTM D-1761 and D-7147). MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. See alternate installation for applications using the HTU26 on a 2x4 carrying member or HTU28 or HTU210 on a 2x6 carrying member for additional uplift capacity. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for skew options. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1"
HTU26 Typical HTU26 Minimum Nailing Installation
HTU Installation for Standard Allowable Loads (For " maximum gap, use Alternate Allowable Loads.)
Alternate Installation HTU28 installed on 2x6 carrying member (HTU210 similar)
Standard Allowable Loads (" Maximum Hanger Gap)
Model No.
Min. Heel Height 3 3 5 3 7 3 9 3 5 3 7 3 9
Dimensions W H B
Fasteners Carrying Member 20-16d 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d Carried Member 11-10dx1 14-10dx1 20-10dx1 14-10dx1 26-10dx1 14-10dx1 32-10dx1 14-10d 20-10d 14-10d 26-10d 14-10d 32-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads
Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind4 Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind4 (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) SINGLE 2x SIZES 730 2880 1250 2880 1555 2880 1235 3745 2140 3745 1330 4355 3315 4610 DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1515 2880 2175 2880 1530 3745 3485 3745 1755 4610 4110 4610 3045 3200 3310 3895 4305 4355 5300 3310 3310 4305 4305 4815 5300 3045 3200 3600 3895 4680 4355 5760 3600 3600 4305 4680 4815 5760 3045 3200 3840 3895 4990 4355 5995 3840 3840 4305 4990 4815 6145 630 1075 1335 1060 1840 1145 2850 1305 1870 1315 2995 1325 3535 1815 2015 2480 2920 3225 3265 3970 2465 2480 3225 3225 3610 3970 1920 2015 2850 2920 3710 3265 4565 2465 2825 3235 3710 3610 4565 1920 2015 3120 2920 4055 3265 4990 2465 3120 3235 4055 3610 4990 1920 2015 3320 2920 4315 3265 5155 2465 3310 3235 4315 3610 5310
Code Ref.
HTU26-2 (Min) HTU26-2 (Max) HTU28-2 (Min) HTU28-2 (Max) HTU210-2 (Min) HTU210-2 (Max)
3 3 3 3 3 3
5 5 7 7 9 9
3 3 3 3 3 3
133
1. The maximum hanger gap is measured between the joist (or truss) end and the carrying member. 2. Minimum heel heights required for full table loads are based on a minimum 2:12 pitch. 3. Uplift has been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 5. For hanger gaps between " and " use the Alternate Allowable Loads. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins
T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 7. Loads shown are based on truss or joist with 3" minimum heel height. 8. For single 2x carrying members, use N10 (10dx1") nails into the header and reduce the allowable download to 0.70 of the table value. The allowable uplift is 100% of the table load. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Alternate Installation Table for 2x4 and 2x6 Carrying Member

Model No. HTU26 (Min) HTU26 (Max) HTU28 (Max) HTU210 (Max) Min. Heel Height (in.) 3 5 7 9 Minimum Carrying Member 2-2x4 2-2x4 2-2x6 2-2x6 Fasteners Carrying Member 10-16d 10-16d 20-16d 20-16d Carried Member 14-10dx1 20-10dx1 26-10dx1 32-10dx1 DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift Floor (133/160) (100) 925 1310 2205 3155 1440 1440 2880 2880 Snow (115) 1660 1660 3310 3310 Roof Wind3 Uplift (125) (133/160) (133/160) 1800 1800 3600 3600 1915 1915 3840 3840 795 1125 1895 2715 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1245 1245 2480 2480 Snow (115) 1430 1430 2850 2850 Roof Wind3 (125) (133/160) 1555 1555 2925 2925 1655 1655 2925 2925 133 Code Ref.
120
1. See table above for dimensions and additional footnotes. 2. Maximum hanger gap for the alternate installation is ". 3. Wind (133/160) is a download rating.
4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
HTU26 8 HTU26 (Min) HTU26 (Max) HTU28 (Min) HTU28 (Max) HTU210 (Min) HTU210 (Max)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
5 5 5 7 7 9 9
3 3 3 3 3 3 3
133
HTU Face Mount Truss Hangers

Alternate Allowable Loads (" Maximum Hanger Gap)
Model No. Min. Heel Height 3 3 5 3 7 3 9 3 5 3 7 3 9 Dimensions W H B Fasteners Carrying Member 20-16d 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d 20-16d 20-16d 26-16d 26-16d 32-16d 32-16d Carried Member 11-10dx1 14-10dx1 20-10dx1 14-10dx1 26-10dx1 14-10dx1 32-10dx1 14-10d 20-10d 14-10d 26-10d 14-10d 32-10d Uplift (133/160) DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) 2735 3100 3290 3770 4275 3600 5020 3290 3290 3980 4275 4255 5260 Roof (125) 2735 3100 3580 3770 4655 3600 5020 3500 3500 3980 4655 4255 5730 Wind (133) 2735 3100 3760 3770 4965 3600 5020 3500 3500 3980 4965 4255 6110 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift (133/160) 575 1010 1045 965 1840 1075 2800 1305 1645 1280 2610 1275 3315 Floor (100) 1725 1955 2370 2830 3225 2700 3765 2205 2205 2985 3225 3190 3970 Snow (115) 1725 1955 2370 2830 3710 2700 3765 2205 2205 2985 3710 3190 4565 Roof (125) 1725 1955 2370 2830 3760 2700 3765 2205 2205 2985 4055 3190 4855 Wind (133) 1725 1955 2370 2830 3760 2700 3765 2205 2205 2985 4165 3190 4855 Code Ref.
HTU268 HTU26 (Min) HTU26 (Max) HTU28 (Min) HTU28 (Max) HTU210 (Min) HTU210 (Max) HTU26-2 (Min) HTU26-2 (Max) HTU28-2 (Min) HTU28-2 (Max) HTU210-2 (Min) HTU210-2 (Max)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3
5 5 5 7 7 9 9 5 5 7 7 9 9
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
SINGLE 2x SIZES 670 2735 1175 2880 1215 2880 1125 3720 2140 3720 1250 3600 3255 4575 DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1515 2860 1910 2860 1490 3720 3035 3720 1755 4255 3855 4575
133
133
See table footnotes on page 120.
HGUQ Multi-Ply Girder Truss Hangers

HGUQ hangers provide similar capacities as HGUS double shear hangers, but they use SDS screws instead of nails for faster and easier installation. In addition, the SDS screws help transfer the load between the plies of the supporting girder when they penetrate all plies. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. SDS screws supplied. Not designed for welded or nailer applications. Contact Simpson for information regarding installations to TimberStrand LSL. Requires attachment to a minimum 2-ply girder. The thickness of the supporting girder must be equal to or greater than the screw length. For applications where the length of the supplied screws exceeds the thickness of the supporting girder, 3" or 4" screws may be substituted for the longer length screws with no load reduction, or a shim block may used as approved by the Designer. OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HGUQ28-2
Model No.
Dimensions Quantity Fasteners SDS Ga W H B Carrying Member (12) "x3" (20) "x3" (28) "x3" Carried Member (4) "x3" (6) "x3" (8) "x3"
DF/SP Allowable Loads
Uplift1 Uplift1 Floor Snow Roof Wind Uplift1 Uplift1 Floor Snow Roof Wind (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133) (160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1635 1635 3695 4250 2465 2565 6160 7085 3285 3440 7415 7415 TRIPLE 2x SIZES 1635 1635 3695 4250 2465 2565 6160 7085 3285 3440 8625 9745 QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES 1645 1970 3695 4250 2465 2955 6160 7085 3285 3940 8625 9920 4x SIZES 1635 1635 3695 4250 2465 2565 6160 7085 3285 3440 7415 7415 4620 7330 7415 4620 7700 9745 4620 7700 10260 4620 7330 7415 4930 7330 7415 4930 8215 9745 4930 8215 10260 4930 7330 7415 1175 1175 2660 3060 3325 1775 1845 4435 5100 5280 2365 2475 5340 5340 5340 1175 1175 2660 3060 3325 1775 1845 4435 5100 5545 2365 2475 6210 7015 7015 1185 1420 2660 3060 3325 1775 2130 4435 5100 5545 2365 2835 6210 7140 7385 1175 1175 2660 3060 3325 1775 1845 4435 5100 5280 2365 2475 5340 5340 5340 3550 5280 5340 3550 5915 7015 3550 5915 7385 3550 5280 5340
Code Ref.
HGUQ26-2-SDS3 HGUQ28-2-SDS3 HGUQ210-2-SDS3 HGUQ26-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ28-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ210-3-SDS4.5 HGUQ26-4-SDS6 HGUQ28-4-SDS6 HGUQ210-4-SDS6 HGUQ46-SDS3 HGUQ48-SDS3 HGUQ410-SDS3
12 3 12 3 12 3 12 12 12 5 5 5
5 7 9
4 4 4
129, 133 133 129, 133 133
5 4 (12) "x4" (4) "x4" 7 4 (20) "x4" (6) "x4" 9 4 (28) "x4" (8) "x4" (12) "x6" (20) "x6" (28) "x6" (12) "x3" (20) "x3" (28) "x3" (4) "x6" (6) "x6" (8) "x6" (4) "x3" (6) "x3" (8) "x3"
12 6 5 4 12 6 7 4 12 6 9 4 12 3 12 3 12 3 4 4 6 4 8 4
133
133
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading as in cantilever construction. 2. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 3. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF
for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 4. Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of " bit).
121
W/WP/WM Plated Truss Top Flange Hangers

The W and WP hangers offer design flexibility and versatility supporting trusses off of wood or steel. WM hangers are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction. MATERIAL: W, WM12 gauge top flange and stirrup, WP7 gauge top flange and 12 gauge stirrup FINISH: Simpson gray paint; hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. Hangers may be welded to steel headers with " for W, and " for WP, by 1" fillet welds located at each end of the top flange. Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable load listed. Uplift loads do not apply to this application. Hangers can support multi-ply carried members; the individual members must be secured together to work as a single unit before installation into the hanger. MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell. TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws. OPTIONS: For 4x2 trusses, specify alternate nail pattern (ANP) which relocates the nails to the bottom of the joist. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181 for hanger modifications. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. NAILER TABLE
The table indicates the maximum allowable loads for W and WP hangers used on wood nailers. Nailers are wood members attached to the top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to slopedseat hangers.
12 Ga. Top Flange
7 Ga. Top Flange
2" 2"
12 Ga. Top Flange
WM
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
WP
Model Nailer 2x 2-2x 3x 4x 2x 2-2x 3x 4x
Top Flange Nailing 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16dx2 2-10d 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16dx2 2-10d
Allowable Loads DF/SP 1600 1665 1765 2200 2525 3255 3000 3255 SPF 1600 1665 1740 2200 2500 3255 2510 3255 LSL 3375 3375
WP
Typical WM Installation with Alternate Nail Pattern (ANP) for 4x2 Truss
Typical WP Installation with Alternate Nailing Pattern (ANP) for 4x2 Truss
W SERIES WITH VARIOUS HEADERS

Joist Model Width 4 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 3 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 1 to 7 Depth 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 3 to 30 Top 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d 2-16d DPLX 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-16d Fasteners Face Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift (133/160) LVL 1635 2150 2335 2865 2525 3635 Allowable Loads Header Type PSL 1740 2020 1950 3250 3250 3320 LSL 2335 3650 3650 DF/SP 1600 2200 1765 2500 3255 3255 SPF 1415 1435 1435 2000 2600 2600 I-Joist 2030 Masonry 4175 Code Ref.
144, 170 26, 83, 144 1, 84, 121 170 26, 83
W WM WP
1. 16d sinkers (9 ga x 3") may be used where 10d commons are called out with no load reduction. 2. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading; no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading like cantilever construction.
3. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for the specific wood species, up to the maximum test value of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block. 4. Joist dimensions do not include truss plate thickness. 5. NAILS: 16d and 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Model No. W1.62x WM1.62x WP3.31x WM3.31x W3.62x WP3.62x WM3.62x WP7.25x WM7.25x
Dimensions Ga W 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 7 7 Min. H 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
3
Fasteners TF 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 3 Carrying Member 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-10d 2-16d DPLX 2-10d 2-16d DPLX Carried Member 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d 2-10d Floor (100) 2200 1890 3255 3635 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175
DF/SP Allowable Loads Snow (115) 2200 1920 3255 3675 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Roof (125) 2200 1940 3255 3700 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Wind (133/160) 2200 1955 3255 3720 2200 3255 4175 3255 4175 Floor (100) 1435 1445 2600 2765 1435 2600 3190 2600 4175
SPF Allowable Loads Snow (115) 1435 1470 2600 2795 1435 2600 3220 2600 4175 Roof (125) 1435 1485 2600 2820 1435 2600 3240 2600 4175 Wind (133/160) 1435 1500 2600 2835 1435 2600 3260 2600 4175
B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
122
1. WM hangers are limited based on joist bearing capacity for the specific wood species, up to the maximum test value of 4175 lbs. All headers are grouted masonry block. 2. Wind (133/160) is a download rating.
3. Min. H is the minimum H dimension that may be ordered and desired H dimension should be specified. For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. 4. NAILS: 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THAR/L422 Skewed Truss Hangers

Designed for 4x2 floor trusses and 4x beams, the THAR/L422 has a standard skew of 45. Straps must be bent for top flange installation. PAN nailing helps eliminate splitting of 4x2 truss bottom chords. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Two different installation methods may be used: Maximum NailingA minimum of four top and 12 face nails must be used. Straps must be field-formed over the header a minimum of 2". Install 10dx1" nails into carried member PAN nail holes and 10d common nail into round nail hole. Install 10d common nails into carrying member. Minimum NailingA minimum of four top and 2 face nails must be used. Straps must be field-formed over the header a minimum of 2". Install nails as detailed above. For single 4x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails and refer to the table for reduced loads. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
THAL422
Typical THAL422 Installed on a Double 4x2 Top Chord Wood Truss
Dimensions Minimum Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF Allowable Loads (in.) Top Chord Effective Code Height on Ga Uplift Uplift Carrying Member Carried Member Floor Snow Roof Ref. Floor Snow Roof Heff3 (133 & W H C Carrying (133 & (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) (125) Member Top Face Straight Slant 160) 160) Single 4x2 9 min. 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 1-10dx1 2-10dx1 880 880 880 755 755 755 THAR/L422 (Min) 16 3 22 8 9 to 12 1440 1440 1440 1240 1240 1240 47, Double 4x2 4-10d 2-10d 1-10d 2-10dx1 > 12 1090 1090 1090 935 935 935 134 THAR/L422 (Max) 16 3 22 8 Double 4x2 9 min. 4-10d 8-10d 1-10d 2-10dx1 310 1675 1675 1675 265 1440 1440 1440 Model No.
1. Uplift has been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for load durations according to the code provided they do not exceed those in the roof column. 3. Where the top of the carried member is flush with the top of the carrying member, Heff is equal to the depth of the carried member. Otherwise, Heff shall be measured from the top of the bearing seat to the top of the carrying member. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THASR/L Adjustable/Skewable Truss Hangers

The THASR/L hangers combine the height adjustability of THA hangers with field skewability, offering maximum flexibility for the installer, and eliminating the need for special orders. Shipped at 45-degrees right or left, the THASR/L hangers can be field skewed down to 22 degrees or up to 84 degrees. NEW! The THASR/L series has been expanded to include a new size for 4x2 trusses and new loads for the skew ranges between 22 degrees and 45 degrees. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Product is factory skewed to 45 degrees and may be field skewed from 22 degrees to 84 degrees. For full download, both straps must be field formed over the header. For installations where either strap cannot be field-formed over the header, install the strap(s) vertical and install, at a minimum, the required top and face nails into the lowest face nail holes in the strap(s). Loads must be reduced as noted in the table footnotes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical THASL218 Installation (L in model name = Left, R in model name = Right)
THASL218
2 Top Nails in Field Formed Strap
INSTALLATION SEQUENCE:
Align back edge of carried member to the slotted holes in seat of THASL hanger
3 Face Nails
STEP 1 Install carried member into the seat of the hanger. Secure with 6-10dx1" nails.
Rotate acute side to desired angle
STEP 2 Install 10d nails into header on the acute angle side first.
STEP 3 Adjust acute side of hanger to the desired angle.
Rotate to desired angle
STEP 4 Adjust obtuse side of hanger flush with the carrying member. Install 10d nails into header on obtuse side.
Fill Lowest 3 Nail Holes in Vertical Strap Plus 2 Double 2x6 Min. Additional
Typical THASL218 Installed with One Strap Vertical

SPF Allowable Loads Uplift (133/ 160) 680 375 420 365 365 365 365 Code Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Ref. (100/115/125/133/160) 1645 1405 1300 1310 1430 1310 1430
Minimum Carried Member
Dimensions Model No. W H Min. C Header Skew (Degree) 22 23 to 45 46 to 84 22 to 84 22 to 84
Fasteners Carrying Carried Member Member Top Face Straight 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 6-10d 6-10dx1 6-10d 6-10dx1 8-10d 6-10d 6-10dx1 8-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (133/ 160) 795 440 490 425 425 425 425 Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind (100/115/125/133/160) 1915 1635 1515 1525 1665 1525 1665
2x Truss
THASR/L218
1 18 5
2x6 2x6 2x8 2x6 2x8
129
2-2x Truss THASR/L218-2 3 18 5 4x Truss THASR/L418 3 18 5
170
1. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 2. Minimum heel height shall be 4".
3. Allowable download for installations with one or both straps installed vertically is 90% of the tabulated download capacities. Allowable uplift capacities are 100% of the tabulated uplift load capacities. The lowest 3 nail holes must be filled in each vertical strap of the THASR/L218, and lowest 4 nail holes in each vertical strap of the THASR/L218-2 and THASR/L418. 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
123
TJC37 Jack Truss Connector

TJC37 is a versatile connector for jack trusses. Adjustable from 0 to 67.5 degree (shipped with 67.5 degree bend). Nail hole locations allow for easy installation. Minimum nailing option provides faster installation and lower installed cost. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. To reduce the potential for splitting, install the TJC37 with a minimum " edge distance on the chord members (must be centered on 2x4 chords). Position the jack truss on the inside of the bend line with the end of the jack truss flush with the bend line. Bend the TJC37 to the desired position (one bend cycle only). No bevel cut required. Applications involving attachment of TJC37 to the carried truss top chord requires minimum 2x6 carrying member for jack truss pitches up to 7:12, and 2x8 or larger for pitches greater than 7:12. 2x4 carried truss top chord allows for pitches from 0:12 to 3:12. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TJC37
Top View Installation
Model No.
Fasteners Carrying Carried Member Member
Allowable Loads Code DF/SP SPF/HF Ref. 0 1-60 61-67.5 0 1-60 61-67.5 320 485 320 425 285 485 270 405 270 355 146
TJC37 (Min) 4-8dx1 4-8dx1 340 TJC37 (Max) 6-8dx1 6-8dx1 580
1. No load duration increase allowed. 2. Allowable loads are for upward or downward direction. 3. NAILS: 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical TJC37 Installation
LTHMA Multiple Truss Hangers

Light capacity hanger designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses in a terminal hip installation. See also the MTHM/MTHM-2 hangers. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The total load must be symmetrically distributed about the centerline to avoid eccentric loading of the connector. Fill round holes for girder trusses with 2x4 bottom chords. Fill round and triangle holes for girder trusses with 2x6 bottom chords. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
LTHMA
Typical LTHMA Installation

Code Ref.
Model No.
Fasteners Header 1 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x4 1 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x6 Header 12-10dx1 12-10d 18-10dx1 18-10d Hips (Total) 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 Fasteners Header 1 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x4 1 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x6 Header 12-10dx1 12-10d 18-10dx1 18-10d Hips (Total) 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 Jack 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 50 10 110 50 10 110 50 10 110 85 15 185 Jack 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 55 20 130 55 20 130 55 20 130 85 25 195
LTHMA
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 485 110 1080 540 125 1205 600 130 1330 675 150 1500 635 140 1410 635 140 1410 900 200 2000 1035 230 2300 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 440 55 935 485 65 1035 540 70 1150 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 815 100 1730 930 125 1985
Roof (125/133/160) Hip Jack Total 540 125 1205 675 150 1500 635 140 1410 1050 240 2340
6, 121
Model No.
LTHMA
Roof (125/133/160) Hip Jack Total 485 65 1035 570 75 1215 570 75 1215 940 120 2000
Code Ref.
6, 121
124
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Hip loads are for each hip. 3. Other hip/jack load distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded. 4. Load distribution is 45% for each hip and 10% for jack.
5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 6. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THJU Truss Hip/Jack Hanger

NEW! The THJU hip/jack hanger offers the most flexibility and ease of installation without sacrificing performance. The U-shaped hanger works for right and left hand hips and can be ordered to fit a range of hip skews (up to 65 degrees) as well as various single and 2-ply hip/jack combinations. Also can be installed before or after the hip and jack. THJU26 is sized for the standard hip/jack combination with a 45-degree left or right-hand hip. The wide seat of THJU26-W accommodates a 2-ply hip and 2-ply jack combination with a 45 degree maximum hip skew, or a standard single-ply hip/jack configuration with a maximum 65-degree hip skew. Intermediate seat widths are available for other hip/jack or hip/hip combinations. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: Other seat widths available. See Hanger Options on pages 180-181 for more information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dimensions (in.) Model No. Min. Heel Height 3" 5" 3" 5" W H B Fasteners Carrying Member 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d Hip 4-10d 7-10d 4-10d 7-10d Jack 4-10d 7-10d 4-10d 7-10d Uplift (133/ 160) 745 1310 710 1240
45
" Typ. Working Point
THJU26 Top View Right Hand Hip Installation
THJU26
B
1" Typ. Working Point 45
THJU26-W Top View 2-Ply Hip / 2-Ply Jack Installation

DF/SP Allowable Loads (lbs) Download Floor (100) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Snow (115) 1915 2350 1825 1965 Uplift (133/ Roof Wind (125) (133/160) 160) 1915 1915 645 2350 2350 1125 1825 1825 610 1965 1965 1065
Typical THJU26 Installation

SPF/HF Allowable Loads (lbs) Download Floor (100) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Snow (115) 1645 2020 1570 1690 Code Ref. Roof Wind (125) (133/160) 1645 1645 2020 2020 170 1570 1570 1690 1690
THJU26 THJU26-W
5 7
5 5
3 3
1. Tabulated loads are the total allowable loads of the hip and jack members combined; 65%-85% of the total load shall be distributed to the hip member, and the remaining percentage of total load shall be distributed to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published total load. 2. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed.
3. With single 2x carrying members use 10dx1" nails and use 100% of the table value. 4. For single 2x jacks, 10dx1" nails may be substituted for the specified 10d commons with no reduction in load. 5. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. 6. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
LTHJ Truss Hip/Jack Hanger

Single piece, non-welded truss hip/jack connector with a standard hip skew of 45-degrees left or right. See also THJA26, LTHJA26, and THJU26 for hip/jack hangers that accommodate both right and left hand hips and can be installed after the hip and jack. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized; also available in ZMAX coating. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The two 10d common nails into the jack must be driven at an angle through the side plate slot and jack, and into the carrying member; see HUS for double shear nailing details. The end of the jack cannot be more than " from the back plate to meet required nail penetration. Shall be attached to a minimum 2-ply girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails and use 0.82 of the table value. TO ORDER: Specify LTHJL for left 45 skewed hip truss and LTHJR for right 45 skewed hip truss. OPTIONS: Available in hip slopes up to 45 and/or skews left or right from 46 to 67. See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Double Shear Nailing
(See Installation Instructions)
Jack Member 45 Standard
Hip Member
LTHJR
Hip Skewed 45 Right (LTHJL similar)
U.S. Patent 5,042,217
Typical LTHJL Installation
LTHJL Plan View (LTHJR similar)
" Typ. Working Point Skew Angle
Fasteners Model No. Carrying Member 12-10d Hip Jack 2-10dx1 and 2-10d Carried Member Hip Jack Total Uplift (133) 485 250 735
1
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (160) 580 250 830

1
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Wind (133/ 160) 1425 475 1900 Uplift (133) 415 215 630
1
Floor Snow Roof (100) (115) (125) 1135 380 1515 1310 435 1745 1420 475 1895
Uplift 1 Floor Snow Roof (160) (100) (115) (125) 500 215 715 980 330 1310 1130 380 1510 1225 410 1635
LTHJR/L
4-10dx1
Wind (133/ 160) 1225 410 1635
Code Ref.
6, 121
1. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
3. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to Technical Bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
125
LTHJA26 Truss Hip/Jack Hangers

The LTHJA26 is a lighter capacity version of the THJA26 and offers the lowest cost alternative for light hip/jack load applications. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 5. 10dx1" nails must be installed into bottom of hip members through bottom of hanger seat for table loads. " Typ. OPTIONS: These hangers can not be modified. Working Point Top View CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Left Hand Hip Installation
Fasteners Carried Member Carrying Hip2 Combination Member (each)
5"
LTHJA26
U.S. Patent 5,253,465 and other Patent Pending
Typical LTHJA26 Installation
Top View Right Hand Hip Installation
Working Point
Top View Terminal Hip without Center Common Jack
Uplift Jack (133/160) Jack 75 Side Hip & Hip 220 20-10d 7-10dx1 4-10dx1 3733 Center Jack Hip & Jack 295 LTHJA26 Hip (each) 290 Double 20-10d 7-10dx1 3852 (Terminal) Hip Two Hips 585
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. For a 2-2x4 bottom chord, multiply the down load by 0.50. 3. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 4. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF
Model No.
Total Carried Avg Ult Member
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) 290 875 1165 635 1270 Snow (115) 290 875 1165 635 1270
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Code Roof Wind Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Ref. (125) (133/160) (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) 290 290 65 245 245 245 245 875 875 185 735 735 735 735 47, 1165 1165 250 980 980 980 980 134 635 635 245 535 535 535 535 1270 1270 490 1065 1065 1065 1065
for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 5. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails and use 0.67 of the table value. 6. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THJA26 Truss Hip/Jack Hangers

The versatile THJA26 can accommodate right or left hand hips (at 45-degree skews), and can be installed before or after the hip and jack. Can also be used for double (terminal) hips. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 7. OPTIONS: These hangers cannot be modified. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
THJA26
U.S. Patent 5,253,465
Typical THJA26 Installation
Top View Left Hand Hip Installation

Fasteners 1 Carried Member Hip Jack Total
Working Point
Top View Right Hand Hip Installation
Top View Terminal Hip without Center Common Jack

Code Ref. 8, 36, 121, 140
Model No.
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (133/160) 720 240 960 Floor (100) 2010 670 2680 Snow (115) 2310 770 3080 Roof Wind Uplift (125) (133/160) (133/160) 2450 815 3265 2450 815 3265 590 195 785
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1740 580 2320 Snow (115) 2000 670 2670 Roof Wind (125) (133/160) 2100 700 2800 2100 700 2800
Carrying Member 20-16d
Hip
Jack
THJA26
6-10dx1
4-10dx1
126
1. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.85 of the table load. 2. Combine hip and jack loads for total capacity (for terminal hip, add hip and jack loads then divide by two for each member). 3. For a 2-2x4 bottom chord, multiply the down load by 0.50. 4. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
5. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 7. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails and use 0.67 of the table value. 8. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
MTHM/MTHM-2
Multiple Truss Hangers
Medium to high load capacity hangers designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses. Accommodates right or left hand hips (at 45-degree skews) and can be used for terminal hips with or without the center common jack. The MTHM-2 accommodates 2-ply hips or jacks. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Shall be attached to a double girder truss to allow for required minimum nail penetration. See footnote 7. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. MTHM Top View Left Hand Hip Installation
MTHM
(MTHM-2 similar)
U.S. Patent 5,253,465
3" MTHM 4" MTHM-2
3" MTHM 3" MTHM-2
Typical MTHM Installation (2 Hips and a Jack to Girder Truss) MTHM Top View Terminal Installation Without Center Common Jack
" Typ. Working Point Single Ply 2-Ply Hips (Typ.)
MTHM-2 Top View Right Hand Hip Installation
Right or Left Hand Hip Installation (Two Member Connection)

Model No. Fasteners Header 2 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 Carrying Member 22-16d 34-16d 42-16d 39-16d 47-16d Hip 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 Fasteners Header 2 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 Carrying Member 22-16d 34-16d 42-16d 39-16d 47-16d Hip 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 8-10dx1 Jack 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 655 220 875 655 220 875 655 220 875 680 225 905 680 225 905 Jack 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 805 270 1075 805 270 1075 805 270 1075 835 280 1115 835 280 1115 DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 2185 730 2915 2185 730 2915 2630 875 3505 2630 875 3505 3250 1085 4335 3250 1085 4335 2800 935 3735 2800 935 3735 3375 1125 4500 3375 1125 4500 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 1880 625 2505 1880 625 2505 2260 755 3015 2260 755 3015 2795 930 3725 2795 930 3725 2510 835 3345 2510 835 3345 2905 970 3875 2905 970 3875 Roof (125/133/160) Hip Jack Total 2185 730 2915 2630 875 3505 3250 1085 4335 2800 935 3735 3375 1125 4500 Code Ref.
MTHM MTHM-2
140
Model No.
MTHM MTHM-2
Code Roof (125/133/160) Ref. Hip Jack Total 1880 625 2505 2260 755 3015 TRUSS HIP/JACK 2795 930 3725 140 GIRDERS 2510 835 3345 2905 970 3875
MTHM Top View Installation

Single Ply
" Typ. Working Point Single Ply
MTHM-2 Top View Installation

2-Ply Hips (Typ.)
Terminal Type Installation (Three Member Connection)

Model No. Fasteners Header 2 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 Carrying Member 22-16d 34-16d 42-16d 39-16d 47-16d Hips (Total) 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 Fasteners Header 2 ply 2x4 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 2 ply 2x6 2 ply 2x8 Carrying Member 22-16d 34-16d 42-16d 39-16d 47-16d Hips (Total) 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 16-10dx1 Jack 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 580 290 1450 580 290 1450 580 290 1450 600 300 1500 600 300 1500 Jack 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 Uplift (133 & 160) Hip Jack Total 715 360 1790 715 360 1790 715 360 1790 745 370 1860 745 370 1860
MTHM MTHM-2
DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 1215 605 3035 1395 700 3490 1860 930 4650 1860 930 4650 2010 1005 5025 2010 1005 5025 1955 980 4890 1955 980 4890 2470 1235 6175 2470 1235 6175 SPF/HF Allowable Loads Floor (100) Snow (115) Hip Jack Total Hip Jack Total 1055 530 2640 1215 605 3035 1600 800 4000 1600 800 4000 1730 865 4325 1730 865 4325 1680 840 4200 1680 840 4200 2125 1060 5310 2125 1060 5310
Roof (125/133/160) Hip Jack Total 1520 760 3800 1860 930 4650 2010 1005 5025 1955 980 4890 2470 1235 6175
Code Ref.
140
Model No.
MTHM MTHM-2
Roof (125/133/160) Hip Jack Total 1320 660 3300 1600 800 4000 1730 865 4325 1680 840 4200 2125 1060 5310
Code Ref.
140
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Hip loads are for each hip. 3. Roof (125/133/160) is a download rating. 4. Other hip/jack load distributions are allowed if the sum of all three carried members does not exceed the total load and the hip members are equally loaded. 5. Combine hip and jack loads for total capacity. For terminal hips divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip. 6. Truss chord cross-grain tension may limit allowable loads. Refer to technical bulletins T-ANSITPISPF, T-ANSITPISP and T-ANSITPIDF for allowable loads that
consider ANSI/TPI 1-2002 wood member design criteria (see page 187 for details). 7. With single 2x carrying members, use 10dx1" nails with 0.67 of the table values. 8. For terminal installation, distribute 40% of total load to each hip member and 20% to the jack. 9. Tabulated hip and jack allowable loads assume that 75% of the total load is distributed to the hip and 25% to the jack. It is permitted to distribute 65% to 85% of the tabulated total load to the hip, and the remaining percentage of total load to the jack. The combined hip and jack load may not exceed the published Total Load. 10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
127
MSCPT Multiple Truss Hangers

The MSCPT is a high capacity, top flange welded hanger designed to carry 2 or 3 trusses in a terminal hip installation. The top flange is notched at the center to accommodate vertical and diagonal web members in the girder truss. MATERIAL: Top flange3 gauge; stirrup11 gauge (MSCPT2, MSCPT2N), 7 gauge (MSCPT2-2, MSCPT2-2N) FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The total load must be evenly distributed about the centerline to avoid eccentric loading. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Minimum vertical carrying member sizes are 2x6 for MSCPT2 and MSCPT2N, and 2x8 for MSCPT2-2 and MSCPT2-2N. Minimum carrying member bottom chord is 2x6. OPTIONS: H1 and H2 may be increased for alignment with larger bottom chords. Hip stirrups can be skewed from 25 to 45. The W1 and W2 of the MSCPT2 may be increased up to 3", provided the stirrups configuration remains symmetrical. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Hip
Jack
Hip
MSCPT2-2 MSCPT2
MSCPT2 Top View (MSCPT2-2 similar)
Dimensions Model No. MSCPT2 MSCPT2N MSCPT2-2 MSCPT2-2N
Fasteners Joists
DF/SP Allowable Loads 1,2 Uplift (133/160) Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code (100/115/125/133/160) Ref. Hip 3145 3930 3470 4335 Jack 1570 1735 Total 7860 7860 8675 8675
W1 H1 & & H2 TF Header W2 (min.) 1 1 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2
Hip Jack Total 26-16d 18-10dx1 750 370 1870 26-16d 14-10dx1 750 1500 30-16d 20-10d 750 370 1870 30-16d 14-10d 750 1500 Fasteners Joists
MSCPT2N Top View (MSCPT2-2N similar)

146
Dimensions Model No. MSCPT2 MSCPT2N MSCPT2-2 MSCPT2-2N
SPF Allowable Loads 1,2 Uplift (133/160) Floor/Snow/Roof/Wind Code (100/115/125/133/160) Ref. Hip 3000 3470 3000 3750 Jack 1500 1500 Total 7500 6940 7500 7500
W1 H1 & & H2 TF Header W2 (min.) 1 1 3 3 5 5 5 5 2 2 2 2
Hip Jack Total 26-16d 18-10dx1 645 320 1610 26-16d 14-10dx1 645 1290 30-16d 20-10d 645 320 1610 30-16d 14-10d 645 1290
146
Typical MSCPT2 Installation
DSC Drag Strut Connector

The DSC Drag Strut Connector transfers diaphragm shear forces to the shear walls. The new DSC2 is a smaller, lighter version that installs with fewer screws. MATERIAL: DSC27 gauge, DSC43 gauge FINISH: DSC2Galvanized DSC4Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Screws are provided. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. DSC2R/L-SDS3 DSC4R/L-SDS3 L (in.) 16 21
L/2
Typical DSC4R-SDS3 Installation (DSC2 similar)

SPF/HF Allowable Loads Compression Tension (133/160) (133/160) 1865 2680 3555 3050 Code Ref. 160
DSC4R/L-SDS3
(DSC2 similar) (Right hand DSC shown; specify right or left hand when ordering)
U.S. Patent 6,655,096
Fasteners 20-SDS "x3" 40-SDS "x3"
DF/SP Allowable Loads Compression Tension (133/160) (133/160) 2590 3720 4935 4235
128
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% for earthquake and wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. SDS screws minimum penetration is 2", minimum end distance is 2" and minimum edge distance is " for full load values.
3. Lag screws will not achieve table loads. 4. Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of " bit).
1. For MSCPT2 and MSCPT2-2 models, allowable hip loads are 0.40 x Total Loads, and Jack Loads are 0.20 x Total Loads. 2. Uplift loads include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading, with no further
increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THGQ/THGQH Truss Girder Hangers

A lower cost alternative to bolted hangers, the THGQ and THGQH hangers for multi-ply girder trusses use SDS screws to provide high load capacities and easier installation compared to bolts. The SDS screws help transfer the load between the plies of the supporting girder when they penetrate all plies. THGQ and THGQH models offer minimum and optional maximum fastener quantities to accommodate varying design needs. Allowable loads for various girder web member sizes provide additional installation options. MATERIAL: THGQ7 gauge, THGQH3 gauge FINISH: THGQGalvanized, THGQHSimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Can be installed filling round holes only, or filling round and triangle holes for maximum values. SDS screws supplied for all round and triangle holes. Installation may not require use of all SDS screws. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Requires attachment to a minimum 2-ply girder. THGQ2-SDS3 The thickness of the supporting girder must be equal to or (THGQ3-SDS4.5 Similar) greater than the screw length. For applications where the length of the supplied screws exceeds the thickness of the supporting girder, 3" or 4" screws may be substituted for the longer length screws with no load reduction, or a shim block may used as approved by the Designer. Girders must be adequately laterally braced to prevent excessive displacement due to secondary torsional stresses (Ref ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 7.4.3.5). Contact Simpson for information regarding installations to TimberStrand LSL. OPTIONS: THGQH hangers may be skewed 45 degrees, see Hanger Options on pages 180-181. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Dim. (in.) W 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 6 Min. Quantity Fasteners SDS Max. Vert. B.C. Web Uplift H Depth Size Face Joist (133/160) 2x6 (22) "x3" 3600 16 2x8 (10) "x3" 2x8 (28) "x3" 3600 2x6 (22) "x3" 4535 16 2x8 (14) "x3" 2x8 (28) "x3" 4535 2x6 (18) "x3" 3875 25 2x10 (12) "x3" 2x8 (28) "x3" 3875 2x6 (18) "x3" 7635 25 2x10 (26) "x3" 2x8 (28) "x3" 9900 2x6 (22) "x4" 3600 16 2x8 (10) "x4" 2x8 (28) "x4" 3600 2x6 (22) "x4" 4535 16 2x8 (14) "x4" 2x8 (28) "x4" 4535 2x8 (32) "x4" 3875 25 2x10 (12) "x4" 2x10 (38) "x4" 3875 2x8 (32) "x4" 9900 25 2x10 (26) "x4" 2x10 (38) "x4" 9900 2x8 (34) "x6" 3875 25 2x12 (12) "x6" 2x10 (40) "x6" 3875 2x8 (34) "x6" 9900 25 2x12 (26) "x6" 2x10 (40) "x6" 9900 DF/SP Allowable Loads Floor (100) 7920 10080 9240 11760 7560 11760 7560 11760 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14280 16800 Snow (115) 7920 10080 9770 12435 8275 11950 7940 12350 7920 10080 9140 11635 12565 14920 12980 15415 13875 16320 14335 16865
THGQH2-SDS3
THGQH3-SDS4.5
(THGQH4-SDS6 Similar)
U.S. Patent Pending
Model No. THGQ2-SDS3 (Min) THGQ2-SDS3 (Max) THGQH2-SDS3 (Min) THGQH2-SDS3 (Max) THGQ3-SDS4.5 (Min) THGQ3-SDS4.5 (Max) THGQH3-SDS4.5 (Min) THGQH3-SDS4.5 (Max) THGQH4-SDS6 (Min) THGQH4-SDS6 (Max)
Code Roof Wind Down Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Down Ref. (125) (133/160) (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) 7920 7920 2590 5700 5700 5700 5700 10080 10080 2590 7260 7260 7260 7260 9770 9770 3265 6655 7035 7035 7035 12435 12435 3265 8465 8955 8955 8955 8275 8275 2790 5445 5960 5960 5960 11950 11950 2790 8465 8605 8605 8605 7940 7940 5495 5445 5715 5715 5715 12350 12350 7130 8465 8890 8890 8890 7920 7920 2590 5700 5700 5700 5700 10080 10080 2590 7260 7260 7260 7260 146 9140 9140 3265 6580 6580 6580 6580 11635 11635 3265 8375 8375 8375 8375 12565 12565 2790 9045 9045 9045 9045 14920 14920 2790 10740 10740 10740 10740 12980 12980 7130 9345 9345 9345 9345 15415 15415 7130 11100 11100 11100 11100 13875 13875 2790 9990 9990 9990 9990 16320 16320 2790 11750 11750 11750 11750 14335 14335 7130 10280 10320 10320 10320 16865 16865 7130 12095 12145 12145 12145
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind load with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Connector must be installed centered on girder vertical webs.
3. Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of " bit).
Min. 2-2x required for SDS " x 3" screws
Min. 3-2x required for SDS " x 4" screws
Typical THGQ2-SDS3 Installation with Minimum Vertical Web Face Fasteners
Typical THGQH3-SDS4.5 Installation with Maximum Vertical Web Face Fasteners
129
THGB/THGBH/THGW Truss Girder Hangers

High capacity, welded hangers for multi-ply girder trusses. The THGB series offers optional installation with SDS screws, and the bolted THGBH and THGW hangers offer higher design loads. For a lower cost alternative that uses SDS screws instead of bolts and offers high load capacities, see the THGQ/THGQH series. MATERIAL: 3 gauge FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. All multiple members must be fastened together to act as a single unit. Maximum 11" bottom chord in the carrying member to allow for the minimum bolt end distance. See page 20 for SDS screws. Bolts must be installed symmetrically when using less than 8 bolts on the 8-bolt backplate. OPTIONS: Available in widths for 2-ply, 3-ply, and 4-ply LVL members; refer to F-THGBV07 (see page 187 for details). See Hanger Options, pages 180-181 for THGB/THGBH kew options. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
THGB2
(THGB3 similar)
THGBH3
(THGBH2 & THGBH4 similar)
THGW3
U.S. Patent 6,230,466
SIMP StronSON g-Tie
2x8 Min.
Min. 2x6 THGB Min. 2x8 THGBH Blocking of same wood species as truss and bolts may be added for additional uplift
1" Min.
Typical THGW3 Installation
11" (Max. bottom chord depth)
Typical THGB2 Installation
Model No.
Width (W)
Fasteners Carried Member 10-10d & 2-" MB Carrying Member 4-" MB
THGB2
THGB2
10-10d & 19-SDS "x3"2 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 8-" MB
THGB3
4-" MB
THGB3
10-10d & 19-SDS "x3"2 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 10-10d & 2-" MB 8-" MB
THGBH3
3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 3 4 6 4 6 4 6
7540 8010 8010
8010 7540 8010 8010
5655 6505 7070 6235 7170 7795 6230 7165 7795 6385 7340 7980 6385 7340 7980 6385 7340 7980 10010 10010 10010 12000 12000 12000 12335 12335 12335 5655 6505 7070 6235 7170 7795 6235 7170 7795 8410 9565 9565 9310 9565 9565 9280 9565 9565 10010 10010 10010 12425 14050 14050 12425 14050 14050 21830 21830 24165 24165 21830 21830 24165 24165 21830 21830 24165 24165
7540 8315 8315 8510 8510 8510 10010 12000 12335 7540 8315 8315 9565 9565 9565 10010 14050 14050 21830 21830 24165 24165
6400 6650 6650
6650 6400 6650 6650
4800 5520 6000 5775 6640 7220 5775 6640 7220 4595 5285 5745 4595 5285 5745 4595 5285 5745 8310 8310 8310 9960 9960 9960 10240 10240 10240 4800 5520 6000 5775 6640 7220 5775 6640 7220 7135 7940 7940 7940 7940 7940 7940 7940 7940 8310 8310 8310 11510 11660 11660 11510 11660 11660 18120 18120 20055 20055 18120 18120 20055 20055 18120 18120 20055 20055
6400 7235 7235 6125 6125 6125 8310 9960 10240 6400 7235 7235 7940 7940 7940 8310 11660 11660 18120 18120 20055 20055
146
THGBH4
4-" MB
THGBH4
6-" MB
THGBH4 THGW3-33 THGW3-43 THGW4-33 THGW4-43
8-" MB 8-" MB 8-" MB
8010
6650
4 6
8010 8010
6650 6650
130
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. A 2 ply minimum truss is required. When using 10-10d nails only for carried member, uplift is 1960 lbs. for Doug-Fir/So. Pine and 1625 lbs. for Spruce-Pine-Fir. 2. SDS "x3" must have a minimum 2 ply member. 3. Loads for THGW models are based on end grain bearing.
4. Minimum fasteners 10-10d will achieve the down loads and the corresponding uplift (see footnote 1). To achieve maximum uplift, install nails and bolts listed in the table. 5. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 6. Contact Simpson for information regarding installations to TimberStrand LSL. 7. To achieve published loads, machine bolts (MB) into the girder truss shall be installed with the nut on the opposite side of the hanger with a standard cut washer (except THGWs). 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
THGBH2
Length of DF/SP Allowable Loads SPF/HF Allowable Loads Bolt in 1 1 Carrying Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Down Uplift Floor Snow Roof Wind Down Member (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) (133/160) (100) (115) (125) (133/160) 3 7540 5655 6505 7070 7540 6400 4800 5520 6000 6400 6235 7170 7795 8315 5775 6640 7220 7235 4 8010 6650 6 6235 7170 7795 8315 5775 6640 7220 7235 3 6385 7340 7980 8510 4595 5285 5745 6125 8010 6385 7340 7980 8510 6650 4595 5285 5745 6125 4 6 6385 7340 7980 8510 4595 5285 5745 6125 3 10010 10010 10010 10010 7745 7950 8090 8200 8010 10010 10010 10010 10010 6650 7745 7950 8090 8200 4 6 10010 10010 10010 10010 7745 7950 8090 8200
Code Ref.
ALTERNATE INSTALLATIONS
Block(s) should be of similar size/grade as the truss member to which it is attached. Blocking should be designed to act as one unit with the truss members. Block(s) should be of sufficient size to accept all carried/carrying member nails, and develop full seat bearing as specified in Simpson Strong-Tie publications. Truss Designer is to confirm blocking size/grade, fasteners required and application. Fasteners used to attach the additional blocking should be independent of the truss hanger fasteners. Example shown: THGBH4 installed
Example shown: HGUS210-2 installed on a 2x6 bottom chord (other applications similar)
Min. 2x6 THGB Min. 2x8 THGBH
Max. 2x10
Wood Filler Blocking
Wood Filler Blocking
Use of Wood Blocking to Achieve the Full Design Load Value of a Face Mount Hanger Attached to a Single Ply Carrying (Girder) Member. (Block designed by Engineer of Record or Truss Designer)
Connection Design to Achieve Specified Nailing of a Face Mount Hanger at a Panel Point.
Nails located in joints formed by the intersection of wood members or with edge or end distances less than suggested by NDS have no load resistance. The hanger allowable load value shall be reduced by the nail shear value for each header nail less than the specified quantity. Connection shall be approved by the Truss Designer.
Use of Wood Filler Blocking for Carried Member Width Less than Hanger Width. (Block designed by Designer or Truss Designer)
MULTI-PLY WOOD TRUSS APPLICATIONS

TWO-PLY 4X2 FLOOR TRUSSES

The use of Strong-Drive screws insures that loads are adequately supported by both trusses. (Testing has shown that most currently available light gauge steel connectors do not uniformly distribute applied loads to both trusses.) In addition differential deflection between the two trusses is reduced. 1. Screw spacing shall not exceed 24" o.c. and shall not be less than 4" o.c. A minimum end distance of 3" shall be provided at all truss members. 2. Gap between the trusses shall not exceed ". 3. Floor sheathing shall be screwed (or nailed) to each truss top chord. (Fastener spacing per the applicable Code requirements, or 12" o.c. max.) 4. Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of " bit). 5. The Truss Designer shall ensure that each truss is designed for the appropriate load(s) considering the location of the applied load(s) and the location of the Strong-Drive screws. 6. The Truss Designer shall design all trusses and the truss system to meet all Code and ANSI-TPI requirements. 7. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 3" to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid lumber defects. 8. Strong-Drive screws shall not be installed in areas where lumber wane exceeds ". 9. All concentrated loads were assumed to be applied at truss panel points.
For more information, refer to technical bulletin T-SCREWAPPS (see page 187 for details). Also see Connector Selector Software page 194.
Installation Method 1 - Top Chord
Model No. SDS25600
Allowable Shear Loads DF/SP SPF (G = 0.50 min) (G = 0.42) Floor (100) Floor (100) 280 200
Installation Method 2 - Vertical Web
1. Allowable loads are based on a CD = 1.00. Increases are allowed for other durations per code to a maximum CD = 1.60. No further increase allowed. 2. Method 1To be considered effective all Strong-Drive screws shall be installed within 12" of the applied concentrated load. 3. Method 1 and Method 2 screws can be combined as required to transfer half of the applied load to the supporting truss. 4. For uniform top chord loads, space Strong-Drive screws as required to transfer half of the applied load to the supporting truss. 5. Web configurations other than those shown above may be used as allowed by the Truss Designer.
Screw position in the truss
131
MULTI-PLY WOOD TRUSS APPLICATIONS

GIRDER TRUSSES
1. Install Strong-Drive screws a minimum of 1 inch into the last truss ply, with a maximum gap of " allowed between each truss ply. 2. Screw spacing shall not exceed 24" o.c. 3. Hanger load spacing on the multi-ply truss shall not exceed 24" o.c. 4. The Truss Designer shall ensure that adequate lateral bracing is provided to prevent displacement of the truss and the truss bottom chord due to the torsion created by the structural members framing into the side of the multi-ply girder truss. 5. Strong-Drive Screws may be installed with the heads in either the loaded or unloaded ply (see Allowable Shear Loads table). For unloaded ply applications, hanger face nails shall be a minimum of 3" long. 6. Strong-Drive screws are permitted to be installed through metal truss plates as approved by the Truss Designer, provided the requirements of ANSI/TPI 1-2002 Section 8.10 are met (pre-drilling required through the plate using a maximum of " bit). 7. Use 1 row of SDSs in 2x4 members, 2 rows in 2x6 and 2x8 members, 3 rows in 2x10 members. Rows should be staggered. 8. Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to of the required screw spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or to avoid lumber defects.
Allowable Shear Loads DF/SP SPF/HF Floor Snow Roof Floor Snow (100) (115) (125) (100) (115) INSTALLATION IN LOADED PLY1 350 400 435 300 345 350 400 435 300 345 INSTALLATION IN UNLOADED PLY 200 230 250 170 195 200 230 250 170 195
For more information, refer to technical bulletin T-SCREWAPPS (see page 187 for details). Also see Connector Selector Software page 194.
Installation in Loaded Ply
Model No.
Roof (125) 375 375 210 210
SDS25412 SDS25600
SDS25412 SDS25600
Simpson Strong-Drive Screw

U.S. Patent 6,109,850 5,897,280 5,044,853
1. Where noted allowable loads are based on ESR-2236. 2. The Truss Designer shall apply all adjustment factors required per the NDS. 3. Loads are based on 1" thick wood side members and apply to 3 and 4 ply 2x wood truss applications. (Side and main members of same wood species.) Contact Simpson for other applications. 4. Contact Simpson for information regarding installations to TimberStrand LSL.
Installation in Unloaded Ply
The TSB2 is an innovative product that meets or exceeds current lateral bracing methods. FEATURES: This is the only product of its type that captures the on-center spacing of the trusses, allowing quicker installation. Resists tension and compression loads equal to or greater than BCSI 1-03 prescriptive requirements. Does not require any field modification prior to installation. Can be used as Permanent Lateral Bracing and as Temporary Erection Bracing. Has a low profile that can be sheathed over when used as erection bracing, eliminating the need to remove bracing prior to sheathing. The TSB2 allowable loads are working loads with a reduction factor of 3 applied. The Designer or Engineer of Record does not have to apply reduction factors. MATERIAL: 22 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TSB2-24
U.S. Patent 6.993,882
Model No. TSB2-16 TSB2-24
Fasteners (Total) 4-10dx1 4-10dx1
L 17 25
Maximum Allowable Loads 1 Compression 540 540 Tension 365 365
Code Ref. 47, 134
132
1. No load duration increase allowed. 2. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical TSB2-24 Installation on 2x Wood Truss
TSB Truss Spacer Bracer
TSF Truss Spacer

The TSF is a fast and accurate method for spacing trusses that eliminates layout marking of top plates and can be left in place under the sheathing. Accuracy is improved, spacing errors are minimized, and it is easy to use. MATERIAL: 24 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: See Installation Sequence below. TSF Truss Spacers do not provide bracing of any kind and are not structural members. The TSF is for spacing only. Refer to instructions from architect, engineer, truss manufacturer or other for bracing and installation information. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
FOR
SPAC
ING
Y ONL
TSF
Model No. TSF2-16 TSF2-24
Dimensions W 1 1 O.C. Spacing 16 24 Total Length 8' 10'
Code Ref.
180
STEP 1 Nail starting notch to first member.
STEP 2 As each successive member is positioned, unfold TSF to next notch. The notch teeth grip member and align it for nailing.
STEP 3 If spacer does not align with end truss, break spacer off at notch. Then, hammer spacer flat, fold it under and nail.
TBD20 Diagonal Truss Bracer

The TBD20 is a temporary truss bracing strap system used in conjunction with TSB to meet or exceed TPI/WTCA BCSI recommendations. When installed on the top and bottom, TBD20 captures the top and bottom truss chords lateral construction and wind forces delivered by TSB and transfers it diagonally in tension to the edge of the braced truss system. FEATURES: Higher capacity for wind applications than traditional wood lateral systems. Strap clip system introduces innovative single and double shear combination to achieve higher capacity. Has a low profile that can be sheathed over, eliminating the need to remove bracing prior to sheathing. TBD20 and TSB, sheathed over, can be a supplemental permanent bracing system to the roof sheathing. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. TBD20 straps span diagonally at approximately 45 between parallel TSB bracers. Strap shall not be slack, but tight and ready to engage in tension. TBD20 tension straps shall be installed for each direction, thus creating an X-bracing system. To resist construction forces, refer to TPI/WTCA BCSI for location and frequency of X-braced sections. To resist wind forces, the designer of record shall evaluate the structure to determine the location and frequency of X-braced sections. For wind applications, solid blocking between X-braced trusses with LTP5 or RBC to top plate and H2.5 or H2.5A at each strap clip end from truss to top plate are recommended to resist lateral and uplift forces respectively. Design of lateral and vertical load path to deliver forces to ground is by designer of record. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TBD20
US Patent 6,877,291 & 6,988,346
Typical TBD20 Top Chord Installation
Model No. TBD20
Fasteners Strap End & Bracket 2 6-10dx1 At Intermediate Trusses 1-10dx1
Allow. Tension Loads1,3 DF/SP 755 SPF/HF 650
Code Ref. 170
Each carton contains 12 straps (each 13' long) and 24 clips.
1. Allowable loads have been increased for construction and wind loading with no further increase allowed. 2. 4-10dx1 nails at exterior clip section and 2-10dx1 at interior clip section. 3. Allowable tension loads are based on a 2.5 reduction factor. 4. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
133
TBE Truss Bearing Enhancers

The TBE transfers load from the truss or girder to plates for bearing-limited conditions, and provides exceptional uplift capacity. Replaces nail-on scabs that provide lower load transfer, or in some cases, an additional ply when needed for bearing. One size works with any number of girder plys. The table lists allowable loads for TBE4 used on 2x4 and TBE6 used on 2x6 top plates. The table gives the different loads calculated for TBE with and without wood bearing. See Fastener Schedule below and page 135 for Alternate Installation. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. TBE must be installed in pairs. Top plate size is 2x4 for TBE4, 2x6 for TBE6. Use alternate installation for TBE4 and TBE6 on larger plates or pre-sheathed walls. See page 135. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
F1
F2
TBE4
Two TBE installed with two ply girder truss
TBE FASTENER SCHEDULE

Model Truss Plys No. TBE4 TBE6 1 2 or more 1 2 or more Fasteners per each TBE Rafter Plate 10-10dx1 10-10dx1 10-10d 10-10d 10-10dx1 10-10dx1 10-10d 10-10d
NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
(TBE6 similar)
U.S. Patent 5,109,646 Canada Patent 2,044,440
Allowable Loads 1,2,3 (lbs.) Top Plate No. Wall or Truss of Model Top Wood Truss No. Plate Species 2 Plies 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 Uplift (133/ 160) 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 850 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 935 (100) 1820 2220 2220 2220 1820 2220 2220 2220 1560 1920 1920 1920 1560 1920 1920 1920 1820 2220 2220 2220 1820 2220 2220 2220 1560 1920 1920 1920 1560 1920 1920 1920 Download TBE Only (115) 2095 2230 2230 2230 2095 2230 2230 2230 1795 2100 2100 2100 1795 2100 2100 2100 2095 2555 2555 2555 2095 2555 2555 2555 1795 2210 2210 2210 1795 2210 2210 2210 (125) 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 1950 2100 2100 2100 1950 2100 2100 2100 2275 2735 2735 2735 2275 2735 2735 2735 1950 2400 2400 2400 1950 2400 2400 2400 (133/ 160) 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2080 2100 2100 2100 2080 2100 2100 2100 2425 2735 2735 2735 2425 2735 2735 2735 2080 2560 2560 2560 2080 2560 2560 2560 TBE & Wood Top Plate (100) 5100 8785 12065 15345 4785 8155 11120 14085 3790 6385 8615 10845 3885 6175 8300 10425 6975 12535 17690 22845 6480 11545 16205 20865 5065 8935 12440 15945 4900 8605 11945 15285 (115) 5375 8795 12075 15355 5060 8165 11130 14095 4025 6565 8795 11025 3920 6355 8480 10605 7250 12870 18025 23180 6755 11880 16540 21200 5300 9225 12730 16235 5135 8895 12235 15575 (125) 5510 8795 12075 15355 5195 8165 11130 14095 4180 6565 8795 11025 4075 6355 8480 10605 7430 13050 18205 23360 6935 12060 16720 21380 5455 9415 12920 16425 5290 9085 12485 15765 (133/ 160) 5510 8795 12075 15355 5195 8165 11130 14095 4310 6565 8795 11025 4205 6355 8480 10605 7580 13050 18205 23360 7085 12060 16720 21380 5585 9575 13080 16585 5420 9245 12645 15925 Lateral (133/160) F1 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 375 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 F2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 965 965 965 965 965 965 965 965
Equivalent Bearing Length 4 of TBE and Top Plate (in.) (100) 5.44 4.68 4.29 4.09 5.65 4.81 4.37 4.15 5.95 5.01 4.50 4.25 6.07 5.08 4.55 4.29 7.44 6.68 6.29 6.09 7.65 6.81 6.37 6.15 7.95 7.01 6.50 6.25 8.07 7.08 6.55 6.29 (115) 5.73 4.69 4.29 4.09 5.97 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.32 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.45 5.23 4.65 4.36 7.73 6.86 6.41 6.71 7.97 7.01 6.50 6.25 8.32 7.23 6.66 6.37 8.45 7.32 7.32 6.41 (125) 5.88 4.69 4.29 4.09 6.13 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.56 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.71 5.23 4.65 4.36 7.93 6.96 6.47 6.82 8.18 7.11 6.58 6.31 8.55 7.38 6.75 6.44 8.70 7.48 7.48 6.49 (133/ 160) 5.88 4.69 4.29 4.09 6.13 4.82 4.38 4.16 6.76 5.15 4.60 4.32 6.92 5.23 4.65 4.36 8.09 6.96 6.47 6.90 8.36 7.11 6.58 6.31 8.76 7.51 6.84 6.50 8.92 7.61 7.61 6.55
Code Ref.
Douglas Fir Larch
Southern Pine TBE4 2x4 SprucePine-Fir
Hem Fir
Douglas Fir Larch
33, 122, 140
Southern Pine TBE6 2x6 SprucePine-Fir
Hem Fir
134
1. Loads are for a pair of TBEs. 2. When truss chord wood species is different than the wall top plate wood species, choose the tabulated allowable loads based on the species with the lower tabulated download capacity. 3. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loads with no further increase allowed. Reduce where other loads govern. 4. Allowable loads are determined only by nail shear calculations or tests of the metal connectors based on the lowest of 0.125" of deflection or the ultimate load with a 3 times factor of safety. The attached wood members must be designed to withstand the loads imposed by the nails.
5. Perpendicular to Plate loads are reduced for Alternate Installation. 6. Parallel to Plate loads are not reduced for Alternate Installation. 7. Use lower of top plate or truss wood species. 8. Equivalent Top Plate Bearing Width is the actual top plate width (TBE4 = 3", TBE6 = 5") plus the enhanced bearing width provided by the TBE.
TBE Truss Bearing Enhancers

ALTERNATE INSTALLATION
(See illustrations at right)
Alternate Installation Allowable Loads5,6 Perpendicular to Plate Model No. DF/SP (133/160) F3 F2 1000 300 SPF (133/160) F2 F3 860 260
TBE4 TBE6
TBE6 Installed on Double 2x8 Top Plate Pre-sheathed shearwall. Bend tab along slot and nail one leg to top of the plate. Alternate Installation Allowable Down Loads are 0.80 and Allowable Uplift Loads are 1.0 of the TBE only table loads on page 134.
1. Use full table loads for uplift and parallel-to-plate allowable loads. 2. Download capacities are 0.80 of table loads. 3. See additional footnotes on opposite page.
TC Truss Connectors
The TC truss connector is an ideal connector for scissor trusses and can allow horizontal movement up to 1". The TC also attaches plated trusses to top plates or sill plates to resist uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of truss as determined by the Designer. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Drive 10d nails into the truss at the inside end of the slotted holes (inside end is towards the center of the truss). Do not seat these nails into the trussallow room under the nail head for movement of the truss with respect to the wall. After installation of roofing materials nails may be required to be fully seated into the truss. (As required by the Designer or Truss Designer.) Optional TC Installation Bend one flange up 90. Drive specified nails into the top and face of the top plates or install Titen screws into the top and face of masonry wall. See optional load tables and installation details. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1" Slots For 2x Truss
1" Slots
TC24
U.S. Patent 4,932,173
For optional installation bend up 90 TC26 only (Bend one time only)
TC26
(TC28 similar)
Install nails to allow horizontal movement of scissors truss
Model No. TC24 TC26 TC28
Fasteners Truss 4-10d 5-10d 5-10d Plate 4-10d 6-10d 6-10d
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 500 625 625 Uplift (160) 600 750 750
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 410 540 540 Uplift (160) 410 550 550
Typical TC24 Installation

Code Ref. 3, 39, 121, 140 140
See footnotes below.
OPTIONAL TC INSTALLATION TABLE

Fasteners Truss Plate DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Loads Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 360 375 Uplift (160) 430 450 Uplift (133) 310 325 Uplift (160) 350 390 Masonry Allowable Loads Uplift Uplift (133) (160) 195 195
Model No.
Code Ref.
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted Concrete Block using a Wood Nailer (8", 10", 12" Wall Installation similar)
TC26
5-10dx1 6-10dx1 5-10d 6-10d 5-10d 6-x2 Titen
3, 39, 121, 140
Moisture barrier not shown
1. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Grout strength is 2000 psi minimum. 3. Nail values based on single 2x truss. 4. Optional TC26 installation with 10d nails requires minimum 3 top plate thickness. 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Optional TC26 Installation for Grouted Concrete Block using Titen Screws
135
HTC Heavy Truss Clips

For alignment control between a roof truss and nonbearing walls; the 2" slot permits vertical truss chord movement when loads are applied. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. The HTC has a 2" slot to accommodate truss movement This connector has high lateral capacity. The S/HTC is available for steel truss applications. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Typical HTC4 Installation on a 2x4 Plate
Dimensions Fasteners Model No. Top Plate 2x4 Plate 2x6 Plate Base Slot 6-10d 3-10d 6-10d 3-10d
Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Without Gap2 With 1" Gap3 F1 390 485 F2 305 280 F1 85 155 F2 280 280 160 Code Ref.
HTC4
HTC4
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the allowable loads under WITHOUT GAP. 3. When installed with maximum 1" space between rafter or truss and top plate use loads under WITH 1" GAP. Where loads are not required, space is not limited to 1". 4. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Allow " gap between nailhead and truss clip to help prevent squeaking
Nails should not be driven completely flush against the connector, to allow vertical truss movement. Typical HTC4 Installation on a 2x6 Plate
STC/STCT/DTC Roof Truss Clips

For alignment control between a roof truss and nonbearing walls; the 1" slot permits vertical truss chord movement when loads are applied. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. Use STC or DTC depending on required loads. STC, installed with Drywall Stop (DS), helps prevent fasteners tearing through the ceiling sheetrock (see illustration). Use STCT where truss or rafter is separated from the top plate of the nonbearing wall. Install slot nails in the middle of the slot. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
STCT
DTC
STC
Fasteners Model No. Base Slot STC STCT DTC 2-8d 2-8d 4-8d 1-8d 1-8d 2-8d
Allowable Loads1 (133 & 160) Code Without Gap2 " Max Gap " < Gap " Ref. F1 F2 F1 F2 F1 F2 85 125 55 210 35 85 35 135 30 55 40 70 160
Gap
To 16" eetrock h rst Sastener Fi F
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. Truss or rafter must be bearing on top plate to achieve the allowable loads under WITHOUT GAP. 3. Clips are required on both sides of the truss to achieve F1 loads in both directions (stagger parts to avoid nail interferences). 4. NAILS: 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Nails should not be driven completely flush against the connector, to allow vertical truss movement.
Typical STC Installation with DS
136
VTC2 Valley Truss Clip

The VTC2 is a valley truss to common truss connector. VTC2 is installed on top of the roof sheathing. It provides a positive connection and eliminates the costly support wedge underneath the valley truss or valley truss bottom chord bevel cutting. VTC2 is adjustable to slopes between 2:12 to 8:12. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: See installation sequence below. Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The dome nail holes assist in installing the common truss fasteners slanted at an angle approximately 55 from the horizontal level line. Install two 10dx1" nails in one vertical stirrup and three 10dx1" nails in the other vertical stirrup to the valley truss bottom chord. For use with " or " thick sheathing. Contact Simpson for loads for different sheathing thicknesses or when attached directly to framing. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
VTC2
U.S. Patent 6,840,020
Fasteners Model No. Common Valley Truss Truss
2x Truss Chord Material
Uplift
Allowable Loads1,2 Download
(133/160) (100) (115) (125) 330 405 310 480 520 415 550 600 475
VTC2
4-10d
Doug Fir Larch 5-10dx1 Southern Pine Spruce-Pine-Fir
Wind Code (133/ Ref. 160) 600 640 47, 650 690 134 520 550
Typical VTC2 Installation
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake and wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Wind (133/160) is a download rating. 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Common Truss
Valley Truss Roof Sheathing
Typical VTC Roof View (Install the VTC2 at each specified truss top chord location.) Typical VTC2 Side View
VTC2 INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

Valley Truss
STEP 1:
STEP 2:
STEP 3:
Align the centerline of VTC2 with the common truss top chord centerline. Attach through the roof sheathing to the common truss top chord.
Adjust the upslope stirrup vertically and attach to valley truss bottom chord.
Adjust the downslope stirrup vertically and attach to bottom chord. Bend stirrups one time only.
137
GBC
Gable Brace Connector

GBC
The GBC provides improved anchorage of gable bracing to the exterior wall. Installation flexibility for brace angle. GBC has tension and compression capacities. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The GBC must be installed in pairs to achieve full load capacity. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
US Patent Pending
Typical GBC Installation
Model Qty No. Reqd
Fasteners per Connector Gable Brace
DF/SP Allowable Loads (133/160) Perpendicular to Endwall (F2) Toward GBC Away from GBC
SPF Allowable Loads (133/160) Perpendicular to Endwall (F2) Toward Anchors Away from Anchors Code Ref.
Gable End Truss
Gable Brace
Top Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Gable Brace Angle Plates 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 40-45 46-60 7-8d 635 570 425 325 535 480 355 275
GBC
5-8dx1
47, 134
Wall Top Plate 2" min. Gable Brace Flush at Inside Edge of Plates
1. For 1 x 3 (or larger) LVL gable brace, the allowable load at 40 to 45 is 635 lbs. towards anchors, 515 lbs. away from anchors. 2. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Use a minimum 2x4 gable brace. Larger members may be used. 4. NAILS: 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long, 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical Sloped Installation
GBC INSTALLATION SEQUENCE

Slope 40 50 60 H Dimension 2 3 3
2x4 Gable Brace Gable End Truss
Example: Gable Brace Cut Diagram
STEP 1 Double angle cut the gable brace to sit flat on the wall double top plate and flush against the gable end truss for 2x4 top plate. The double angle cuts should form a 90 angle on the end of the gable brace.
STEP 2 Set each GBC on top of the double top plate so that the bend line slots are flush with the inside edge of the double top plate. Install fasteners into the top of the double top plate.
STEP 3 Bend GBC legs (one time only) over the inside of the double top plate and install fasteners.
STEP 4 Install fasteners into the gable brace. NOTE: Attach the other end of the gable brace to blocking at the roof diaphragm as directed by the Designer.
138
Masonry Connectors
TITEN Screws
Titen screws are " and " diameter masonry screws for attaching various components to concrete and masonry. Available in hex and phillips head designs in three colors. Use with appropriately sized Titen drill bits included with each box. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, use this product in dry and noncorrosive environments only.
Titen Hex Head
Titen Screw Anchors for Concrete

Allowable Loads Titen Dia. (in) Drill Bit Dia. (in) Embed. Depth (in) 1 1 1 1 Critical Spacing (in) 2 2 3 3 Critical Edge Dist. (in) 1 1 1 1 Concrete Tension 125 305 145 365 Shear 255 415 225 400 Tension 110 150 CMU Shear 180 250 Code Ref.
131
1. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading due to wind or seismic forces. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum f'c = 2000 psi. CMU is based on installation into face shell of hollow and grout-filled CMU. 3. The attached member or element may govern the allowable load. The designer shall verify allowable load. 4. Refer to the Anchor Systems Catalog, C-SAS, for complete information on the Titen screws (see page 187 for details).
WM/WMI/WMU Hangers
See pages 96-105 for sizes, fasteners and load information. WMs are designed for use on standard 8" grouted masonry block wall construction. MATERIAL: See tables on pages 70-73, 96-105, 122; WM, WMI, WMU12 ga. top flange and stirrup FINISH: Simpson gray paint; hot-dipped galvanized available: specify HDG. ALLOWABLE LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. WMtwo 16d duplex nails must be installed into the top flange and embedded into the grouted wall. Verify that the grouted wall can take the required fasteners specified in the table. MID-WALL INSTALLATION: Installed between WMU Mid-Wall WMU Top of Wall blocks with duplex nails cast into grout with a Installation Installation minimum of one grouted course above and below the top flange and one #5 vertical rebar minimum 24" long in each adjacent cell. TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION: Install on top of wall to a grouted beam with masonry screws. Refer to T-SLOPEJST for information regarding load reductions on selected hangers which can be used without modification to support joists which have shallow slopes ( :12). OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 180-181 for hanger modifications and associated load reductions. WMU may not be modified. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Masonry Connectors
WM Mid-Wall Installation
12 Gauge Top Flange
Joist Model W H Top
Fasteners Face Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 6-10dx1 6-10dx1
Masonry Allowable Loads Uplift (133/160) 625 545 Download (100/115/125) 41753 33804 41753 33804
Code Ref. 1, 84, 121, 140 170
WM/WMI 1 to 7 3 to 30 WMU 1 to 7 9 to 28
2-16d DPLX 2-x1 Titen 2-16d DPLX 4-x1 Titen 2-x1 Titen 4-x1 Titen
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.60 for normal loading, for example, in cantilever construction. 2. Mid-Wall Installation (see installation notes and figures) minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. Top of Wall Installation (see installation notes and figures) minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 4. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 5. NAILS: 16d DPLX = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
WM
139
Masonry Connectors
HU/HUC/HSUR/L
Hangers
HU and HUC products are heavy duty face mount joist hangers made from 14 gauge galvanized steel. The HUC is a concealed flange version of the HU. Concealed flange hangers have the header flanges turned in. HU is available with header flanges concealed, provided the W dimension is 2" or greater, at 100% of the table load. Specify HUC. HU is available with one header flange concealed when the W dimension is less than 2" at 100% of the table load. For allowable loads on HU products not listed in the table request technical bulletin T-HUHUCTTN (see page 187 for details). INSTALLATION: These hangers are attached to grouted CMU walls using "x2" hex head Titen screws or for concrete walls using "x1" Titen screws. Titen screws are not provided. Drill the " diameter hole to the specified embedment depth plus ". Alternatively, drill the " diameter hole to the specified embedment depth and blow it clean using compressed air. Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity. The hangers should be installed such that a minimum end and edge distance of 1" is maintained. Not recommended for exposed external applications. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HU410
HUC410
Model No. HU26 HU283 HU210 HU46 HU26-2 HU48 HU28-2 HU410 HU210-2 HSUR/L26-2
Dimensions W 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 H 3 5 7 5 5 6 7 8 8 4 B 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 CMU 4-x2 Titen 6-x2 Titen 8-x2 Titen 12-x2 Titen 12-x2 Titen 14-x2 Titen 14-x2 Titen 18-x2 Titen 18-x2 Titen 12-x2 Titen
Fasteners Concrete 4-x1 Titen 6-x1 Titen 8-x1 Titen 12-x1 Titen 12-x1 Titen 14-x1 Titen 14-x1 Titen 18-x1 Titen 18-x1 Titen 12-x1 Titen Joist 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 6-10d 10-10d 10-10d 4-16dx2
Masonry Connectors
Allowable Loads (DF/SP) Uplift Down (133) (160) (100/115/125) 240 290 1545 480 575 2400 480 575 2400 905 1085 3950 905 1085 3950 905 1085 4350 905 1085 4350 1505 1810 5085 1505 1810 5085 715 815 26256
Code Ref.
170
HU410 Installed on Masonry Block Sidewall HUC410 Installed on Masonry Block End Wall
140
HSUR/L26-2 Installed on Masonry Block Sidewall
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind duration. No further increase is allowed. 2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 3. The HU28 can be ordered skewed 45 and achieve the same loads. 4. See page 139 for Titen screw information. 5. Loads for the HSUR/L shall be 0.8 the table loads for concrete applications. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 8. NAILS: 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Masonry Connectors
LGUM/HGUM High Capacity Beam/Girder Hangers for Concrete/Masonry

High-capacity beam or girder hangers for concrete or masonry applications. Installation is made easier using Strong-Drive screws (provided) into the wood member and Titen HD (provided) anchors into the masonry. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners (included). Attach hanger to a concrete or grouted CMU wall using Titen HD anchors. Note the following: - Drill holes using drill bits equal in diameter to the specified Titen HD. - Holes shall be drilled " deeper than the specified Titen HD length (i.e. 4" for a 4" long Titen HD) - Caution: Oversized holes in the base material will reduce or eliminate the mechanical interlock of the threads with the base material and will reduce the anchors load capacity. OPTIONS: For HGUM onlyOther seat widths available. Order as X version. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
"
LGUM26-X LGUM28-X, 21 = 2" 0-X, 4X = 2"
1"
4"
10 "
H
LGUM
HGUM
Fasteners CMU/Concrete Joist Titen HD SDS Screws
Uplift (133/160)
Allowable Loads Download (DF, SP, LVL, PSL, LSL) CMU Concrete (100/115/125) 5595 8250 9575 5610 8290 9715 5625 8335 9860 5600 8260 9620 14965 14940 14770 14740 14545 16015 16015 16015 16015 16015
Code Ref.
LGUM26-2 LGUM28-2 LGUM210-2 LGUM26-3 LGUM28-3 LGUM210-3 LGUM26-4 LGUM28-4 LGUM210-4 LGUM46 LGUM48 LGUM410
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 7 7 7 7 7
3 3 3 5 5 5 6 6 6 3 3 3 5 5 7 7 9
HGUM5.25 HGUM5.50 HGUM7.00 HGUM7.25 HGUM9.00
DOUBLE 2x SIZES 1430 4 - "x4" 4 - "x2" 2435 6 - "x4" 6 - "x2" 3575 8 - "x4" 8 - "x2" TRIPLE 2x SIZES 4 1430 5 4 - "x4" 4 - "x2" 4 2435 7 6 - "x4" 6 - "x2" 4 3575 9 8 - "x4" 8 - "x2" QUADRUPLE 2x SIZES 4 1430 5 4 - "x4" 4 - "x2" 4 2435 7 6 - "x4" 6 - "x2" 4 3575 9 8 - "x4" 8 - "x2" 4x SIZES 4 1430 4 4 - "x4" 4 - "x2" 4 2435 6 6 - "x4" 6 - "x2" 4 3575 8 8 - "x4" 8 - "x2" ENGINEERED WOOD & STRUCTURAL COMPOSITE LUMBER SIZES (Heavy Duty) 10085 5 8 - "x5" 24 - "x2" 10125 5 8 - "x5" 24 - "x2" 11 10375 to 5 8 - "x5" 24 - "x2" 30 10415 5 8 - "x5" 24 - "x2" 10705 5 8 - "x5" 24 - "x2" 5 7 9 4 4 4
149
Masonry Connectors
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind duration. No further increase is allowed. 2. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 3. LGUM must be installed on minimum 6" thick wall and HGUM on minimum 8" thick wall. (Nominal values for CMU) 4. Titen HD anchors may be installed into the head or bed joints. 5. Products shall be installed such that the Titen HD screws are not exposed to the weather.
. 4" Min to Topll of Wa
. 4" Min to Top ll of Wa
. 12" Min to End of Wall
15" Min. to End of Wall
Typical HGUM Installation Typical LGUM Installation 141
Masonry Connectors
MBHA Masonry Hangers

The MBHA is a single piece, non-welded connector available for solid sawn, truss and engineered wood products. MATERIAL: 10 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: See Hanger Options, pages 180-181. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. MBHA3.12/9.25 MBHA3.12/11.25 MBHA3.56/7.25 MBHA3.56/9.25 MBHA3.56/11.25 MBHA3.56/11.88 MBHA3.56/14 MBHA3.56/16 MBHA3.56/18 MBHA5.50/7.25 MBHA5.50/9.25 MBHA5.50/11.25 MBHA5.50/11.88 MBHA5.50/14 MBHA5.50/16 MBHA5.50/18 C L 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Dimensions W H 3 9 3 11 3 7 3 9 3 11 3 11 14 3 16 3 18 3 5 7 5 9 5 11 5 11 14 5 16 5 18 5
5"
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
Minimum one #5 rebar located in top course
Typical MBHA Installation

N O Se P -Ti IM g Stron
3"
From Edge to of Bolt
MBHA
Solid Concrete Allowable Loads DF/SP Uplift7 Maximum Down (133) (160) Load 3145 1885 3775 1885 6050 4380
Fasteners1 Model No. Top MBHA MBHA models with H = 7 1-ATR 4 1-ATR 4 Header Face 1-ATR 4 1-ATR 5 Joist 18-10d 18-10d
Grouted CMU Allowable Loads DF/SP Uplift7 Maximum Down (133) (160) Load 3145 1885 3475 1885 5330 4380
Code Ref.
62, 123
1. ATR is all threaded rod. 2. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 3. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. Loads are based on installation using Simpson ET22 Epoxy-Tie 6" minimum embedment required. All thread rods to be " diameter, grade A307 or better. Refer to the Anchor Systems catalog (C-SAS - See page 187 for details).
5. MBHA hangers with height of 7" require a 3" minimum embedment of the face bolt using ET22 Epoxy-Tie. All thread rods to be " diameter, grade A307 or better. 6. Additional anchorage products to be designed by others. 7. Uplift loads are for Southern Pine. For Doug Fir use 2930 lbs (133) and 3515 lbs (160). 8. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 9. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
ITTM Engineered Wood Products Hangers

Masonry Connectors
ITTM INSTALLATION
ITTM masonry-to-wood connectors can be directly embedded into a grouted block wall. It can also be installed on top of a masonry or concrete wall using Titen screws. MATERIAL: 12 gauge top flange and 18 gauge stirrup FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. ITTM installed into grouted block wall: embed into block with a minimum of one course of grouted block above and one course below the top flange. No Titens required. ITTM installed on concrete masonry wall: install "x1" Titen screws through preformed holes on the hanger. OPTIONS: Options not available. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Bend the tab with a hammer.
Hammer The tab is now 10dx1 nail in at correctly installed. approximately 45.
Typical Mid-Wall ITTM Installed into Concrete Block (No Titens required)
U.S. Patent 5,555,694
Fasteners Model ITTM411.88 ITTM414 ITTM416 Top 3-Titens2 Face 2-Titens2 2-Titens2 Joist 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 Uplift1 (133) 225 225 Uplift1 (160) 225 225
Allowable Loads Header Type Applications MID-WALL INSTALLATION4 MID-WALL INSTALLATION4 TOP OF WALL INSTALLATION Masonry 1665 1665 1545
Code Ref.
170
1. Uplift loads are based on Douglas Fir, and have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed. Divide by 1.33 and 1.60 for normal loading criteria like cantilever construction. For SPF use 0.86 x DF/SP uplift load. 2. Titen masonry screws are x1. 3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 4. Mid-wall installation requires minimum of one grouted course above and below the hanger. 5. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 6. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical Top-of-Wall ITTM Installed on a Grouted Block with Titens
142
Masonry Connectors
META/HETA/HHETA/HETAL/TSS
The embedded truss anchor series provides an engineered method to properly attach roof trusses to concrete and masonry walls. The products are designed with staggered nail patterns for greater uplift resistance. Information regarding the use of two anchors on single- and multi-ply trusses is included. The TSS, a companion product of the META, provides a moisture barrier between the concrete and truss. The preassembled unit is riveted with no height adjustment. MATERIAL: HHETA14 gauge; HETA16 gauge; HETALstrap 16 gauge, truss seat 18 gauge; META18 gauge; TSS22 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The META, HETA and HHETA are embedded 4" into a concrete beam or grouted block wall; HETAL is embedded 5". Do not drive nails through the truss plate on the opposite side of the truss, which could force the plate off the truss. The TSS moisture barrier may be preattached to the truss using 6d commons. A shim is required between the truss and the embedded truss anchor when there is a space of " to 1". The shim shall be designed by the truss Designer to properly transfer the loads. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Embedded Truss Anchors and Truss Seat Snap-In
4" ent edm mb E
" 5ment bed Em
6" M in.
Typical HETA20 with TSS Installation Moisture barrier not shown (Typ.)
META with TSS

Model No. TSS2 TSS2-2 TSS4
4" ent dm mbe E
HETAL
W 1 3 3
HETA20
(HHETA similar) Moisture barrier not shown (Typ.) Typical META Installed with TSS
n. Mi 6"
Single Embedded Anchor Installation

Model No. META12 META14 META16 META18 META206 META22 META24 META40 HETA12 HETA16 HETA206 HETA24 HETA40 HHETA12 HHETA16 HHETA206 HHETA24 HHETA40 HETAL12 HETAL16 HETAL20 H 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 36 8 12 16 20 36 8 12 16 20 36 7 11 15 SP Uplift Load 133 Load Duration Increase 16d 10dx1 Quantity Load Quantity Load 7 1240 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 9 1450 7 1450 7 1265 7 1475 10 1810 9 1810 10 1810 9 1810 10 1810 9 1810 10 1810 9 1810 7 1305 7 1520 12 2235 11 2235 12 2235 11 2235 12 2235 11 2235 12 2235 11 2235 104 905 104 1055 4 15 1810 144 1810 154 1810 144 1810 SP Uplift Load 160 Load Duration Increase 16d 10dx1 Quantity Load Quantity Load 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1450 6 1450 7 1520 7 1780 9 1810 8 1810 9 1810 8 1810 9 1810 8 1810 9 1810 8 1810 7 1565 7 1820 10 2235 9 2235 10 2235 9 2235 10 2235 9 2235 10 2235 9 2235 104 1085 104 1270 144 1810 134 1810 144 1810 134 1810 Lateral Loads (133 & 160) F1 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 340 3407 3407 3407 3407 4155 4155 4155 F2 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 815 815 815 815 815 1100 1100 1100 Code Ref.
Masonry Connectors
128
8, 62, 128
128
8, 62, 128
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for seismic or wind loading, but do not include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. For simultaneous loads in more then one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e, page 14 under Instructions to the Designer. 4. Five nails must be installed into the truss seat of the HETAL. 5. Parallel-to-wall load towards face of HETAL is 1975 lbs.
6. It is acceptable to use a reduced number of fasteners provided that there is a reduction in uplift load capacity. See example on page 151. Lateral loads do not apply when fewer than 7 fasteners are used with the HETA and HHETA anchors or less than 6-16d or 7-10dx1 fasteners are used with the META anchor. 7. The HHETA allowable F1 load can be increased to 435 lbs. if the strap is wrapped over the truss and a minimum of 12 nails are installed. 8. Minimum spacing for multiple anchor installation is 2 times the embedment depth for full load. See Double Embedded Anchor Installation table on page 144 for loads on closer spaced anchors. 9. Single ply trusses may use either 10dx1 or 16d nails. 2 or 3 ply trusses shall use 16d nails. 10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
143
Masonry Connectors
META/HETA/HHETA/HETAL/TSS
Double Embedded Anchor Installation
Model No. Qty. Application CMU Concrete CMU Concrete CMU Concrete
Embedded Truss Anchors and Truss Seat Snap-In
META HETA HHETA
2 2 2
SP Uplift Load Capacity 133 Load Duration Increase 160 Load Duration Increase 1 Ply 2 or 3 Ply 1 Ply 2 or 3 Ply Fasteners5 Load Fasteners5 Load Fasteners5 Load Fasteners5 Load 1985 14-16d 1900 1985 14-16d 1900 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 1985 14-16d 2565 1985 14-16d 2565 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 2035 14-16d 2500 2035 12-16d 2500 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 2035 14-16d 2700 2035 12-16d 2700 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 2035 14-16d 2500 2035 12-16d 2500 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 3350 2035 14-16d8 3350 2035 16-16d8 10-10dx1 12-10dx1
Lateral Loads6 133/160 Load Duration Code Ref. 2 or 3 ply F1 F2 1160 12107 12107 1160 12257 1520 128 12257 1520 1520 12257 12257 1520
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for seismic or wind loading, but do not include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2. Minimum f'c = 2500 psi. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi. 3. For simultaneous loads in more then one direction, the connector must be evaluated as described in Note e, page 14 under Instructions to the Designer. 4. Install with spoons facing outward and straps spaced no more than " wider than the truss width. 5. Install half of the required number of fasteners in each strap. 6. Lateral loads apply only to 2 or 3 ply applications with anchors spaced a minimum of 3" apart. For single ply applications use lateral loads from the Single Embedded Anchor Installation table on page 143. 7. F1 lateral loads listed may cause an additional " deflection beyond the standard " limit where the straps are installed not wrapped over the heel as shown. 8. Two HHETA anchors may be installed in a concrete tie beam on a 2 or 3 ply truss with 2 fewer nails for an allowable uplift load of 3040 lbs. (133) or 3050 lbs. (160). 9. Single ply trusses may use either 10dx1 or 16d nails with allowable loads limited to the single ply column. 2 or 3 ply trusses shall use 16d nails. 10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Moisture barrier not shown (Typ.)
#5 Rebar Min.
Typical Installation with two METAs
MSTAM/MSTCM Straps Ties

MSTAM and MSTCM models are designed for wood to masonry applications. The MSTC series has countersunk nail slots for a lower nailing profile. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products are available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attaches to grouted concrete block and wood framing. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical MSTAM36 Installation
Masonry Connectors
1" Min.
Clear Span
Masonry Application
Model No. MSTAM24 MSTAM36 MSTCM40 MSTCM60 Dimensions Ga W L Nails Fasteners (Total) CMU 5-x2 Titen 8-x2 Titen 14-x2 Titen 14-x2 Titen Concrete 5-x1 Titen 8-x1 Titen 14-x1 Titen 14-x1 Titen Allowable Tension/Uplift Loads DF/SP SPF/HF (133) (160) (133) (160) 1465 1500 1270 1500 1870 1870 1870 1870 4220 4220 3665 4220 4220 4220 3665 4220 Code Ref.
18 1 16 1 16 3 16 3
24 9-10d 36 13-10d 40 26-16d sinkers 59 26-16d sinkers
128 160
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for earthquake or wind loading, but DO NOT include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. Refer to page 13 for further explanation. 2. Minimum edge distance 1" using Titen screws. 3. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 4. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 5. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Floor-to-Floor Clear Span Table

Model No. MSTAM36 MSTCM40 MSTCM60 Clear Span 16 or 18 16 or 18 22 Fasteners (Total) Nails 7-10d 14-16d sinkers 26-16d sinkers Allowable Tension/Uplift Loads DF/SP SPF/HF CMU Concrete (133) (160) (133) (160) 4-x2 Titen 4-x1 Titen 1170 1400 1150 1380 10-x2 Titen 10-x1 Titen 2335 2800 2015 2420 14-x2 Titen 14-x1 Titen 4220 4220 3665 4220 Code Ref. 128 160
MSTAM36
MSTCM40
See notes above.
144
Masonry Connectors
H Seismic & Hurricane Ties / LTA1 Lateral Truss Anchor

The Hurricane Tie series features various configurations of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters. The H10S provides a high capacity connection from truss/rafter to wall. Also suitable for wood-to-wood applications (see page 156). The HM9 is designed to retrofit roof truss/rafters for block construction. The HM9 hurricane tie provides high uplift and lateral capacity using Simpson concrete fasteners. The presloped 5:12 seat of the H16 provides for a tight fit and reduced deflection. The strap length provides for various truss heights up to a maximum of 13". Minimum heel height for H16 series is 4". The LTA1 develops high uplift and lateral loads at a minimum heel height. The side tabs act as a locator in the block and the four embedded hooks allow for higher loads with a relatively shallow embedment. MATERIAL: See table. FINISH: Galvanized; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HGAM10 can be installed into grouted concrete block. Screws are provided. Hurricane Ties do not replace solid blocking. Attach to grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar horizontal in the course. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
5" 1"
Presloped at 5:12. Truss/Rafter Pitch of 3:12 to 7:12 is acceptable
H10S
11"
HM9
3"
HGAM10
H16 (H16-2 similar)
LTA1
U.S. Patent 6,560,943
Fasteners Model No. HM9KT3 HGAM10KTA3,4 H10S LTA1 H16 H16S H16-2 H16-2S Ga To Rafters/ Truss 1 6 4-SDSx1 4-SDSx1 1 11 8-8dx1 12-10dx1 1 18 2-10dx1 1 11 2-10dx1 3 18 2-10dx1 3 11 2-10dx1 W L To CMU 5-x2 Titen 4-x2 Titen 2-x4 Titen HD Embed 6-x2 Titen 6-x2 Titen 6-x2 Titen 6-x2 Titen To Concrete 5-x1 Titen 4-x1 Titen 2-x4 Titen HD Embed 6-x1 Titen 6-x1 Titen 6-x1 Titen 6-x1 Titen
18 14 18 18 18 18 18 18
DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2 Lateral Uplift4 (133/160) (133) (160) F1 F2 595 595 425 200 850 850 1005 11058 1025 1065 1420 1420 485 1425 1470 1470 1470 1470 1470 1470 1470 1470
SPF Allowable Loads1,2 Lateral Uplift4 (133/160) (133) (160) F1 F2 595 595 425 200 610 610 725 7958 880 915 1220 1220 415 1225 1265 1265 1265 1265 1265 1265 1265 1265
Code Ref. 125 125, 140 149
125
Masonry Connectors
1. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 2" must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate. 3. The HM9KT and HGAM10KTA come with SDS and 2" and 2" Titen screws respectively. (1" Titen screws for concrete installations sold separately.) 4. Minimum edge distance 1" using Titen screws. 5. See page 139 for Titen screw information. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. Products shall be installed such that the Titen and Titen HD screws are not exposed to the weather. 8. HGAM10 F2 loads are for forces into the connector. See illustration 2 for loads away from the connector. 9. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
5"
Typical LTA1 Installation Typical H10S Installation
F2
680 lbs. (DF/SP) 530 lbs. (SPF)
F1
1 H16S Installed 2 HGAM10 Installed 3 HM9 Attaching Truss
into Masonry
into Masonry
to Masonry
145
Masonry Connectors
MTSM/HTSM Twist Straps

The MTSM and HTSM offer high strength truss to masonry connections. MATERIAL: MTSM16 gauge; HTSM14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Attach to either side of grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar horizontal. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical MTSM20 Installation
Model No. MTSM16 MTSM20 HTSM16 HTSM20
Fasteners2 L Truss 16 20 16 20 7-10d 7-10d 8-10d 10-10d CMU 4-x2 Titen 4-x2 Titen 4-x2 Titen 4-x2 Titen Concrete 4-x1 Titen 4-x1 Titen 4-x1 Titen 4-x1 Titen
DF/SP Allowable Uplift Loads1 10d (133/160) 860 860 1175 1175 10dx1 (133) (160) 840 860 840 860 1045 1175 1045 1175
SPF Allowable Uplift Loads1 10d (133/160) 750 750 1020 1020 10dx1 (133) (160) 730 750 730 750 905 1020 1020 1020
Code Ref.
125
MTSM16
1. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduced where other loads govern. 2. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the allowable load. 3. Minimum edge distance for Titens is 1. 4. See page 139 for Titen screw information. 5. Table allowable loads were determined using test ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 6. Products shall be installed such that the Titen screws are not exposed to the weather. 7. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
MTSM20
MGT/HGT Girder Tiedowns

The MGT and HGT series are girder tie-downs for moderate to high load applications that are typically installed prior to roof sheathing. The MGT wraps over the heel and is anchored on one side of the truss. The HGT straddles the heel and anchors on both sides of the truss. The HGT is field adjustable, making it suitable for trusses with top chord slopes up to 8:12. The HGT is available in sizes for 2, 3 and 4-ply widths. MATERIAL: MGT12 ga; HGT7 ga. FINISH: MGT Galvanized; HGTSimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. When the HGT-3 is used with a 2-ply girder or beam, shimming is required and must be fastened to act as one unit. Attach to grouted concrete block with a minimum one #5 rebar horizontal in the top lintel block. See page 160 for wood applications. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Masonry Connectors
Moisture barrier not shown Install a minimum of 6-10d nails into the face 3" Min.
1"
#5 Rebar Min.
MGT
Model No. MGT SPF DF/SP O.C. Fasteners Allowable Allowable Code Dim W Between Concrete/ Girder Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref. CMU (133/160) (133/160) Anchors 3 5 7 9 1- 2- 2- 2- 22-10d 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d 3965 10980 10530 9250 3330 6485 9035 9250 6, 62, 121 125
Typical MGT Installation
HGT-2 3 HGT-3 4 HGT-4 6
1. Attached members must be designed to resist applied loads. 2. Minimum f'm = 1500 psi and f'c = 2500 psi. 3. To achieve the loads listed for the MGT and HGT, anchorage into a 8" wide concrete tie-beam or grouted and reinforced CMU tie-beam can be made using Simpson SET epoxy with a minimum embedment depth of 12". Vertical reinforcement may be required to transfer the loads per Designer. 4. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 5. The MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load provided all specified nails are installed to either a solid header or minimum double 2x6 web. 6. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
HGT-2
(HGT-3 and HGT-4 similar)
Typical HGT-2 Installation into Concrete
146
Masonry Connectors
FGTR/LGT/VGT
Retrot Girder Tiedowns

3" 2"
The LGT, VGT and FGTR products are moderate to high load capacity girder tie-downs for new or retrofit applications. LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the wall for easy installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or outside of the wall. The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT and MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with SDS screws to the side of truss and features a predeflected crescent washer that allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8:12. The VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail. The Face Mount Girder Tie-Down (FGTR) is a non-pitch specific girder tiedown that offers the highest uplift capacity for retrofit applications. The FGTRHL/R is designed for corner hip applications. MATERIAL: VGT7 gauge; LGT14 gauge; FGTRStraps: 7 gauge, Plate: 3 gauge FINISH: VGT, LGTGalvanized; FGTRPowder Coated INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. To achieve the loads listed in the table below, the product shall be attached to a grouted and reinforced block wall or a reinforced concrete wall designed by others to transfer the high concentrated uplift loads to the foundation. SDS screws included with LGT3, VGT Series and FGTR Series. VGT/FGTR: Screw holes are configured to allow for double installation on a two-ply (minimum) truss. The product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to achieve a higher uplift capacity. Can be installed on roof pitches up to 8:12 or on a bottom chord designed to transfer the loads. FGTR Only 2 of the 4 holes provided on each strap are required to be filled to achieve the catalog loads. The first Titen HD screw anchor "x5" (THD) shall be installed a minimum of 4" from the top of the wall. Fasteners shall not be installed in adjacent holes. VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L. VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is horizontal as well as parallel with top of wall top plate. OPTIONS: LGT3 is available with reduced widths of W = 4" order as LGT3N-SDS2.5. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. LGT2 LGT3-SDS2.5
4"
C = 1" L
10" 5" (See Options)

3"
4"
3"
VGT
14"
4"
LGT3-SDS2.5
Typical VGT Installation
4"
Typical LGT2 Installation into Masonry (LGT3 similar)

Code Ref. 125 146
Qty. 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
VGT VGTL/R FGTR FGTRHL/R
No. of Plies 2 ply 3 ply 2 ply min. 2 ply min. 3 ply min. 2 ply min. 2 ply min. 2 ply min.
Fasteners To Girder To Wall 16-16d Sinker 7-x2 Titen1 12-SDS "x2" 4-x5 Titen HD 16-SDS "x3" 1- 32-SDS "x3" 2- 32-SDS "x3" 2- 16-SDS "x3" 1- 32-SDS "x3" 2- 18-SDS "x3" 2-x5 Titen HD 36-SDS "x3" 4-x5 Titen HD 18-SDS "x3" 2-x5 Titen HD
Allowable Uplift Load (133/160) DF/SP SPF 2150 1850 3685 2655 4940 3555 7185 5175 8890 6400 2230 1605 5545 3990 5000 3600 9400 6770 3850 2770
LGT2
Masonry Connectors
TOP
149
TOP
133
1. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. To achieve the loads listed, anchorage into a concrete block bond beam shall be designed by the Designer. 3. Minimum concrete strength f'c shall be 2500 psi. CMU shall have a minimum grout strength of 2500 psi with standard ASTM C90 units and type N or S mortar. 4. FGTRMinimum edge distance for Titen HD is 4". 5. FGTRTiten HDs should be spaced in every other hole on the part.
6. FGTRThe Titen HDs and SDS are provided with the part. 7. LGT2F1 load = 700, F2 load = 170. 8. See page 139 for Titen screw information. 9. Table allowable loads were determined using tested lowest ultimate/3 or fastener calculation values. 10. Products shall be installed such that the Titen and Titen HD screws are not exposed to the weather. 11. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
FGTR
Patent Pending
Shaded cells grouted and reinforced per Designer (min.) 16" Min. from end of wall
Shaded cells grouted and reinforced per Designer (min.)

16" Min. from end of wall
4" Min. 16" Min. from end of wall
4" Min. 16" Min. from end of wall
Install Titen HDs in every other hole on the part
Install Titen HDs in every other hole on the part
Typical FGTR Single Installation
Typical FGTR Double Installation
FGTRHL Installation (FGTRHR similar)
147
Straps & Ties
HRS/ST/PS/HST/LSTA/LSTI/MST/MSTA/MSTC/MSTI Strap Ties

Straps are designed to transfer tension loads in a wide variety of applications. HRSA 12 gauge strap with a nailing pattern designed for installation on the edge of 2x members. LSTA and MSTADesigned for use on the edge of 2x members, with a nailing pattern that reduces the potential for splitting. LSTILight straps that are suitable where pneumatic-nailing is necessary through diaphragm decking and wood chord open web trusses. MSTSplitting may be a problem with installations on lumber smaller than 3"; either fill every nail hole with 10dx1" nails or fill every-other hole with 16d common nails. Reduce the allowable load based upon the size and quantity of fasteners used. MSTCHigh Capacity strap which utilizes a staggered nail pattern to help minimize wood splitting. Nail slots have been countersunk to provide a lower nail head profile. FINISH: PSHDG; HST3 and HST6gray paint; all othersgalvanized. Some products are available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. OPTIONS: Special sizes can be made to order. Contact Simpson. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. MSTC and RPS meet code requirements for reinforcing cut members (16 gauge) at top plate and RPS at sill plate. International Residential Code- 2000/2006 R602.6.1 International Building Code- 2000/2006 2308.9.8 (For RPS, refer to page 166.)
ST2115
ST9, ST12, ST18, ST22

6"
ST LSTA and MSTA

(Pilot holes not shown)
Straps & Ties
MSTC28
L
HST MSTI MST LSTI
HRS
148
Typical MSTI Installation (MIT hanger shown) LSTI similar
Typical HRS Installation Typical LSTI Installation
HRS12 HRS8 HRS6
Straps & Ties
HRS/ST/PS/HST/LSTA/LSTI/MST/MSTA/MSTC/MSTI Strap Ties

2" End Distance
Model No. LSTA9 LSTA12 LSTA15 LSTA18 LSTA21 LSTA24 ST292 ST2122 ST2115 ST2215 LSTA30 LSTA36 LSTI49 LSTI73 MSTA9 MSTA12 MSTA15 MSTA18 MSTA21 MSTA24 MSTA30 MSTA36 MSTA49 ST6215 ST6224 ST9 ST12 ST18
Ga
Dimensions W 1 1 1 1 1 1 L 9 12 15 18 21 24
Fasteners (Total) Nails 8-10d 10-10d 12-10d 14-10d 16-10d 18-10d 12-16d 16-16d 10-16d 20-16d 22-10d 24-10d 32-10dx1 48-10dx1 8-10d 10-10d 12-10d 14-10d 16-10d 18-10d 22-10d 26-10d 26-10d 20-16d 28-16d 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 18-16d 36-16d sinkers 52-16d sinkers 62-16d sinkers
Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP) (133) 620 775 930 1085 1235 1235 1090 1470 660 1850 1640 1640 2510 3770 635 795 955 1115 1270 1430 1805 2050 2020 1860 2540 745 930 1300 1420 2950 4265 4745 5860 5860 3845 525 875 1225 2380 3295 4390 5080 5080 (160) 740 925 1110 1235 1235 1235 1265 1530 660 1875 1640 1640 2975 4205 750 940 1130 1315 1505 1640 2050 2050 2020 2095 2540 885 1105 1420 1420 3455 4745 4745 5860 5860 3845 605 1010 1415 2745 3800 5065 5080 5080
Allowable Tension Loads (SPF/HF) (133) 535 665 800 930 1065 1200 940 1260 660 1590 1500 1640 2150 3225 545 680 820 955 1090 1225 1545 1830 1830 1605 2285 640 800 1125 1420 2530 3655 4360 5585 5585 3465 455 760 1060 1990 2755 3670 4590 5080 (160) 635 795 950 1110 1235 1235 1120 1505 660 1880 1640 1640 2555 3830 645 810 970 1130 1290 1455 1820 2050 2020 1900 2540 760 950 1330 1420 2980 4305 4745 5860 5860 3845 525 880 1230 2325 3220 4290 5080 5080
Code Ref.
Beam and Strap
7, 62, 90, 128
20
2 9 2 12 1 1 3 3 18 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 16 30 36 49 73 9 12 15 18 21 24 30 36 49 2 16
3, 39, 88, 104, 128
Typical LSTA Installation (hanger not shown) Bend strap one time only
7, 62, 90, 128 9, 128
7, 62, 90, 128
Material Dim. Bolts Code Model Thickness Ref. No. Gauge W L Qty Dia 6 PS218 2 18 4 PS4186 7 ga 4 18 4 180 PS7206 6 20 8
1. See page 177 for loads associated with PS straps.
170 3, 39, 88, 104, 128
2 16 2 23 16 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 14 3 1 1 1 12 2 2 2 2 2 9 11 17 21 28 40 52
3, 39, 88, 128
ST22 MSTC28 MSTC40 MSTC52 MSTC66 MSTC78 ST6236 HRS6 HRS8 HRS12 MSTI26 MSTI36 MSTI48 MSTI60 MSTI72
PS
Straps & Ties
9, 23, 128
65 76-16d sinkers 77 76-16d sinkers 40-16d 6-10d 10-10d 14-10d 26-10dx1 36-10dx1 48-10dx1 60-10dx1 64-10dx1 6 8 12 26 36 48 60 72
2 33
3, 39, 88, 104, 128 128
3, 39, 88, 128
3, 39, 121, 128
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for earthquake or wind loading, but DO NOT include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2 10dx1" nails may be substituted where 16d sinkers or 10d are specified at 100% of the table loads. 3. 10d commons may be substituted where 16d sinkers are specified at 100% of table loads. 4. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) or 10d commons may be substituted where 16d commons are specified at 0.85 of the table loads. 5. Use half of the nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 6. PS strap design loads must be determined by the Designer for each installation. Bolts are installed both perpendicular and parallel-to-grain. Hole diameter in the part may be oversized to accommodate the HDG. Designer must determine if the oversize creates an unacceptable installation. 7. For overlap splice details, refer to technical bulletin T-CMST (see page 187 for details). 8. Straps with 10d (0.148 dia. x 3) nails specified may be substituted with 10dx1 (0.148 dia. x 1) with no reduction in load. 9. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically. 10. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical PS720 Installation
149
Straps & Ties
HST/MST/MSTC/MSTA Strap Ties

Floor-to-Floor Clear Span Table
Model No. Clear Span 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 18 16 Fasteners (Total) 26-10d 26-10d 12-16d sinkers 16-16d sinkers 28-16d sinkers 36-16d sinkers 44-16d sinkers 48-16d sinkers 64-16d sinkers 68-16d sinkers 76-16d sinkers 76-16d sinkers 20-16d 22-16d 32-16d 34-16d 46-16d 48-16d 46-16d 48-16d Allowable Tension Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP) Loads (SPF/HF) (133) 2020 2020 980 1310 2290 2945 3595 3925 5460 5800 5860 5860 2130 2345 3420 3635 4830 4830 4830 4830 (160) 2020 2020 1155 1540 2695 3465 4235 4620 5860 5860 5860 5860 2465 2710 3695 3695 4830 4830 4830 4830 (133) 1830 1830 845 1125 1970 2530 3095 3375 4705 4995 5585 5585 1840 2025 2955 3140 4730 4830 4730 4830 (160) 2020 2020 995 1325 2320 2980 3645 3975 5495 5840 5860 5860 2135 2345 3425 3640 4830 4830 4830 4830
Nails are not required in the rim board area.
Stitch nailing of double studs by others
MSTA49 MSTC28 MSTC40 MSTC52 MSTC66 MSTC78 MST37 MST48 MST60 MST72
When nailing the strap over OSB/plywood, use a 2" long nail minimum.
an r Sp Clea
Typical Detail with Strap Installed Over Sheathing
Floor-to-Floor Tie Installation showing a Clear Span
Model Ga No. MST27 MST48 MST60 MST72 HST2 HST5 HST3 HST6 10 7 3
Dimensions Fasteners (Total) W 2 2 2 2 2 5 3 6 L 27 48 60 72 21 21 25 25 Nails
Allowable Tension Loads (DF/SP)
Allowable Tension Loads (SPF/HF)
Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Qty Dia (133) (160) (133) (160) (133) (160) (133) (160) 30-16d 4 3195 3700 1800 2165 2760 3200 1665 2000 6 8 4475 5080 2525 6495 6730 3740 6495 6730 3740 3025 3865 4480 2335 2805 4485 6270 6475 3480 4485 6270 6475 3480 4175 4175 50-16d 5190 5310 3065 3675 4620 5190 2845 3410
Code Ref.
MST37 12 2 37 42-16d
56-16d 10 56-16d 10 6 12 6 12
56, 128
4350 5220 8875 10650 6400 7680 12890 15470
4030 4835 8225 9870 5550 6660 11100 13320
SA/HSA Strap Connectors

A high value seismic tie for horizontal ties across intervening members. FINISH: SA36Galvanized; HSASimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. May not be suitable for floor diaphragms which protrude above beams. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Fasteners (Total) L Nails 36 32 41 50 59 68 22-16d Bolts Qty Dia 4 2 4 6 8 10 Allowable Horizontal Loads Nails (133 & 160) 1900 Bolts (133) (160) 1605 1900 1910 2290 3770 4520 5470 6400 6940 8330 8350 10020
15 Max .
9"
Typical HSA Installation
Model No. SA36 HSA32 HSA41 HSA50 HSA59 HSA68
Strap Section 12 ga x 2 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3 3 ga x 3
Code Ref.
Hanger not shown
3, 39, 88, 121
18 Max
Strap
9"
150
4. Only SA36 can be field-bent for other 1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further intermediate beam widths. increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. 2. Allowable loads assume a restrained member See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and of 3" min. thickness with bolts in single shear. information. 3. Bolt and nail values may not be combined.
Saddle Hanger
Typical SA Installation with Saddle Hanger
Straps & Ties
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for earthquake or wind loading, but DO NOT include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2. 10d commons may be substituted where 16d sinkers are specified at 100% of the table loads. 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3" long) or 10d commons may be substituted where 16d commons are specified at 0.85 of the table loads. 4. Allowable bolt loads are based on parallel-tograin loading and these minimum member thicknesses: MST2"; HST2 and HST54"; HST3 and HST64". 5. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 6. For overlap splice details, refer to technical bulletin T-CMST (see page 187 for details). 7. Straps not installed over sheathing with 10d (0.148 dia. x 3) nails specified may be substituted with 10dx1 (0.148 dia. x 1) with no reduction in load. 8. Tension loads apply for uplift as well when installed vertically. 9. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Straps & Ties
CS/CMST Coiled Straps

CMSTC provides nail slots for easy installation and coined edges; it can be cut to length. CS are continuous utility straps which can be cut to length on the job site. Packaged in lightweight (about 40 pounds) cartons. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Wood shrinkage after strap installation across horizontal wood members may cause strap to buckle outward. Refer to the applicable code for minimum nail penetration and minimum wood edge and end distances. The table shows the maximum allowable loads and the nails required to obtain them. Fewer nails may be used; reduce the allowable load as shown in footnote #3. The cut length of the strap shall be equal to twice the End Length noted in the table plus the clear span dimension. CMST onlyUse every other round hole if the wood tends to split. Use round and triangle holes for comparable MST loads, providing wood does not tend to split. For lap slice and alternate nailing information, refer to technical bulletin T-CMST (see page 187 for details). CS straps are available in 25' lengths, order CS14-R, CS16-R, CS18-R, CS20-R or CS22-R. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Typical CS Installation as a Floor-to-Floor Tie (CMST requires minimum 2-2x studs)
End h Cut Lengt ength L
Nails not required in clear span
an r Sp Clea
d Ength Len
Allowable Tension Code Loads Ref. (133/ 160) 9215 9215 6490 6490 4585 2490 2490 1705 1705 1370 1370 1030 1030 845 845
DF/SP Model No. Total Ga L Fasteners 133 84 - 16d 98 - 10d 66 - 16d 78 - 10d 160 74 - 16d 86 - 16d 56 - 16d 66 - 16d End Length 133 38" 44" 30" 36" 25" 16" 19" 13" 15" 11" 13" 9" 11" 6" 9" 160 33" 39" 26" 30" 20" 15" 16" 11" 13" 9" 11" 6" 9" 7" 6"
SPF/HF Fasteners 133 98 - 16d 112 - 10d 76 - 16d 90 - 10d 160 84 - 16d 98 - 16d 66 - 16d 76 - 16d End Length 133 44" 50" 34" 40" 28" 18" 23" 15" 16" 12" 14" 9" 11" 8" 10" 160 38" 44" 30" 34" 25" 16" 19" 12" 14" 10" 12" 8" 9" 7" 8"
CMST12 CMST14
40'
12
52' 14 16 14 16 18 20 22
CMSTC16 54' CS14 CS16 CS18 CS20 CS22

56 - 16d 50 - 16d sinker sinker 30 - 10d 36 - 8d 22 - 10d 28 - 8d 18 - 10d 22 - 8d 14 - 10d 18 - 8d 12 - 10d 14 - 8d 26 - 10d 30 - 8d 20-10d 22 - 8d 16 - 10d 18 - 8d 12 - 10d 14 - 8d 10 - 10d 12 - 8d
68 - 16d 58 - 16d sinker sinker 34 - 10d 42 - 10d 26 - 10d 30 - 8d 22 - 10d 26 - 8d 16 - 10d 20 - 8d 14 - 10d 16 - 8d 30 - 10d 36 - 8d 22 - 10d 26 - 8d 18 - 10d 22 - 8d 14 - 10d 16 - 8d 12 - 10d 14 - 8d
CS16 Hole Pattern (all other CS straps similar)
100' 150' 200' 250' 300'
56, 128
CMST14 Hole Pattern (CMST12 similar)
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for seismic or wind loading, but DO NOT include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2. Use half of the required nails in each member being connected to achieve the listed loads. 3. Calculate the connector value for a reduced number of nails as follows: Allowable Load = No. of Nails Used x Table Load No. of Nails in Table 48 Nails (Used) Example: CMSTC16 in DF/SP with 48 nails total. Allowable Load = x 4585 lbs = 3930 lbs (Half of the nails in each member being connected) 56 Nails (Table) 4. Tension loads apply for uplift when installed vertically. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
CMSTC16 Hole Pattern
Straps & Ties
Gauge stamped on part for easy identification
TS Twist Straps
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members. An equal number of right and left hand units are supplied in each carton. MATERIAL: 16 gauge. FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. TS should be installed in pairs to reduce eccentricity. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TS
Model No. TS9 TS12 TS18 TS22 L 9 11 17 21 Fasteners (Total) 8-16d 10-16d 14-16d 18-16d Allowable Loads (133 & 160) 530 665 930 1215 170 Code Ref.
1. Install half of the fasteners on each end of the strap to achieve full loads. 2. Loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. 16d sinkers (0.148" dia. x 3") may be substituted for the specified 16d commons at 0.84 of the table loads. 4. Loads are for a single TS. 5. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical TS Installation 151
Straps & Ties
FSC Floor Span Connector

As an alternative to coil strap, our new FSC-Floor Span Connector, connects upper floors to lower floors from the inside of the wall. The convenient obround holes make installation in narrow wall cavities easy. Installs with a " all thread rod, nut and washer (not included). MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Can be used on a single 2x stud. Threaded rod, washers and nuts are not supplied with the FSC. Use " threaded rod grade A307 or better, with matching nuts and cut washers. FSC may be installed a maximum of 18" from the sill or top plates. Drill " to " diameter hole through the plates for threaded rod access, hole should be located approximately 1" away from the face of stud used for FSC attachment. Nails can be installed up to 30 degree angle with no reduction in load capacity. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model Ga No. FSC 12
Fasteners Stud Anchor
Allowable Tension Load DF/SP SPF/HF (133) (160) (133) (160) 1830 1830 1570 1570
Code Ref. 146
FSC
Patent Pending
15-10dx1 " ATR
1. The allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Load values are based on a minimum lumber thickness of 1". 3. Standard cut washer is required with the " all thread rod. 4. The FSC can be used on offset studs provided the horizontal offset is no greater than 3". Refer to flier F-FSC for more information (see page 187 for details). 5. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Nut and washer required
Typical FSC Installation
MSTC48B3/MSTC66B3 Pre-Bent Straps

The MSTC48B3 and MSTC66B3 are pre-bent straps designed to transfer tension load from an upper story shearwall to a beam on the story below. MATERIAL: 14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Min. 2-2x or 4x Min. 2-2x or 4x
Straps & Ties
38 Nails Min. Length 21" 38 Nails Start nails 1" up from end of stud
Model No.
Fasteners Allowable Tension Loads Beam Code Studs/ DF/SP SPF/HF Ref. Width Depth Face Bottom Post (min) (min) (133/160) (133/160) 3 9 12-10d 4-10d 38-10d 3930 4440 3380 3820 128
Dimensions Beam
Start nails 1" up from end of stud
Min. Length 21" No Nails Reqd No Nails Reqd Face Nails Rim Joist
MSTC48B3
Face Nails Beam
MSTC66B3 3
11 14-10d
Beam
1. Using fewer than 38 nails in the studs/post will reduce the capacity of the connection. To calculate a reduced capacity use 129 lb. per nail for DFL/SYP or 112 lb. per nail for HF/SPF. 2. Nails in studs/post shall be installed symmetrically. Nails may be installed over the entire length of the strap over the studs/post. 3. The 3" wide beam may be double 2x members. 4. MSTC48B3 and MSTC66B3 installed over wood structural panel sheathing up to " thick achieve 0.85 of table loads. 5. Loads govern by the lower of .125" deflection from static tests on wood members, steel ultimate divided by 2, or the calculated nail values. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
MSTC66B3 Installation with Rim Joist
MSTC48B3
Bottom Nails
2" Pre-bent
MSTC48B3 Installation with no Rim Joist
152
Straps & Ties
FTA/LFTA Floor Tie Anchors

Designed for use as a floor-to-floor tension tie, one FTA replaces two comparably sized holdowns and the threaded rod. The LFTA Light Floor Tie Anchor is for nailed installations. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: LFTAgalvanized; FTASimpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Washers required on side opposite FTA for full loads. Nail holes between floors allow preattachment to the joist during installation; these nails are not required. OPTIONS: The standard models clear span of 17" will accommodate up to a 12" joist. The clear span of the FTA may be increased with a corresponding increase in overall length. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Clear Span
Clear Span
LFTA
FTA
Typical FTA Installation
Model No. LFTA FTA2 FTA5 FTA7
Dimensions Ga Max Width 2 3 3 3 Clear Span 17 17 17 17 L 38 37 45 56
Fasteners (Total) Qty 16-10d 4 4 6 Dia
Allowable Uplift Loads1 (133) Vertical Member Thickness 2 3 1 2 3 1575 2095 2600 2820 2820 1865 2500 3125 3725 4050 3095 4185 5175 6360 7395 LFTA
2
Allowable Uplift Loads1 (160) Vertical Member Thickness 2 3 1 2 3 1890 2510 3120 3385 3385 2240 3000 3750 4400 4400 3715 5020 6210 7600 7600 LFTA
2
Code Ref. 5, 41, 85, 121 20, 80, 142
16 10 10 3
1205
1400
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Reduce the allowable load for the LFTA according to the code when nails penetrate wood less than 1". 3. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
and
L Strap Ties
W W
FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. CODES: See page 12 for Code Listing Key Chart.
2"
2" H
Model No. 55L 66L 88L 1212L 66T 128T 1212T
Dimensions Ga 16 14 14 14 14 14 14 L 4 6 8 12 6 12 12 H 4 6 8 12 5 8 12 W 1 1 2 2 1 2 2
Fasteners Bolts Nails Qty Dia 5-10d 10-16d 3 12-16d 3 14-16d 3 8-16d 3 12-16d 3 12-16d 3
Code Ref.
1" Typ. 1212HT & 1616HT 2" L
Straps & Ties
180
1212HT
1212HL
1" Min. Installed in pairs
55L
1. Connectors are not load-rated. 2. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. These products are available with additional corrosion protection. Additional products on this page may also be available with this option, check with Simpson for details.
d1
Typical T Installation
Code Ref.
d2
1" Typ. 66T 1" Typ. 128T & 1212T Installed in pairs
Minimum Bolt Dimensions End & Edge Model Ga Distances No. 1212HL 1616HL 1212HT 1616HT 7 7 7 7 W 2 2 2 2 H 12 16 12 16 L 12 16 12 16 d1 2 2 2 2 d2 4 4 4 4
Bolts Qty Dia 5 5 6 6
Allowable Loads1,2 Tension/Uplift F1 (100/133/ 160) 1535 1535 2585 2585 (100/133/ 160) 565 565 795 795
1" Min.
170
d1 d2
Typical L Installation
" Typ. 66L 1" Typ. 88L & 1212L
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3". 3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
153
Straps & Ties
PCT
Purlin Cross Tie
Designed using a section that works in both tension and compression. MATERIAL: 1" square tube steel ASTM A500 Grade B FINISH: Simpson gray paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. PCT18 and 23 are sized to span a maximum hanger seat depth (B dimension) of 4". PCT27 and 38 are sized to span a maximum hanger seat depth (B dimension) of 6". Tube section helps with drilling alignment, through the purlin. Offset angle to allow drilling access through glulam. 2" or a 2" diameter hole required. Install in pairs. OPTIONS: Contact Simpson for other lengths. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
4" Typ. PCT18, 23, 27 4" Typ. PCT38 Nail Hole for Temporary Placement
L2 L1
PCT
U.S. Patent 6,862,854
Purlin
Glulam
Purlin
Typical PCT Installation
2" Hanger not shown for clarity

(Top View)
1" Typical
PCT Installed in Pairs
Allowable Loads Per Pair of PCTs Model No. PCT18 PCT23 PCT27 PCT38 Tube Thickness Total Length L 44 52 66 71 L1 L2 No. and Size of Fasteners 8-MB 10-MB 12-MB 12-MB Steel Tension 24665 24665 39665 35365 Steel Compression 19165 19165 28665 26030 Bolts (Double Shear) (133) Length of Bolt in Purlin (in.) DF/SP 3 14365 17720 20715 24255 3 15925 19705 23085 27520 5 15925 19705 23670 33735 5 15905 19685 23690 33805 6 15875 19600 23545 33490 45, 106, 126 Code Ref.
14 14 19 19
17 17 23 23
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% for earthquake or wind loading. No further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Install in pairs.
3. Minimum bolt length is (Purlin width + 3" (PCT) + 1" (nut)). 4. Bolt value assume minimum 10" deep purlin. 5. Engineer of record is responsible for evaluating the glulam.
HCSTR Hinge Connector Straps

Use Hinge Connector Straps for retrofit applications to strap horizontal wood members together where a hinge connector interferes. All bolt holes shall be " (minimum) and " (maximum) larger than the bolt diameter (2005 NDS 11.1.2). MATERIAL: HCSTR2, HCSTR37 gauge; HCSTR43 gauge FINISH: HCSTR4Simpson gray paint. All othersGalvanized OPTIONS: Where wood is subject to shrinkage, order an HCST2, HCST3 or HCST4 for straps with obround holes. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for longer lengths. For use with Simpson hinge connectors. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Clear Span Holes for Optional Locating Nails
Straps & Ties
HCSTR
(HCST similar) Install an HCSTR on each side Typical HCSTR4 Installation
Model No. HCSTR2 HCSTR3 HCSTR4
Fasteners (Total) Qty 4 6 8 Dia
Allowable Loads (133) 8100 11805 15640 (160) 9725 14170 18770
Code Ref.
170
1. Allowable loads are for straps used in pairs and include a 33% and 60% increase for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads assume a carrying member of 5" minimum thickness with bolts in double shear. 3. Designed for HC style hinge connectors; contact Simpson for lengths for HCA and HC3A (only) style hinge connectors.
HC Style Hinge Connector shown
154
Straps & Ties
H Seismic & Hurricane Ties

The Hurricane Tie series features various configurations of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters. The NEW H2A features an improved design and higher uplift loads to replace the H2. The NEW H10A has a similar design as the H10 but offers higher uplift capacity. The H10S provides a high capacity connection from truss/rafter to stud. A flexible nailing pattern allows installation where the stud is offset from the rafter up to 1". Suitable for wood-to-wood and wood-to-CMU/concrete applications. The H2.5Ts truncated design was developed to accommodate trusses with 2x4 bottom chords. The easy to install, five nail pattern is stronger and gets better uplift loads than our popular H2.5 hurricane tie. H1, H10, H10S, H10-2, H11Z and H14 have also been rated for download to provide additional bearing capacity between the truss and wall. MATERIAL: See table. FINISH: Galvanized. H7Z and H11ZZMAX finish. Some models available in stainless steel or ZMAX; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. H1 can be installed with flanges facing inwards (reverse of H1 drawing number 1). H2.5, H2.5T, H3, H4, H5 and H6 ties are only shipped in equal quantities of rights and lefts. (Rights shown.) Hurricane Ties do not replace solid blocking. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
3" " 10
E PLAT LINE
3" 1"
PLA TE LIN E
H1 H2
H2.5
1"
H2.5A H2.5T
H2A
H3
H4
H5
5" 1"
H6
1" " 3"
H7Z
Straps & Ties
6"
11"
H10
(H10R similar)
5"
H10A
3"
H8 H10S
H14 Profile H10-2
H11Z
H14
155
Straps & Ties

Fasteners Model No. Ga To Rafters/ Truss To Plates To Studs 5-8d 5-8dx1 8-8d 8-8d 8-8d
DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 490 335 575 415 600 545 455 360 455 915 930 620 905 11406 1010 760 830 13506 13506 (160) 585 335 575 415 600 545 455 360 465 950 985 745 990 11406 1010 760 830 13506 13506 Lateral (133/160) F1 485 130 150 110 135 125 165 115 400 75 585 590 545 455 525 515 515 F2 165 55 150 110 145 160 160 200 525 285 215 395 760 265 265
Uplift Load with 8dx1 Nails (133 & 160) 455 335 415 480 425 415 360 455 550
SPF/HF Allowable Loads Uplift (133) 400 230 495 365 520 545 320 235 265 785 800 530 780 1015 870 655 715 1050 1050 (160) 400 230 495 365 535 545 320 235 265 820 845 565 850 1015 870 655 715 1050 1050 Lateral (133/160) F1 415 130 130 110 135 105 140 100 345 75 505 505 470 390 450 480 480 F2 140 55 130 110 145 140 135 170 450 285 185 340 655 245 245
H1 H2 H2A H2.5 H2.5A H2.5T H3 H4 H5 H6 H7Z H8 H10 H10A H10S8,9 H10-2 H11Z H14
18 18 18 18 18 18 18 20 18 16 16 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
4-8d 6-8dx1 5-8d 5-8dx1 2-8dx1 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 5-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 4-8d 8-8d 4-8d 2-8d 5-10dx1 5-10dx1 8-8dx1 8-8dx1 9-10dx1 9-10dx1 8-8dx1 8-8dx19 6-10d 6-10d 6-16dx2 6-16dx2 13-8d 1 12-8dx1 15-8d 2 12-8dx1
Uplift Load with Code 8dx1 Nails Ref. (133 & 160) 370 2, 40, 82,121, 140 230 160 365 2, 6, 40, 82, 121, 140 480 40, 122 425 146 290 2, 40, 82, 121, 140 235 2, 40, 121, 140 265 2, 40, 82, 121, 140 5, 41, 121, 140 125 9, 121, 140 160 475 149 6, 121, 140 170 125
1. Loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 2" must be used when framing anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate (exception: connectors installed such that nails on opposite sides dont interfere). 3. Allowable DF/SP uplift load for stud to bottom plate installation is 400 lbs. (H2.5); 390 lbs. (H2.5A); 360 lbs. (H4) and 310 lbs. (H8). For SPF/HF values multiply these values by 0.86. 4. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundary members or prevent cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. Additional shear transfer elements shall be considered where there may be effects of cross grain bending or tension.
5. Hurricane Ties are shown installed on the outside of the wall for clarity. Installation on the inside of the wall is acceptable (see instructions to the installer notes on page 14). For uplift Continuous Load Path, connections in the same area (i.e. truss to plate connector and plate to stud connector) must be on same side of the wall. 6. Southern Pine allowable uplift loads for H10A = 1340 lbs. and for H14 = 1465 lbs. 7. Refer to technical bulletin T-HTIEBEARING for H1, H10, H10S, H10-2, H11Z, H14 allowable bearing enhancement loads (see page 187 for details). 8. H10S can have the stud offset a maximum of 1" from rafter (center to center) for a reduced uplift of 890 lbs. (DF/SP), and 765 lbs. (SPF). 9. H10S nails to plates are optional for uplift but required for lateral loads. 10. NAILS: 16dx2 = 0.162" dia. x 2" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long, 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
PLATE LINE
1 H1 Installation
2 H2A Installation (H2 similar)
3 H2.5 Installation
(Nails into both top plates)
4 H2.5A Installation
5 H2.5T Installation
7 H3 Installation
(Nails into upper top plate)
8 H4 Installation (H2.5 similar)

(see footnote 3)
6 H2.5T Installation
11 9 H4 Installation 156
(Nails into upper top plate)
10 H5 Installation
H6 Stud to Top Plate Installation
12 H6 Stud to Band Joist Installation
13 H7Z Installation
Straps & Ties
PLAT LINE E
Straps & Ties
18
Plate nails for lateral loads only
14 H8 attaching
rafter to double top plates
15
H8 attaching stud to sill (4-8d into plate, 5-8d into stud)
H10S Installation
16 H8 attaching
I-joist to double top plates
17 H10 Installation
Minimum Edge Distance "
22 H14 Installation to
double top plates
1
Plate nails for lateral loads only
8d commons to plates. Fill one of three holes to H14 bottom flange.
AVOID A MISINSTALLATION
21 19 H10S Installation
H10-2 Installation (H11Z similar)

23
Minimum Edge Distance "
with stud offset
20 H10A
Installation
H10 optional positive angle nailing connects shear blocking to rafter. Use 8d common nails. Slot allows maximum field-bending up to a pitch of 6/12, use 75% of the table uplift load; bend one time only.
H14 Installation to double 2x header
8d commons to header. Fill all three triangle holes to straightened bottom flange.
Do not make your own holes or overdrive nails!
Considerations for Hurricane Tie Selection

1. 2. 3. 4. What is the uplift load? What is the parallel-to-plate load? What is the perpendicular-to-plate load? What is the species of wood used for the rafter and the top plates? (Select the load table based on the lowest performing species of wood.) 5. Will the hurricane tie be nailed into both top plates or the upper top plate only? 6. What load or loads will the hurricane tie be taking? Allowable simultaneous loads in more than one direction on a single connector must be evaluated as follows: Design Uplift/Allowable Uplift + Design Lateral Parallel to Plate / Allowable Lateral Parallel to Plate + Design Lateral Perpendicular to Plate / Allowable Lateral Perpendicular to Plate < 1.0. The three terms in the unity equation are due to possible directions that exist to generate force on a hurricane tie. The actual number of terms used in the equation for each condition is dependant on designers method of calculating wind forces and the utilization of the tie in the structural system. 7. Select hurricane tie based on performance, application, installed cost and ease of installation.
Hurricane Tie Installations to Achieve Twice the Load (Top View)

Both connectors shall be same model.
Wall Top Plate
Wall Top Plate
Wall Top Plate
Straps & Ties
Install diagonally across from each other for minimum 2x truss.
Products can be on the same side of the wall provided they are configured as shown.
Nailing into both sides of a single ply 2x truss may cause the wood to split.
VB Knee Braces
The VB provides lateral resistance force at the bottom of beams when installed approximately 45 or more to the vertical plane. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use specified fasteners. See General Notes. 16-N54A fasteners are included with the brace. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
2" Min. Hanger not shown Six N54A Nails
Model No. VB5 VB7 VB8 VB10 VB12
H (Beam Depth) 10" - 15" 15" - 22" 22" - 28" 28" - 36" 36" - 42"
L 5' 7' 8' 10' 12'
Fasteners (Total) 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A 16-N54A
Allowable Tension Loads1 Floor (100) Roof (125) 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240 990 1240
Code Ref.
One N54A in each tab Two N54A in seat
3, 39, 88, 121
Accommodates beam widths of 3" to 10"
1. Roof loads have been increased 25% with no further increase allowed.
Typical VB Installation
157
Straps & Ties

The hurricane tie series features various configurations of wind and seismic ties for trusses and rafters. The H16-2 series has a presloped seat of 5:12 for double trusses. The presloped seat of the H16 provides for a tight fit and reduced deflection. The strap length provides for various truss height up to a maximum of 13" (H16 series). Minimum heel height for H16 series is 4". The HGA10 attaches to gable trusses and provides good lateral wind resistance. The HS24 attaches the bottom chord of a truss or rafter at pitches from 0:12 to 4:12 to double 2x4 top plates. Double shear nailing allows for higher lateral resistance. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The HGA10KT: screws are provided. HS24 requires slant nailing only when bottom chord of truss or rafter has no slope. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Pitch 0:12 to 7:12
H15
(H15-2 similar)
H15 Installation
2" Min End D imum istanc e
1"
Fasteners Model No. Ga To Rafters/ Truss To Plates To Studs
DF/SP Allowable Loads1 Uplift Lateral (133/160) F2 940 1025

3
SPF/HF Allowable Loads1 Uplift Lateral (133/160) Code Ref.

2"
HS24
U.S. Patents 5,603,580
HGA10KT 14 4-SDSx1 4-SDSx3 HS24 H15 H15-2 H16 H16S H16-2 H16-2S 8-8dx1 18 & 2-8d slant 16 16 18 18 18 18 4-10dx1 4-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 2-10dx1 8-8d
(133) (160) F1 695 695 1165 605

3
(133) (160) F1 F2 500 500 840 675 520 1120 1120 1265 1265 1265 1265 520 555 880
125, 140 9, 62, 121 6, 121
605
645 480 480
3 "
2"
4-10dx1 12-10dx1 4-10dx1 12-10dx1 10-10dx1 10-10dx1 10-10dx1 10-10dx1
1300 1300 1470 1470 1470 1470
1300 1300 1470 1470 1470 1470
1120 410 1120 410 1265 1265 1265 1265
125
F2 F1
Straps & Ties
Depending on heel height, strap may wrap to back of plate.
Depending on heel height, strap may wrap to back of plate.
H16-2 and H16-2S

Presloped at 5:12. Pitch of 3:12 to 7:12 is acceptable
Install 6-10dx1 to face of 2x
Install 4-10dx1 to inside edge of 2x
H16-2 Installation
Install 4-10dx1 to inside edge of 2x
Install 6-10dx1 to face of 2x
H16 Installation H16 and H16S

Presloped at 5:12. Truss/ Rafter Pitch of 3:12 to 7:12 is acceptable
HGA10
HGA10 Installation to Double Top Plates HGA10 Installation to Rim Joist
158
1. Loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered. 3. HS24 DF/SP allowable loads without slant nailing are 625 lbs (uplift), 590 lbs (F1), 640 lbs (F2). For SPF/HF loads multiply these values by 0.86. 4. For H16-2S, S = short. 5. Allowable loads in the F1 direction are not intended to replace diaphragm boundary members or prevent cross grain bending of the truss or rafter members. Additional shear transfer elements shall be considered where there may be effects of cross grain bending or tension. 6. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long, 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
HS24 Installation
Straps & Ties
LTS/MTS/HTS Twist Straps

Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members. They resist uplift at the heel of a truss economically. The 3" bend section eliminates interference at the transition points between wood members. MATERIAL: LTS18 gauge; MTS16 gauge; HTS14 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel and ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. MTS Installation as a Truss-toTop Plate Tie
1" Typ.
L
SIMPSON
Strong-Tie
1"
Model No. LTS12 LTS16 LTS18 LTS20 MTS12 MTS16 MTS18 MTS20 MTS30 MTS24C MTS30C HTS16 HTS20 HTS24 HTS28 HTS30 HTS30C
Fasteners2 L 10d 12 16 18 20 12 16 18 20 30 24 30 16 20 24 28 30 30 12-10d 12-10d 12-10d 12-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 14-10d 16-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 20-10d 10dx1 12-10dx1 12-10dx1 12-10dx1 12-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 14-10dx1 16-10dx1 24-10dx1 24-10dx1 24-10dx1 24-10dx1 24-10dx1
DF/SP Allowable Uplift Loads 3 10d (133/160) 775 775 775 775 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1260 1450 1450 1450 1450 1450
Code Ref. 10d 10dx1 10dx1 (133) (160) (133/160) (133) (160) 720 720 665 620 620 3, 28, 39, 104, 121, 140 720 720 665 620 620 3, 39, 121, 140 720 720 665 620 620 720 720 665 620 620 840 1000 860 730 860 3, 28, 39, 104, 121, 140 840 1000 860 730 860 840 1000 860 730 860 3, 39, 121, 140 840 1000 860 730 860 840 1000 860 730 860 840 1000 860 730 860 125 840 1000 860 730 860 1005 1150 1085 865 990 1450 1450 1245 1245 1245 1450 1450 1245 1245 1245 62, 123, 140 1450 1450 1245 1245 1245 1450 1450 1245 1245 1245 1450 1450 1245 1245 1245
4. All straps except the MTS30 and HTS30 have the twist in the center of the strap. 5. Twist straps do not have to be wrapped over the truss to achieve the load. 6. May be installed on the inside face of the stud. 7. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
SPF Allowable Uplift Loads
LTS12
(MTS and HTS similar)
MTS30
(HTS30 similar)
MTS30C
(HTS30C similar)
Typical MTS30 Installation
1. LTS12 thru LTS20, MTS16 through MTS30, HTS24 through HTS30C (except HTS30) have additional nail holes. 2. Install half of the fasteners on each end of strap to achieve full loads. 3. Loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
MTS30 Installation with I-joist Rafter
Straps & Ties
HH Header Hangers
For fast, accurate installation of door and window headers and other cross members. HH header hangers can speed up the job, strengthen the frame, and eliminate the need for trimmers. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
HH4
Model W No. HH4 HH6 Fasteners H Stud Allowable Loads (100) (133) Header F1 F2 F3 F4 4-16d 1195 710 710 1595 1065 1065 1085 Code Ref.
3 2 9-16d 5 5
12-16d 6-16d
1085 3, 39, 88, 121
HH Load Directions
1. F1 Loads may be increased up to 25% for short-term loading in accordance with the code. 2. The supporting post thickness must be a minimum of 2". 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical HH Installation 159
Straps & Ties
LGT/MGT/VGT/HGT Girder Tiedowns

The LGT, MGT, VGT and HGT are girder tiedowns for moderate to high load capacity applications. The LGT and VGT are also suitable for retrofit applications. LGT connectors provide a low profile connection to the studs for easy installation of drywall. Simple to install and can be installed on the inside or outside of the wall. LGT connectors also provide exceptional bearing enhancement for heavy download applications. NEW! The LGT series has been extended to include the new LGT4-SDS3 for 4-ply girders. The Variable Girder Tiedown (VGT) is a higher capacity alternative to the LGT and MGT for girder trusses. It attaches with SDS screws to the side of truss and features a predeflected crescent washer that allows it to accommodate top chord pitches up to 8:12. The VGT is also available with one flange concealed for attachment to trusses with no tail. The HGT offers the highest uplift capacity for girders and can be installed on trusses and beams with top chord slopes from 3:12 to 8:12. MATERIAL: HGT, VGT-7 gauge, LGT2-14 gauge, MGT, LGT3, LGT4-12 gauge. FINISH: HGT-Simpson gray paint; LGT, MGT, VGT-Galvanized INSTALLATION: When the HGT-3 is used with a 2-ply girder or beam, shimming is required. Fasten to act as one unit. Before installing fasteners, ensure LGT3-SDS2.5 makes complete contact with bottom of truss. SDS screws included with LGT3, LGT4 and VGT Series. VGTScrew holes are configured to allow for double installation on a two-ply (minimum) truss. VGTThe product can be installed in a single application or in pairs to achieve a higher uplift capacity. VGTWhen installed on trusses with no overhangs, specify VGTR/L. VGTInstall washer component (provided) so that top of washer is horizontal as well as parallel with top of wall top plate. LGT3-SDS2.5The four large hexagon holes are intended for CMU and concrete applications. See page 146-147 for masonry applications. OPTIONS: LGT3 and LGT4 are available with reduced widths of W = 4" and W = 6" order as LGT3N-SDS2.5 and LGT4N-SDS3. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
O.C. Dim. No. of Qty. Plies Between Anchors 1 2 ply 1 3 ply 1 4 ply 1 2 ply 1 2 ply min. 2 ply min. 2 3 ply min. 1 2 ply min. 2 2 ply min. 1 2 ply 1 3 ply 1 4 ply 5 7 9 Fasteners Nails or Anchor Diameter 14-16d Sinkers 26-16d Sinkers 30-16d Sinkers 1- 1- 2- 2- 1- 2- 2- 2- 2- Girder 16-16d Sinkers 12-SDS "x2" 16-SDS "x3" 22-10d 16-SDS "x3" 32-SDS "x3" 32-SDS "x3" 16-SDS "x3" 32-SDS "x3" 16-10d 16-10d 16-10d
3" 2"
4"
C = 1" L
3"
LGT3 = 10" LGT4 = 12"
3"
LGT3 = 5" LGT4 = 6" (See Options) LGT3 = 4" LGT4 = 4"
VGT
LGT3 = 14" LGT4 = 15"
4" LGT3 = " 6 LGT4 =
LGT3-SDS2.5
(LGT4-SDS3 similar)
Typical LGT3-SDS2.5 Installation
4"
Model No. LGT2 LGT3-SDS2.5 LGT4-SDS3 MGT VGT VGTR/L HGT-2 HGT-3 HGT-4
SPF/HF DF/SP Allowable Allowable Code Uplift Loads Uplift Loads Ref. (133/160) (133/160) 2050 3685 4060 3965 4940 7185 8890 2230 5545 10980 10530 9250 1785 2655 2925 3300 3555 5175 6400 1605 3990 6485 9035 9250 125 146 160 125
149
Typical LGT2 Installation

6, 62, 121
Crescent washer supplied and required
LGT2
Straps & Ties
1. Attached members must be designed to resist applied loads. 2. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. LGT2F1 load = 700, F2 load = 170 with installation of 4-16d sinkers optional nail holes. 4. LGT3F1 load = 795, F2 load = 410. 5. LGT4F1 load = 2000, F2 load = 675. Uplift for DF/SP girder and SPF studs is 3860. 6. MGT can be installed with straps vertical for full table load provided all specified nails are installed to either a solid header or minimum double 2x6 web. 7. Refer to technical bulletin T-HTIEBEARING for LGT allowable bearing enhancement loads (see page 187 for details). 8. NAILS: 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Install a minimum of 6-10d nails into the face
= 3" HGT-2 = 4" HGT-3-4 = 6" HGT
HGT-2
(HGT-3, HGT-4 similar)
Install two LBP" washers on top of each crescent washer (total four " washers) for wood installation. All washers and crescent washers are required. Crescent washers are supplied.
1"
160
MGT
Typical MGT Installation with HDU4
Typical VGTR Single Installation with HDU2
Typical VGT Double Installation with HDU4s
Typical HGT-3 Installation with HTT22s
Straps & Ties
DSP/SSP/SP/SPH/RSP4/TSP Stud Plate Ties

The Stud Plate Tie series offers various solutions for connecting the stud to the top and bottom plates. All models can be used to make a connection to either the top or bottom plate, and several are suitable for double top plates and studs. The new TSP Twist Stud Plate offers higher loads in a tie that fastens on the side of the stud to reduce interference with drywall installation. Suitable for both top plate and sill plate applications. MATERIAL: DSP/SSP/SPH18 gauge; TSP16 gauge; all others20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. TSP/DSP/SSPsill plate installation-fill all round holes. TSP/DSP/SSPtop plate installation-fill all round and triangle holes SPone of the 10d common stud nails is driven at a 45 angle through the stud into the plate. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
SSP
U.S. Patent 7,065,932
Typical SSP Installed to Sill Plate (DSP similar for Double Stud)
DSP
U.S. Patent 7,065,932
Dim. Model No. W L Studs 4-10dx1
Fasteners Double Single Top Plate Sill Plate
3-10dx1 1-10dx1 3-10d 4-10d 1-10d 6-10dx1 8-10dx1 2-10dx1 DSP 2 6 6-10d 8-10d 2-10d 3-10dx1 6-10dx1 3-10d TSP 1 7 6-10dx1 9-10dx1 6-10d SSP 1 6
Allowable Uplift Loads (133/160) Double Single Sill Plate Top Plate DF/SP/SPF DF/SP SPF/HF 350 420 325 435 455 420 775 660 545 825 825 600 395 345 395 370 7554 10154
Code Ref.
Typical DSP Installed to Top Plate (SSP similar for Single Stud)
62, 125
149
Typical TSP Installed to Sill Plate Typical TSP Installed to Top Plate (1) Typical RSP4 Stud to Single Bottom Plate
U.S. Patent 5,697,725
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed. 2. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to resist such forces should be considered. 3. Allowable loads for DSP installed to a rim joist are 660 lbs. (DF/SP), 545 lbs. (SPF/HF). 4. Noted values only apply to DF/SP members. For SPF values, multiply by 0.86. 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
TSP
Model No. SP1 SP2 SP3 SP4 SP5 SP6 SP8 SPH4 SPH6 SPH8
Dim. W 3 3 4 3 4 5 7 L 5 6 6 7 5 7 8 Stud 2x 2x 3x 2x 3x 2x 2x
Plate Width 4x 6x 8x 4x 6x 8x
3 8 2x 5 9 2x 7 8 2x
RSP4(1) 2 4 2x RSP4(2) 2 4 2x
Allowable Uplift Loads DF/SP SPF Stud1 Plate (133) 2 (160) 2 (133) (160) 6-10d 4-10d 585 585 535 535 6-10d 6-10d 890 1065 605 605 6-10d 6-10d 890 1065 605 605 735 885 630 760 6-10dx1 6-10d 4-10d 585 585 535 535 735 885 630 760 6-10dx1 735 885 630 760 6-10dx1 1240 1240 1065 1065 10-10dx1 1360 1360 1170 1170 12-10dx1 1240 1240 1065 1065 10-10dx1 1360 1360 1170 1170 12-10dx1 1240 1240 1065 1065 10-10dx1 1360 1360 1170 1170 12-10dx1 4-8dx1 4-8dx1 315 315 285 285 4-8dx1 4-8dx1 450 450 370 370
Fasteners
Code Ref. 4, 6, 121 170 7, 121 170 7, 121

2x Stud
Straps & Ties
(2) Typical RSP4 Stud to Double Top Plate

(See footnote 4)
62, 123
6, 30, 99, 121
SP1 Nailing Profile
Typical SP2 Installation
1. SP1, 2, 3 and SP5: drive one stud nail at an angle 8. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, SP1 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, through the stud into the plate to achieve the table 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page load (see illustration). 16-17 for other nail sizes and information. 2. Allowable loads have been increased for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed. Reduce 3x Stud where other loads govern. 3. RSP4see Installation details (1) and (2) for reference. 4. RSP4 F2 is 280 lbs. (installation 1) and 305 lbs. Typical SP5 (installation 2). F1 load is 210 lbs. for both installations. Installed 5. Maximum load for SPH in Southern Yellow Pine is 1490 lbs. (SP3 similar 6. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement to installed resist such forces should be considered. Typical SPH4 Stud to at double 7. For retrofit application see technical bulletin Single Bottom Plate top plate) T-STRAP (see page 187 for details).
SIMPSON Strong-Tie
1"
Typical SP4 Installation (SPH similar) 161
10dx1" Nails Each Side of Stud
Straps & Ties
LTP4/LTP5/A34/A35 Framing Angles & Plates

The larger LTP5 spans subfloor at the top of the blocking or rim joist. The embossments enhance performance and the min/max nailing option allows for design flexibility. The LTP4 Lateral Tie Plate transfers shear forces for top plate-to-rim joist or blocking connections. Nail holes are spaced to prevent wood splitting for single and double top plate applications. May be installed over plywood sheathing. The A35 anchors exclusive bending slot allows instant, accurate field bends for all two- and three-way ties. Balanced, completely reversible design permits the A35 to secure a great variety of connections. MATERIAL: LTP4/LTP520 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. A34Use 8-8dx1" nails. A35Use 12-8dx1" nails. A35Use 9-8dx1" nails for connection types A1, E, C1. A35Bend one time only. LTP4Use 12-8dx1" nails. LTP5Use 12-8dx1" nails; G Max use 14-8dx1" nails. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
A34
A35
LTP5
LTP4 Joists to Plate with A Leg Inside Studs to Plate with B Leg Outside
DF/SP SPF/HF Allowable Loads Allowable Loads Model Type of Direction No. Connection of Load Floor Roof Floor Roof (133/160) (133/160) (100) (125) (100) (125) A34 1 2 F1 F2 6 A1, E C1 A2 A35 3 C2 D 4 LTP4 5 F1 F2 6 G H G LTP5 6 G Max H 345 280 260 170 260 260 150 450 515 515 515 520 610 520 365 280 320 170 320 315 150 450 645 645 645 595 630 555 365 280 335 170 345 315 150 450 685 670 670 595 630 555 295 315 315 240 290 145 290 270 130 450 600 595 595 510 540 475 240 240 225 275 145 145 225 275 225 270 130 130 450 450 370 370 445 555 445 555 445 510 525 540 445 475
Code Ref.
3, 39, 88, 121, 140
Joists to Beams
Ceiling Joists to Beam
160
Straps & Ties
1 A34
2 A35
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 3". 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 3. Some illustrations show connections that could cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In this case, mechanical reinforcement should be considered. 4. LTP4 can be installed over " structural sheathing with 8dx1" nails and achieve 0.72 of the listed load, or over " and achieve 0.64 of the listed load. 8d commons will achieve 100% load. 5. The LTP5 may be installed over structural sheathing up to " thick using 8dx1" nails with no reduction in load. 6. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions. 7. NAILS: 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
3 A35
4 A35
162
Chimney Framing
LTP4 Installed over Plywood Sheathing
LTP4 attaching Top Plates to Rim Joist 6
LTP5 Installed over Plywood Sheathing
6, 30, 97, 121
Straps & Ties
RBC Roof Boundary Clip

The RBC Roof Boundary Clip is designed to aid installation and transfer shear loads between the roof diaphragm and wall top plates. The locator tabs make proper location of the clip easy. The RBC can be used on wood or masonry walls and will handle roof pitches from 0:12 to 12:12. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Field bend to desired angle one time only. See flier F-RBC for more information on installation and code requirements (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. The RBC installed to blocking resists rotation and lateral displacement of rafter or truss. Code references: IRC 2000/2003/2006, R802.8 Lateral Support IBC 2000/2003/2006, 2308.10.6 Blocking UBC 1997, 2320.12.8 Blocking Blocking allows proper edge nailing of sheathing. Code references: IRC 2000/2003/2006, Table R602.3(1), footnote i IBC 2000/2003/2006, 2305.1.4 Shear Panel Connections UBC 1997, 2315.1 General
1 RBC
U.S. Patent Pending
Typical RBC Installation
2 Typical RBC Installation
Model Type of Bending No. Connection Angle 1 2 3
Fasteners To Plate To Blocking
DF/SP Allowable Loads Lateral (133/160) 440 485 350
SPF Allowable Loads Lateral (133/160) 380 420 350
Code Ref.
Typical RBC Installation Over 1" Foamboard5
3 Typical RBC Installation

to CMU Block
160
RBC
45 to 90 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 0 to 45 6-10dx1 6-10dx1 0 to 45 3-x2 Titen4 6-10dx1
1. Allowable loads are for one anchor attached to blocking minimum 1" thick. 2. RBC can be installed with up to " gap and achieve 100% of the listed load. 3. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 4. When attaching to concrete use 3-x1" Titens. 5. RBC installed over 1" foamboard has a load of 395 lb. (133/160%) in a parallel to wall (F1) load direction for Douglas Fir. For SPF, the load is 340 lb. 6. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RBCP Installation
The RBC is available with prongs into one side (RBCP) for pre-attachment of the part to a block at the truss plant. Refer to technical bulletin T-RBCP for more information.
A Angles
Z2 clips secure 2x4 flat blocking between joists or trusses to support sheathing. MATERIAL: Z clipssee table. A21 and A2318 ga.; all other A angles12 ga. FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Z clips do not provide lateral stability. Do not walk on stiffeners or apply load until diaphragm is installed and nailed to stiffeners. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Straps & Ties
Model No.
Dimensions W 1 W2 L
Fasteners Base Bolts Nails 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-10d 2- 3- 1- 1- Post Bolts Nails 2-10dx1 4-10dx1 4-10d 4-10d 2- 3- 1- 2-10d 1- 4-10d
Allowable Loads DF/SP (133) F1 F2 180 175 485 485 625 330 625 295
A44 Installation (A33 similar)
A21/A23 Installation
A21 2 1 1 A23 2 1 2 A33 3 3 1 A44 4 4 1 A66 5 5 1 A88 8 8 2 A24 3 2 2 A311 11 3 2
Code Ref. (160) F1 F2 245 175 4, 28, 37, 87, 121 585 565 4, 37, 87, 121 750 330 750 295 170
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading; no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
A311 Installation
A24 Installation 163
Straps & Ties
Z Clips
Model No. Z2 Z4 Z28 Z38 Z44 Dimensions Ga 20 12 28 28 12 W 2 1 2 2 2 H 1 3 1 2 3 B 1 2 1 1 2 TF 1 1 1 1 1 Fasteners1 (Total) 4-10dx1 2-16d 10dx1 1 10dx1 1 4-16d Allowable2 Download (125) 465 465 865 Code Ref. 170 4, 37, 87, 121 180 4, 37, 121
Z4
(Others similar)
1. Z28 and Z38 do not have nail holes. Fastener quantity and type shall be per Designer. 2. Allowable loads have been increased 25% for roof loading (Z clips), no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 3. Z4 and Z6 loads apply with a nail into the top and a nail into the seat. 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical Z2 Installation
HL Heavy Angles and Gussets

Versatile angle gussets and heavy angles promote standardization and construction economy, and are compatible with Strong-Tie structural hardware. FINISH: HL33, 35, 53, 55Galvanized; others Simpson gray paint. OPTIONS: Gussets may be added to HL models when L 5" (specify G after model number, as in HL46G). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Uplift
Optional Gusset
HL53
HL55
Typical HL55 Installation
Model Ga No. W1 &W2 HL33 7 3 HL35 7 3 HL37 7 3 HL53 7 5 HL55 7 5 HL57 7 5 HL43 3 4 HL46 3 4 HL49 3 4 HL73 3 7 HL76 3 7 HL79 3 7
Dimensions
1. Allowable loads have been Allowable increased 33% and 60% for Loads Code earthquake or wind loading. No further increase allowed; reduce Ref. L D1 D2 D3 D4 Qty Dia Uplift5 F1 where other loads govern.
Bolts (Total)
2 5 7 2 5 7 3 6 9 3 6 9
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 3 3 3
2 4 6 4 8 12 2 4 6 4 8 12
910 910 910 910 910 910 1555 1555 1555 1555 2115 2115
1580 for Hem Fir. 3. Parts should be centered on 1580 the face of the member to which they are attached. 1580 4. Wood members for the 3 and 1580 5 series must have a minimum width and thickness 1580 of 3" for table loads to apply. 1580 170 5. Wood members for the 4 and 7 series must have a minimum 1580 width and thickness of 5" 2025 for table loads to apply. 6. Parts must be used in pairs. 2025 Lag bolts of equal diameter 2025 (minimum 5" long) may be substituted for machine bolts 3800 into beam with no reduction 3800 in load.
2. Use 0.85 times table load
L/LS/GA Reinforcing and Skewable Angles

LStaggered nail pattern reduces the possibility for splitting. LSField-adjustable 0 to 135 angles. The GA Gusset Angles embossed bend section provides added strength. MATERIAL: L16 gauge; GA and LS18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners; see General Notes. LSfield skewable; bend one time only. Joist must be constrained against rotation (for example, with solid blocking) when using a single LS per connection. Nail the L angles wider leg into the joist to ensure table loads and allow correct nailing. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
L
Straps & Ties
L90
LS
GA1
Model No. GA1 GA2 L30 L50 L70 L90 LS30 LS50 LS70 LS90
DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2,3,4 L 2 3 3 5 7 9 3 4 6 7 Fasteners 4-10d 6-10d 4-10d 6-10d 8-10d 10-10d 6-10d 8-10d 10-10d 12-10d Floor (100) 185 335 220 335 445 555 335 450 560 670 Snow (115) 185 385 240 385 510 640 385 520 645 770 Roof (125) 185 415 240 420 555 695 395 560 665 840 133/ 160 185 450 240 445 565 740 395 600 665 890
SPF Allowable Loads1 Floor (100) 160 290 190 290 380 480 290 390 485 580 Snow (115) 160 335 205 335 435 550 335 450 560 670
See Installation Notes
Roof (125) 160 335 205 360 475 600 335 485 580 730
133/ 160 160 335 205 385 485 640 335 520 580 770
Code Ref. 33, 122 3, 28, 39, 88, 104, 121 3, 39, 88, 121 7, 90, 121, 140
1. Use a minimum lumber thickness of 1". For 1" lumber, use 0.81 of table load, except GA1 in F1 direction, use 185 lbs. 2. L anglesloads are for condition F1 or F2; LS anglesloads are for condition F1 only. 3. GA1 and GA2 angles table loads are F1 loads for F2 are 220 and 335 lbs (100) and 280 and 415 lbs (125), respectively. 4. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. 5. Connectors are required on both sides to achieve F 2 loads in both directions. 6. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Load Direction
Adjustable from 0 to 135 Bend one time only.
Shipped at 45
164
LS Top View
Load Direction
Typical LS70 Installation
Typical L50 Installation Typical GA Installation
Miscellaneous
ICFVL Ledger Connector System

The ICFVL Ledger Connector System is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting wood or steel ledgers to insulated concrete form (ICF) walls. The ICFVL is designed to provide both vertical and lateral, in-plane performance. There are many benefits over traditional anchor bolting, including better on center spacing in most cases, faster installation and no protrusions. The embedded legs of the ICFVL are embossed for additional stiffness and the hole allows for concrete to flow through and around the connector. The exposed flange on the face of the ICF provides a structural surface for mounting either a wood or steel ledger. MATERIAL: ICFVL14 gauge; ICFVL-CW and ICFVL-W16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: ICFVL in ICF WARNING: Snap a chalk line for the bottom of the ledger. Industry studies show Mark required on center spacing. that hardened Use ICFVL to mark kerfs locations. fasteners can experience Cut kerfs as marked. performance problems in wet environments. Insert ICFVL flush to the face of the ICF. Accordingly, use this Pour concrete. product in dry Wood Ledger Attachment ICFVL-W or -CW environments only. Slip appropriate ledger connector underneath the ledger. Install the eight ICF-D3 screws partially into the ledger. Position the ledger level to the chalk line and drive the screws through the wood and into the ICFVL. Steel Ledger Attachment Position the ledger level to the chalk line and against the ICFVL. Attach with four -14x", #3 drill point screws (not provided). All screws should be located at least " from the edge of the ICFVL. Space screws evenly. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
ICFVL
Patent Pending
ICFVL-W and ICFVL-CW
Ledger Type Wood Steel
Allowable Loads (lbs) Fasteners 8-ICF D3 4-x3 Download (100/115/125) 1940 1660 Lateral F1 (133/160) 1905 1525
1. Fasteners for wood ledger (D3) are provided with the part and fasteners for steel ledger are not provided. 2. Loads apply to ICF foam thicknesses of 2" or less. 3. Alternately, #14 x " fastener may be used. 4. Tabulated loads may not be increased. 5. Concrete f'c = 2500 psi minimum. 6. When combining download and lateral loads, Designer shall evaluate as follows: Design Download/Allowable Download + Design Lateral Load/Allowable Lateral Load 1.
These tables address vertical load applications only.

Ledger Type Connector Type " Dia. Anchors at 12" 24" 36" 48" o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. 48 48 11 15 48 48 22 30 48 48 33 45 48 48 44 48 ICFVL SPACING TO REPLACE ANCHOR BOLTS (in)1,2,3 " Dia. Anchors at (2)-" Dia. Anchors at 12" 24" 36" 48" 12" 24" 36" 48" o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. WOOD LEDGERS 43 48 48 43 48 48 STEEL LEDGERS 9 18 27 12 24 36 48 48 36 48 21 21 42 42 48 48 48 48 " Dia. Anchors at 12" 24" 36" 48" o.c. o.c. o.c. o.c. 39 39 48 48 48 48 48 48 Code Ref.
DF/SP/SPF LVL 68 mils (0.068") 54 mils (0.054")
ICFVL w/ ICFVL-W ICFVL w/ ICFVL-CW ICFVL ICFVL
146
Miscellaneous
146
1. The Designer may specify different spacing based on the load requirements. 2. Spacings are based on perpendicular to grain capacity of bolt in wood ledger compared to tested value of ICFVL. 3. See flier F-ICFVL for additional connection details (see page 187 for details). 4. For steel ledgers, the 68 mil ledger spacing is closer than the 54 mil ledger because the calculated load of a bolt is higher in a thicker piece of steel. 5. Steel ledger values are based on steel. Fu = 60 ksi.
Typical Steel Ledger Installation with ICFVL (minimum 16 ga steel ledger)
O.C. Spac ing
MISINSTALLATION!
1
ICFVL
2
Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFVL and ICFVL-W
Requires 4 screws at each location. Table provides on center spacing.
165
Miscellaneous
HSS/SS Stud Shoes

Stud Shoes reinforce studs notched in construction. They are NOT a total replacement of removed material. Installs over pipe up to 2" outside diameter. HSS2-3 is designed for triple 2x studs. HSS Stud Shoes provide tension load capacity as well as increased compression loads. Flared flange provides greater strength. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. HSS: Bend flanges at 90 angle during installation, then bend back and screw into position (screws supplied). Bend flanges one cycle only. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. HSS2-SDS1.5 (16 gauge) Heavy stud shoes to reinforce and protect single 2x studs where pipe is located. Uses 12 SDS "x1" screws (included). International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 R602.6 and P2603.2.1 International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.10 & 2308.9.11 I.C.B.O.-Uniform Building Code - 1997 2320.11.9 & 2320.11.10 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 HSS2-3-SDS3 (16 gauge) Heavy stud shoe for triple 2x stud. Uses 12 SDS "x2" screws (included). International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 R602.6 and P2603.2.1 International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.10 & 2308.9.11 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 I.C.B.O.-Uniform Building Code - 1997 2320.11.9 & 2320.11.10 SS1.5 (16 gauge) stud shoes reinforce and protect plumbing in 2x. International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 R602.6 and P2603.2.1 International Building Code - 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.10 & 2308.9.11 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 I.C.B.O.-Uniform Building Code - 1997 2320.11.9 & 2320.11.10
Model No. SS1.5 SS2.5 SS3 SS4.5 HSS2-SDS1.5 HSS2-2-SDS3 HSS2-3-SDS3 HSS4-SDS3 Allowable Loads1 DF/SP Stud Fasteners Size Compression Tension Floor (100) Roof (125) 2x 500 500 12-10dx1 3x 500 500 12-10dx1 2-2x 12-10d 665 785 3-2x 14-10d 665 785 2x 12-SDS "x1" 1200 1200 1000 2-2x 12-SDS "x3" 1200 1200 1000 3-2x 12-SDS "x3" 1000 1000 970 4x 1200 1200 1000 12-SDS "x3" Code Ref.
HSS
US Patent 6,176,057
HSS2-3
STEP 1 Install HSS (HSS2-3 shown) over stud with flanges bent at a 90 angle.
STEP 2 Bend HSS (HSS2-3 shown) flanges one time only. Screw into position.
6, 121
6 6, 121
RPS Strap Ties

Miscellaneous
The RPS meets IBC, IRC, UBC and City of Los Angeles code requirements for HVAC and pipes in walls. FINISH: Galvanized, some products available in ZMAX finish. See Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Use RPS22 or RPS28 (16 gauge) to reinforce top plate. Use RPS18Z, RPS22Z or RPS28Z (16 gauge ZMAX) to reinforce sill plate. International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 R602.6.1 International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.8 I.C.B.O.- Uniform Building Code - 1997 2320.11.7
RPS
Dimensions Notch Model Ga Width No. W L RPS18 1 18 5" 1 22 RPS22 16 1 22 5" 1 28 RPS28 12" 1 28
Fasteners Allowable Tension Allowable Tension Code (Total) Loads (DF/SP) Loads (SPF/HF) Ref. Nails (133) (160) (133) (160) 12-16d 1150 1380 990 1190 12-16d 1150 1380 990 1190 33, 96, 16-16d 1535 1805 1325 1585 122, 128 12-16d 1150 1380 990 1190 16-16d 1535 1805 1325 1585
For installations on both sides of the plate, arrows should always point to the right.
166
1. Loads include a 33% or 60% load duration increase on the fasteners for earthquake or wind loading, but DO NOT include a 33% stress increase on the steel capacity. 2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 10dx1 (0.148" dia. x 1" long) may be used. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RPS Installation (Only one strap may be necessary to meet IRC requirements)
1. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed roof loads. 2. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical SS3 Installation
SS
Typical SS1.5 Installation
Miscellaneous
NS/NSP/PSPNZ Nail Stoppers

Nail Stoppers help prevent nails from piercing pipes and electrical lines. Installed over utilities that pass through framing members. PSPN516Z and PSPN58Z Protecting Shield Plate Nail Stoppers meet IRC, IBC and the International Plumbing Code. PSPN516Z meets structural and protection requirements with one strap. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized, PSPNZMAX finish, see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: PSPN516Z 16d commons (see footnote 2 below). Other models 8d commons or prongs. For more information request F-PLUMBING. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 P2603.2.1 and R602.6.1 International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.8 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 PSPN516Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at bottom plate. International Building Code- 2000/2003/2006 2308.9.8 International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 PSPN58Z (16 gauge ZMAX) at top plates and bottom plate. International Plumbing Code - 2000/2003/2006 305.8 International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 P2603.2.1 NS1 Nail stops to protect supply lines from drywall nails or screws. International Residential Code- 2000/2003/2006 Table E3702.1
NS
NSP
PSPN58Z
Typical NSP Installation
Typical NS Installation
Model No. NS1 NS2 NSP1 NSP2 PSPN58Z PSPN516Z
W 1 1 1 1 5 5
L 3 6 2 5 8 16
Code Ref.
190
PSPN516Z Installed to Double Top Plates
1. PSPN516Z: 12-16d nails into sill plate achieves 1135 lbs (133), 1365 lbs (160) for DF/SP, and 985 lbs (133), 1180 lbs (160) for SPF/HF. 16-16d nails in to top plates achieves 1515 lbs (133), 1820 lbs (160) for DF/SP, and 1310 lbs (133), 1575 lbs (160) for SPF/HF. 2. To meet the prescriptive IRC requirement 16d box nails (0.135" dia. x 3") may be used. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical PSPN58Z Installation
PSPN516Z Installation to Sill Plate
E-Z Base/E-Z Mender/E-Z Spike Fence Products

Replacing an entire fence can be an expensive and difficult task. Simpson Strong-Tie offers a line of products designed to help make reinforcing fence posts easy and economical. The E-Z Base, E-Z Mender and E-Z Spike offer simple solutions for all types of fence post projects. E-Z Spike (Model No. FPBS44) Allows easy installation of 4x4 wood posts without digging holes or pouring concrete. Can be used for a variety of applications where quick-to-install posts are needed. E-Z Mender (Model No. FPBM44) Allows easy repair of rotted or damaged 4x4 wood posts installed in concrete or dirt. Reinforces weakened wood posts without having to replace the post or the concrete. E-Z Base (Model No. FPBB44) Allows easy installation of 4x4 wood posts on existing concrete. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Black Powder Coat INSTALLATION: See F-EZFPP. NOTE: Notwithstanding the terms of the Limited Warranty, Simpson does not guarantee, represent or warrant that this product will perform under, or prevent or reduce damage caused by corrosion, any seismic, wind, atmospheric, or other load-producing event.
Miscellaneous
Block
E-Z Spike (FPBS44)
E-Z Mender (FPBM44)
E-Z Base (FPBB44)
167
Miscellaneous
DBT1Z/DJT14Z/DPTZ Deck-Tie
Connectors
SAFE DECK BUILDING PROCEDURES Always comply with building codes, which may regulate distances, foundation materials, spacing, loads, etc. Consult a professional for a high-level or cantilevered deck, or one over unstable soil or water. Minimize wood splitting by flattening nail points or drilling pilot holes. Follow the manufacturers guidelines for tools and materials. MATERIAL: DBT1Z18 gauge; DPT5Z, DPT7Z, DJT14Z14 gauge FINISH: ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use specified HDG fasteners. See General Notes. DBT1Z Deck Board Tie: Position the DBT1Z with the locator prongs and install with a single 10dx1" HDG nail. Other edge of deck board shall be toenailed (see drawing). Using dry lumber will minimize deck board movement after installation. Works with 2x deck boards, 5/4 deck boards (pre-drilling may be required), or composite deck boards a minimum 1" thick (pre-drilling may be required). To check number of DBT1Z multiply number of joists by number of deck boards. The DBT1Z will not prevent cupping, bowing or warping of deck boards. DPT5Z, DPT7Z Deck Post Ties: Testing shows similar strength and deflection limits when compared with 4x4 posts attached to 2x8 rim joists with two " machine bolts placed 3" apart. DPT5Z and DPT7Z: Install in pairs at a recommended minimum center-to-center spacing of 5". Use two " through bolts and 10dx1" HDG nails for DPT5Z (510d commons for DPT7Z) per tie. Recommended: install on post and then attach to deck. Post size: DPT5Z, 2x4; DPT7Z, 4x4. Check with local building officials for minimum post spacing. DJT14Z Deck Joist Tie: Recommended: install on post first. Minimum 2x4 joist, 4x4 post. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
DBT1Z
Toenail
DBT1Z
U.S. Patent 5,027,573 Canada Patent 2,015,733
Typical DBT1Z Installation. Connectors slide under anchored deck board.
Model No. DJT14Z
Fasteners Bolts Nails 8-16d Qty 2 Dia MB
Allowable Loads Nails Bolts Floor (100) 1100 Roof (125) 1375 Floor (100) 1400 Roof (125) 1400
Code Ref. 7, 121
Typical DJT14Z Installation

Typical DPT7Z Stairway Installation (DPT5Z similar)
U.S. Patent 5,150,982
1. Loads are for one DJT14Z. 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed the roof loads. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
DECK SPACERS Deck Board Spacing

Deck Spacers are small plastic spacers that easily clip onto deck joists during installation to ensure evenly spaced deck boards, enabling quicker installation and reducing labor costs. Deck Spacers are ideal for composite decking and help meet manufacturer warranty requirements. They stay on the joist permanently to help shed debris and moisture off of deck joists for easier wet or dry cleaning. For more information request flier F-DECKSPCR (see page 187 for details). Features: Provides permanent deck board spacing. Quickly and easily snap into place. Meet composite decking warranty requirements for spacing. UV materials last the life of deck. 3 colors to match decking: Gray, Brown and Tan. INSTALLATION: Position the first deck board and fasten. Position Deck Spacers on the deck joists, and slide next deck board snugly against the spacer. Fasten deck board with appropriate fasteners and repeat the process.
Model No. DSGRAY-R100 DSGRAY-R500 DSBRN-R100 DSBRN-R500 DSTAN-R100 DSTAN-R500
Typical Deck Spacers Installation
Deck Spacers
U.S. Patent 6,647,638
Spacing Thickness (in)
Color Gray
Brown Tan
168
Package Quantities 100 500 100 500 100 500
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
PGT Pipe Grip Ties
Pipe Grip Ties attach wood fence rails to metal fence posts, eliminating rotted and failed wood posts. The PGT is suitable for standard applications as well as corners and splices. The PGTIC2Z-R is an interior corner pipe grip tie. The PGT1.5Z-R is for 1" pipe (1" outside diameter), and the PGT2Z-R for 2" pipe (2" outside diameter). MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: ZMAX finish, also available in G90. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. PGTIC2Z-R to Post Install two set screws (supplied) with socket in predrilled holes. PGTIC2Z-R to Rails Use SDS "x1" wood screws (not supplied). Install on vertical pipes, offsetting corners to allow for the correct rail alignment. Use 3 to 4 PGTs per pipe; line up to stringline. Fasten PGT with " hex head bolt (supplied). PGT attaches to rails with four SDS "x1" HDG wood screws (not supplied). See page 20 for SDS screw information. " lag bolts may be used. Follow the code requirements for predrilling. Nail fence boards to rails.
U.S. Patent 5,297,890
PGT2Z-R
(PGT1.5Z-R similar) Typical PGTIC2Z-R Fence Installation
PGTIC2Z-R
Top View 90 Corner Installation
Top View 45 Corner Installation Typical PGT2Z-R Fence Installation Corner Installation Top View
FB/FBR
Fence Brackets
FB and FBR fence brackets make the connection between fence rails and posts simple and strong. Eliminates the need for toe nailing or screwing. Clean, versatile connections make planning and building fences, deck/porch railings and louvers easier and faster. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 8dx1", 8d commons or #6 wood screws into the supporting member. FB24R is sized for 10dx1". FB26 is sized for #14x" lag screws. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
FBR24 FB24
(FB24R Similar)
FB26
Member Model Ga Size No. FBL24 FB24 FB24R FBR24 FB26
Dimensions W H B Deleted see FB24 20 2x4 1 3 20 2x4 RGH 2 3 18 2x4 1 2 1 18 2x6 5 1 1
Code Ref.
180
1. FB26 has an allowable load for F1 of 365 lbs. 2. FBR24: R = rail (not rough). 3. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long, 8dx1 = 0.131" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical FB24 Installation
Typical FB26 Fencing Installation
Miscellaneous
TAZ Staircase Angles

For use in structurally-sound staircase framing. The TA eliminates costly conventional notching. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. ORDER: May be ordered TA9ZKT and TA10ZKT include Z-MAX TA and HDG SDS "x1" fasteners. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
TA9Z
TA10Z
Model No. TA9Z TA10Z TA10Z
Fasteners Stringer 3-SDS "x1" 3-SDS "x1" 4-SDS "x1" Tread 2-SDS "x1" 4-SDS "x1" 3-SDS "x1"
Allowable Downloads DF/SP (100) 885 885 1180
Code Ref. 170
1. Loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code. 2. See page 20 for SDS information.
Typical TA9Z Installation (Install at each end of stair tread)
Alternate Installation of TA10Z Inverted for Double 2x6 Treads 169
Miscellaneous
RTC/FWH Rigid Tie Connectors

The RTC series secures two wood members to a vertical post forming a 90 corner. The RTC42 and RTC44 are heavy-duty structural connectors. Based on loads of 40 lbs per sq. ft., a 10'x10' deck can be built using 2x8 joists and 4 RTC42s. See the table for Post and Joist sizes. RTBa bracket for intersecting 2x members. FWH4 way connectors for 2x members with bendable flanges. RTAconnects two 2x wood members at a 90 angle. RTFconnects two members in a pass-through application. RTR and RTUa 2x member crosses another. MATERIAL: RTC4414 gauge; RTA216 gauge; RTR and RTB20 gauge; all others18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized. Some products available in stainless steel or ZMAX finish; see Corrosion Information, page 10-11. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Install vertical members first, then attach horizontal members for easier alignment. Seat wood member in bracket with a C-clamp before securing to aid positioning and prevent skewing. Always follow manufacturers instructions when using power tools and building equipment. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Most Rigid-Tie connectors require Simpson Strong-Drive screws.
RTC42
U.S. Patent 5,399,044 (RTC22 similar, U.S. Patent 5,328,287; RTC24 similar, U.S. Patent 5,259,685)
SD8X1.25
WARNING: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet and corrosive environments. Accordingly, use the SD8X1.25 screw in dry, interior, and non-corrosive environments only.
RTF2Z Installation
Model Post Joist No. Size Size FWH2 RTA12 RTA2Z RTA4 RTB22 2x 1x 2x 4x 2x 2x 1x 2x 4x 2x 2x 2x 2x 2x 4x 4x 2x 2x 2x 2x
Fasteners (Total) Post 8-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 7-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 5-SD8x1.25 9-SD8x1.25 14-SD8x1.25 14-16d Joist 8-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 5-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 6-SD8x1.25 11-SD8x1.25 8-SD8x1.25 8-10dx1
Allowable Downloads1 Floor Roof (100) (125) N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 450 650 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 560 810
Code Ref.
180
RTR
RTR Installation
RTC22Z 2x RTC24 RTC42 2x4 4x4 4x4 4x4 4x4 2x4 2x 2x 2x
4, 121 4, 37, 121

1730 2160
RTC44 RTF2Z RTT22
14-16d Sinkers 15-16d Sinkers 1580 1980 14-16d 4-SD8x1.25 3-SD8x1.25 2-SD8x1.25 2-SD8x1.25 15-16d 8-SD8x1.25 7-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 4-SD8x1.25 1875 2345 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
180
RTA2Z Installation FWH2 Installation
Miscellaneous
RTR RTU2
170
1. Allowable loads must be equally distributed on both joists. 2. Loads are for Doug Fir Larch. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 16d Sinker = 0.148" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
RTC44 Installation (RTC24 and RTC42 similar) RTU Installation 170 RTT Installation
U.S. Patent 5,372,448
RTB22 Installation
Miscellaneous
SBV/CF-R Shelf Brackets/Concrete Form Angles

Use the SBV for shelving, counter brackets, window ledge supports, at a very competitive price. The CF-R is used where a moderate size shelf bracket and reinforcing angle is needed. When used for tilt-up perimeter forming, the nail hole placement ensures substantial re-use. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. SBVReversible for nominal 10" or 12" shelves of any thickness. CF-R (Retail Pack)Recommended spacing is 36" for 2xs and 18" for 1xs. Use the 5" leg for 6" lumber and the 6" leg for 8" lumber. Holes are sized for " fasteners or 10d commons. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. CF-R SBV Fasteners Stud 3-SDS "x2" 4-SDS "x2" DF/SP Allowable Downloads (100) 135 145 Code Ref. 170
SBV
Typical CF-R Form Installation
6" or 8"
RR Ridge Rafter Connector

An interlock provides alignment control and correct nailing locations. For a rafter-to-face connector, flatten the top flange into the face plane. The RR may be used with any rafter sloped up to 30. MATERIAL: 18 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Min. Model Rafter No. Size RR 2x6 Fasteners Header Rafter Allowable Loads1 Uplift (133/ DF/SP 160) Floor (100) Roof (125) 130 365 415 Code Ref. 4, 37, 87, 121
4-10dx1 4-10dx1
1. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code, provided they do not exceed the table roof loads. 2. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Typical RR Installation
RR
FC Framing Clips
For fast, accurate framing. Three-dimensional nailing pattern results in high-strength joint values. Ideal for fence construction. MATERIAL: 16 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. FC4 FC6 W 3 5 Fasteners 8-16d 10-16d Allowable F1 Loads (100) 800 920 Code Ref. 3, 39, 88, 121
1. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 2. A 2" minimum lumber thickness is required to achieve the full load. 3. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
FC
Miscellaneous
Typical FC Load Installation
PSCL Panel Sheathing Clips

Steel panel sheathing clips include model sizes PSCL, PSCL, PSCL, PSCL, PSCL; PSCL, PSCL. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use the same size sheathing clip as the panel thickness. Spans may be reduced for low slopes (per the APA Residential Design/Construction Guide). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Span Rating 24/0 24/16 32/16 40/20 48/24 Maximum Roof Sheathing Span PSCLs Panel Thickness With PSCL Without PSCL Per Span 24 20 1 24 24 1 32 28 1 , 40 32 1 , 48 36 2 Code Ref.
180
PSCL
Typical PSCL Installation 171
1. Reference 1997 UBC Table 23-II-E-1 and IBC Table 2304.7 (3) for span rating.
Miscellaneous
NCA/TB/LTB Bridging
NCANailless installation eliminates callbacks for nail squeaks. Designed for secure grip before the drive-home blow, and deeper prong penetration. Precision-formed into a rigid V section. TBTension-type bridging with maximum nailing flexibility. Use just two of the seven nail holes at each end. LTBStaggered nail pattern accommodates 2x8 and 2x10 joists. Use just two of the six nail holes at each end. LTB40 has rigid prongs that install easily into the joist, and embossments that allow crisp bends. MATERIAL: LTB22 gauge; NCA and TB20 gauge (except NCA2x12-1618 gauge). FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Support floor joists with a depth-to-thickness ratio of six or more with bridging at intervals not exceeding 8. If span is greater than 8, install on 2x8 or larger joists. If span is greater than 16, use more than one pair. Tension bridging works only in tension, so must be used in cross pairs. Install bridging tightly; loose installation may allow floor movement. NCA may be installed before or after sheathing, from the top or bottom. Simply locate the bend line approximately 1" from the joist edge. NCA has nail holes in one end for use if a prong is bent during installation. Fully seat nails if they are used; otherwise, they may lead to squeaks. TB requires two 10dx1" fasteners per end. LTB requires two 6d commons per end. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. Code Reference: IRC 2003/2006, R502.7.1 Space bridging to avoid contact noises.
NCA2x8-16, 2x10-16, 2x12-16 models only
NCA
TB
LTB20
LTB40 TENSION BRIDGING FOR I-JOISTS

Joist Height 9 10 11 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 12 TB20 TB20 TB20 TB20 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 16 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 19.2 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 Joist Spacing (inches) 24 30 32 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB30 TB30 TB30 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 36 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB54 TB54 TB54 42 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB48 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB56 TB56 48 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB54 TB56 TB56 TB56 TB60 TB60 TB60 TB60
2x8 or 2 x 10
Typical LTB20 Installation
16" Centers
2 to 3 times faster installation than wood bridging.
TB56
Typical NCA Installation
Miscellaneous
TENSION BRIDGING FOR SOLID SAWN LUMBER

Joist Spacing Size (in.) 2x8 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16 2x8 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16 2x10 2x12 2x14 2x16 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 24 24 24 24 NCA Model No. NCA2x8-12 NCA2x10-12 NCA2x12-12 NCA2x8-16 NCA2x8-16 NCA2x12-16 L 11 12 13 15 15 16 TB Model No. TB20 TB20 TB20 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB27 TB36 TB36 TB36 TB36 L 20 20 20 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 36 36 36 36 LTB Model No. LTB20 or 40 3, 28, 39, 88, 104 LTB = 7,104,121 LTB20 or 40 TB=3,28,39, 88, 104 3, 39, 88, 121 3, 39, 88, 121 Code Ref.
Install from below as shown, or from above. Drive upper end into joist approximately 1" from the top.
NCA2x10-16 15 NCA2x10-16 15
For all bridging avoid contact between steel members (this may cause squeaks).
172
Typical TB Installation
Miscellaneous
WB/WBC/TWB/RCWB Wall Bracing

Simpson Wall Bracing products offer effective options to resist racking during construction. Additionally the RCWB and WB/WBC can be used to fulfill the same code bracing requirements as a 1x4 let-in brace, but are cost effective and faster to install. Not designed to replace structural panel shearwall load-carrying component. The WBC (coiled WB) multiple product dispenser pack weighs less than 40 pounds, making storage and transportation easy. WB106C15 pieces per roll, WB126C12 pieces per roll, WB143C10 pieces per roll. The RCWB features a rolled edge (the TWB has two rolled edges) for extra strength and safety. MATERIAL: WB and WBC16 gauge; TWB22 gauge; RCWB20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. WB and WBC: Install in X pairs or in opposing V fashion. Use with 16" or 24" o.c. 2x4 (min.) studs. RCWB and TWB: Use with 16" o.c. studs. Use minimum of 2x4 studs with TWB. Use minimum of 2x6 studs with RCWB (2x4 min. for interior, non-bearing wall). Establish a run-line using the bracing as a straight edge. Single cut a saw kerf " deep (TWB) or 1" deep (RCWB) along the run line. If the wall is pre-framed on the floor, place the part into the saw kerf, and put one nail into the top plate. Tilt the wall up and plumb before nailing off top plate, bottom plate and studs according to the nailing schedule. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
1"
WB
WBC
Break off WBC at predetermined length
TWB
Rolled edges for strength and safety
Model No. WB106 WB106C CWB106 TWB10 RCWB12 WB126 WB126C CWB126 TWB12 RCWB12 WB126 WB126C CWB126 TWB12
L 9'-5" 9'-6" 9'-9" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 11'-4" 14'-3" 14'-2" 14'-2"
Angle and Wall Height 8' @ 60 8' @ 60 8' @ 55 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 8' @ 45 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 9' @ 53 10' @ 45 10' @ 45 10' @ 45
Fasteners Plates 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d 2-16d Studs 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d 1-8d
Code Ref. 7, 39, 88, 121 3, 7, 39, 88, 121 6, 86, 121, 140 5, 121 7, 39, 88, 121
Rolled edge for strength and safety
Deleted see other products this page.
Deleted see other products this page. 6, 86, 121, 140 121
RCWB
Typical RCWB Installation
Deleted see other products this page. 121 7, 39, 88, 121 5, 121 6, 121, 140
WB143C RCWB14 TWB14
WB or WBC Wall Bracing X and V Applications
1. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 8d = 0.131" dia. x 2" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
J/JP Floor Beam Levelers

Jack piers and standard floor beam levelers offer unique leveling simplicity during and after construction. MATERIAL: 12 gauge plates, " threaded rod, 1" O.D. steel pipe FINISH: None. Connectors installed in damp areas, or corrosive environments that are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, will deteriorate at a faster rate. Corrosion-resistant finishes and maintenance can improve the connectors service life. INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Holes are provided for installation with 4-10dx1" nails. Do not use J/JPs for dynamic jacking of structures, such as houses. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. JP44 J57 Dimensions H (inches) Threaded (MinMax) Rod Length 2-4 4 5-7 4 Allowable Bearing Loads (100) 44401 4380 Code Ref. 3, 39, 88, 121
Optional Drill Through
Miscellaneous
Thre aded
Rod Keep er Nut
" Dx4 Hole

Any t h Heig
Dx4 Hol " e
(An y)
Anyth g Len
1. Consider allowable loads for 4x4 post. 2. Loads may not be increased for short-term loading. 3. NAILS: 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
Two Methods of JP44 Installation J Floor Beam Leveler
(An y)
173
Miscellaneous
DS Drywall Stop
Eliminates costly blocking at top plate, end walls, and corners. A typical residence will use several hundred of these inexpensive clips with a substantial savings in blocking and labor. The installation prongs provide even more labor savings. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: 16" on center or less, using 8d commons. DS should not be used where gypsum board is used for structural loads. CODES: ICC NER-413, ICC-ER 5672.
DS
Typical DS Installation
BT Brick Ties
Brick Ties provide a connection between the wood structure and brick faade. MATERIAL: 22 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Holes sized for 10d commons. See code for spacing requirements. CODES: IRC 2003/2006, R703.7.4 TO ORDER: BT-R100 = retail pack of 100 BTB = bulk carton of 500
" 6
BTB BT-R100
Typical BT Installation
MP Mending Plates
Versatile and easy-to-use mending plates for wood-to-wood connections. No nails or notching of wood required. For non-structural applications only; not for truss applications. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Place plate over two pieces of aligned wood with arrows aligned at joint. Hammer the plate to embed the prongs. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. MP14 MP24 MP36 Dimensions W L 1 4 2 4 3 6 Code Ref. 180
L
M EN
T NO R FO US TR
MP36
PL E AT DI NG
1. Connectors are not load rated.
Typical MP Installation
TP/TPA Tie Plates

TPs are nail-on tie plates. TPAs are flanged for added support. MATERIAL: 20 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Holes are sized for 8d common or 8dx1" nails. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model Dimensions Number of No. W L Nail Holes TP15 13 1 5 TPA37 3 7 32 TPA39 3 9 41 TP35 5 23 3 TP37 7 32 3 TP39 9 41 3 TP311 3 11 50 TP45 5 30 4 TP47 7 42 4 TP49 9 54 4 TP411 11 66 4 TP57 7 60 5 TPA57 5 7 49
1. Connectors are not load rated.
Code Ref.
180
TPA
TP
174
SE S
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES
Miscellaneous
ARCHITECTURAL PRODUCTS GROUP

The Architectural Products Group consists of aesthetically pleasing, pre-finished connectors and innovative concealed joist ties designed for exposed wood applications. These connectors provide structural performance and, at the same time, add a unique appearance feature to a project. Refer to Simpsons C-APG catalog. ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES Eliminate time consuming prep work and costly field painting. Available finishes include textured flat black powder-coated finish, gray paint and hot dipped galvanized coating. OFF-THE-SHELF AVAILABILITY Minimizes fabrication and ordering lead time since select products are pre-finished and in stock. PRE-ENGINEERED AND TESTED Load-rated products are verified to perform to design loads, unlike custom designed and fabricated connectors. QUALITY ASSURANCE No-Equal quality-controlled manufacturing ensures product consistency and high quality. Products shown in this section come with textured flat black powder-coated finish unless otherwise noted. Most are also available with a galvanized finish or gray primer. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for availability. www.strongtie.com/apg
BP BEARING PLATES
Bearing Plates give greater bearing surface than standard cut washers, and help distribute the load at these critical connections. MATERIAL: See table FINISH: Textured flat black power-coated finish INSTALLATION: See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No.
Thickness
BPPC BP-2PC BPPC BPPC BPPC BP1PC
Dimensions W L 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3
Bolt Dia. 1
Code Ref. 97 190
BP
97
Typical BP Installation
SPECIAL ORDER PLATES

Simpson can make a variety of flat and bent steel shapes, which include gusset plates for heavy timber trusses, custom ornamental shapes and retaining plates. MATERIAL: 3 gauge maximum FINISH: Galvanized, textured powder-coated flat black, gray paint, stainless steel. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for availability. TO OBTAIN A QUOTE: Supply a CAD drawing in .dxf format complete with plate dimensions, hole diameter and locations, steel thickness, desired finish (Simpson Gray, Black Powder Coat, HDG or raw steel). Total plate shape and size up to max. dimensions of 48"x48" (approx. " tolerance). Simpson does not provide product engineering or load values for Custom Steel Plates. Contact Simpson for pricing information.
W and H indicate the envelope size of the steel shape.
Typical Installation (Plate shown has black powder coated finish) 175

RUSTIC COLLECTION
MATERIAL: As noted in tables FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. STRAP TIES
Model No. OS OHS OHS135 OHS195 Dimensions Ga 12 7 7 7 W 2 2 6 6 L 12 12 13 19 Bolts Qty 4 4 4 8 Dia Allowable Loads1,2 Tension/Uplift (133) (160) 1305 1565 1680 2015 4205 5045 8405 10085 Code Ref.
1" Min.
1" Min.
Typical OT/OHT Installation
Typical OL/OHL Installation
170
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. OS and OHS loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum member thickness of 3" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps must be centered about splice joint and bolt edge distances must meet NDS minimum requirements.
OHS135 OHS195 OHA
BEAM TO COLUMN TIES

Minimum Bolt Dimensions End & Edge Model Ga Distances No. OL OHL OT OHT 12 7 12 7 W 2 2 2 2 H 12 12 12 12 L 12 12 12 12 d1 2 2 2 2 d2 3 4 3 4 Bolts Qty 5 5 6 6 Dia Allowable Loads1,2,3 Tension/Uplift F1 (100/133/ 160) 1435 1535 2585 2585 Code (100/133/ Ref. 160) 565 565 170 815 815
OS OHS
1. OL, OHL, OT and OHT must be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3". 3. OT, OHT loads assume a continuous beam.
HEAVY ANGLES
Model No. OHA33 OHA36 Ga 7 7 Dimensions W L 3 3 6 3 Bolts Qty 2 4 Dia Code Ref. 180
Model No. OCB44 OCB46
Ga 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Dimensions W1 3 3 3 5 5 7 7 W2 3 5 7 5 7 7 9
Bolts Qty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Dia
Allowable Uplift Loads (133/160) 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650
Code Ref.
OCB48 OCB66 OCB68 OCB88 OCB810
2, 40, 82
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for wind or earthquake loading with no further increase allowed. 2. Minimum side cover for full loads is 3" for OCBs. 3. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
OCC (3 ga) JOIST HANGERS

Dimensions Model No. OU46 OU48 OU410 OU412 OU414 W 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 7 7 7 H 5 7 9 11 13 7 9 11 13 9 11 13 Bolts Header 2- 4- 4- 6- 6- 4- 4- 6- 6- 4- 6- 6- Joist 1- 2- 2- 3- 3- 2- 2- 3- 3- 2- 3- 3-
OCB (3 ga)
Allowable Loads1,2 Uplift (133) 685 1365 1365 2050 2050 1365 1365 2050 2050 1365 2050 2050 Floor (100) 1270 2545 2545 3815 3815 2545 2545 3815 3815 2545 3815 3815 Roof2 (125) 1590 3175 3175 4765 4765 3175 3175 4765 4765 3175 4765 4765 170 Code Ref.
COLUMN CAPS
Model Ga No. OCC44 OCC46 OCC66 OCC68 OCC88 3 3 3 3 3 Dimensions W1 3 3 5 5 7 W2 3 5 5 7 7 L 9 12 12 12 15 H 4 7 7 7 7 Bolts Beam Post Qty Dia Qty Dia 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 Allowable Loads Code Uplift Down Ref. (133) (160) (100) 1220 1465 15310 2330 2800 24060 3365 4040 37810 20, 80 3365 4040 37810 6200 7440 54600
OU68 OU610 OU612 OU614 OU810 OU812 OU814
176
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading and apply only to continuous beams; reduce for other loading conditions in accordance with code. 2. Downloads are determined by nominal sawn beam allowable bearing at 625 psi on seat area; reduce where shear value of beam, end bearing value of post, L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting. 3. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 4. For end conditions specify OECC.
1. Load values allowed assume a carrying member of not less than 3 ". 2. Roof loads are 125% of floor loads unless a limited by other criteria. Floor loads may be adjusted for other load durations according to the code provided they do not exceed those in the roof column. 3. Additional glulam beam widths are available. Add an X to the name and specify width, i.e. OU68X, W = 5.25. 4. Skew and slope options not available.
COLUMN BASES
OU (7 ga)

CLASSIC COLLECTION
MATERIAL: As noted in tables FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. STRAP TIES
Model No. HST2PC HST5PC HST3PC HST6PC PS218PC PS418PC PS720PC Ga 7 7 3 3 7 7 7 Dimensions W 2 5 3 6 2 4 6 Bolts Allowable Tension Loads1,2 (133) (160) 4350 5220 8875 10650 6335 7625 12800 15360 4155 4990 4190 5030 3900 4685 Code Ref.
L
HSTPC
1" Min.
PSPC
Typical 1212HLPC Installation (1616HLPC similar)
L Qty Dia 21 6 21 12 25 6 25 12 18 4 18 4 20 8
3, 39, 88, 121
1" Min.
180
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable loads are based on parallel-to-grain loading and a minimum member thickness of 3" with machine bolts in single shear. Straps must be centered about splice joint and bolt edge distances must meet NDS minimum requirements. 3. Designer must determine allowable loads when combining bolts parallel and perpendicular to grain.
CCPC CBPC
Typical 1212HTPC Installation (1616HTPC similar)
BEAM TO COLUMN TIES

Model No. 1212HLPC 1616HLPC 1212HTPC 1616HTPC Dimensions W 2 2 2 2 H 12 16 12 16 L 12 16 12 16 Minimum Bolt End & Edge Distances d1 2 2 2 2 d2 4 4 4 4 Bolts Qty 5 5 6 6 Dia Allowable Loads1,2 Tension/Uplift F1 (100/133/ 160) 1535 1535 2585 2585 Code (100/133/ Ref. 160) 565 565 180 815 815
Ga
7 7 7 7
1. 1212HL, 1616HL, 1212HT and 1616HT are to be installed in pairs with machine bolts in double shear. A single part with machine bolts in single shear is not load-rated. 2. Allowable loads are based on a minimum member thickness of 3". 3. 1212HT, 1616HT loads assume a continuous beam.
MEGPC without Top Flange LEGPC/ MEGPC
COLUMN BASES
Model No. CB44PC CB46PC CB48PC CB66PC CB68PC CB88PC CB810PC
Ga 7 7 7 7 7 3 3
Dimensions W1 3 3 3 5 5 7 7 W2 3 5 7 5 7 7 9
Bolts Qty 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Dia
Allowable Tension Loads (133/160) 4200 4200 4200 4200 4200 6650 6650
COLUMN CAPS
Code Ref. Model No. CC44PC CC46PC CC66PC CC68PC CC88PC Ga 7 7 7 7 3 Bolts Allowable Tension Loads Code Beam Post Uplift Down Ref. W1 W2 L H Qty Dia Qty Dia (133) (160) (100) 4 2 2 1220 1465 15310 3 3 7 2330 2800 24060 3 5 11 6 4 2 20, 80, 3365 4040 37810 5 5 11 6 4 2 142 3365 4040 37810 5 7 11 6 4 2 4 2 6200 7440 54600 7 7 13 8 Dimensions
2, 40, 82, 121
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading. No further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. See page 51 for glulam beam sizes. Add PC to the model, i.e. CB5-6PC. 3. Minimum side cover for full loads is 3" for CBs. 4. Install with bottom of base flush with concrete. 5. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports).
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading. No further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Post sides are assumed to lie in the same vertical plane as the beam sides. 3. Downloads are determined using F'c perpendicular equal to 625 psi on seat area; reduce where end bearing value of post, L/R of post, or other criteria are limiting. 4. See pages 55 for glulam beam sizes and end conditions. Add PC to the model, i.e. CC3-4PC. 5. Bolt holes shall be a minimum of " to a maximum of " larger than the specified bolts diameter (2005 NDS, Section 11.1.2). 6. Column caps for end conditions available to order, add an E to the start of the model number. See page 55 for load values.
BEAM HANGERS MATERIAL: Top flange7 ga, Stirrups7 ga.
Dimensions Model No. LEG3PC LEG5PC MEG5PC LEG7PC MEG7PC W 3 5 5 6 6 Min. TF H 9 9 9 9 9 2 2 2 2 2
Bolts Header Joist Without Top Flange (100) 3465 3465 5170 3465 5170 (125) 4330 4330 6460 4330 6460
Allowable Loads No Triangle Theory (100) 12675 16290 19710 16290 19710 (125) 13215 16290 19710 16290 19710 Triangle Theory (100) 11865 11865 13570 11865 13570 Code Ref.
Qty Dia Qty Dia 4 2 4 2 6 2 4 2 6 2
(125) 12730 12730 26, 83, 14865 144 12730 14865
1. Allowable loads assume a 5" carrying member. 2. Specify desired height, minimum height listed in the table. 3. Glulam widths listed in table. To specify other widths add an X to the name and specify. 4. See Glulam Connectors section of this catalog for additional information on these products. 5. Refer to page 114 footnote #4 For triangle theory explanation.
177

CONCEALED JOIST TIES
The CJT is a concealed connector. It can be installed three ways: with no routing of header/post or beam; a routed header/post, or a routed beam. MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Galvanized INSTALLATION: Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. The CJT Pack is supplied with all pins and screws required. Screws require a hex head driver. Router end of beam for screw heads for flush installation. The joist/beam may be sloped to 45 with full table loads. To provide maximum beam width for use with short pins, center in beam. To order: specify short or long pins (see footnote #1 below). OPTIONS: See Technical Bulletin T-CJT (see page 187 for details). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
" Dia. 2" Short pin 4" Long pin
CJT5
(others similar)
Chamfered Steel Pin (Galvanized)
WARNING: This connector requires special attention to ensure correct installation. The beam must be installed perpendicular to the support member. The connections components may be damaged if the beam is rotated from its opposite end during or after installation. Damaged components may not be noticeable and may reduce the connectors load carrying capacity.
Model No.
Min. Joist Size 4x8 4x10 4x12 4x12 3x7 3x9 3x10 3x12 3x9 3x9 3x9 3x11
Dimensions H1 5 7 8 10 5 7 8 10 5 7 8 10 H2 4 5 7 8 4 5 7 8 4 5 7 8
Fasteners Pins SDS (2" or 4") 2 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 6 8 10 12 Uplift (133)
Allowable Loads Floor (100) 1050 2440 3005 3535 1240 2440 3005 3535 1840 2145 3005 3535 Snow (115) 1050 2805 3455 3990 1240 2805 3455 4065 2115 2145 3455 4065 Roof (125) 1050 2815 3755 3990 1240 2900 3755 4420 2160 2145 3755 4420
Code Ref.
CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6 CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6 CJT3 CJT4 CJT5 CJT6
DOUGLAS FIR 3 1655 4 2460 5 3255 6 4005 GLULAM BEAM 3 1655 4 2460 5 3255 6 4005 PSL 3 1655 4 2460 5 3255 6 4005
35, 126
35, 126
35, 126
ORNAMENTAL JOIST HANGER

The OHU Ornamental Joist Hangers are heavy duty, load-rated joist hangers that are attached with Simpson "x3" SDS double-barrier coating wood screws (supplied with product). MATERIAL: 12 gauge FINISH: Textured powder-coated flat black paint. OPTIONS: No modifications. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. OHU46-SDS3 OHU48-SDS3 OHU410-SDS3 OHU412-SDS3 OHU414-SDS3 OHU66-SDS3 OHU68-SDS3 OHU610-SDS3 OHU612-SDS3 OHU614-SDS3 Joist Size 4x6 4x8 4x10 4x12 4x14 6x6 6x8 6x10 6x12 6x14 Dimensions Ga 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 W 3 3 3 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 H 5 6 8 10 12 5 7 9 11 13 B 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 No. of SDS "x3" Wood Screws Uplift (133) Face Joist 6 8 12 12 14 6 12 14 16 18 4 6 6 8 10 4 6 6 8 10 1535 1535 2455 2525 2525 1535 2455 2455 2525 3950 DF/SP Uplift (160) 1535 1535 2525 2525 2525 1535 2525 2525 2525 3950 Floor (100) 1840 2455 3685 3685 4300 1840 3685 4300 4910 5525 Snow (115) 2120 2675 4235 4235 4945 2120 4235 4945 5630 6355 Roof (125) 2305 2675 4605 4605 5375 2305 4605 5375 5630 6860 Uplift (133) 1105 1105 1770 1820 1820 1105 1770 1770 1820 2845 Uplift (160) 1105 1105 1820 1820 1820 1105 1820 1820 1820 2845
OHU
Typical OHU Installation

SPF/HF Floor (100) 1325 1770 2655 2655 3095 1325 2655 3095 3535 3980 Snow (115) 1525 1925 3050 3050 3560 1525 3050 3560 4055 4575 Roof (125) 1660 1925 3315 3315 3870 1660 3315 3870 4055 4940 Code Ref.
170
178
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern.
1. Center pin in beam. Short pin (2") for use with 3 GLB, 4x sawn lumber or 3" wide PSL. Long pin (4") for use with 5 GLB, 6x sawn lumber or greater widths. 2. See T-CJT for additional load information with long pins (see page 187 for details).
Typical CJT Installation (Note that pins should be centered within beam)
SDS "x3"
U.S. Patent 6,109,850 5,897,280 5,044,853

STANDOFF BASES
The PBV is a hidden standoff post base. Two different sizes fit a variety of posts shapes. MATERIAL: 14 gauge galvanized steel FINISH: Textured flat black powder-coated finish or galvanized ORDER: For powder coated finish, order PBV6PC or PBV10PC. For galvanized finish order PBV6 or PBV10. For kit containing SDS screws, RFB bolt, SET 1.7, and powder coated PBV, order PBV6KT or PBV10KT. The CPS is a Composite Plastic Standoff designed for increased concrete surface area. MATERIAL: Engineered composite plastic INSTALLATION: PBV and CPS Post: Drill a " diameter hole, 10" into the center of the post. Clean out dust. Fill hole halfway with Simpson SET epoxy. Insert all-thread rod and allow epoxy to set and cure. Secure standoff to post using four 10d nails except PBV which uses four SDS screws. Concrete: Drill a " diameter hole per anchor design (see footnote 2 below). Clean out dust. Fill hole halfway with Simpson SET epoxy. Insert post subassembly into hole and allow epoxy to set and cure. Post bases do not provide adequate resistance to prevent members from rotating about the base and therefore are not recommended for non top-supported installations (such as fences or unbraced carports). CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart. 1" Diameter 10d Nail
PBVPC
US Patent D 399,013
CPS4
Typical PBV6PC Installation
Typical CPS4 Installation
Model No. CPS4 CPS46 CPS5 CPS6 CPS7 PBV6PC PBV10PC
Post or Column Size 4x4 4x6 5x5 6x6 8x8 6" Dia 10" Dia
Dimensions L 3 5 4 5 7 5 9 W 3 3 4 5 7 H 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fasteners Post 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-10d 4-SDSx3 4-SDSx3 Anchor Bolt " " " " " " "
Allowable Loads Uplift 4490 4490 4490 4490 4490 3800 3800 Down
3
Code Ref.
5195 5865 5865 7745 8315 9250 19225
170
9, 121
1. Allowable uplift load capacities are for solid sawn posts with specific gravity of 0.36 minimum except the PBV, which is based on round Viga (Ponderosa Pine) wood posts. 2. All allowable uplift loads are based on a lowest ultimate load from testing divided by a reduction factor of 4. Concrete anchorage to be designed by others, refer to Simpson Strong-Tie Anchor Systems catalog (form C-SAS, see page 187 for details). Allowable uplift capacities shall not exceed those shown in the table. 3. Download capacities are calculated based on the standoff bearing area and a concrete strength of 2500 psi except the PBV, which is based on the wood bearing strength (700 psi for Ponderosa Pine). 4. Allowable loads may not be increased for short term loading. 5. NAILS: 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. See page 16-17 for other nail sizes and information.
HL HEAVY ANGLES & GUSSETS

Versatile angle gussets and heavy angles promote standardization and construction economy, and are compatible with Strong-Tie structural hardware. FINISH: Textured flat black powder-coated finish, gray paint and also available galvanized TO ORDER: All products with PC suffix are textured powder coated flat black paint. 7 gauge products without the PC suffix are galvanized. 3 gauge products without the PC suffix are gray paint. OPTIONS: Gussets may be added to HL models when L 5". Specify G after numbers in model number as in HL46GPC. CODES: See page 12 for Code Reference Key Chart.
Model No. HL33PC HL35PC HL37PC HL53PC HL55PC HL57PC HL43PC HL46PC HL49PC HL73PC HL76PC HL79PC
Ga 7 7 7 7 7 7 3 3 3 3 3 3
Dimensions W1 & W2 L 3 3 3 5 5 5 4 4 4 7 7 7 5 D1 D2 D3 2 2 2 2 2 2 D4 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 7 1 2 2 1 5 3 6 9 3 6 9 1 2 7 1 2 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
Bolts (Total) Qty 2 4 6 4 8 12 2 4 6 4 8 12 Dia
Allowable Loads Uplift5 910 910 910 910 910 910 1555 1555 1555 1555 2115 2115 F1 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 2025 2025 2025 3800 3800
Code Ref.
1 2 2 2 3 3 3 2 2
170
1 2
Uplift
Optional Gusset
HL53PC
HL55PC
Typical HL55PC Installation
1. Allowable loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading. No further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Use 0.85 times table load for Hem Fir. 3. Parts should be centered on the face of the member to which they are attached. 4. Wood members for the 3 and 5 series must have a minimum width and thickness of 3" for table loads to apply. 5. Wood members for the 4 and 7 series must have a minimum width and thickness of 5" for table loads to apply. 6. Parts must be used in pairs. Lag bolts of equal diameter (minimum 5" long) may be substituted for machine bolts into beam with no reduction in load.
179
HANGER OPTIONS MATRIX

MODIFICATIONS
(Backing reduces possible hanger rotation)
FEATURES
SADDLE HANGER
RIDGE HANGER
Skewable
Slopeable
Slopeable & Skewable
Sloped Top Flange
UPLIFT
BASE MODEL SERIES
Open Top Flange
Closed Top Flange
Offset Top Flange
Saddle Hanger
Ridge Hanger
Concealed
Non-Backed
Uplift
Weldable
Bevel Cut
45 45
45 45 84 45 45 67 84 45 84 45
45 45 45 45 45
Hanger Options
180
1. Available in 45 only. 2. JB/LB cannot be modified. Consider using LBV (pages 96-103) if supporting member is a minimum of 2" wide. 3. Available in bevel cut or square cut joist. 4. HWU, WPU and WNPU cannot be skewed when the hanger width is greater than 3". 5. Slope and skew combination is for down slope only. 6. Refer to pages 61-68, 83-88, 118-119 for loads. 7. For U and HU type hangers, bevel or square cut available up to 50. Greater than 50 square cut required (see page 181). 8. Available on double 2x and 4x models only (only with acute flange concealed). 9. Products noted in table must be ordered as a Type B hanger for a square cut joist. 10. Available in a range of seat widths to accommodate different hip/jack configurations; see page 182.
HEIGHT FOR SLOPED HANGERS: Height 1 (H1) is the joist height before the slope cut has been made. Net Height (Net H) is the joist height after the slope cut has been made. Provide H1 when ordering a connector. Connectors are made assuming dry lumber is being used in continuously dry conditions. Simpson Strong-Tie will calculate the Net H dimension based on the mathematical formula of H1/cos angle.
Specify Angle
B EG GB GH GLS GLT/GLTV HB HGB HGLS HGLT/HGLTV HGU HGUS HHB HHGU HHUS HSUR/L1,8 HTU HU7 HUS HUSTF HUTF 5,7 HW3 HWU4 LBV2 LEG LGU LSU/LSSU LTHJR/L MBHA MEG MGU MSC SUR/L1,8 THASR/L THGB/THGBH THGQH 1 THJU10 U7 W3 WM WNP/WP 3 WPU/WNPU4
45 45 45 50 50 45 50 50 45
45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
45 45 45 67 67 45
45
45 84 45 45 45 45 67 45 45
45 45 45 45 45 45 45
SQUARE (BUTT) CUT JOIST

Butt Cut
SKEWED SEAT (MAXIMUM)
WELDABILITY
SLOPED SEAT (MAXIMUM)
SKEWED & SLOPED SEAT
NON-BACKED
SLOPED TOP FLANGE
OPEN TOP FLANGE
CLOSED TOP FLANGE
OFFSET TOP FLANGE
CONCEALED FLANGE
BEVEL CUT JOIST
HANGER OPTIONS GENERAL NOTES

This information applies only to the hangers manufactured by Simpson Strong-Tie and installed per our instructions. Some combinations of these options on a single hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of these options cannot be manufactured. A qualified designer must always evaluate each connection, including header and joist limitations, before specifying the product. Testing is performed using a standardized hanger test method. The joist in the test setup may include the minimum amount of structural stability where appropriate. For example, the sloped down hanger tests are assembled with a joist cut on the lower end to lie flush with a wood member attached with three 8d common toenails. Header and other attached structural members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal loads induced by sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the structural system. MATERIAL: Gauge may vary from that specified depending on the manufacturing process used. U, HU, HUTF, W and B hangers normally have single-piece stirrups; occasionally, the seat may be welded. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the tables depending on the joist size, skew and slope. FINISH: See specific hanger tables. Welded specials: Simpson gray paint. Specials that are not galvanized before fabrication can be hot-dip galvanized after fabrication; specify HDG. CODES: Modified hangers, due to their numerous variations, are not on code reports, except U/HU (NER-499). LOADS: For multiple options on the same connector, use the smallest reduction factor to give the lowest design loads. TO ORDER: Use the abbreviations below to order specials. The example shows a W410 hanger and illustrates most available options; most special hangers have only a few of these features. For assistance, contact Simpson. INSTALLATION: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with the table-specified fastener types. N54A fasteners are supplied with hangers. B, W and GLT hangers for sloped seat installations are assumed backed. To order a custom, non-backed hanger, contact Simpson Strong-Tie. Bevel-cut the wood members end for skewed type A hangers; butt-cut wood members for skewed type B hangers.
W410 X
Base Model
SLD30
SKL20
TFDL20
TFO20
Top Flange Open (20)
OSR
Offset Top Flange Right
Seat Skewed Top Flange Sloped Left (20) Down Left Down (SKR = Skewed (20) Right) (30) (TFDR =
(SLU = Seat Up) Top Flange Down Right)
X = Modification
(OSL = Offset Top Flange (TFC = Left) Top Flange Closed)
U/HU
See Hanger Options General Notes. Not all Slope and Skew Combinations are available. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED For low-cost, code-reported 45 skews, see SUR/SUL and HSUR/HSUL. See also LSU/LSSU connectors. U/HU may be skewed to a maximum of 45 and sloped to a maximum of 45. Hangers 5" or less in width may be skewed to 67. Hangers skewed 51- 67 require a square cut. For all options, uplift loads are 0.75 of table loads. For combined slopes and skews, the maximum allowable download is 0.80 of the table load. For skewed hangers 3" and less in width, the allowable download is 100% of the table load. For skewed hangers over 3" in width the allowable download is 80% of the table load. For slope only, the allowable download is 100% of the table load. STRAIGHT OR CONCEALED FLANGE HU is available with the A flanges straight at 100% of the table loads if W 3". If W < 3", use N10 nails at 0.64 of the table load. If W 3", use 10d nails at 0.84 of the table load. HU is available with A flanges concealed, provided the W dimension is 2" or greater, at 100% of the table load. Specify HUC. HU is available with one flange concealed when the W dimension is less than 2" at 100% of the table load. For skewed only HUC hangers, the flange on the acute side can be concealed at 100% of the table load. See table for skew limitations. For sloped only hangers, flanges can be concealed at 100% of the table load. For sloped and skewed hangers, the flange on the acute side can be concealed at 0.80 of the table load. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for skew limitations. When nailing into the carrying members end grain, the allowable load is 0.67 of the table load. For welding see technical bulletin T-HUHUC-W (see page 187 for details).
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
A Flange
Typical HU Sloped Down, Skewed Right Installation
Typical HUC Installation on a Post (Concealed Flanges)
Typical HUC Installed on a Beam
A Flange
Maximum Skew Degree for Skewed HUC Hangers

Hanger Width 2" 2" 2" 2" 3" 3" 3" 3" Maximum Skew 26 26 29 29 37 38 39 42
A Flange
Acute Side
Specify Angle 51 to 67
Specify Angle
Top View U Hanger Skewed Right < 51 (Square Cut)
Top View U Hanger Skewed Right 51 (Square Cut) Top View HUC Concealed Hanger Skewed Right (Square Cut)
A Flange on Acute Side Concealed
1. Widths greater than 3" maximum skew is 45.
Specify Angle
Hanger Options
LGU/MGU/HGU/HHGU
See Hanger Options General Notes. CONCEALED FLANGE LGU, MGU, HGU and HHGU hangers are available with one flange concealed. Order as an X version and specify flange to conceal. Example: LGU3.25X, Right flange concealed. Allowable Loads for One Flange Concealed Option: LGU Series = 1.00 of table load HGU Series = 0.75 of table load MGU Series = 0.88 of table load HHGU Series = 0.75 of table load Note: MGU3.63, MGU5.25 and HGU5.25 can not be concealed. Typical GU Installation with Right Flange Concealed
181
HANGER OPTIONS
HTU
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT Skewable up to 67. Available in single and 2-ply size. No bevel cut required. Allowable Loads for Skewed HTU Hangers
Fasteners DF/SP Allowable Loads1,2 Skew Angle Carrying Carried Uplift Download (Degree) Member Member (133/160) (100/115/125) < 51 20-16d 14-10dx1 1315 2945 HTU26 51-67 20-16d 12-10dx1 970 2595 < 51 26-16d 20-10dx1 2015 3060 HTU28 51-67 26-16d 17-10dx1 1485 2815 < 51 32-16d 26-10dx1 2715 3175 HTU210 51-67 32-16d 22-10dx1 2005 3040 < 51 20-16d 14-10d 1335 2555 HTU26-2 51-67 20-16d 12-10d 1110 2700 < 51 26-16d 20-10d 2470 3890 HTU28-2 51-67 26-16d 17-10d 1710 3775 < 51 32-16d 26-10d 3600 4935 HTU210-2 51-67 32-16d 22-10d 2255 4790 Model No.
1. Uplift loads have been increased 33% and 60% for earthquake or wind loading with no further increase allowed; reduce where other loads govern. 2. Allowable downloads may not be increased. 3. Maximum hanger gap between end of joist (truss) and face of carrying member is ". 4. NAILS: 16d = 0.162" dia. x 3" long, 10dx1 = 0.148" dia. x 1" long, 10d = 0.148" dia. x 3" long. A Flange A Flange Specify Angle Acute Side
Top View HTU Hanger Skewed Right < 51
Specify Angle 51 to 67
Top View HTU Hanger Skewed Right 51
HGUS/HHUS
See Hanger Options General Notes. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT Only HHUS hangers can be skewed to a maximum of 45 and/or sloped to a maximum of 45. HHUS skew only, maximum allowable download is 0.85 of the table load. For sloped only or sloped and skewed hangers, the maximum allowable download is 0.65 for HHUS. Not all slope and skew combinations are available; contact Simpson Strong-Tie for information. The joist must be bevel-cut to allow for double shear nailing. Uplift loads for sloped/skewed conditions are 0.72 of the table load, not to exceed 2475 lbs. for HHUS hangers. HGUS hangers can be skewed only to a maximum of 45o. Allowable loads are: Models Down Load Uplift W < 2" bevel or square 0.62 of table load 0.46 of table load 2" < W < 6" beveled 0.67 of table load 0.41 of table load 2" < W < 6" square cut 0.46 of table load 0.41 of table load W > 6" bevel or square 0.40 of table load 0.41 of table load
Acute Side
Specify Angle
Top View HHUS Hanger Skewed Right (joist must be bevel cut) All joist nails installed on the outside angle (non-acute side).
LTHJR/L
See Hanger Options General Notes. SLOPE AND/OR SKEW Available in hip slopes up to 45 and/or skews left or right from 46 to 67. For optional configurations, loads are 100% of table loads. To order specify: slope direction and degree and/or skew direction and degree. Example: To order an LTHJR sloped down 45 and skewed right 55, order an LTHJRX SLD45 SKR55.
LTHJR/L (Skewed Right)
THJU
See Hanger Options General Notes. HANGER WIDTHS THJU is available in intermediate seat widths between 5" (THJU26 width) and 7" (THJU26-W width). Allowable download and uplift for all intermediate widths is 100% of the THJU26-W table loads. For double hip installation, divide the total allowable load by 2 to determine the allowable load for each hip. Order as THJU26X and specify width; see table for reference.
THJU Intermediate Width Options

Carried Member Combination 2-Ply Hip and Single-Ply Jack Single-Ply Hip and 2-Ply Jack Double (Terminal) Hip 2-Ply Hip and 2-Ply Jack Hip Skew 45-degree 45-degree 45-degree 45-degree 44-46 47-49 50-52 53-55 56-57 58-59 60-61 62-63 64-65 Width (W) 6 6 7 THJU26-W THJU26 5 5 6 6 6 7 7 THJU26-W
Hanger Options
Single-Ply Hip and Single-Ply Jack
Hip Skew
THJU Top View Installation
182
HANGER OPTIONS
THGQH
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT THGQH may be skewed 45. Carried members may be bevel cut. For Hem-Fir or Spruce-Pine-Fir members, multiply tabulated allowable loads for the skewed THGQH by 0.86. Connector must be installed centered on girder vertical webs.
Model # Max. B.C. Depth (in.) 17 14 13 Min. Vertical Web Size 2x6 2x8 2x8 2x10 2x8 2x10 Fasteners Face 18-SDS "x3" 28-SDS "x3" 30-SDS "x4" 36-SDS "x4" 34-SDS "x6" 40-SDS "x6" Joist 18-SDS "x3" 18-SDS "x4" 18-SDS "x6" DF/SP Allowable Loads Uplift Down (133/160) (100/115/125/133) 4570 3875 3180 6090 9470 10270 12480 11890 13990
THGQH2 SK45 THGQH3 SK45 THGQH4 SK45
THGB/THGBH
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT THGB/THGBH hangers can be skewed to a maximum of 45. The maximum allowable down load and uplift load for skew is 0.87 of the table load. Typical THGBH Installation Skewed Left THGBH3 (Skewed Left)
GLT/HGLT/GLS/HGLS/GLTV/HGLTV
See Hanger Options General Notes. INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the carried beam for skewed hangers. HANGER HEIGHT For hangers exceeding the joist height by ", allowable load is 50% of the table roof load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT GLT/GLTV/HGLT/HGLTV and GLS/HGLS series may be skewed to a maximum of 50 or sloped to a maximum of 45. For skews greater than 15, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50. For sloped only, the maximum allowable load is 6500 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 9165 lbs. for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. For skewed only, the maximum allowable load is 6550 lbs. for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, 7,980 lbs. for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. The deflection at full loading may reach ". Sloped and skewed GLT/GLS/GLTV configurations have a maximum allowable load of 5500 lbs. Sloped and skewed combinations are not allowed for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. Sloped and/or skewed seat hangers may not be installed in non-backed nailer/header installations. SLOPED TOP FLANGE A top flange may be sloped down left or down right to 30 with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat (see illustration). Reduce allowable table loads using straight-line interpolation (see page 185). OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header. Minimum seat width 3". The maximum allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load for the GLT/GLS/GLTV, and 0.45 for the HGLT/HGLS/HGLTV. For skewed and offset top flange hangers, the maximum allowable load is 3500 lbs. No uplift load.
Specify Low Side, High Side, or Center Flush with Header (Low Side Flush Shown) Specify Angle
Typical GLT Top Flange Offset Left (HGLT similar)
Typical HGLT Top Flange Sloped Down Left with Low Side Flush
Low Side Flush Shown
Center Flush Shown
High Side Flush Shown
Hanger Options
C L
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Typical GLT Sloped Down, Skewed Right When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush 183
HANGER OPTIONS
B/LBV/HB/HHB/GB/HGB
See Hanger Options General Notes. MATERIAL: Gauge may vary from that specified depending on the manufacturing process used. Hanger configurations, height and fastener schedules may vary from the tables depending on the joist size, skew and slope. CODES: Modified hangers, due to their numerous variations, are not in code reports. LOADS: For multiple modifications on the same connector, use the single multiplier factor that yields the lowest design loads. INSTALLATION: Fastener quantities will typically increase beyond the amount specified in the standard hanger tables. Web stiffeners are required for I-joists. Fill all holes with the table-specified fastener types. Bevel cut the carried member for skewed applications.
Low Side Shown
Specify Angle
Center Flush Shown

Specify Angle
High Side Shown

Specify Angle
B Hanger Sloped Down and Skewed Left with Sloped Top Flange Installation When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
Specify Angle Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Typical LBV Sloped Down Installation with Full Backing
Typical LBV Sloped Down with Top Flange Open
Typical LBV Sloped Down on Nailer Non-Backed
Allowable Load Reduction Factors for Modified Hangers1,2

Hanger Series Angle Limit Minimum Height (in.) Download All Widths Uplift Angle Limit Minimum Height (in.) Less than Download 2" Wide Uplift Download 2" and Wider Uplift Angle Limit Minimum Height (in.) Less than Download 2" Wide Uplift Download 2" and Wider Uplift Angle Limit Minimum Height (in.) Download Uplift Sloped Sloped Skewed Sloped Down Down Up only & Skewed 45 6 1.00 1.00 45 6 0.82 1.00 1.00 1.00 45 8 0.84 1.00 0.87 1.00 45 9 0.70 1.00 45 6 0.918 1.00 45 6 0.668 1.00 0.808 1.00 45 8 0.70 1.00 0.708 1.00 45 6 1.00 1.00 45 6 0.95 1.00 0.95 1.00 45 8 1.00 0.719 0.96 1.00 45 9 0.56 4 45 9 10 6 0.46 6 45 11 10 6 0.38 7 14 0.84 0.719 0.87 1.00 11 10 6 0.38 7 14 0.82 1.00 1.00 1.00 9 10 6 0.378 6 45 14 0.708 0.719 0.708 1.00 14 1.00 1.00 9 0.458 4 45 14 0.648 1.00 0.808 1.00 Sloped Up & Skewed 45 14 0.918 1.00 TF Down 35 9 14 (90-x)/115 (90-x)/90 5 1.00 35 9 14 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 35 11 14 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 7 1.00 TF Open / Closed 30 9 143 (90-x)/115 (90-x)/90 5 1.00 30 30 9 143 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 30 30 11 143 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 6 1.00 (90-x)/140 (90-x)/90 7 1.00
1. Use this table to calculate allowable loads for modified hangers. Apply reduction factor to the appropriate allowable load for the header condition, including nailers. 2. HB Hangers less than 2" wide are assumed to use 10dx1" joist nails. HB Hangers 2" and wider are assumed to use 16dx2" joist nails. 3. Minimum height for TF Opened/Closed is 14" when combined with any skew. Minimum height for TF Opened/Closed combined with slope only is the same as listed for slope only. 4. For sloped and skewed LBV hangers less than 14" allowable uplift shall be limited to 190 lbs. 5. For LBV Hangers with a modified top flange allowable uplift shall be limited to 240 lbs. when using 2 - 10dx1" joist nails. 6. For B and HB hangers less than 14" allowable uplift shall be limited to 480 lbs. 7. For HB hangers less than 14" use 4 - 16d or 16dx2" joist nails. Allowable uplift shall be limited to 615 lbs. 8. These hangers may deflect an additional " at design load. 9. For HB hangers on nailers, 100% of allowable nailer uplift value may be used. (See nailer table) 10. For hangers with slope and skew less than 14" use 1150 lbs. for B hangers and 1430 lbs. for HB hangers.
LBV
HB
HHB, GB, HGB
Hanger Options
Factory Weld
Specify Angle
184
Top View B Hanger Skewed Right
Typical BD Saddle Installation
SADDLE HANGER Saddle hangers are made to order; add D to model (e.g. BD412); specify S (for saddle) dimension. They may be used for most conditions except at end wall locations and are preferred for nailer applications. Minimum S dimension (saddle width) is 3". Minimum supporting member width is 3". Minimum nailer thickness apply (see page 69 and 92). Saddle hangers achieve catalog load listed. Saddle hangers on stud walls do not achieve catalog loads.
HANGER OPTIONS
W/WNP/WP/HW
See Hanger Options General Notes. INSTALLATION: Some models are available in Type A (Bevel Cut) and Type B (Butt Cut) styles; all models are available in Type B style. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie when ordering. Bevel-cut the joist for skewed Type A hangers (see illustration). Butt-cut the joist for Type B hangers. Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nails on the outside angle. Skewed HWs have face nails and require a minimum header depth of 3". HANGER HEIGHT For hanger heights exceeding the joist height by more than ", the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT Non-skewed hangers can carry the design load when the seat slope is within :12 of the joist slope. Designer must check that wood bearing is not limiting. W/WNP/WP/HW series may be skewed to a maximum of 84 and/or sloped to a maximum of 45. For slope only, skew only, or slope and skew combinations, the allowable load is 100% of the table load. UPLIFT LOADS (WPU, WNPU, HWU only) Uplift loads not available on W, WNP, WP, HW hangers. Hangers can be sloped to 45 and/or skewed 45 at 100% of the uplift load. Skew option is only on hangers with W 3" or less. For skews greater than 45 there is no uplift load. Specify the slope up or down in degrees from the horizontal plane and/or the skew right or left in degrees from the perpendicular vertical plane. Specify whether low side, high side or center of joist will be flush with the top of the header (see illustration). Uplift loads are not available for open/closed TF, TF sloped, and offset options. SLOPED TOP FLANGE A top flange may be ordered sloped down left or down right to 35 with or without a sloped and/or skewed seat (see illustration). Reduce allowable table loads using straight-line interpolation (see open/closed top flange). OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header (see illustration). The allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. For skewed and offset top flange hangers, the maximum allowable load is 0.50 of the table load or 2000 lbs., whichever is lower. OPEN/CLOSED TOP FLANGE The top flange may be opened more or closed less than the standard 90 (see illustration) to a maximum of 30, except the HW which cannot be closed. W and WI hangers must use 10dx1" nails for closed application. Reduce allowable loads using straight-line interpolation. Example: For a top flange open 30, reduce load to [(90-30)/90] x table load. SADDLE HANGER To order, add D to model and specify S dimension (see illustration). RIDGE HANGER (not available for uplift models) Top flange may be sloped to a maximum of 35 to accommodate a ridge (see illustration). Specify angle of the slope. Reduce allowable load using straight-line interpolation. See Open/Closed example. Recommended S dimension is " oversized for carrying members 2" wide and less or " oversized for greater than 2" wide.
Low Side Shown
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Specify Low Side, High Side, or Center Flush with Header (Low Side Flush shown)
Typical W Top View Skewed Left Type A Hanger (Bevel Cut Joist Shown)
Typical HW Top Flange Sloped Down Left with Low Side Flush
Typical W Skewed Left Type B Hanger (Square Cut Joist Shown)
Top Flange open 20
WD Saddle Hanger
110
WNP with Open Top Flange
Specify Flush Top of Beam at Center or Low Side
Specify Angles (Max. 35)
Typical W Ridge Installation
Center Flush Shown
High Side Shown
Hanger Options
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Skew Angle
Slope Angle
Typical HW Sloped Down, Skewed Right with Type A Hanger (Joist end must be bevel cut) When ordering, specify Low Side Flush, Center Flush or High Side Flush
185
HANGER OPTIONS
LEG/MEG/EG
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY The LEG/MEG/EG series can be skewed up to 45. The maximum allowable load is 10,000 lbs. for LEG and MEG, 14,250 lbs. for EG. SLOPED SEAT TOP FLANGE MODELS ONLY The LEG/MEG/EG series can be sloped up to 45. The maximum allowable loa d is 9665 lbs.; see illustration. NO SLOPED AND SKEWED COMBO AVAILABLE. OFFSET TOP FLANGE The LEG/MEG (only) top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header (see illustration). The maximum allowable load is 5665 lbs. (Min. H = 11" for MEG, 9" for LEG) No skews allowed on offset hangers.
Specify Angle
Typical LEG/MEG Top Flange Offset Left
Typical LEG Sloped Down Installation (MEG/EG similar)
HUTF
See Hanger Options General Notes. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT HUTF can be skewed to a maximum of 45 or sloped to a maximum of 45. HUTF can be skewed and sloped down only, provided W 2". Hangers with a skew greater than 15 may have all the joist nailing on the outside angle. No skew with slope up options available. For the skewed-only HU34TF, HU24-2TF and HU44TF, the allowable loads are 0.50 of the table load. All other models have a maximum allowable load of 0.60 of the table loads. For skews greater than 15, uplift loads are 0.75 of the table loads. For sloped and skewed hangers, the allowable loads are 0.70 of the table loads. For sloped down only hangers, allowable load is 0.78 of the table load. CONCEALED FLANGE HUTF is available with one A flange concealed at 0.85 of the catalog table load. HUTF is also available with both flanges concealed provided the W dimension is 2" or greater, at 0.85 of the table load. Specify HUCTF for both flanges concealed. No skew options available.
Specify Angle
Specify Angle
Typical HUTF Sloped Down Installation
Top View HUTF Hanger Skewed Right
MBHA
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT Seat can be skewed at 45 only. The maximum allowable download is 3495 lbs. and 1585 lbs. uplift for Height 7". For all other models, use the table listed download and uplift of 2390 lbs. Typical MBHA Skewed Right Installation
WM/WMU
See Hanger Options General Notes. INSTALLATION: Bevel-cut the joist for skewed hangers (see illustration). HANGER HEIGHT For hanger heights exceeding the joist height, the allowable load is 0.50 of the table load. SLOPED AND/OR SKEWED SEAT WM/WMI may be skewed and/or sloped to 45 maximum. The allowable load is 100% of the table load. OFFSET TOP FLANGE The top flange may be offset left or right for placement at the end of a header. The allowable load is 0.50 of the table roof load. UPLIFT No modifications on WMU.
Hanger Options
Typical WM Sloped Down, Skewed Right Block Wall Installation
Typical WM Top Flange Offset Left
GH Girder Hanger
See Hanger Options General Notes. SKEWED SEAT GH hangers may be skewed to a maximum of 45; bevel cut required. The allowable loads are 100% of the table load. Specify GHD for saddle-style hangers. GHD may not be skewed.
Typical GH Installation Skewed Right GHD
186
LITERATURE REFERENCE
Simpson Strong-Tie maintains an extensive library of literature, providing information on a wide variety of subjects ranging from specific product lines and alternate product installations to industry issues and specifier guides. Below is a list of the literature referenced in this catalog. You can access the complete library by visiting www.strongtie.com or you can call 800-999-5099 and have publications mailed to you.
FORM NUMBER C-APG C-ATS C-CFS C-QD C-SAS C-SW F-DECKSPCR F-EZFPP F-FSC F-FWAZ F-ICFVL F-RBC F-RUZ&NRUZ F-SAS-THD4HD F-THGBVO S-INSTALL T-ANCHORSPEC T-ANSITPIDF T-ANSITPISP T-ANSITPISPF T-CCLCT-WS T-CCQLCT-WS T-CJT T-CMST T-HCAGUIDE T-HDLA T-HD2AGRDRL T-HFHANGER T-HTIEBEARING T-HUHUC-W T-HUHUCTTN T-MASSW T-MSC-WS T-NAILERUPLFT T-NAILGUIDE T-OPTUPLIFT T-PAUPLIFT T-PLYWOOD T-PTBARRIER T-PTWOOD T-RBCP T-REDHEEL T-RIMBDHGR T-SCREWAPPS T-SLOPEJST T-STRAP T-WELDUPLFT T-WT DESCRIPTION Architectural Product Group catalog Anchor Tiedown Systems catalog Connectors for Cold-Formed Steel Construction Quik Drive catalog Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry Strong-Wall Shearwalls catalog Deck Spacer deck board spacers E-Z fence post products Floor span connector (information on installation on offset studs) Foundation Wall Anchor Additional connection details for connectors used with Insulated Concrete Forms Application and specification information for the Roof Boundary Clip RUZ and NRUZ retrofit hangers for panelized roof construction Titen HD anchors for holdowns THGB/THGBH/THGW hangers in LVL widths Field guide for proper installation various of Simpson Strong-Tie connectors Anchor Systems specifications for use with Simpson connectors ANSI/TPI allowable loads for Douglas Fir lumber ANSI/TPI allowable loads for Southern Pine lumber ANSI/TPI allowable loads for Spruce-Pine-Fir lumber Worksheet for ordering custom multiple beam column caps Worksheet for ordering custom multiple beam column caps Concealed Joist Tie Kit Coil strap alternative nailing schedule and Lap Splice Spacing Hinge connector specifier guide City of L.A. RR values for holdowns HD2A holdowns for deck guardrail applications HF24N and HF26N panelized roof hangers Allowable bearing enhancement loads for selected hurricane ties HU and HUC hangers welded to steel members HU and HUC allowable loads with Titen screws in masonry MAS anchors for shearwalls in seismic regions Multiple Seat Connector (MSC) special order worksheet Uplift design loads for top flange hangers installed on nailers or I-beams Correct nails for use with Simpson connectors Alternate uplift options for IUS, IUT and ITT hangers PA foundation straps for uplift resistance HPAHD22 and STHD Holdowns installed over Shearwall Diaphragm Using a membrane barrier with pressure treated wood for additional corrosion protection Corrosion issues related to the use of new chemicals in pressure-treated wood RBCP pre-attached to truss blocking Allowable loads for reduced truss heel heights Joist hangers on rim board headers SDS screws to attach multi-ply members The effects on load values caused by installing a sloped joist into a non-sloped hanger LSTA24 and MSTA24 field formed as a stud to mudsill anchor Top flange hanger welded to structural steel members Wedge Tie Spacing 187
188 Wood Construction Connectors
NOTES
NOTES
189
NOTES
NOTES
191
NOTES
CONTINUOUS LOAD TRANSFER PATH

This drawing shows the connection points for a continuous load transfer path from the rafters to the foundation of a two-story house. Building with a continuous load path is an essential part of creating a structure better able to withstand the forces of mother nature. This drawing is for illustrative purposes only and should not be considered an engineered system. Refer to the page numbers for the full range of Simpson Strong-Tie connectors. Consult a qualified Designer to ensure that correct connector quantities and installation methods are used to achieve the full design load values.
TYPICAL ROOF/WALL CONNECTIONS Pages 155 to 161
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
STRONG-WALL SHEARWALLS Pages 58 to 59
TYPICAL FLOOR-TO-FLOOR CONNECTIONS Pages 36 to 41, 148 to 153
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
PLATE LINE
TYPICAL FOUNDATION CONNECTIONS Pages 21 to 45

193
TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS
Anchoring and Fastening Systems for Concrete and Masonry*
Includes application information, specifications and load values for adhesive and mechanical anchors, P.A.T. and carbide drill bits. *Available in English and Spanish versions.
Deck Framing Connection Guide

Developed for deck building professionals and general contractors to help explain products and techniques used in designing and constructing residential decks.
Anchoring Solutions for Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors Catalog

Simpson Anchor Systems specifications with our connector line. It should be used in conjunction with the current connector and anchor systems catalogs.
High Wind-Resistant Structural Connectors

For builders and homeowners on retrofitting and new construction in high wind areas.
High Wind Framing Connection Guide

Developed for designers and engineers as a companion to the AF and PA Wood Frame Construction Manual.
Anchor Tiedown Systems

This system is designed to provide the over-turning holdown capacity for multi-story commercial buildings. This holdown application is easy to specify, install and inspect.
Stainless Steel Connectors

Featuring stainless steel connectors for using in high exposure and some outdoor environments to protect against corrosion and some pressure-treated woods.
Strong-Wall Shearwalls
All the information on our Strong-Wall shearwalls is now in one easy to use catalog: technical data, installation information, structural details and more. The catalog also features new solutions for two-story and balloon frame applications as well as an extensive section on braced frame requirements under the various building codes.
Simpsons Free CD-ROM

Our CD-ROM features our latest catalogs, fliers, technical bulletins, code reports, product list prices, UPC information, and the Simpson Connector Selector program. It also includes the Drawing Library. In addition to the publications shown above, Simpson Strong-Tie maintains an extensive library of literature, providing information on a wide variety of subjects. You can access the library by visiting www.strongtie.com/ tech-bulletins or you can call 800-999-5099 and have publications mailed to you.
Cold-Formed Steel Connectors Catalog

30 products have been developed and tested using screw fasteners to obtain actual load values. Includes installation requirements and illustrations.
SOFTWARE
Simpson Strong-Tie offers three software programs to simplify product selection and specification. Each of these programs is available on CD ROM or for free download at www.strongtie.com.
Connector Selector
The Connector Selector finds the products that are appropriate for your connection and sorts them by lowest installed cost. Solutions are available for a wide variety of applications using solid sawn lumber, engineered wood and structural composite lumber, glulam beams and wood trusses. Available in U.S. (Allowable Stress Design) and Canadian (Limit States Design) versions.
Strong-Wall Selector
The Strong-Wall Selector helps specifiers choose a lateral force resisting system using Wood or Steel Strong-Wall Shearwalls. Optimized or Manual input provides the most cost effective solution or allows designers to choose and check whether any type and number of walls satisfy the shear load requirements.
ATS Selector
The ATS Selector recommends the correct ATS system components based upon load requirements and building code options input by the designer. It can also recommend the corresponding compression post designs. Resulting calculations can be printed and AutoCAD drawings can be inserted into plans. For assistance specifying post-installed anchors for concrete and masonry, visit www.simpsonanchors.com to download the Anchor Designer software. Two versions are available for allowable stress design and ultimate strength design, including cracked concrete.
This catalog reflects changes in the allowable loads and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc. products. This catalog is effective until December 31, 2008, and supersedes all information in all earlier publications, including catalogs, brochures, fliers, technical bulletins, etc. Use this edition as a current printed reference. Information on allowable loads and configurations is updated annually. We post our catalogs on www.strongtie.com. Please visit our site, and sign up for any information updates. Allowable loads in this catalog are for the described specific applications of properly-installed products. Product modifications, improper loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect connector allowable load-carrying capacities.
194
Visit us at www.strongtie.com
TECHNICAL INFO ONLINE SERVICES
Product Info Drawing Details Code Reports Technical Bulletins
Installation Videos Corrosion Information
Order Literature and CDs Register for Workshops Download Software Dealer Locator Builder Locator
Every day we work hard to earn your business, blending the talents of our people with the quality of our products and services to exceed your expectations. This is our pledge to you.
Home Ofce 5956 W. Las Positas Boulevard Pleasanton, CA 94588 Tel: 925/560-9000 Fax: 925/847-1603 Northwest USA 5151 S. Airport Way Stockton, CA 95206 Tel: 209/234-7775 Fax: 209/234-3868 Southwest USA 260 N. Palm Street Brea, CA 92821 Tel: 714/871-8373 Fax: 714/871-9167 Northeast USA 2600 International Street Columbus, OH 43228 Tel: 614/876-8060 Fax: 614/876-0636 Southeast USA 2221 Country Lane McKinney, TX 75069 Tel: 972/542-0326 Fax: 972/542-5379 Quik Drive Factory 436 Calvert Drive Gallatin, TN 37066 Tel: 888/487-7845 Fax: 615/451-9806 INTERNATIONAL FACILITIES Please visit our website for address and contact information for our European facilities.
Kent Specials Factory 22035 W. Valley Highway Kent, WA 98032 Toll Free: 877/564-2041 Eagan Warehouse & Specials Factory 3711 Kennebec Drive, Suite 700 Eagan, Minnesota 55122 Tel: 651-681-2061 Fax: 651-681-2046 Eastern Canada 5 Kenview Boulevard Brampton, ON L6T 5G5 Tel: 905/458-5538 Fax: 905/458-7274 Western Canada 11476 Kingston Street Maple Ridge, B.C. V2X 0Y5 Tel: 604/465-0296 Fax: 604/465-0297 Simpson Anchor Systems 136 Ofcial Road Addison, IL 60101 Tel: 630/543-2797 Fax: 630/543-7014 Distribution Centers Eneld, CT; High Point, NC; Jacksonville, FL; Langley, B.C.
2008 Simpson Strong-Tie Company Inc.
C-2008 Effective 1/1/2008 Expires 12/31/2008

Catalogo Construccion Casa de Madera-2008

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Catalogo Construccion Casa de Madera-2008

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

WOOD CONSTRUCTION CONNECTORS

(800) 999-5099 www.strongtie.com

The path to building safer structures.

contribute to the strength and safety of structures, and equally

PLATE LINE PLATE LINE PLATE LINE

theres a great need to create homes and buildings that are

Wood Construction Connectors

C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07

Wood Construction Connectors

C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07

Wood Construction Connectors

BETTER BUILDING THROUGH EDUCATION

Wood Construction Connectors

CONNECTOR SELECTION KEY

Caps & Bases

SIMPSONS QUALITY POLICY

C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07

GETTING FAST TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Straps & Ties

Architectural Products Group

Wood Construction Connectors

NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2008

Multiple Member Column Caps Now Install with SDS Screws

Wood Construction Connectors

NEW PRODUCTS FOR 2008

Drag Strut Connector

H2A & H10A

Two New and Improved Hurricane Ties for Uplift Conditions

New Products for Decks and Fences

Wood Construction Connectors

HOW TO USE THIS CATALOG

EXTRA CORROSION PROTECTION

HOW WE DETERMINE ALLOWABLE LOADS

Model No.: This is the Simpson product name.

Model No. EPB44A EPB44 EPB46 EPB66

Down (100) 2670 3465 3465 3465

Code Ref. 2, 40, 121 2, 40 82, 121

See www.strongtie.com/info for additional critical information.

C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07

Wood Construction Connectors

Guidelines for Selecting the Proper Connector

5 with the Simpson recommendation.

Compare the treated wood suppliers recommendation

2 Evaluate the Environment.

Interior Dry Exterior Dry Exterior Wet Higher Exposure Uncertain

Low Low Med High High

Low N/A 2 N/A

Low Med Med

Med High High High High

High High High High High

High High High High High

High High High High High

3 intended application and environment.

Evaluate and select a suitable pressure-treated wood for the

C-2008 2007 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC. PRINTED 12/07

Double-Barrier Coating (SDS Screws)

Wood Construction Connectors

IMPORTANT INFORMATION & GENERAL NOTES

CODE REFERENCE KEY CHART

ICC-NER (OLD NES)

City of Los Angeles, California

ICC-ER (OLD ICBO)

170 180 190 CA DSA